Compare commits

..

1 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
(no author)
c5d6b83e4c This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'CVS'.
git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/CVS@50735 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-10-14 23:53:00 +00:00
173 changed files with 54442 additions and 12368 deletions

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,617 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsAVLTree.h"
enum eLean {eLeft,eNeutral,eRight};
struct NS_COM nsAVLNode {
public:
nsAVLNode(void* aValue) {
mLeft=0;
mRight=0;
mSkew=eNeutral;
mValue=aValue;
}
nsAVLNode* mLeft;
nsAVLNode* mRight;
eLean mSkew;
void* mValue;
};
/************************************************************
Now begin the tree class. Don't forget that the comparison
between nodes must occur via the comparitor function,
otherwise all you're testing is pointer addresses.
************************************************************/
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
nsAVLTree::nsAVLTree(nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor,
nsAVLNodeFunctor* aDeallocator) :
mComparitor(aComparitor), mDeallocator(aDeallocator) {
mRoot=0;
mCount=0;
}
static void
avlDeleteTree(nsAVLNode* aNode){
if (aNode) {
avlDeleteTree(aNode->mLeft);
avlDeleteTree(aNode->mRight);
delete aNode;
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param
* @return
*/
nsAVLTree::~nsAVLTree(){
if (mDeallocator) {
ForEachDepthFirst(*mDeallocator);
}
avlDeleteTree(mRoot);
}
class CDoesntExist: public nsAVLNodeFunctor {
public:
CDoesntExist(const nsAVLTree& anotherTree) : mOtherTree(anotherTree) {
}
virtual void* operator()(void* anItem) {
void* result=mOtherTree.FindItem(anItem);
if(result)
return nsnull;
return anItem;
}
protected:
const nsAVLTree& mOtherTree;
};
/**
* This method compares two trees (members by identity).
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param tree to compare against
* @return true if they are identical (contain same stuff).
*/
PRBool nsAVLTree::operator==(const nsAVLTree& aCopy) const{
CDoesntExist functor(aCopy);
void* theItem=FirstThat(functor);
PRBool result=PRBool(!theItem);
return result;
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlRotateRight(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
ptr2=aRootNode->mRight;
if(ptr2->mSkew==eRight) {
aRootNode->mRight=ptr2->mLeft;
ptr2->mLeft=aRootNode;
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else {
ptr3=ptr2->mLeft;
ptr2->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=ptr2;
aRootNode->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=aRootNode;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eLeft)
ptr2->mSkew=eRight;
else ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eRight)
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
else aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr3;
}
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
return;
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlRotateLeft(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
ptr2=aRootNode->mLeft;
if(ptr2->mSkew==eLeft) {
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr2->mRight;
ptr2->mRight=aRootNode;
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else {
ptr3=ptr2->mRight;
ptr2->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=ptr2;
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=aRootNode;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eRight)
ptr2->mSkew=eLeft;
else ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eLeft)
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
else aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr3;
}
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
return;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static eAVLStatus
avlInsert(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, nsAVLNode* aNewNode,
nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor) {
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_unknown;
if(!aRootNode) {
aRootNode = aNewNode;
return eAVL_ok;
}
if(aNewNode==aRootNode->mValue) {
return eAVL_duplicate;
}
PRInt32 theCompareResult=aComparitor(aRootNode->mValue,aNewNode->mValue);
if(0 < theCompareResult) { //if(anItem<aRootNode->mValue)
result=avlInsert(aRootNode->mLeft,aNewNode,aComparitor);
if(eAVL_ok==result) {
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
avlRotateLeft(aRootNode);
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eRight:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
break;
} //switch
}//if
} //if
else {
result=avlInsert(aRootNode->mRight,aNewNode,aComparitor);
if(eAVL_ok==result) {
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eRight:
avlRotateRight(aRootNode);
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
break;
} //switch
}
} //if
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static void
avlBalanceLeft(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, PRBool& delOk){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
eLean balnc2;
eLean balnc3;
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
ptr2=aRootNode->mLeft;
balnc2=ptr2->mSkew;
if(balnc2!=eRight) {
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr2->mRight;
ptr2->mRight=aRootNode;
if(balnc2==eNeutral){
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
ptr2->mSkew=eRight;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
}
else{
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else{
ptr3=ptr2->mRight;
balnc3=ptr3->mSkew;
ptr2->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=ptr2;
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=aRootNode;
if(balnc3==eRight) {
ptr2->mSkew=eLeft;
}
else {
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
if(balnc3==eLeft) {
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
}
else {
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr3;
ptr3->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
break;
case eRight:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
break;
}//switch
return;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static void
avlBalanceRight(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, PRBool& delOk){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
eLean balnc2;
eLean balnc3;
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
break;
case eRight:
ptr2=aRootNode->mRight;
balnc2=ptr2->mSkew;
if(balnc2!=eLeft) {
aRootNode->mRight=ptr2->mLeft;
ptr2->mLeft=aRootNode;
if(balnc2==eNeutral){
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
ptr2->mSkew=eLeft;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
}
else{
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else{
ptr3=ptr2->mLeft;
balnc3=ptr3->mSkew;
ptr2->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=ptr2;
aRootNode->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=aRootNode;
if(balnc3==eLeft) {
ptr2->mSkew=eRight;
}
else {
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
if(balnc3==eRight) {
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
}
else {
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr3;
ptr3->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
break;
}//switch
return;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static eAVLStatus
avlRemoveChildren(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode,nsAVLNode*& anotherNode, PRBool& delOk){
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_ok;
if(!anotherNode->mRight){
aRootNode->mValue=anotherNode->mValue; //swap
anotherNode=anotherNode->mLeft;
delOk=PR_TRUE;
}
else{
avlRemoveChildren(aRootNode,anotherNode->mRight,delOk);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceLeft(anotherNode,delOk);
}
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static eAVLStatus
avlRemove(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, void* anItem, PRBool& delOk,
nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor){
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_ok;
if(!aRootNode)
delOk=PR_FALSE;
else {
PRInt32 cmp=aComparitor(anItem,aRootNode->mValue);
if(cmp<0){
avlRemove(aRootNode->mLeft,anItem,delOk,aComparitor);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceRight(aRootNode,delOk);
}
else if(cmp>0){
avlRemove(aRootNode->mRight,anItem,delOk,aComparitor);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceLeft(aRootNode,delOk);
}
else{ //they match...
nsAVLNode* temp=aRootNode;
if(!aRootNode->mRight) {
aRootNode=aRootNode->mLeft;
delOk=PR_TRUE;
delete temp;
}
else if(!aRootNode->mLeft) {
aRootNode=aRootNode->mRight;
delOk=PR_TRUE;
delete temp;
}
else {
avlRemoveChildren(aRootNode,aRootNode->mLeft,delOk);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceRight(aRootNode,delOk);
}
}
}
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
eAVLStatus
nsAVLTree::AddItem(void* anItem){
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_ok;
nsAVLNode* theNewNode=new nsAVLNode(anItem);
result=avlInsert(mRoot,theNewNode,mComparitor);
if(eAVL_duplicate!=result)
mCount++;
else {
delete theNewNode;
}
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
void* nsAVLTree::FindItem(void* aValue) const{
nsAVLNode* result=mRoot;
PRInt32 count=0;
while(result) {
count++;
PRInt32 cmp=mComparitor(aValue,result->mValue);
if(0==cmp) {
//we matched...
break;
}
else if(0>cmp){
//theNode was greater...
result=result->mLeft;
}
else {
//aValue is greater...
result=result->mRight;
}
}
if(result) {
return result->mValue;
}
return nsnull;
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/30/98
* @param
* @return
*/
eAVLStatus
nsAVLTree::RemoveItem(void* aValue){
PRBool delOk=PR_TRUE;
eAVLStatus result=avlRemove(mRoot,aValue,delOk,mComparitor);
if(eAVL_ok==result)
mCount--;
return result;
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlForEachDepthFirst(nsAVLNode* aNode, nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor){
if(aNode) {
avlForEachDepthFirst(aNode->mLeft,aFunctor);
avlForEachDepthFirst(aNode->mRight,aFunctor);
aFunctor(aNode->mValue);
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void
nsAVLTree::ForEachDepthFirst(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
::avlForEachDepthFirst(mRoot,aFunctor);
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlForEach(nsAVLNode* aNode, nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) {
if(aNode) {
avlForEach(aNode->mLeft,aFunctor);
aFunctor(aNode->mValue);
avlForEach(aNode->mRight,aFunctor);
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void
nsAVLTree::ForEach(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
::avlForEach(mRoot,aFunctor);
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void*
avlFirstThat(nsAVLNode* aNode, nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) {
void* result=nsnull;
if(aNode) {
result = avlFirstThat(aNode->mLeft,aFunctor);
if (result) {
return result;
}
result = aFunctor(aNode->mValue);
if (result) {
return result;
}
result = avlFirstThat(aNode->mRight,aFunctor);
}
return result;
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void*
nsAVLTree::FirstThat(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
return ::avlFirstThat(mRoot,aFunctor);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsAVLTree_h___
#define nsAVLTree_h___
#include "nscore.h"
enum eAVLStatus {eAVL_unknown,eAVL_ok,eAVL_fail,eAVL_duplicate};
struct nsAVLNode;
/**
*
* @update gess12/26/98
* @param anObject1 is the first object to be compared
* @param anObject2 is the second object to be compared
* @return -1,0,1 if object1 is less, equal, greater than object2
*/
class NS_COM nsAVLNodeComparitor {
public:
virtual PRInt32 operator()(void* anItem1,void* anItem2)=0;
};
class NS_COM nsAVLNodeFunctor {
public:
virtual void* operator()(void* anItem)=0;
};
class NS_COM nsAVLTree {
public:
nsAVLTree(nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor, nsAVLNodeFunctor* aDeallocator);
~nsAVLTree(void);
PRBool operator==(const nsAVLTree& aOther) const;
PRInt32 GetCount(void) const {return mCount;}
//main functions...
eAVLStatus AddItem(void* anItem);
eAVLStatus RemoveItem(void* anItem);
void* FindItem(void* anItem) const;
void ForEach(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
void ForEachDepthFirst(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
void* FirstThat(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
protected:
nsAVLNode* mRoot;
PRInt32 mCount;
nsAVLNodeComparitor& mComparitor;
nsAVLNodeFunctor* mDeallocator;
};
#endif /* nsAVLTree_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,617 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsAVLTree.h"
enum eLean {eLeft,eNeutral,eRight};
struct NS_COM nsAVLNode {
public:
nsAVLNode(void* aValue) {
mLeft=0;
mRight=0;
mSkew=eNeutral;
mValue=aValue;
}
nsAVLNode* mLeft;
nsAVLNode* mRight;
eLean mSkew;
void* mValue;
};
/************************************************************
Now begin the tree class. Don't forget that the comparison
between nodes must occur via the comparitor function,
otherwise all you're testing is pointer addresses.
************************************************************/
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
nsAVLTree::nsAVLTree(nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor,
nsAVLNodeFunctor* aDeallocator) :
mComparitor(aComparitor), mDeallocator(aDeallocator) {
mRoot=0;
mCount=0;
}
static void
avlDeleteTree(nsAVLNode* aNode){
if (aNode) {
avlDeleteTree(aNode->mLeft);
avlDeleteTree(aNode->mRight);
delete aNode;
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param
* @return
*/
nsAVLTree::~nsAVLTree(){
if (mDeallocator) {
ForEachDepthFirst(*mDeallocator);
}
avlDeleteTree(mRoot);
}
class CDoesntExist: public nsAVLNodeFunctor {
public:
CDoesntExist(const nsAVLTree& anotherTree) : mOtherTree(anotherTree) {
}
virtual void* operator()(void* anItem) {
void* result=mOtherTree.FindItem(anItem);
if(result)
return nsnull;
return anItem;
}
protected:
const nsAVLTree& mOtherTree;
};
/**
* This method compares two trees (members by identity).
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param tree to compare against
* @return true if they are identical (contain same stuff).
*/
PRBool nsAVLTree::operator==(const nsAVLTree& aCopy) const{
CDoesntExist functor(aCopy);
void* theItem=FirstThat(functor);
PRBool result=PRBool(!theItem);
return result;
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlRotateRight(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
ptr2=aRootNode->mRight;
if(ptr2->mSkew==eRight) {
aRootNode->mRight=ptr2->mLeft;
ptr2->mLeft=aRootNode;
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else {
ptr3=ptr2->mLeft;
ptr2->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=ptr2;
aRootNode->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=aRootNode;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eLeft)
ptr2->mSkew=eRight;
else ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eRight)
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
else aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr3;
}
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
return;
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlRotateLeft(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
ptr2=aRootNode->mLeft;
if(ptr2->mSkew==eLeft) {
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr2->mRight;
ptr2->mRight=aRootNode;
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else {
ptr3=ptr2->mRight;
ptr2->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=ptr2;
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=aRootNode;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eRight)
ptr2->mSkew=eLeft;
else ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eLeft)
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
else aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr3;
}
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
return;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static eAVLStatus
avlInsert(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, nsAVLNode* aNewNode,
nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor) {
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_unknown;
if(!aRootNode) {
aRootNode = aNewNode;
return eAVL_ok;
}
if(aNewNode==aRootNode->mValue) {
return eAVL_duplicate;
}
PRInt32 theCompareResult=aComparitor(aRootNode->mValue,aNewNode->mValue);
if(0 < theCompareResult) { //if(anItem<aRootNode->mValue)
result=avlInsert(aRootNode->mLeft,aNewNode,aComparitor);
if(eAVL_ok==result) {
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
avlRotateLeft(aRootNode);
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eRight:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
break;
} //switch
}//if
} //if
else {
result=avlInsert(aRootNode->mRight,aNewNode,aComparitor);
if(eAVL_ok==result) {
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eRight:
avlRotateRight(aRootNode);
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
break;
} //switch
}
} //if
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static void
avlBalanceLeft(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, PRBool& delOk){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
eLean balnc2;
eLean balnc3;
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
ptr2=aRootNode->mLeft;
balnc2=ptr2->mSkew;
if(balnc2!=eRight) {
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr2->mRight;
ptr2->mRight=aRootNode;
if(balnc2==eNeutral){
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
ptr2->mSkew=eRight;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
}
else{
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else{
ptr3=ptr2->mRight;
balnc3=ptr3->mSkew;
ptr2->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=ptr2;
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=aRootNode;
if(balnc3==eRight) {
ptr2->mSkew=eLeft;
}
else {
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
if(balnc3==eLeft) {
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
}
else {
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr3;
ptr3->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
break;
case eRight:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
break;
}//switch
return;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static void
avlBalanceRight(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, PRBool& delOk){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
eLean balnc2;
eLean balnc3;
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
break;
case eRight:
ptr2=aRootNode->mRight;
balnc2=ptr2->mSkew;
if(balnc2!=eLeft) {
aRootNode->mRight=ptr2->mLeft;
ptr2->mLeft=aRootNode;
if(balnc2==eNeutral){
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
ptr2->mSkew=eLeft;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
}
else{
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else{
ptr3=ptr2->mLeft;
balnc3=ptr3->mSkew;
ptr2->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=ptr2;
aRootNode->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=aRootNode;
if(balnc3==eLeft) {
ptr2->mSkew=eRight;
}
else {
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
if(balnc3==eRight) {
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
}
else {
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr3;
ptr3->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
break;
}//switch
return;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static eAVLStatus
avlRemoveChildren(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode,nsAVLNode*& anotherNode, PRBool& delOk){
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_ok;
if(!anotherNode->mRight){
aRootNode->mValue=anotherNode->mValue; //swap
anotherNode=anotherNode->mLeft;
delOk=PR_TRUE;
}
else{
avlRemoveChildren(aRootNode,anotherNode->mRight,delOk);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceLeft(anotherNode,delOk);
}
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static eAVLStatus
avlRemove(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, void* anItem, PRBool& delOk,
nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor){
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_ok;
if(!aRootNode)
delOk=PR_FALSE;
else {
PRInt32 cmp=aComparitor(anItem,aRootNode->mValue);
if(cmp<0){
avlRemove(aRootNode->mLeft,anItem,delOk,aComparitor);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceRight(aRootNode,delOk);
}
else if(cmp>0){
avlRemove(aRootNode->mRight,anItem,delOk,aComparitor);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceLeft(aRootNode,delOk);
}
else{ //they match...
nsAVLNode* temp=aRootNode;
if(!aRootNode->mRight) {
aRootNode=aRootNode->mLeft;
delOk=PR_TRUE;
delete temp;
}
else if(!aRootNode->mLeft) {
aRootNode=aRootNode->mRight;
delOk=PR_TRUE;
delete temp;
}
else {
avlRemoveChildren(aRootNode,aRootNode->mLeft,delOk);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceRight(aRootNode,delOk);
}
}
}
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
eAVLStatus
nsAVLTree::AddItem(void* anItem){
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_ok;
nsAVLNode* theNewNode=new nsAVLNode(anItem);
result=avlInsert(mRoot,theNewNode,mComparitor);
if(eAVL_duplicate!=result)
mCount++;
else {
delete theNewNode;
}
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
void* nsAVLTree::FindItem(void* aValue) const{
nsAVLNode* result=mRoot;
PRInt32 count=0;
while(result) {
count++;
PRInt32 cmp=mComparitor(aValue,result->mValue);
if(0==cmp) {
//we matched...
break;
}
else if(0>cmp){
//theNode was greater...
result=result->mLeft;
}
else {
//aValue is greater...
result=result->mRight;
}
}
if(result) {
return result->mValue;
}
return nsnull;
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/30/98
* @param
* @return
*/
eAVLStatus
nsAVLTree::RemoveItem(void* aValue){
PRBool delOk=PR_TRUE;
eAVLStatus result=avlRemove(mRoot,aValue,delOk,mComparitor);
if(eAVL_ok==result)
mCount--;
return result;
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlForEachDepthFirst(nsAVLNode* aNode, nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor){
if(aNode) {
avlForEachDepthFirst(aNode->mLeft,aFunctor);
avlForEachDepthFirst(aNode->mRight,aFunctor);
aFunctor(aNode->mValue);
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void
nsAVLTree::ForEachDepthFirst(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
::avlForEachDepthFirst(mRoot,aFunctor);
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlForEach(nsAVLNode* aNode, nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) {
if(aNode) {
avlForEach(aNode->mLeft,aFunctor);
aFunctor(aNode->mValue);
avlForEach(aNode->mRight,aFunctor);
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void
nsAVLTree::ForEach(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
::avlForEach(mRoot,aFunctor);
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void*
avlFirstThat(nsAVLNode* aNode, nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) {
void* result=nsnull;
if(aNode) {
result = avlFirstThat(aNode->mLeft,aFunctor);
if (result) {
return result;
}
result = aFunctor(aNode->mValue);
if (result) {
return result;
}
result = avlFirstThat(aNode->mRight,aFunctor);
}
return result;
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void*
nsAVLTree::FirstThat(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
return ::avlFirstThat(mRoot,aFunctor);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsAVLTree_h___
#define nsAVLTree_h___
#include "nscore.h"
enum eAVLStatus {eAVL_unknown,eAVL_ok,eAVL_fail,eAVL_duplicate};
struct nsAVLNode;
/**
*
* @update gess12/26/98
* @param anObject1 is the first object to be compared
* @param anObject2 is the second object to be compared
* @return -1,0,1 if object1 is less, equal, greater than object2
*/
class NS_COM nsAVLNodeComparitor {
public:
virtual PRInt32 operator()(void* anItem1,void* anItem2)=0;
};
class NS_COM nsAVLNodeFunctor {
public:
virtual void* operator()(void* anItem)=0;
};
class NS_COM nsAVLTree {
public:
nsAVLTree(nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor, nsAVLNodeFunctor* aDeallocator);
~nsAVLTree(void);
PRBool operator==(const nsAVLTree& aOther) const;
PRInt32 GetCount(void) const {return mCount;}
//main functions...
eAVLStatus AddItem(void* anItem);
eAVLStatus RemoveItem(void* anItem);
void* FindItem(void* anItem) const;
void ForEach(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
void ForEachDepthFirst(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
void* FirstThat(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
protected:
nsAVLNode* mRoot;
PRInt32 mCount;
nsAVLNodeComparitor& mComparitor;
nsAVLNodeFunctor* mDeallocator;
};
#endif /* nsAVLTree_h___ */

View File

@@ -1,539 +0,0 @@
/*
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the elliptic curve math library for binary polynomial
* field curves.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc. are Copyright (C) 2003
* Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Douglas Stebila <douglas@stebila.ca>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
*/
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
/*
* GF2m_ecl.c: Contains an implementation of elliptic curve math library
* for curves over GF2m.
*
* XXX Can be moved to a separate subdirectory later.
*
*/
#include "GF2m_ecl.h"
#include "mpi/mplogic.h"
#include "mpi/mp_gf2m.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Checks if point P(px, py) is at infinity. Uses affine coordinates. */
mp_err
GF2m_ec_pt_is_inf_aff(const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py)
{
if ((mp_cmp_z(px) == 0) && (mp_cmp_z(py) == 0)) {
return MP_YES;
} else {
return MP_NO;
}
}
/* Sets P(px, py) to be the point at infinity. Uses affine coordinates. */
mp_err
GF2m_ec_pt_set_inf_aff(mp_int *px, mp_int *py)
{
mp_zero(px);
mp_zero(py);
return MP_OKAY;
}
/* Computes R = P + Q based on IEEE P1363 A.10.2.
* Elliptic curve points P, Q, and R can all be identical.
* Uses affine coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GF2m_ec_pt_add_aff(const mp_int *pp, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *px,
const mp_int *py, const mp_int *qx, const mp_int *qy,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int lambda, xtemp, ytemp;
unsigned int *p;
int p_size;
p_size = mp_bpoly2arr(pp, p, 0) + 1;
p = (unsigned int *) (malloc(sizeof(unsigned int) * p_size));
if (p == NULL) goto cleanup;
mp_bpoly2arr(pp, p, p_size);
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&lambda) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&ytemp) );
/* if P = inf, then R = Q */
if (GF2m_ec_pt_is_inf_aff(px, py) == 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(qx, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(qy, ry) );
err = MP_OKAY;
goto cleanup;
}
/* if Q = inf, then R = P */
if (GF2m_ec_pt_is_inf_aff(qx, qy) == 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(px, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(py, ry) );
err = MP_OKAY;
goto cleanup;
}
/* if px != qx, then lambda = (py+qy) / (px+qx),
* xtemp = a + lambda^2 + lambda + px + qx
*/
if (mp_cmp(px, qx) != 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(py, qy, &ytemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(px, qx, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bdivmod(&ytemp, &xtemp, pp, p, &lambda) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bsqrmod(&lambda, p, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&xtemp, &lambda, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&xtemp, a, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&xtemp, px, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&xtemp, qx, &xtemp) );
} else {
/* if py != qy or qx = 0, then R = inf */
if (((mp_cmp(py, qy) != 0)) || (mp_cmp_z(qx) == 0)) {
mp_zero(rx);
mp_zero(ry);
err = MP_OKAY;
goto cleanup;
}
/* lambda = qx + qy / qx */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bdivmod(qy, qx, pp, p, &lambda) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&lambda, qx, &lambda) );
/* xtemp = a + lambda^2 + lambda */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bsqrmod(&lambda, p, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&xtemp, &lambda, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&xtemp, a, &xtemp) );
}
/* ry = (qx + xtemp) * lambda + xtemp + qy */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(qx, &xtemp, &ytemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(&ytemp, &lambda, p, &ytemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&ytemp, &xtemp, &ytemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&ytemp, qy, ry) );
/* rx = xtemp */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&xtemp, rx) );
cleanup:
mp_clear(&lambda);
mp_clear(&xtemp);
mp_clear(&ytemp);
free(p);
return err;
}
/* Computes R = P - Q.
* Elliptic curve points P, Q, and R can all be identical.
* Uses affine coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GF2m_ec_pt_sub_aff(const mp_int *pp, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *px,
const mp_int *py, const mp_int *qx, const mp_int *qy,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int nqy;
MP_DIGITS(&nqy) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&nqy) );
/* nqy = qx+qy */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(qx, qy, &nqy) );
err = GF2m_ec_pt_add_aff(pp, a, px, py, qx, &nqy, rx, ry);
cleanup:
mp_clear(&nqy);
return err;
}
/* Computes R = 2P.
* Elliptic curve points P and R can be identical.
* Uses affine coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GF2m_ec_pt_dbl_aff(const mp_int *pp, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *px,
const mp_int *py, mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry)
{
return GF2m_ec_pt_add_aff(pp, a, px, py, px, py, rx, ry);
}
/* Gets the i'th bit in the binary representation of a.
* If i >= length(a), then return 0.
* (The above behaviour differs from mpl_get_bit, which
* causes an error if i >= length(a).)
*/
#define MP_GET_BIT(a, i) \
((i) >= mpl_significant_bits((a))) ? 0 : mpl_get_bit((a), (i))
/* Computes R = nP based on IEEE P1363 A.10.3.
* Elliptic curve points P and R can be identical.
* Uses affine coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GF2m_ec_pt_mul_aff(const mp_int *pp, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *n,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int k, k3, qx, qy, sx, sy;
int b1, b3, i, l;
unsigned int *p;
int p_size;
MP_DIGITS(&k) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&k3) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&qx) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&qy) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&sx) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&sy) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&k) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&k3) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&qx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&sx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&sy) );
p_size = mp_bpoly2arr(pp, p, 0) + 1;
p = (unsigned int *) (malloc(sizeof(unsigned int) * p_size));
if (p == NULL) goto cleanup;
mp_bpoly2arr(pp, p, p_size);
/* if n = 0 then r = inf */
if (mp_cmp_z(n) == 0) {
mp_zero(rx);
mp_zero(ry);
err = MP_OKAY;
goto cleanup;
}
/* Q = P, k = n */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(px, &qx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(py, &qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(n, &k) );
/* if n < 0 then Q = -Q, k = -k */
if (mp_cmp_z(n) < 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&qx, &qy, &qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_neg(&k, &k) );
}
#ifdef EC_DEBUG /* basic double and add method */
l = mpl_significant_bits(&k) - 1;
mp_zero(&sx);
mp_zero(&sy);
for (i = l; i >= 0; i--) {
/* if k_i = 1, then S = S + Q */
if (mpl_get_bit(&k, i) != 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GF2m_ec_pt_add_aff(pp, a, &sx, &sy, &qx, &qy, &sx, &sy) );
}
if (i > 0) {
/* S = 2S */
CHECK_MPI_OK( GF2m_ec_pt_dbl_aff(pp, a, &sx, &sy, &sx, &sy) );
}
}
#else /* double and add/subtract method from standard */
/* k3 = 3 * k */
mp_set(&k3, 0x3);
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mul(&k, &k3, &k3) );
/* S = Q */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&qx, &sx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&qy, &sy) );
/* l = index of high order bit in binary representation of 3*k */
l = mpl_significant_bits(&k3) - 1;
/* for i = l-1 downto 1 */
for (i = l - 1; i >= 1; i--) {
/* S = 2S */
CHECK_MPI_OK( GF2m_ec_pt_dbl_aff(pp, a, &sx, &sy, &sx, &sy) );
b3 = MP_GET_BIT(&k3, i);
b1 = MP_GET_BIT(&k, i);
/* if k3_i = 1 and k_i = 0, then S = S + Q */
if ((b3 == 1) && (b1 == 0)) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GF2m_ec_pt_add_aff(pp, a, &sx, &sy, &qx, &qy, &sx, &sy) );
/* if k3_i = 0 and k_i = 1, then S = S - Q */
} else if ((b3 == 0) && (b1 == 1)) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GF2m_ec_pt_sub_aff(pp, a, &sx, &sy, &qx, &qy, &sx, &sy) );
}
}
#endif
/* output S */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&sx, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&sy, ry) );
cleanup:
mp_clear(&k);
mp_clear(&k3);
mp_clear(&qx);
mp_clear(&qy);
mp_clear(&sx);
mp_clear(&sy);
free(p);
return err;
}
/* Compute the x-coordinate x/z for the point 2*(x/z) in Montgomery projective
* coordinates.
* Uses algorithm Mdouble in appendix of
* Lopez, J. and Dahab, R. "Fast multiplication on elliptic curves over
* GF(2^m) without precomputation".
* modified to not require precomputation of c=b^{2^{m-1}}.
*/
static mp_err
gf2m_Mdouble(const mp_int *pp, const unsigned int p[], const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *b, mp_int *x, mp_int *z)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int t1;
MP_DIGITS(&t1) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&t1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bsqrmod(x, p, x) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bsqrmod(z, p, &t1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(x, &t1, p, z) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bsqrmod(x, p, x) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bsqrmod(&t1, p, &t1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(b, &t1, p, &t1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(x, &t1, x) );
cleanup:
mp_clear(&t1);
return err;
}
/* Compute the x-coordinate x1/z1 for the point (x1/z1)+(x2/x2) in Montgomery
* projective coordinates.
* Uses algorithm Madd in appendix of
* Lopex, J. and Dahab, R. "Fast multiplication on elliptic curves over
* GF(2^m) without precomputation".
*/
static mp_err
gf2m_Madd(const mp_int *pp, const unsigned int p[], const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *b, const mp_int *x, mp_int *x1, mp_int *z1, mp_int *x2,
mp_int *z2)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int t1, t2;
MP_DIGITS(&t1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&t2) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&t1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&t2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(x, &t1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(x1, z2, p, x1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(z1, x2, p, z1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(x1, z1, p, &t2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(z1, x1, z1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bsqrmod(z1, p, z1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(z1, &t1, p, x1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(x1, &t2, x1) );
cleanup:
mp_clear(&t1);
mp_clear(&t2);
return err;
}
/* Compute the x, y affine coordinates from the point (x1, z1) (x2, z2)
* using Montgomery point multiplication algorithm Mxy() in appendix of
* Lopex, J. and Dahab, R. "Fast multiplication on elliptic curves over
* GF(2^m) without precomputation".
* Returns:
* 0 on error
* 1 if return value should be the point at infinity
* 2 otherwise
*/
static int
gf2m_Mxy(const mp_int *pp, const unsigned int p[], const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *b, const mp_int *x, const mp_int *y, mp_int *x1, mp_int *z1,
mp_int *x2, mp_int *z2)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
int ret;
mp_int t3, t4, t5;
MP_DIGITS(&t3) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&t4) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&t5) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&t3) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&t4) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&t5) );
if (mp_cmp_z(z1) == 0) {
mp_zero(x2);
mp_zero(z2);
ret = 1;
goto cleanup;
}
if (mp_cmp_z(z2) == 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(x, x2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(x, y, z2) );
ret = 2;
goto cleanup;
}
mp_set(&t5, 0x1);
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(z1, z2, p, &t3) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(z1, x, p, z1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(z1, x1, z1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(z2, x, p, z2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(z2, x1, p, x1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(z2, x2, z2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(z2, z1, p, z2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bsqrmod(x, p, &t4) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&t4, y, &t4) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(&t4, &t3, p, &t4) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&t4, z2, &t4) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(&t3, x, p, &t3) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bdivmod(&t5, &t3, pp, p, &t3) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(&t3, &t4, p, &t4) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(x1, &t3, p, x2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(x2, x, z2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bmulmod(z2, &t4, p, z2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(z2, y, z2) );
ret = 2;
cleanup:
mp_clear(&t3);
mp_clear(&t4);
mp_clear(&t5);
if (err == MP_OKAY) {
return ret;
} else {
return 0;
}
}
/* Computes R = nP based on algorithm 2P of
* Lopex, J. and Dahab, R. "Fast multiplication on elliptic curves over
* GF(2^m) without precomputation".
* Elliptic curve points P and R can be identical.
* Uses Montgomery projective coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GF2m_ec_pt_mul_mont(const mp_int *pp, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *n,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int x1, x2, z1, z2;
int i, j;
mp_digit top_bit, mask;
unsigned int *p;
int p_size;
MP_DIGITS(&x1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&x2) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&z1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&z2) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&x1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&x2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&z1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&z2) );
p_size = mp_bpoly2arr(pp, p, 0) + 1;
p = (unsigned int *) (malloc(sizeof(unsigned int) * p_size));
if (p == NULL) goto cleanup;
mp_bpoly2arr(pp, p, p_size);
/* if result should be point at infinity */
if ((mp_cmp_z(n) == 0) || (GF2m_ec_pt_is_inf_aff(px, py) == MP_YES)) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GF2m_ec_pt_set_inf_aff(rx, ry) );
goto cleanup;
}
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(rx, &x2) ); /* x2 = rx */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(ry, &z2) ); /* z2 = ry */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(px, &x1) ); /* x1 = px */
mp_set(&z1, 0x1); /* z1 = 1 */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bsqrmod(&x1, p, &z2) ); /* z2 = x1^2 = x2^2 */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_bsqrmod(&z2, p, &x2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_badd(&x2, b, &x2) ); /* x2 = px^4 + b */
/* find top-most bit and go one past it */
i = MP_USED(n) - 1;
j = MP_DIGIT_BIT - 1;
top_bit = 1;
top_bit <<= MP_DIGIT_BIT - 1;
mask = top_bit;
while (!(MP_DIGITS(n)[i] & mask)) {
mask >>= 1;
j--;
}
mask >>= 1; j--;
/* if top most bit was at word break, go to next word */
if (!mask) {
i--;
j = MP_DIGIT_BIT - 1;
mask = top_bit;
}
for (; i >= 0; i--) {
for (; j >= 0; j--) {
if (MP_DIGITS(n)[i] & mask) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( gf2m_Madd(pp, p, a, b, px, &x1, &z1, &x2, &z2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( gf2m_Mdouble(pp, p, a, b, &x2, &z2) );
} else {
CHECK_MPI_OK( gf2m_Madd(pp, p, a, b, px, &x2, &z2, &x1, &z1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( gf2m_Mdouble(pp, p, a, b, &x1, &z1) );
}
mask >>= 1;
}
j = MP_DIGIT_BIT - 1;
mask = top_bit;
}
/* convert out of "projective" coordinates */
i = gf2m_Mxy(pp, p, a, b, px, py, &x1, &z1, &x2, &z2);
if (i == 0) {
err = MP_BADARG;
goto cleanup;
} else if (i == 1) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GF2m_ec_pt_set_inf_aff(rx, ry) );
} else {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&x2, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&z2, ry) );
}
cleanup:
mp_clear(&x1);
mp_clear(&x2);
mp_clear(&z1);
mp_clear(&z2);
free(p);
return err;
}
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */

View File

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the elliptic curve math library for binary polynomial
* field curves.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc. are Copyright (C) 2003
* Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Douglas Stebila <douglas@stebila.ca>
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
*/
#ifndef __gf2m_ecl_h_
#define __gf2m_ecl_h_
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
#include "secmpi.h"
/* Checks if point P(px, py) is at infinity. Uses affine coordinates. */
mp_err GF2m_ec_pt_is_inf_aff(const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py);
/* Sets P(px, py) to be the point at infinity. Uses affine coordinates. */
mp_err GF2m_ec_pt_set_inf_aff(mp_int *px, mp_int *py);
/* Computes R = P + Q where R is (rx, ry), P is (px, py) and Q is (qx, qy).
* Uses affine coordinates.
*/
mp_err GF2m_ec_pt_add_aff(const mp_int *pp, const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *qx, const mp_int *qy,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
/* Computes R = P - Q. Uses affine coordinates. */
mp_err GF2m_ec_pt_sub_aff(const mp_int *pp, const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *qx, const mp_int *qy,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
/* Computes R = 2P. Uses affine coordinates. */
mp_err GF2m_ec_pt_dbl_aff(const mp_int *pp, const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
/* Computes R = nP where R is (rx, ry) and P is (px, py). The parameters
* a, b and p are the elliptic curve coefficients and the irreducible that
* determines the field GF2m. Uses affine coordinates.
*/
mp_err GF2m_ec_pt_mul_aff(const mp_int *pp, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *n,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
/* Computes R = nP where R is (rx, ry) and P is (px, py). The parameters
* a, b and p are the elliptic curve coefficients and the irreducible that
* determines the field GF2m. Uses Montgomery projective coordinates.
*/
mp_err GF2m_ec_pt_mul_mont(const mp_int *pp, const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *b, const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py,
const mp_int *n, mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
#define GF2m_ec_pt_is_inf(px, py) GF2m_ec_pt_is_inf_aff((px), (py))
#define GF2m_ec_pt_add(p, a, px, py, qx, qy, rx, ry) \
GF2m_ec_pt_add_aff((p), (a), (px), (py), (qx), (qy), (rx), (ry))
#define GF2m_ECL_MONTGOMERY
#ifdef GF2m_ECL_AFFINE
#define GF2m_ec_pt_mul(pp, a, b, px, py, n, rx, ry) \
GF2m_ec_pt_mul_aff((pp), (a), (b), (px), (py), (n), (rx), (ry))
#elif defined(GF2m_ECL_MONTGOMERY)
#define GF2m_ec_pt_mul(pp, a, b, px, py, n, rx, ry) \
GF2m_ec_pt_mul_mont((pp), (a), (b), (px), (py), (n), (rx), (ry))
#endif /* GF2m_ECL_AFFINE or GF2m_ECL_MONTGOMERY */
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
#endif /* __gf2m_ecl_h_ */

View File

@@ -1,647 +0,0 @@
/*
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the elliptic curve math library for prime
* field curves.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc. are Copyright (C) 2003
* Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Sheueling Chang Shantz <sheueling.chang@sun.com> and
* Douglas Stebila <douglas@stebila.ca>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
*
* Bodo Moeller <moeller@cdc.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de>,
* Nils Larsch <nla@trustcenter.de>, and
* Lenka Fibikova <fibikova@exp-math.uni-essen.de>, the OpenSSL Project.
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
*/
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
/*
* GFp_ecl.c: Contains an implementation of elliptic curve math library
* for curves over GFp.
*
* XXX Can be moved to a separate subdirectory later.
*
*/
#include "GFp_ecl.h"
#include "mpi/mplogic.h"
/* Checks if point P(px, py) is at infinity. Uses affine coordinates. */
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_aff(const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py)
{
if ((mp_cmp_z(px) == 0) && (mp_cmp_z(py) == 0)) {
return MP_YES;
} else {
return MP_NO;
}
}
/* Sets P(px, py) to be the point at infinity. Uses affine coordinates. */
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_set_inf_aff(mp_int *px, mp_int *py)
{
mp_zero(px);
mp_zero(py);
return MP_OKAY;
}
/* Computes R = P + Q based on IEEE P1363 A.10.1.
* Elliptic curve points P, Q, and R can all be identical.
* Uses affine coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_add_aff(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *px,
const mp_int *py, const mp_int *qx, const mp_int *qy,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int lambda, temp, xtemp, ytemp;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&lambda) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&temp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&ytemp) );
/* if P = inf, then R = Q */
if (GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_aff(px, py) == 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(qx, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(qy, ry) );
err = MP_OKAY;
goto cleanup;
}
/* if Q = inf, then R = P */
if (GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_aff(qx, qy) == 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(px, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(py, ry) );
err = MP_OKAY;
goto cleanup;
}
/* if px != qx, then lambda = (py-qy) / (px-qx) */
if (mp_cmp(px, qx) != 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(py, qy, p, &ytemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(px, qx, p, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_invmod(&xtemp, p, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&ytemp, &xtemp, p, &lambda) );
} else {
/* if py != qy or qy = 0, then R = inf */
if (((mp_cmp(py, qy) != 0)) || (mp_cmp_z(qy) == 0)) {
mp_zero(rx);
mp_zero(ry);
err = MP_OKAY;
goto cleanup;
}
/* lambda = (3qx^2+a) / (2qy) */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(qx, p, &xtemp) );
mp_set(&temp, 0x3);
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&xtemp, &temp, p, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&xtemp, a, p, &xtemp) );
mp_set(&temp, 0x2);
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(qy, &temp, p, &ytemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_invmod(&ytemp, p, &ytemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&xtemp, &ytemp, p, &lambda) );
}
/* rx = lambda^2 - px - qx */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(&lambda, p, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(&xtemp, px, p, &xtemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(&xtemp, qx, p, &xtemp) );
/* ry = (x1-x2) * lambda - y1 */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(qx, &xtemp, p, &ytemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&ytemp, &lambda, p, &ytemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(&ytemp, qy, p, &ytemp) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&xtemp, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&ytemp, ry) );
cleanup:
mp_clear(&lambda);
mp_clear(&temp);
mp_clear(&xtemp);
mp_clear(&ytemp);
return err;
}
/* Computes R = P - Q.
* Elliptic curve points P, Q, and R can all be identical.
* Uses affine coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_sub_aff(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *px,
const mp_int *py, const mp_int *qx, const mp_int *qy,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int nqy;
MP_DIGITS(&nqy) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&nqy) );
/* nqy = -qy */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_neg(qy, &nqy) );
err = GFp_ec_pt_add_aff(p, a, px, py, qx, &nqy, rx, ry);
cleanup:
mp_clear(&nqy);
return err;
}
/* Computes R = 2P.
* Elliptic curve points P and R can be identical.
* Uses affine coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_dbl_aff(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *px,
const mp_int *py, mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry)
{
return GFp_ec_pt_add_aff(p, a, px, py, px, py, rx, ry);
}
/* Gets the i'th bit in the binary representation of a.
* If i >= length(a), then return 0.
* (The above behaviour differs from mpl_get_bit, which
* causes an error if i >= length(a).)
*/
#define MP_GET_BIT(a, i) \
((i) >= mpl_significant_bits((a))) ? 0 : mpl_get_bit((a), (i))
/* Computes R = nP based on IEEE P1363 A.10.3.
* Elliptic curve points P and R can be identical.
* Uses affine coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_mul_aff(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *n, mp_int *rx,
mp_int *ry)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int k, k3, qx, qy, sx, sy;
int b1, b3, i, l;
MP_DIGITS(&k) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&k3) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&qx) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&qy) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&sx) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&sy) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&k) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&k3) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&qx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&sx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&sy) );
/* if n = 0 then r = inf */
if (mp_cmp_z(n) == 0) {
mp_zero(rx);
mp_zero(ry);
err = MP_OKAY;
goto cleanup;
}
/* Q = P, k = n */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(px, &qx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(py, &qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(n, &k) );
/* if n < 0 Q = -Q, k = -k */
if (mp_cmp_z(n) < 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_neg(&qy, &qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mod(&qy, p, &qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_neg(&k, &k) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mod(&k, p, &k) );
}
#ifdef EC_DEBUG /* basic double and add method */
l = mpl_significant_bits(&k) - 1;
mp_zero(&sx);
mp_zero(&sy);
for (i = l; i >= 0; i--) {
/* if k_i = 1, then S = S + Q */
if (mpl_get_bit(&k, i) != 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_add_aff(p, a, &sx, &sy,
&qx, &qy, &sx, &sy) );
}
if (i > 0) {
/* S = 2S */
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_dbl_aff(p, a, &sx, &sy, &sx, &sy) );
}
}
#else /* double and add/subtract method from standard */
/* k3 = 3 * k */
mp_set(&k3, 0x3);
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mul(&k, &k3, &k3) );
/* S = Q */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&qx, &sx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&qy, &sy) );
/* l = index of high order bit in binary representation of 3*k */
l = mpl_significant_bits(&k3) - 1;
/* for i = l-1 downto 1 */
for (i = l - 1; i >= 1; i--) {
/* S = 2S */
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_dbl_aff(p, a, &sx, &sy, &sx, &sy) );
b3 = MP_GET_BIT(&k3, i);
b1 = MP_GET_BIT(&k, i);
/* if k3_i = 1 and k_i = 0, then S = S + Q */
if ((b3 == 1) && (b1 == 0)) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_add_aff(p, a, &sx, &sy,
&qx, &qy, &sx, &sy) );
/* if k3_i = 0 and k_i = 1, then S = S - Q */
} else if ((b3 == 0) && (b1 == 1)) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_sub_aff(p, a, &sx, &sy,
&qx, &qy, &sx, &sy) );
}
}
#endif
/* output S */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&sx, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&sy, ry) );
cleanup:
mp_clear(&k);
mp_clear(&k3);
mp_clear(&qx);
mp_clear(&qy);
mp_clear(&sx);
mp_clear(&sy);
return err;
}
/* Converts a point P(px, py, pz) from Jacobian projective coordinates to
* affine coordinates R(rx, ry). P and R can share x and y coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_jac2aff(const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *pz,
const mp_int *p, mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int z1, z2, z3;
MP_DIGITS(&z1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&z2) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&z3) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&z1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&z2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&z3) );
/* if point at infinity, then set point at infinity and exit */
if (GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_jac(px, py, pz) == MP_YES) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_set_inf_aff(rx, ry) );
goto cleanup;
}
/* transform (px, py, pz) into (px / pz^2, py / pz^3) */
if (mp_cmp_d(pz, 1) == 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(px, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(py, ry) );
} else {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_invmod(pz, p, &z1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(&z1, p, &z2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&z1, &z2, p, &z3) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(px, &z2, p, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(py, &z3, p, ry) );
}
cleanup:
mp_clear(&z1);
mp_clear(&z2);
mp_clear(&z3);
return err;
}
/* Checks if point P(px, py, pz) is at infinity.
* Uses Jacobian coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_jac(const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *pz)
{
return mp_cmp_z(pz);
}
/* Sets P(px, py, pz) to be the point at infinity. Uses Jacobian
* coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_set_inf_jac(mp_int *px, mp_int *py, mp_int *pz)
{
mp_zero(pz);
return MP_OKAY;
}
/* Computes R = P + Q where R is (rx, ry, rz), P is (px, py, pz) and
* Q is (qx, qy, qz). Elliptic curve points P, Q, and R can all be
* identical. Uses Jacobian coordinates.
*
* This routine implements Point Addition in the Jacobian Projective
* space as described in the paper "Efficient elliptic curve exponentiation
* using mixed coordinates", by H. Cohen, A Miyaji, T. Ono.
*/
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_add_jac(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *px,
const mp_int *py, const mp_int *pz, const mp_int *qx,
const mp_int *qy, const mp_int *qz, mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry, mp_int *rz)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int n0, u1, u2, s1, s2, H, G;
MP_DIGITS(&n0) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&u1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&u2) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&s1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&s2) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&H) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&G) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&n0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&u1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&u2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&s1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&s2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&H) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&G) );
/* Use point double if pointers are equal. */
if ((px == qx) && (py == qy) && (pz == qz)) {
err = GFp_ec_pt_dbl_jac(p, a, px, py, pz, rx, ry, rz);
goto cleanup;
}
/* If either P or Q is the point at infinity, then return
* the other point
*/
if (GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_jac(px, py, pz) == MP_YES) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(qx, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(qy, ry) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(qz, rz) );
goto cleanup;
}
if (GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_jac(qx, qy, qz) == MP_YES) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(px, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(py, ry) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(pz, rz) );
goto cleanup;
}
/* Compute u1 = px * qz^2, s1 = py * qz^3 */
if (mp_cmp_d(qz, 1) == 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(px, &u1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(py, &s1) );
} else {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(qz, p, &n0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(px, &n0, p, &u1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&n0, qz, p, &n0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(py, &n0, p, &s1) );
}
/* Compute u2 = qx * pz^2, s2 = qy * pz^3 */
if (mp_cmp_d(pz, 1) == 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(qx, &u2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(qy, &s2) );
} else {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(pz, p, &n0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(qx, &n0, p, &u2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&n0, pz, p, &n0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(qy, &n0, p, &s2) );
}
/* Compute H = u2 - u1 ; G = s2 - s1 */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(&u2, &u1, p, &H) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(&s2, &s1, p, &G) );
if (mp_cmp_z(&H) == 0) {
if (mp_cmp_z(&G) == 0) {
/* P = Q; double */
err = GFp_ec_pt_dbl_jac(p, a, px, py, pz,
rx, ry, rz);
goto cleanup;
} else {
/* P = -Q; return point at infinity */
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_set_inf_jac(rx, ry, rz) );
goto cleanup;
}
}
/* rz = pz * qz * H */
if (mp_cmp_d(pz, 1) == 0) {
if (mp_cmp_d(qz, 1) == 0) {
/* if pz == qz == 1, then rz = H */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(&H, rz) );
} else {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(qz, &H, p, rz) );
}
} else {
if (mp_cmp_d(qz, 1) == 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(pz, &H, p, rz) );
} else {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(pz, qz, p, &n0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&n0, &H, p, rz) );
}
}
/* rx = G^2 - H^3 - 2 * u1 * H^2 */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(&G, p, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(&H, p, &n0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&n0, &u1, p, &u1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&u1, &u1, p, &u2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&H, &n0, p, &H) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(rx, &H, p, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(rx, &u2, p, rx) );
/* ry = - s1 * H^3 + G * (u1 * H^2 - rx) */
/* (formula based on values of variables before block above) */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(&u1, rx, p, &u1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&G, &u1, p, ry) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&s1, &H, p, &s1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(ry, &s1, p, ry) );
cleanup:
mp_clear(&n0);
mp_clear(&u1);
mp_clear(&u2);
mp_clear(&s1);
mp_clear(&s2);
mp_clear(&H);
mp_clear(&G);
return err;
}
/* Computes R = 2P. Elliptic curve points P and R can be identical. Uses
* Jacobian coordinates.
*
* This routine implements Point Doubling in the Jacobian Projective
* space as described in the paper "Efficient elliptic curve exponentiation
* using mixed coordinates", by H. Cohen, A Miyaji, T. Ono.
*/
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_dbl_jac(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *px,
const mp_int *py, const mp_int *pz, mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry, mp_int *rz)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int t0, t1, M, S;
MP_DIGITS(&t0) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&t1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&M) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&S) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&t0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&t1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&M) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&S) );
if (GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_jac(px, py, pz) == MP_YES) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_set_inf_jac(rx, ry, rz) );
goto cleanup;
}
if (mp_cmp_d(pz, 1) == 0) {
/* M = 3 * px^2 + a */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(px, p, &t0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&t0, &t0, p, &M) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&t0, &M, p, &t0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&t0, a, p, &M) );
} else if (mp_cmp_int(a, -3) == 0) {
/* M = 3 * (px + pz^2) * (px - pz) */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(pz, p, &M) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(px, &M, p, &t0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(px, &M, p, &t1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&t0, &t1, p, &M) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&M, &M, p, &t0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&t0, &M, p, &M) );
} else {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(px, p, &t0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&t0, &t0, p, &M) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&t0, &M, p, &t0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(pz, p, &M) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(&M, p, &M) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&M, a, p, &M) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&M, &t0, p, &M) );
}
/* rz = 2 * py * pz */
if (mp_cmp_d(pz, 1) == 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(py, py, p, rz) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(rz, p, &t0) );
} else {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(py, py, p, &t0) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&t0, pz, p, rz) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(&t0, p, &t0) );
}
/* S = 4 * px * py^2 = pz * (2 * py)^2 */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(px, &t0, p, &S) );
/* rx = M^2 - 2 * S */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&S, &S, p, &t1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(&M, p, rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(rx, &t1, p, rx) );
/* ry = M * (S - rx) - 8 * py^4 */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sqrmod(&t0, p, &t1) );
if (mp_isodd(&t1)) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_add(&t1, p, &t1) );
}
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_div_2(&t1, &t1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(&S, rx, p, &S) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&M, &S, p, &M) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_submod(&M, &t1, p, ry) );
cleanup:
mp_clear(&t0);
mp_clear(&t1);
mp_clear(&M);
mp_clear(&S);
return err;
}
/* Computes R = nP where R is (rx, ry) and P is (px, py). The parameters
* a, b and p are the elliptic curve coefficients and the prime that
* determines the field GFp. Elliptic curve points P and R can be
* identical. Uses Jacobian coordinates.
*/
mp_err
GFp_ec_pt_mul_jac(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *n,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry)
{
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
mp_int k, qx, qy, qz, sx, sy, sz;
int i, l;
MP_DIGITS(&k) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&qx) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&qy) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&qz) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&sx) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&sy) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&sz) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&k) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&qx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&qz) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&sx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&sy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&sz) );
/* if n = 0 then r = inf */
if (mp_cmp_z(n) == 0) {
mp_zero(rx);
mp_zero(ry);
err = MP_OKAY;
goto cleanup;
/* if n < 0 then out of range error */
} else if (mp_cmp_z(n) < 0) {
err = MP_RANGE;
goto cleanup;
}
/* Q = P, k = n */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(px, &qx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(py, &qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_set_int(&qz, 1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_copy(n, &k) );
/* double and add method */
l = mpl_significant_bits(&k) - 1;
mp_zero(&sx);
mp_zero(&sy);
mp_zero(&sz);
for (i = l; i >= 0; i--) {
/* if k_i = 1, then S = S + Q */
if (MP_GET_BIT(&k, i) != 0) {
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_add_jac(p, a, &sx, &sy, &sz,
&qx, &qy, &qz, &sx, &sy, &sz) );
}
if (i > 0) {
/* S = 2S */
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_dbl_jac(p, a, &sx, &sy, &sz,
&sx, &sy, &sz) );
}
}
/* convert result S to affine coordinates */
CHECK_MPI_OK( GFp_ec_pt_jac2aff(&sx, &sy, &sz, p, rx, ry) );
cleanup:
mp_clear(&k);
mp_clear(&qx);
mp_clear(&qy);
mp_clear(&qz);
mp_clear(&sx);
mp_clear(&sy);
mp_clear(&sz);
return err;
}
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */

View File

@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
/*
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the elliptic curve math library for prime
* field curves.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc. are Copyright (C) 2003
* Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Douglas Stebila <douglas@stebila.ca>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
*/
#ifndef __gfp_ecl_h_
#define __gfp_ecl_h_
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
#include "secmpi.h"
/* Checks if point P(px, py) is at infinity. Uses affine coordinates. */
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_aff(const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py);
/* Sets P(px, py) to be the point at infinity. Uses affine coordinates. */
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_set_inf_aff(mp_int *px, mp_int *py);
/* Computes R = P + Q where R is (rx, ry), P is (px, py) and Q is (qx, qy).
* Uses affine coordinates.
*/
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_add_aff(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *qx, const mp_int *qy,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
/* Computes R = P - Q. Uses affine coordinates. */
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_sub_aff(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *qx, const mp_int *qy,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
/* Computes R = 2P. Uses affine coordinates. */
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_dbl_aff(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
/* Computes R = nP where R is (rx, ry) and P is (px, py). The parameters
* a, b and p are the elliptic curve coefficients and the prime that
* determines the field GFp. Uses affine coordinates.
*/
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_mul_aff(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *b, const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *n,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
/* Converts a point P(px, py, pz) from Jacobian projective coordinates to
* affine coordinates R(rx, ry).
*/
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_jac2aff(const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py,
const mp_int *pz, const mp_int *p, mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
/* Checks if point P(px, py, pz) is at infinity. Uses Jacobian
* coordinates.
*/
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_jac(const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py,
const mp_int *pz);
/* Sets P(px, py, pz) to be the point at infinity. Uses Jacobian
* coordinates.
*/
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_set_inf_jac(mp_int *px, mp_int *py, mp_int *pz);
/* Computes R = P + Q where R is (rx, ry, rz), P is (px, py, pz) and
* Q is (qx, qy, qz). Uses Jacobian coordinates.
*/
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_add_jac(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *pz,
const mp_int *qx, const mp_int *qy, const mp_int *qz,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry, mp_int *rz);
/* Computes R = 2P. Uses Jacobian coordinates. */
extern mp_err GFp_ec_pt_dbl_jac(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *pz,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry, mp_int *rz);
/* Computes R = nP where R is (rx, ry) and P is (px, py). The parameters
* a, b and p are the elliptic curve coefficients and the prime that
* determines the field GFp. Uses Jacobian coordinates.
*/
mp_err GFp_ec_pt_mul_jac(const mp_int *p, const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b,
const mp_int *px, const mp_int *py, const mp_int *n,
mp_int *rx, mp_int *ry);
#define GFp_ec_pt_is_inf(px, py) GFp_ec_pt_is_inf_aff((px), (py))
#define GFp_ec_pt_add(p, a, px, py, qx, qy, rx, ry) \
GFp_ec_pt_add_aff((p), (a), (px), (py), (qx), (qy), (rx), (ry))
#define GFp_ECL_JACOBIAN
#ifdef GFp_ECL_AFFINE
#define GFp_ec_pt_mul(p, a, b, px, py, n, rx, ry) \
GFp_ec_pt_mul_aff((p), (a), (b), (px), (py), (n), (rx), (ry))
#elif defined(GFp_ECL_JACOBIAN)
#define GFp_ec_pt_mul(p, a, b, px, py, n, rx, ry) \
GFp_ec_pt_mul_jac((p), (a), (b), (px), (py), (n), (rx), (ry))
#endif /* GFp_ECL_AFFINE or GFp_ECL_JACOBIAN*/
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
#endif /* __gfp_ecl_h_ */

View File

@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
#! gmake
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
# terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
# "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
# instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
# version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
# allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
# indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
# replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
# the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
# may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
# GPL.
#
#######################################################################
# (1) Include initial platform-independent assignments (MANDATORY). #
#######################################################################
include manifest.mn
#######################################################################
# (2) Include "global" configuration information. (OPTIONAL) #
#######################################################################
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/config.mk
#######################################################################
# (3) Include "component" configuration information. (OPTIONAL) #
#######################################################################
#######################################################################
# (4) Include "local" platform-dependent assignments (OPTIONAL). #
#######################################################################
-include config.mk
ifdef USE_64
DEFINES += -DNSS_USE_64
endif
ifdef USE_HYBRID
DEFINES += -DNSS_USE_HYBRID
endif
# des.c wants _X86_ defined for intel CPUs.
# coreconf does this for windows, but not for Linux, FreeBSD, etc.
ifeq ($(CPU_ARCH),x86)
ifneq (,$(filter-out WIN%,$(OS_TARGET)))
OS_REL_CFLAGS += -D_X86_
endif
endif
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),OSF1)
DEFINES += -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_NO_MP_WORD
MPI_SRCS += mpvalpha.c
endif
ifeq (,$(filter-out WINNT WIN95,$(OS_TARGET))) #omits WIN16 and WINCE
ifdef NS_USE_GCC
# Ideally, we want to use assembler
# ASFILES = mpi_x86.s
# DEFINES += -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_ASSEMBLY_SQUARE \
# -DMP_ASSEMBLY_DIV_2DX1D
# but we haven't figured out how to make it work, so we are not
# using assembler right now.
ASFILES =
DEFINES += -DMP_NO_MP_WORD -DMP_USE_UINT_DIGIT
else
ASFILES = mpi_x86.asm
DEFINES += -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_ASSEMBLY_SQUARE -DMP_ASSEMBLY_DIV_2DX1D
endif
ifdef BUILD_OPT
ifndef NS_USE_GCC
OPTIMIZER += -Ox # maximum optimization for freebl
endif
endif
endif
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),WINCE)
DEFINES += -DMP_ARGCHK=0 # no assert in WinCE
DEFINES += -DSHA_NO_LONG_LONG # avoid 64-bit arithmetic in SHA512
endif
ifdef XP_OS2_VACPP
ASFILES = mpi_x86.asm
DEFINES += -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_ASSEMBLY_SQUARE -DMP_ASSEMBLY_DIV_2DX1D -DMP_USE_UINT_DIGIT -DMP_NO_MP_WORD
endif
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),IRIX)
ifeq ($(USE_N32),1)
ASFILES = mpi_mips.s
ifeq ($(NS_USE_GCC),1)
ASFLAGS = -Wp,-P -Wp,-traditional -O -mips3
else
ASFLAGS = -O -OPT:Olimit=4000 -dollar -fullwarn -xansi -n32 -mips3
endif
DEFINES += -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_ASSEMBLY_SQUARE
DEFINES += -DMP_USE_UINT_DIGIT
else
endif
endif
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),Linux)
ifeq ($(CPU_ARCH),x86)
ASFILES = mpi_x86.s
DEFINES += -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_ASSEMBLY_SQUARE -DMP_ASSEMBLY_DIV_2DX1D
endif
endif
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),AIX)
DEFINES += -DMP_USE_UINT_DIGIT
ifndef USE_64
DEFINES += -DMP_NO_DIV_WORD -DMP_NO_ADD_WORD -DMP_NO_SUB_WORD
endif
endif
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET), HP-UX)
ifneq ($(OS_TEST), ia64)
MKSHLIB += +k +vshlibunsats -u FREEBL_GetVector +e FREEBL_GetVector
ifndef FREEBL_EXTENDED_BUILD
ifdef USE_PURE_32
# build for DA1.1 (HP PA 1.1) pure 32 bit model
DEFINES += -DMP_USE_UINT_DIGIT -DMP_NO_MP_WORD
DEFINES += -DSHA_NO_LONG_LONG # avoid 64-bit arithmetic in SHA512
else
ifdef USE_64
# this builds for DA2.0W (HP PA 2.0 Wide), the LP64 ABI, using 32-bit digits
MPI_SRCS += mpi_hp.c
ASFILES += hpma512.s hppa20.s
DEFINES += -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_ASSEMBLY_SQUARE
else
# this builds for DA2.0 (HP PA 2.0 Narrow) hybrid model
# (the 32-bit ABI with 64-bit registers) using 32-bit digits
MPI_SRCS += mpi_hp.c
ASFILES += hpma512.s hppa20.s
DEFINES += -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_ASSEMBLY_SQUARE
# This is done in coreconf by defining USE_LONG_LONGS
# OS_CFLAGS += -Aa +e +DA2.0 +DS2.0
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
# Note: -xarch=v8 or v9 is now done in coreconf
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),SunOS)
ifeq ($(CPU_ARCH),sparc)
ifndef NS_USE_GCC
ifdef USE_HYBRID
OS_CFLAGS += -xchip=ultra2
endif
endif
ifeq (5.5.1,$(firstword $(sort 5.5.1 $(OS_RELEASE))))
SYSV_SPARC = 1
endif
ifeq ($(SYSV_SPARC),1)
SOLARIS_AS = /usr/ccs/bin/as
ifdef NS_USE_GCC
ifdef GCC_USE_GNU_LD
MKSHLIB += -Wl,-Bsymbolic,-z,defs,-z,now,-z,text,--version-script,mapfile.Solaris
else
MKSHLIB += -Wl,-B,symbolic,-z,defs,-z,now,-z,text,-M,mapfile.Solaris
endif
else
MKSHLIB += -B symbolic -z defs -z now -z text -M mapfile.Solaris
endif
ifdef USE_PURE_32
# this builds for Sparc v8 pure 32-bit architecture
DEFINES += -DMP_USE_LONG_LONG_MULTIPLY -DMP_USE_UINT_DIGIT -DMP_NO_MP_WORD
DEFINES += -DSHA_NO_LONG_LONG # avoid 64-bit arithmetic in SHA512
else
ifdef USE_64
# this builds for Sparc v9a pure 64-bit architecture
MPI_SRCS += mpi_sparc.c
ASFILES = mpv_sparcv9.s montmulfv9.s
DEFINES += -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_USING_MONT_MULF
DEFINES += -DMP_USE_UINT_DIGIT
# MPI_SRCS += mpv_sparc.c
# removed -xdepend from the following line
SOLARIS_FLAGS = -fast -xO5 -xrestrict=%all -xchip=ultra -xarch=v9a -KPIC -mt
SOLARIS_AS_FLAGS = -xarch=v9a -K PIC
else
# this builds for Sparc v8+a hybrid architecture, 64-bit registers, 32-bit ABI
MPI_SRCS += mpi_sparc.c
ASFILES = mpv_sparcv8.s montmulfv8.s
DEFINES += -DMP_NO_MP_WORD -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_USING_MONT_MULF
DEFINES += -DMP_USE_UINT_DIGIT
SOLARIS_AS_FLAGS = -xarch=v8plusa -K PIC
# ASM_SUFFIX = .S
endif
endif
endif
else
# Solaris x86
DEFINES += -D_X86_
DEFINES += -DMP_USE_UINT_DIGIT
DEFINES += -DMP_ASSEMBLY_MULTIPLY -DMP_ASSEMBLY_SQUARE -DMP_ASSEMBLY_DIV_2DX1D
ASFILES = mpi_i86pc.s
ifdef NS_USE_GCC
LD = gcc
AS = gcc
ASFLAGS =
endif
endif
endif
$(OBJDIR)/sysrand$(OBJ_SUFFIX): sysrand.c unix_rand.c win_rand.c mac_rand.c os2_rand.c
#######################################################################
# (5) Execute "global" rules. (OPTIONAL) #
#######################################################################
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/rules.mk
#######################################################################
# (6) Execute "component" rules. (OPTIONAL) #
#######################################################################
#######################################################################
# (7) Execute "local" rules. (OPTIONAL). #
#######################################################################
export:: private_export
rijndael_tables:
$(CC) -o $(OBJDIR)/make_rijndael_tab rijndael_tables.c \
$(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) $(OBJDIR)/libfreebl.a
$(OBJDIR)/make_rijndael_tab
ifdef MOZILLA_BSAFE_BUILD
private_export::
ifeq (,$(filter-out WIN%,$(OS_TARGET)))
rm -f $(DIST)/lib/bsafe$(BSAFEVER).lib
endif
$(NSINSTALL) -R $(BSAFEPATH) $(DIST)/lib
endif
ifdef USE_PURE_32
vpath %.h $(FREEBL_PARENT)/mpi:$(FREEBL_PARENT)
vpath %.c $(FREEBL_PARENT)/mpi:$(FREEBL_PARENT)
vpath %.S $(FREEBL_PARENT)/mpi:$(FREEBL_PARENT)
vpath %.s $(FREEBL_PARENT)/mpi:$(FREEBL_PARENT)
vpath %.asm $(FREEBL_PARENT)/mpi:$(FREEBL_PARENT)
INCLUDES += -I$(FREEBL_PARENT) -I$(FREEBL_PARENT)/mpi
else
vpath %.h mpi
vpath %.c mpi
vpath %.S mpi
vpath %.s mpi
vpath %.asm mpi
INCLUDES += -Impi
endif
DEFINES += -DMP_API_COMPATIBLE
MPI_USERS = dh.c pqg.c dsa.c rsa.c ec.c GFp_ecl.c
MPI_OBJS = $(addprefix $(OBJDIR)/$(PROG_PREFIX), $(MPI_SRCS:.c=$(OBJ_SUFFIX)))
MPI_OBJS += $(addprefix $(OBJDIR)/$(PROG_PREFIX), $(MPI_USERS:.c=$(OBJ_SUFFIX)))
$(MPI_OBJS): $(MPI_HDRS)
$(OBJDIR)/$(PROG_PREFIX)mpprime$(OBJ_SUFFIX): primes.c
$(OBJDIR)/ldvector$(OBJ_SUFFIX) $(OBJDIR)/loader$(OBJ_SUFFIX) : loader.h
ifeq ($(SYSV_SPARC),1)
$(OBJDIR)/mpv_sparcv8.o $(OBJDIR)/montmulfv8.o : $(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.s
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
$(SOLARIS_AS) -o $@ $(SOLARIS_AS_FLAGS) $<
$(OBJDIR)/mpv_sparcv9.o $(OBJDIR)/montmulfv9.o : $(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.s
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
$(SOLARIS_AS) -o $@ $(SOLARIS_AS_FLAGS) $<
$(OBJDIR)/mpmontg.o: mpmontg.c montmulf.h
endif
ifdef FREEBL_EXTENDED_BUILD
PURE32DIR = $(OBJDIR)/$(OS_TARGET)pure32
ALL_TRASH += $(PURE32DIR)
FILES2LN = \
$(wildcard *.tab) \
$(wildcard mapfile.*) \
Makefile manifest.mn config.mk
LINKEDFILES = $(addprefix $(PURE32DIR)/, $(FILES2LN))
CDDIR := $(shell pwd)
$(PURE32DIR):
-mkdir $(PURE32DIR)
-ln -s $(CDDIR)/mpi $(PURE32DIR)
$(LINKEDFILES) : $(PURE32DIR)/% : %
ln -s $(CDDIR)/$* $(PURE32DIR)
libs::
$(MAKE) FREEBL_RECURSIVE_BUILD=1 USE_HYBRID=1 libs
libs:: $(PURE32DIR) $(LINKEDFILES)
cd $(PURE32DIR) && $(MAKE) FREEBL_RECURSIVE_BUILD=1 USE_PURE_32=1 FREEBL_PARENT=$(CDDIR) CORE_DEPTH=$(CDDIR)/$(CORE_DEPTH) libs
release_md::
$(MAKE) FREEBL_RECURSIVE_BUILD=1 USE_HYBRID=1 $@
cd $(PURE32DIR) && $(MAKE) FREEBL_RECURSIVE_BUILD=1 USE_PURE_32=1 FREEBL_PARENT=$(CDDIR) CORE_DEPTH=$(CDDIR)/$(CORE_DEPTH) $@
endif

View File

@@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
/*
* aeskeywrap.c - implement AES Key Wrap algorithm from RFC 3394
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*
* $Id: aeskeywrap.c,v 1.1 2003-01-14 22:16:04 nelsonb%netscape.com Exp $
*/
#include "prcpucfg.h"
#if defined(IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN) || defined(SHA_NO_LONG_LONG)
#define BIG_ENDIAN_WITH_64_BIT_REGISTERS 0
#else
#define BIG_ENDIAN_WITH_64_BIT_REGISTERS 1
#endif
#include "prtypes.h" /* for PRUintXX */
#include "secport.h" /* for PORT_XXX */
#include "secerr.h"
#include "blapi.h" /* for AES_ functions */
struct AESKeyWrapContextStr {
AESContext * aescx;
unsigned char iv[AES_KEY_WRAP_IV_BYTES];
};
/******************************************/
/*
** AES key wrap algorithm, RFC 3394
*/
/*
** Create a new AES context suitable for AES encryption/decryption.
** "key" raw key data
** "keylen" the number of bytes of key data (16, 24, or 32)
*/
extern AESKeyWrapContext *
AESKeyWrap_CreateContext(const unsigned char *key, const unsigned char *iv,
int encrypt, unsigned int keylen)
{
AESKeyWrapContext * cx = PORT_ZNew(AESKeyWrapContext);
if (!cx)
return NULL; /* error is already set */
cx->aescx = AES_CreateContext(key, NULL, NSS_AES, encrypt, keylen,
AES_BLOCK_SIZE);
if (!cx->aescx) {
PORT_Free(cx);
return NULL; /* error should already be set */
}
if (iv) {
memcpy(cx->iv, iv, AES_KEY_WRAP_IV_BYTES);
} else {
memset(cx->iv, 0xA6, AES_KEY_WRAP_IV_BYTES);
}
return cx;
}
/*
** Destroy a AES KeyWrap context.
** "cx" the context
** "freeit" if PR_TRUE then free the object as well as its sub-objects
*/
extern void
AESKeyWrap_DestroyContext(AESKeyWrapContext *cx, PRBool freeit)
{
if (cx) {
if (cx->aescx)
AES_DestroyContext(cx->aescx, PR_TRUE);
memset(cx, 0, sizeof *cx);
if (freeit)
PORT_Free(cx);
}
}
#if !BIG_ENDIAN_WITH_64_BIT_REGISTERS
/* The AES Key Wrap algorithm has 64-bit values that are ALWAYS big-endian
** (Most significant byte first) in memory. The only ALU operations done
** on them are increment, decrement, and XOR. So, on little-endian CPUs,
** and on CPUs that lack 64-bit registers, these big-endian 64-bit operations
** are simulated in the following code. This is thought to be faster and
** simpler than trying to convert the data to little-endian and back.
*/
/* A and T point to two 64-bit values stored most signficant byte first
** (big endian). This function increments the 64-bit value T, and then
** XORs it with A, changing A.
*/
static void
increment_and_xor(unsigned char *A, unsigned char *T)
{
if (!++T[7])
if (!++T[6])
if (!++T[5])
if (!++T[4])
if (!++T[3])
if (!++T[2])
if (!++T[1])
++T[0];
A[0] ^= T[0];
A[1] ^= T[1];
A[2] ^= T[2];
A[3] ^= T[3];
A[4] ^= T[4];
A[5] ^= T[5];
A[6] ^= T[6];
A[7] ^= T[7];
}
/* A and T point to two 64-bit values stored most signficant byte first
** (big endian). This function XORs T with A, giving a new A, then
** decrements the 64-bit value T.
*/
static void
xor_and_decrement(unsigned char *A, unsigned char *T)
{
A[0] ^= T[0];
A[1] ^= T[1];
A[2] ^= T[2];
A[3] ^= T[3];
A[4] ^= T[4];
A[5] ^= T[5];
A[6] ^= T[6];
A[7] ^= T[7];
if (!T[7]--)
if (!T[6]--)
if (!T[5]--)
if (!T[4]--)
if (!T[3]--)
if (!T[2]--)
if (!T[1]--)
T[0]--;
}
/* Given an unsigned long t (in host byte order), store this value as a
** 64-bit big-endian value (MSB first) in *pt.
*/
static void
set_t(unsigned char *pt, unsigned long t)
{
pt[7] = (unsigned char)t; t >>= 8;
pt[6] = (unsigned char)t; t >>= 8;
pt[5] = (unsigned char)t; t >>= 8;
pt[4] = (unsigned char)t; t >>= 8;
pt[3] = (unsigned char)t; t >>= 8;
pt[2] = (unsigned char)t; t >>= 8;
pt[1] = (unsigned char)t; t >>= 8;
pt[0] = (unsigned char)t;
}
#endif
/*
** Perform AES key wrap.
** "cx" the context
** "output" the output buffer to store the encrypted data.
** "outputLen" how much data is stored in "output". Set by the routine
** after some data is stored in output.
** "maxOutputLen" the maximum amount of data that can ever be
** stored in "output"
** "input" the input data
** "inputLen" the amount of input data
*/
extern SECStatus
AESKeyWrap_Encrypt(AESKeyWrapContext *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *pOutputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
PRUint64 * R = NULL;
unsigned int nBlocks;
unsigned int i, j;
unsigned int aesLen = AES_BLOCK_SIZE;
unsigned int outLen = inputLen + AES_KEY_WRAP_BLOCK_SIZE;
SECStatus s = SECFailure;
/* These PRUint64s are ALWAYS big endian, regardless of CPU orientation. */
PRUint64 t;
PRUint64 B[2];
#define A B[0]
/* Check args */
if (!inputLen || 0 != inputLen % AES_KEY_WRAP_BLOCK_SIZE) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INPUT_LEN);
return s;
}
#ifdef maybe
if (!output && pOutputLen) { /* caller is asking for output size */
*pOutputLen = outLen;
return SECSuccess;
}
#endif
if (maxOutputLen < outLen) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_OUTPUT_LEN);
return s;
}
if (cx == NULL || output == NULL || input == NULL) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return s;
}
nBlocks = inputLen / AES_KEY_WRAP_BLOCK_SIZE;
R = PORT_NewArray(PRUint64, nBlocks + 1);
if (!R)
return s; /* error is already set. */
/*
** 1) Initialize variables.
*/
memcpy(&A, cx->iv, AES_KEY_WRAP_IV_BYTES);
memcpy(&R[1], input, inputLen);
#if BIG_ENDIAN_WITH_64_BIT_REGISTERS
t = 0;
#else
memset(&t, 0, sizeof t);
#endif
/*
** 2) Calculate intermediate values.
*/
for (j = 0; j < 6; ++j) {
for (i = 1; i <= nBlocks; ++i) {
B[1] = R[i];
s = AES_Encrypt(cx->aescx, (unsigned char *)B, &aesLen,
sizeof B, (unsigned char *)B, sizeof B);
if (s != SECSuccess)
break;
R[i] = B[1];
/* here, increment t and XOR A with t (in big endian order); */
#if BIG_ENDIAN_WITH_64_BIT_REGISTERS
A ^= ++t;
#else
increment_and_xor((unsigned char *)&A, (unsigned char *)&t);
#endif
}
}
/*
** 3) Output the results.
*/
if (s == SECSuccess) {
R[0] = A;
memcpy(output, &R[0], outLen);
if (pOutputLen)
*pOutputLen = outLen;
} else if (pOutputLen) {
*pOutputLen = 0;
}
PORT_ZFree(R, outLen);
return s;
}
#undef A
/*
** Perform AES key unwrap.
** "cx" the context
** "output" the output buffer to store the decrypted data.
** "outputLen" how much data is stored in "output". Set by the routine
** after some data is stored in output.
** "maxOutputLen" the maximum amount of data that can ever be
** stored in "output"
** "input" the input data
** "inputLen" the amount of input data
*/
extern SECStatus
AESKeyWrap_Decrypt(AESKeyWrapContext *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *pOutputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
PRUint64 * R = NULL;
unsigned int nBlocks;
unsigned int i, j;
unsigned int aesLen = AES_BLOCK_SIZE;
unsigned int outLen;
SECStatus s = SECFailure;
/* These PRUint64s are ALWAYS big endian, regardless of CPU orientation. */
PRUint64 t;
PRUint64 B[2];
#define A B[0]
/* Check args */
if (inputLen < 3 * AES_KEY_WRAP_BLOCK_SIZE ||
0 != inputLen % AES_KEY_WRAP_BLOCK_SIZE) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INPUT_LEN);
return s;
}
outLen = inputLen - AES_KEY_WRAP_BLOCK_SIZE;
#ifdef maybe
if (!output && pOutputLen) { /* caller is asking for output size */
*pOutputLen = outLen;
return SECSuccess;
}
#endif
if (maxOutputLen < outLen) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_OUTPUT_LEN);
return s;
}
if (cx == NULL || output == NULL || input == NULL) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return s;
}
nBlocks = inputLen / AES_KEY_WRAP_BLOCK_SIZE;
R = PORT_NewArray(PRUint64, nBlocks);
if (!R)
return s; /* error is already set. */
nBlocks--;
/*
** 1) Initialize variables.
*/
memcpy(&R[0], input, inputLen);
A = R[0];
#if BIG_ENDIAN_WITH_64_BIT_REGISTERS
t = 6UL * nBlocks;
#else
set_t((unsigned char *)&t, 6UL * nBlocks);
#endif
/*
** 2) Calculate intermediate values.
*/
for (j = 0; j < 6; ++j) {
for (i = nBlocks; i; --i) {
/* here, XOR A with t (in big endian order) and decrement t; */
#if BIG_ENDIAN_WITH_64_BIT_REGISTERS
A ^= t--;
#else
xor_and_decrement((unsigned char *)&A, (unsigned char *)&t);
#endif
B[1] = R[i];
s = AES_Decrypt(cx->aescx, (unsigned char *)B, &aesLen,
sizeof B, (unsigned char *)B, sizeof B);
if (s != SECSuccess)
break;
R[i] = B[1];
}
}
/*
** 3) Output the results.
*/
if (s == SECSuccess) {
int bad = memcmp(&A, cx->iv, AES_KEY_WRAP_IV_BYTES);
if (!bad) {
memcpy(output, &R[1], outLen);
if (pOutputLen)
*pOutputLen = outLen;
} else {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_BAD_DATA);
if (pOutputLen)
*pOutputLen = 0;
}
} else if (pOutputLen) {
*pOutputLen = 0;
}
PORT_ZFree(R, inputLen);
return s;
}
#undef A

View File

@@ -1,493 +0,0 @@
/*
* alg2268.c - implementation of the algorithm in RFC 2268
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*
* $Id: alg2268.c,v 1.4 2002-11-16 06:09:57 nelsonb%netscape.com Exp $
*/
#include "blapi.h"
#include "secerr.h"
#ifdef XP_UNIX_XXX
#include <stddef.h> /* for ptrdiff_t */
#endif
/*
** RC2 symmetric block cypher
*/
typedef SECStatus (rc2Func)(RC2Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
/* forward declarations */
static rc2Func rc2_EncryptECB;
static rc2Func rc2_DecryptECB;
static rc2Func rc2_EncryptCBC;
static rc2Func rc2_DecryptCBC;
typedef union {
PRUint32 l[2];
PRUint16 s[4];
PRUint8 b[8];
} RC2Block;
struct RC2ContextStr {
union {
PRUint8 Kb[128];
PRUint16 Kw[64];
} u;
RC2Block iv;
rc2Func *enc;
rc2Func *dec;
};
#define B u.Kb
#define K u.Kw
#define BYTESWAP(x) ((x) << 8 | (x) >> 8)
#define SWAPK(i) cx->K[i] = (tmpS = cx->K[i], BYTESWAP(tmpS))
#define RC2_BLOCK_SIZE 8
#define LOAD_HARD(R) \
R[0] = (PRUint16)input[1] << 8 | input[0]; \
R[1] = (PRUint16)input[3] << 8 | input[2]; \
R[2] = (PRUint16)input[5] << 8 | input[4]; \
R[3] = (PRUint16)input[7] << 8 | input[6];
#define LOAD_EASY(R) \
R[0] = ((PRUint16 *)input)[0]; \
R[1] = ((PRUint16 *)input)[1]; \
R[2] = ((PRUint16 *)input)[2]; \
R[3] = ((PRUint16 *)input)[3];
#define STORE_HARD(R) \
output[0] = (PRUint8)(R[0]); output[1] = (PRUint8)(R[0] >> 8); \
output[2] = (PRUint8)(R[1]); output[3] = (PRUint8)(R[1] >> 8); \
output[4] = (PRUint8)(R[2]); output[5] = (PRUint8)(R[2] >> 8); \
output[6] = (PRUint8)(R[3]); output[7] = (PRUint8)(R[3] >> 8);
#define STORE_EASY(R) \
((PRUint16 *)output)[0] = R[0]; \
((PRUint16 *)output)[1] = R[1]; \
((PRUint16 *)output)[2] = R[2]; \
((PRUint16 *)output)[3] = R[3];
#if defined (_X86_)
#define LOAD(R) LOAD_EASY(R)
#define STORE(R) STORE_EASY(R)
#elif !defined(IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
#define LOAD(R) LOAD_HARD(R)
#define STORE(R) STORE_HARD(R)
#else
#define LOAD(R) if ((ptrdiff_t)input & 1) { LOAD_HARD(R) } else { LOAD_EASY(R) }
#define STORE(R) if ((ptrdiff_t)input & 1) { STORE_HARD(R) } else { STORE_EASY(R) }
#endif
static const PRUint8 S[256] = {
0331,0170,0371,0304,0031,0335,0265,0355,0050,0351,0375,0171,0112,0240,0330,0235,
0306,0176,0067,0203,0053,0166,0123,0216,0142,0114,0144,0210,0104,0213,0373,0242,
0027,0232,0131,0365,0207,0263,0117,0023,0141,0105,0155,0215,0011,0201,0175,0062,
0275,0217,0100,0353,0206,0267,0173,0013,0360,0225,0041,0042,0134,0153,0116,0202,
0124,0326,0145,0223,0316,0140,0262,0034,0163,0126,0300,0024,0247,0214,0361,0334,
0022,0165,0312,0037,0073,0276,0344,0321,0102,0075,0324,0060,0243,0074,0266,0046,
0157,0277,0016,0332,0106,0151,0007,0127,0047,0362,0035,0233,0274,0224,0103,0003,
0370,0021,0307,0366,0220,0357,0076,0347,0006,0303,0325,0057,0310,0146,0036,0327,
0010,0350,0352,0336,0200,0122,0356,0367,0204,0252,0162,0254,0065,0115,0152,0052,
0226,0032,0322,0161,0132,0025,0111,0164,0113,0237,0320,0136,0004,0030,0244,0354,
0302,0340,0101,0156,0017,0121,0313,0314,0044,0221,0257,0120,0241,0364,0160,0071,
0231,0174,0072,0205,0043,0270,0264,0172,0374,0002,0066,0133,0045,0125,0227,0061,
0055,0135,0372,0230,0343,0212,0222,0256,0005,0337,0051,0020,0147,0154,0272,0311,
0323,0000,0346,0317,0341,0236,0250,0054,0143,0026,0001,0077,0130,0342,0211,0251,
0015,0070,0064,0033,0253,0063,0377,0260,0273,0110,0014,0137,0271,0261,0315,0056,
0305,0363,0333,0107,0345,0245,0234,0167,0012,0246,0040,0150,0376,0177,0301,0255
};
/*
** Create a new RC2 context suitable for RC2 encryption/decryption.
** "key" raw key data
** "len" the number of bytes of key data
** "iv" is the CBC initialization vector (if mode is NSS_RC2_CBC)
** "mode" one of NSS_RC2 or NSS_RC2_CBC
** "effectiveKeyLen" in bytes, not bits.
**
** When mode is set to NSS_RC2_CBC the RC2 cipher is run in "cipher block
** chaining" mode.
*/
RC2Context *
RC2_CreateContext(const unsigned char *key, unsigned int len,
const unsigned char *input, int mode, unsigned efLen8)
{
RC2Context *cx;
PRUint8 *L,*L2;
int i;
#if !defined(IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
PRUint16 tmpS;
#endif
PRUint8 tmpB;
if (!key || len == 0 || len > (sizeof cx->B) || efLen8 > (sizeof cx->B)) {
return NULL;
}
if (mode == NSS_RC2) {
/* groovy */
} else if (mode == NSS_RC2_CBC) {
if (!input) {
return NULL; /* not groovy */
}
} else {
return NULL;
}
cx = PORT_ZNew(RC2Context);
if (!cx)
return cx;
if (mode == NSS_RC2_CBC) {
cx->enc = & rc2_EncryptCBC;
cx->dec = & rc2_DecryptCBC;
LOAD(cx->iv.s);
} else {
cx->enc = & rc2_EncryptECB;
cx->dec = & rc2_DecryptECB;
}
/* Step 0. Copy key into table. */
memcpy(cx->B, key, len);
/* Step 1. Compute all values to the right of the key. */
L2 = cx->B;
L = L2 + len;
tmpB = L[-1];
for (i = (sizeof cx->B) - len; i > 0; --i) {
*L++ = tmpB = S[ (PRUint8)(tmpB + *L2++) ];
}
/* step 2. Adjust left most byte of effective key. */
i = (sizeof cx->B) - efLen8;
L = cx->B + i;
*L = tmpB = S[*L]; /* mask is always 0xff */
/* step 3. Recompute all values to the left of effective key. */
L2 = --L + efLen8;
while(L >= cx->B) {
*L-- = tmpB = S[ tmpB ^ *L2-- ];
}
#if !defined(IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
for (i = 63; i >= 0; --i) {
SWAPK(i); /* candidate for unrolling */
}
#endif
return cx;
}
/*
** Destroy an RC2 encryption/decryption context.
** "cx" the context
** "freeit" if PR_TRUE then free the object as well as its sub-objects
*/
void
RC2_DestroyContext(RC2Context *cx, PRBool freeit)
{
if (cx) {
memset(cx, 0, sizeof *cx);
if (freeit) {
PORT_Free(cx);
}
}
}
#define ROL(x,k) (x << k | x >> (16-k))
#define MIX(j) \
R0 = R0 + cx->K[ 4*j+0] + (R3 & R2) + (~R3 & R1); R0 = ROL(R0,1);\
R1 = R1 + cx->K[ 4*j+1] + (R0 & R3) + (~R0 & R2); R1 = ROL(R1,2);\
R2 = R2 + cx->K[ 4*j+2] + (R1 & R0) + (~R1 & R3); R2 = ROL(R2,3);\
R3 = R3 + cx->K[ 4*j+3] + (R2 & R1) + (~R2 & R0); R3 = ROL(R3,5)
#define MASH \
R0 = R0 + cx->K[R3 & 63];\
R1 = R1 + cx->K[R0 & 63];\
R2 = R2 + cx->K[R1 & 63];\
R3 = R3 + cx->K[R2 & 63]
/* Encrypt one block */
static void
rc2_Encrypt1Block(RC2Context *cx, RC2Block *output, RC2Block *input)
{
register PRUint16 R0, R1, R2, R3;
/* step 1. Initialize input. */
R0 = input->s[0];
R1 = input->s[1];
R2 = input->s[2];
R3 = input->s[3];
/* step 2. Expand Key (already done, in context) */
/* step 3. j = 0 */
/* step 4. Perform 5 mixing rounds. */
MIX(0);
MIX(1);
MIX(2);
MIX(3);
MIX(4);
/* step 5. Perform 1 mashing round. */
MASH;
/* step 6. Perform 6 mixing rounds. */
MIX(5);
MIX(6);
MIX(7);
MIX(8);
MIX(9);
MIX(10);
/* step 7. Perform 1 mashing round. */
MASH;
/* step 8. Perform 5 mixing rounds. */
MIX(11);
MIX(12);
MIX(13);
MIX(14);
MIX(15);
/* output results */
output->s[0] = R0;
output->s[1] = R1;
output->s[2] = R2;
output->s[3] = R3;
}
#define ROR(x,k) (x >> k | x << (16-k))
#define R_MIX(j) \
R3 = ROR(R3,5); R3 = R3 - cx->K[ 4*j+3] - (R2 & R1) - (~R2 & R0); \
R2 = ROR(R2,3); R2 = R2 - cx->K[ 4*j+2] - (R1 & R0) - (~R1 & R3); \
R1 = ROR(R1,2); R1 = R1 - cx->K[ 4*j+1] - (R0 & R3) - (~R0 & R2); \
R0 = ROR(R0,1); R0 = R0 - cx->K[ 4*j+0] - (R3 & R2) - (~R3 & R1)
#define R_MASH \
R3 = R3 - cx->K[R2 & 63];\
R2 = R2 - cx->K[R1 & 63];\
R1 = R1 - cx->K[R0 & 63];\
R0 = R0 - cx->K[R3 & 63]
/* Encrypt one block */
static void
rc2_Decrypt1Block(RC2Context *cx, RC2Block *output, RC2Block *input)
{
register PRUint16 R0, R1, R2, R3;
/* step 1. Initialize input. */
R0 = input->s[0];
R1 = input->s[1];
R2 = input->s[2];
R3 = input->s[3];
/* step 2. Expand Key (already done, in context) */
/* step 3. j = 63 */
/* step 4. Perform 5 r_mixing rounds. */
R_MIX(15);
R_MIX(14);
R_MIX(13);
R_MIX(12);
R_MIX(11);
/* step 5. Perform 1 r_mashing round. */
R_MASH;
/* step 6. Perform 6 r_mixing rounds. */
R_MIX(10);
R_MIX(9);
R_MIX(8);
R_MIX(7);
R_MIX(6);
R_MIX(5);
/* step 7. Perform 1 r_mashing round. */
R_MASH;
/* step 8. Perform 5 r_mixing rounds. */
R_MIX(4);
R_MIX(3);
R_MIX(2);
R_MIX(1);
R_MIX(0);
/* output results */
output->s[0] = R0;
output->s[1] = R1;
output->s[2] = R2;
output->s[3] = R3;
}
static SECStatus
rc2_EncryptECB(RC2Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
RC2Block iBlock;
while (inputLen > 0) {
LOAD(iBlock.s)
rc2_Encrypt1Block(cx, &iBlock, &iBlock);
STORE(iBlock.s)
output += RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
input += RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
inputLen -= RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
}
return SECSuccess;
}
static SECStatus
rc2_DecryptECB(RC2Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
RC2Block iBlock;
while (inputLen > 0) {
LOAD(iBlock.s)
rc2_Decrypt1Block(cx, &iBlock, &iBlock);
STORE(iBlock.s)
output += RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
input += RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
inputLen -= RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
}
return SECSuccess;
}
static SECStatus
rc2_EncryptCBC(RC2Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
RC2Block iBlock;
while (inputLen > 0) {
LOAD(iBlock.s)
iBlock.l[0] ^= cx->iv.l[0];
iBlock.l[1] ^= cx->iv.l[1];
rc2_Encrypt1Block(cx, &iBlock, &iBlock);
cx->iv = iBlock;
STORE(iBlock.s)
output += RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
input += RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
inputLen -= RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
}
return SECSuccess;
}
static SECStatus
rc2_DecryptCBC(RC2Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
RC2Block iBlock;
RC2Block oBlock;
while (inputLen > 0) {
LOAD(iBlock.s)
rc2_Decrypt1Block(cx, &oBlock, &iBlock);
oBlock.l[0] ^= cx->iv.l[0];
oBlock.l[1] ^= cx->iv.l[1];
cx->iv = iBlock;
STORE(oBlock.s)
output += RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
input += RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
inputLen -= RC2_BLOCK_SIZE;
}
return SECSuccess;
}
/*
** Perform RC2 encryption.
** "cx" the context
** "output" the output buffer to store the encrypted data.
** "outputLen" how much data is stored in "output". Set by the routine
** after some data is stored in output.
** "maxOutputLen" the maximum amount of data that can ever be
** stored in "output"
** "input" the input data
** "inputLen" the amount of input data
*/
SECStatus RC2_Encrypt(RC2Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
SECStatus rv = SECSuccess;
if (inputLen) {
if (inputLen % RC2_BLOCK_SIZE) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INPUT_LEN);
return SECFailure;
}
if (maxOutputLen < inputLen) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_OUTPUT_LEN);
return SECFailure;
}
rv = (*cx->enc)(cx, output, input, inputLen);
}
if (rv == SECSuccess) {
*outputLen = inputLen;
}
return rv;
}
/*
** Perform RC2 decryption.
** "cx" the context
** "output" the output buffer to store the decrypted data.
** "outputLen" how much data is stored in "output". Set by the routine
** after some data is stored in output.
** "maxOutputLen" the maximum amount of data that can ever be
** stored in "output"
** "input" the input data
** "inputLen" the amount of input data
*/
SECStatus RC2_Decrypt(RC2Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
SECStatus rv = SECSuccess;
if (inputLen) {
if (inputLen % RC2_BLOCK_SIZE) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INPUT_LEN);
return SECFailure;
}
if (maxOutputLen < inputLen) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_OUTPUT_LEN);
return SECFailure;
}
rv = (*cx->dec)(cx, output, input, inputLen);
}
if (rv == SECSuccess) {
*outputLen = inputLen;
}
return rv;
}

View File

@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
/*
* arcfive.c - stubs for RC5 - NOT a working implementation!
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*
* $Id: arcfive.c,v 1.3 2002-11-16 06:09:57 nelsonb%netscape.com Exp $
*/
#include "blapi.h"
#include "prerror.h"
/******************************************/
/*
** RC5 symmetric block cypher -- 64-bit block size
*/
/*
** Create a new RC5 context suitable for RC5 encryption/decryption.
** "key" raw key data
** "len" the number of bytes of key data
** "iv" is the CBC initialization vector (if mode is NSS_RC5_CBC)
** "mode" one of NSS_RC5 or NSS_RC5_CBC
**
** When mode is set to NSS_RC5_CBC the RC5 cipher is run in "cipher block
** chaining" mode.
*/
RC5Context *
RC5_CreateContext(const SECItem *key, unsigned int rounds,
unsigned int wordSize, const unsigned char *iv, int mode)
{
PORT_SetError(PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR);
return NULL;
}
/*
** Destroy an RC5 encryption/decryption context.
** "cx" the context
** "freeit" if PR_TRUE then free the object as well as its sub-objects
*/
void
RC5_DestroyContext(RC5Context *cx, PRBool freeit)
{
PORT_SetError(PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR);
}
/*
** Perform RC5 encryption.
** "cx" the context
** "output" the output buffer to store the encrypted data.
** "outputLen" how much data is stored in "output". Set by the routine
** after some data is stored in output.
** "maxOutputLen" the maximum amount of data that can ever be
** stored in "output"
** "input" the input data
** "inputLen" the amount of input data
*/
SECStatus
RC5_Encrypt(RC5Context *cx, unsigned char *output, unsigned int *outputLen,
unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
PORT_SetError(PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR);
return SECFailure;
}
/*
** Perform RC5 decryption.
** "cx" the context
** "output" the output buffer to store the decrypted data.
** "outputLen" how much data is stored in "output". Set by the routine
** after some data is stored in output.
** "maxOutputLen" the maximum amount of data that can ever be
** stored in "output"
** "input" the input data
** "inputLen" the amount of input data
*/
SECStatus
RC5_Decrypt(RC5Context *cx, unsigned char *output, unsigned int *outputLen,
unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
PORT_SetError(PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR);
return SECFailure;
}

View File

@@ -1,567 +0,0 @@
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*/
#include "prerr.h"
#include "secerr.h"
#include "prtypes.h"
#include "blapi.h"
/* Architecture-dependent defines */
#if defined(SOLARIS) || defined(HPUX) || defined(i386) || defined(IRIX)
/* Convert the byte-stream to a word-stream */
#define CONVERT_TO_WORDS
#endif
#if defined(AIX) || defined(OSF1)
/* Treat array variables as longs, not bytes */
#define USE_LONG
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
#undef WORD
#define WORD ARC4WORD
#endif
#if defined(NSS_USE_HYBRID) && !defined(SOLARIS) && !defined(NSS_USE_64)
typedef unsigned long long WORD;
#else
typedef unsigned long WORD;
#endif
#define WORDSIZE sizeof(WORD)
#ifdef USE_LONG
typedef unsigned long Stype;
#else
typedef PRUint8 Stype;
#endif
#define ARCFOUR_STATE_SIZE 256
#define MASK1BYTE (WORD)(0xff)
#define SWAP(a, b) \
tmp = a; \
a = b; \
b = tmp;
/*
* State information for stream cipher.
*/
struct RC4ContextStr
{
Stype S[ARCFOUR_STATE_SIZE];
PRUint8 i;
PRUint8 j;
};
/*
* array indices [0..255] to initialize cx->S array (faster than loop).
*/
static const Stype Kinit[256] = {
0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
0x20, 0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27,
0x28, 0x29, 0x2a, 0x2b, 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x2f,
0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37,
0x38, 0x39, 0x3a, 0x3b, 0x3c, 0x3d, 0x3e, 0x3f,
0x40, 0x41, 0x42, 0x43, 0x44, 0x45, 0x46, 0x47,
0x48, 0x49, 0x4a, 0x4b, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e, 0x4f,
0x50, 0x51, 0x52, 0x53, 0x54, 0x55, 0x56, 0x57,
0x58, 0x59, 0x5a, 0x5b, 0x5c, 0x5d, 0x5e, 0x5f,
0x60, 0x61, 0x62, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x67,
0x68, 0x69, 0x6a, 0x6b, 0x6c, 0x6d, 0x6e, 0x6f,
0x70, 0x71, 0x72, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76, 0x77,
0x78, 0x79, 0x7a, 0x7b, 0x7c, 0x7d, 0x7e, 0x7f,
0x80, 0x81, 0x82, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87,
0x88, 0x89, 0x8a, 0x8b, 0x8c, 0x8d, 0x8e, 0x8f,
0x90, 0x91, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96, 0x97,
0x98, 0x99, 0x9a, 0x9b, 0x9c, 0x9d, 0x9e, 0x9f,
0xa0, 0xa1, 0xa2, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xa5, 0xa6, 0xa7,
0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xab, 0xac, 0xad, 0xae, 0xaf,
0xb0, 0xb1, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0xb4, 0xb5, 0xb6, 0xb7,
0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xbb, 0xbc, 0xbd, 0xbe, 0xbf,
0xc0, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc4, 0xc5, 0xc6, 0xc7,
0xc8, 0xc9, 0xca, 0xcb, 0xcc, 0xcd, 0xce, 0xcf,
0xd0, 0xd1, 0xd2, 0xd3, 0xd4, 0xd5, 0xd6, 0xd7,
0xd8, 0xd9, 0xda, 0xdb, 0xdc, 0xdd, 0xde, 0xdf,
0xe0, 0xe1, 0xe2, 0xe3, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xe6, 0xe7,
0xe8, 0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef,
0xf0, 0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7,
0xf8, 0xf9, 0xfa, 0xfb, 0xfc, 0xfd, 0xfe, 0xff
};
/*
* Initialize a new generator.
*/
RC4Context *
RC4_CreateContext(const unsigned char *key, int len)
{
int i;
PRUint8 j, tmp;
RC4Context *cx;
PRUint8 K[256];
PRUint8 *L;
/* verify the key length. */
PORT_Assert(len > 0 && len < ARCFOUR_STATE_SIZE);
if (len < 0 || len >= ARCFOUR_STATE_SIZE) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return NULL;
}
/* Create space for the context. */
cx = (RC4Context *)PORT_ZAlloc(sizeof(RC4Context));
if (cx == NULL) {
PORT_SetError(PR_OUT_OF_MEMORY_ERROR);
return NULL;
}
/* Initialize the state using array indices. */
memcpy(cx->S, Kinit, sizeof cx->S);
/* Fill in K repeatedly with values from key. */
L = K;
for (i = sizeof K; i > len; i-= len) {
memcpy(L, key, len);
L += len;
}
memcpy(L, key, i);
/* Stir the state of the generator. At this point it is assumed
* that the key is the size of the state buffer. If this is not
* the case, the key bytes are repeated to fill the buffer.
*/
j = 0;
#define ARCFOUR_STATE_STIR(ii) \
j = j + cx->S[ii] + K[ii]; \
SWAP(cx->S[ii], cx->S[j]);
for (i=0; i<ARCFOUR_STATE_SIZE; i++) {
ARCFOUR_STATE_STIR(i);
}
cx->i = 0;
cx->j = 0;
return cx;
}
void
RC4_DestroyContext(RC4Context *cx, PRBool freeit)
{
if (freeit)
PORT_ZFree(cx, sizeof(*cx));
}
/*
* Generate the next byte in the stream.
*/
#define ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE() \
tmpSi = cx->S[++tmpi]; \
tmpj += tmpSi; \
tmpSj = cx->S[tmpj]; \
cx->S[tmpi] = tmpSj; \
cx->S[tmpj] = tmpSi; \
t = tmpSi + tmpSj;
#ifdef CONVERT_TO_WORDS
/*
* Straight RC4 op. No optimization.
*/
static SECStatus
rc4_no_opt(RC4Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
PRUint8 t;
Stype tmpSi, tmpSj;
register PRUint8 tmpi = cx->i;
register PRUint8 tmpj = cx->j;
unsigned int index;
PORT_Assert(maxOutputLen >= inputLen);
if (maxOutputLen < inputLen) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
for (index=0; index < inputLen; index++) {
/* Generate next byte from stream. */
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
/* output = next stream byte XOR next input byte */
output[index] = cx->S[t] ^ input[index];
}
*outputLen = inputLen;
cx->i = tmpi;
cx->j = tmpj;
return SECSuccess;
}
#endif
#ifndef CONVERT_TO_WORDS
/*
* Byte-at-a-time RC4, unrolling the loop into 8 pieces.
*/
static SECStatus
rc4_unrolled(RC4Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
PRUint8 t;
Stype tmpSi, tmpSj;
register PRUint8 tmpi = cx->i;
register PRUint8 tmpj = cx->j;
int index;
PORT_Assert(maxOutputLen >= inputLen);
if (maxOutputLen < inputLen) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
for (index = inputLen / 8; index-- > 0; input += 8, output += 8) {
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[0] = cx->S[t] ^ input[0];
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[1] = cx->S[t] ^ input[1];
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[2] = cx->S[t] ^ input[2];
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[3] = cx->S[t] ^ input[3];
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[4] = cx->S[t] ^ input[4];
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[5] = cx->S[t] ^ input[5];
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[6] = cx->S[t] ^ input[6];
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[7] = cx->S[t] ^ input[7];
}
index = inputLen % 8;
if (index) {
input += index;
output += index;
switch (index) {
case 7:
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[-7] = cx->S[t] ^ input[-7]; /* FALLTHRU */
case 6:
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[-6] = cx->S[t] ^ input[-6]; /* FALLTHRU */
case 5:
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[-5] = cx->S[t] ^ input[-5]; /* FALLTHRU */
case 4:
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[-4] = cx->S[t] ^ input[-4]; /* FALLTHRU */
case 3:
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[-3] = cx->S[t] ^ input[-3]; /* FALLTHRU */
case 2:
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[-2] = cx->S[t] ^ input[-2]; /* FALLTHRU */
case 1:
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
output[-1] = cx->S[t] ^ input[-1]; /* FALLTHRU */
default:
/* FALLTHRU */
; /* hp-ux build breaks without this */
}
}
cx->i = tmpi;
cx->j = tmpj;
*outputLen = inputLen;
return SECSuccess;
}
#endif
#ifdef IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define ARCFOUR_NEXT4BYTES_L(n) \
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE(); streamWord |= (WORD)cx->S[t] << (n ); \
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE(); streamWord |= (WORD)cx->S[t] << (n + 8); \
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE(); streamWord |= (WORD)cx->S[t] << (n + 16); \
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE(); streamWord |= (WORD)cx->S[t] << (n + 24);
#else
#define ARCFOUR_NEXT4BYTES_B(n) \
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE(); streamWord |= (WORD)cx->S[t] << (n + 24); \
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE(); streamWord |= (WORD)cx->S[t] << (n + 16); \
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE(); streamWord |= (WORD)cx->S[t] << (n + 8); \
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE(); streamWord |= (WORD)cx->S[t] << (n );
#endif
#if (defined(NSS_USE_HYBRID) && !defined(SOLARIS)) || defined(NSS_USE_64)
/* 64-bit wordsize */
#ifdef IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define ARCFOUR_NEXT_WORD() \
{ streamWord = 0; ARCFOUR_NEXT4BYTES_L(0); ARCFOUR_NEXT4BYTES_L(32); }
#else
#define ARCFOUR_NEXT_WORD() \
{ streamWord = 0; ARCFOUR_NEXT4BYTES_B(32); ARCFOUR_NEXT4BYTES_B(0); }
#endif
#else
/* 32-bit wordsize */
#ifdef IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define ARCFOUR_NEXT_WORD() \
{ streamWord = 0; ARCFOUR_NEXT4BYTES_L(0); }
#else
#define ARCFOUR_NEXT_WORD() \
{ streamWord = 0; ARCFOUR_NEXT4BYTES_B(0); }
#endif
#endif
#ifdef IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define RSH <<
#define LSH >>
#else
#define RSH >>
#define LSH <<
#endif
#ifdef CONVERT_TO_WORDS
/*
* Convert input and output buffers to words before performing
* RC4 operations.
*/
static SECStatus
rc4_wordconv(RC4Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
ptrdiff_t inOffset = (ptrdiff_t)input % WORDSIZE;
ptrdiff_t outOffset = (ptrdiff_t)output % WORDSIZE;
register WORD streamWord, mask;
register WORD *pInWord, *pOutWord;
register WORD inWord, nextInWord;
PRUint8 t;
register Stype tmpSi, tmpSj;
register PRUint8 tmpi = cx->i;
register PRUint8 tmpj = cx->j;
unsigned int byteCount;
unsigned int bufShift, invBufShift;
int i;
PORT_Assert(maxOutputLen >= inputLen);
if (maxOutputLen < inputLen) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
if (inputLen < 2*WORDSIZE) {
/* Ignore word conversion, do byte-at-a-time */
return rc4_no_opt(cx, output, outputLen, maxOutputLen, input, inputLen);
}
*outputLen = inputLen;
pInWord = (WORD *)(input - inOffset);
if (inOffset < outOffset) {
bufShift = 8*(outOffset - inOffset);
invBufShift = 8*WORDSIZE - bufShift;
} else {
invBufShift = 8*(inOffset - outOffset);
bufShift = 8*WORDSIZE - invBufShift;
}
/*****************************************************************/
/* Step 1: */
/* If the first output word is partial, consume the bytes in the */
/* first partial output word by loading one or two words of */
/* input and shifting them accordingly. Otherwise, just load */
/* in the first word of input. At the end of this block, at */
/* least one partial word of input should ALWAYS be loaded. */
/*****************************************************************/
if (outOffset) {
/* Generate input and stream words aligned relative to the
* partial output buffer.
*/
byteCount = WORDSIZE - outOffset;
pOutWord = (WORD *)(output - outOffset);
mask = streamWord = 0;
#ifdef IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
for (i = WORDSIZE - byteCount; i < WORDSIZE; i++) {
#else
for (i = byteCount - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
#endif
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
streamWord |= (WORD)(cx->S[t]) << 8*i;
mask |= MASK1BYTE << 8*i;
} /* } */
inWord = *pInWord++;
/* If buffers are relatively misaligned, shift the bytes in inWord
* to be aligned to the output buffer.
*/
nextInWord = 0;
if (inOffset < outOffset) {
/* Have more bytes than needed, shift remainder into nextInWord */
nextInWord = inWord LSH 8*(inOffset + byteCount);
inWord = inWord RSH bufShift;
} else if (inOffset > outOffset) {
/* Didn't get enough bytes from current input word, load another
* word and then shift remainder into nextInWord.
*/
nextInWord = *pInWord++;
inWord = (inWord LSH invBufShift) |
(nextInWord RSH bufShift);
nextInWord = nextInWord LSH invBufShift;
}
/* Store output of first partial word */
*pOutWord = (*pOutWord & ~mask) | ((inWord ^ streamWord) & mask);
/* Consumed byteCount bytes of input */
inputLen -= byteCount;
/* move to next word of output */
pOutWord++;
/* inWord has been consumed, but there may be bytes in nextInWord */
inWord = nextInWord;
} else {
/* output is word-aligned */
pOutWord = (WORD *)output;
if (inOffset) {
/* Input is not word-aligned. The first word load of input
* will not produce a full word of input bytes, so one word
* must be pre-loaded. The main loop below will load in the
* next input word and shift some of its bytes into inWord
* in order to create a full input word. Note that the main
* loop must execute at least once because the input must
* be at least two words.
*/
inWord = *pInWord++;
inWord = inWord LSH invBufShift;
} else {
/* Input is word-aligned. The first word load of input
* will produce a full word of input bytes, so nothing
* needs to be loaded here.
*/
inWord = 0;
}
}
/* Output buffer is aligned, inOffset is now measured relative to
* outOffset (and not a word boundary).
*/
inOffset = (inOffset + WORDSIZE - outOffset) % WORDSIZE;
/*****************************************************************/
/* Step 2: main loop */
/* At this point the output buffer is word-aligned. Any unused */
/* bytes from above will be in inWord (shifted correctly). If */
/* the input buffer is unaligned relative to the output buffer, */
/* shifting has to be done. */
/*****************************************************************/
if (inOffset) {
for (; inputLen >= WORDSIZE; inputLen -= WORDSIZE) {
nextInWord = *pInWord++;
inWord |= nextInWord RSH bufShift;
nextInWord = nextInWord LSH invBufShift;
ARCFOUR_NEXT_WORD();
*pOutWord++ = inWord ^ streamWord;
inWord = nextInWord;
}
if (inputLen == 0) {
/* Nothing left to do. */
cx->i = tmpi;
cx->j = tmpj;
return SECSuccess;
}
/* If the amount of remaining input is greater than the amount
* bytes pulled from the current input word, need to do another
* word load. What's left in inWord will be consumed in step 3.
*/
if (inputLen > WORDSIZE - inOffset)
inWord |= *pInWord RSH bufShift;
} else {
for (; inputLen >= WORDSIZE; inputLen -= WORDSIZE) {
inWord = *pInWord++;
ARCFOUR_NEXT_WORD();
*pOutWord++ = inWord ^ streamWord;
}
if (inputLen == 0) {
/* Nothing left to do. */
cx->i = tmpi;
cx->j = tmpj;
return SECSuccess;
} else {
/* A partial input word remains at the tail. Load it. The
* relevant bytes will be consumed in step 3.
*/
inWord = *pInWord;
}
}
/*****************************************************************/
/* Step 3: */
/* A partial word of input remains, and it is already loaded */
/* into nextInWord. Shift appropriately and consume the bytes */
/* used in the partial word. */
/*****************************************************************/
mask = streamWord = 0;
#ifdef IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
for (i = 0; i < inputLen; ++i) {
#else
for (i = WORDSIZE - 1; i >= WORDSIZE - inputLen; --i) {
#endif
ARCFOUR_NEXT_BYTE();
streamWord |= (WORD)(cx->S[t]) << 8*i;
mask |= MASK1BYTE << 8*i;
} /* } */
*pOutWord = (*pOutWord & ~mask) | ((inWord ^ streamWord) & mask);
cx->i = tmpi;
cx->j = tmpj;
return SECSuccess;
}
#endif
SECStatus
RC4_Encrypt(RC4Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
PORT_Assert(maxOutputLen >= inputLen);
if (maxOutputLen < inputLen) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
#ifdef CONVERT_TO_WORDS
/* Convert the byte-stream to a word-stream */
return rc4_wordconv(cx, output, outputLen, maxOutputLen, input, inputLen);
#else
/* Operate on bytes, but unroll the main loop */
return rc4_unrolled(cx, output, outputLen, maxOutputLen, input, inputLen);
#endif
}
SECStatus RC4_Decrypt(RC4Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen)
{
PORT_Assert(maxOutputLen >= inputLen);
if (maxOutputLen < inputLen) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
/* decrypt and encrypt are same operation. */
#ifdef CONVERT_TO_WORDS
/* Convert the byte-stream to a word-stream */
return rc4_wordconv(cx, output, outputLen, maxOutputLen, input, inputLen);
#else
/* Operate on bytes, but unroll the main loop */
return rc4_unrolled(cx, output, outputLen, maxOutputLen, input, inputLen);
#endif
}
#undef CONVERT_TO_WORDS
#undef USE_LONG

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
/*
* blapit.h - public data structures for the crypto library
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc. are Copyright (C) 2003
* Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*
* $Id: blapit.h,v 1.10 2003-03-29 00:18:18 nelsonb%netscape.com Exp $
*/
#ifndef _BLAPIT_H_
#define _BLAPIT_H_
#include "seccomon.h"
#include "prlink.h"
#include "plarena.h"
/* RC2 operation modes */
#define NSS_RC2 0
#define NSS_RC2_CBC 1
/* RC5 operation modes */
#define NSS_RC5 0
#define NSS_RC5_CBC 1
/* DES operation modes */
#define NSS_DES 0
#define NSS_DES_CBC 1
#define NSS_DES_EDE3 2
#define NSS_DES_EDE3_CBC 3
#define DES_KEY_LENGTH 8 /* Bytes */
/* AES operation modes */
#define NSS_AES 0
#define NSS_AES_CBC 1
#define DSA_SIGNATURE_LEN 40 /* Bytes */
#define DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN 20 /* Bytes */
/* XXX We shouldn't have to hard code this limit. For
* now, this is the quickest way to support ECDSA signature
* processing (ECDSA signature lengths depend on curve
* size). This limit is sufficient for curves upto
* 576 bits.
*/
#define MAX_ECKEY_LEN 72 /* Bytes */
/*
* Number of bytes each hash algorithm produces
*/
#define MD2_LENGTH 16 /* Bytes */
#define MD5_LENGTH 16 /* Bytes */
#define SHA1_LENGTH 20 /* Bytes */
#define SHA256_LENGTH 32 /* bytes */
#define SHA384_LENGTH 48 /* bytes */
#define SHA512_LENGTH 64 /* bytes */
#define HASH_LENGTH_MAX SHA512_LENGTH
/*
* Input block size for each hash algorithm.
*/
#define SHA256_BLOCK_LENGTH 64 /* bytes */
#define SHA384_BLOCK_LENGTH 128 /* bytes */
#define SHA512_BLOCK_LENGTH 128 /* bytes */
#define AES_KEY_WRAP_IV_BYTES 8
#define AES_KEY_WRAP_BLOCK_SIZE 8 /* bytes */
#define AES_BLOCK_SIZE 16 /* bytes */
#define NSS_FREEBL_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE 2048
/*
* The FIPS 186 algorithm for generating primes P and Q allows only 9
* distinct values for the length of P, and only one value for the
* length of Q.
* The algorithm uses a variable j to indicate which of the 9 lengths
* of P is to be used.
* The following table relates j to the lengths of P and Q in bits.
*
* j bits in P bits in Q
* _ _________ _________
* 0 512 160
* 1 576 160
* 2 640 160
* 3 704 160
* 4 768 160
* 5 832 160
* 6 896 160
* 7 960 160
* 8 1024 160
*
* The FIPS-186 compliant PQG generator takes j as an input parameter.
*/
#define DSA_Q_BITS 160
#define DSA_MAX_P_BITS 1024
#define DSA_MIN_P_BITS 512
/*
* function takes desired number of bits in P,
* returns index (0..8) or -1 if number of bits is invalid.
*/
#define PQG_PBITS_TO_INDEX(bits) ((((bits)-512) % 64) ? -1 : (int)((bits)-512)/64)
/*
* function takes index (0-8)
* returns number of bits in P for that index, or -1 if index is invalid.
*/
#define PQG_INDEX_TO_PBITS(j) (((unsigned)(j) > 8) ? -1 : (512 + 64 * (j)))
/***************************************************************************
** Opaque objects
*/
struct DESContextStr ;
struct RC2ContextStr ;
struct RC4ContextStr ;
struct RC5ContextStr ;
struct AESContextStr ;
struct MD2ContextStr ;
struct MD5ContextStr ;
struct SHA1ContextStr ;
struct SHA256ContextStr ;
struct SHA512ContextStr ;
struct AESKeyWrapContextStr ;
typedef struct DESContextStr DESContext;
typedef struct RC2ContextStr RC2Context;
typedef struct RC4ContextStr RC4Context;
typedef struct RC5ContextStr RC5Context;
typedef struct AESContextStr AESContext;
typedef struct MD2ContextStr MD2Context;
typedef struct MD5ContextStr MD5Context;
typedef struct SHA1ContextStr SHA1Context;
typedef struct SHA256ContextStr SHA256Context;
typedef struct SHA512ContextStr SHA512Context;
/* SHA384Context is really a SHA512ContextStr. This is not a mistake. */
typedef struct SHA512ContextStr SHA384Context;
typedef struct AESKeyWrapContextStr AESKeyWrapContext;
/***************************************************************************
** RSA Public and Private Key structures
*/
/* member names from PKCS#1, section 7.1 */
struct RSAPublicKeyStr {
PRArenaPool * arena;
SECItem modulus;
SECItem publicExponent;
};
typedef struct RSAPublicKeyStr RSAPublicKey;
/* member names from PKCS#1, section 7.2 */
struct RSAPrivateKeyStr {
PRArenaPool * arena;
SECItem version;
SECItem modulus;
SECItem publicExponent;
SECItem privateExponent;
SECItem prime1;
SECItem prime2;
SECItem exponent1;
SECItem exponent2;
SECItem coefficient;
};
typedef struct RSAPrivateKeyStr RSAPrivateKey;
/***************************************************************************
** DSA Public and Private Key and related structures
*/
struct PQGParamsStr {
PRArenaPool *arena;
SECItem prime; /* p */
SECItem subPrime; /* q */
SECItem base; /* g */
/* XXX chrisk: this needs to be expanded to hold j and validationParms (RFC2459 7.3.2) */
};
typedef struct PQGParamsStr PQGParams;
struct PQGVerifyStr {
PRArenaPool * arena; /* includes this struct, seed, & h. */
unsigned int counter;
SECItem seed;
SECItem h;
};
typedef struct PQGVerifyStr PQGVerify;
struct DSAPublicKeyStr {
PQGParams params;
SECItem publicValue;
};
typedef struct DSAPublicKeyStr DSAPublicKey;
struct DSAPrivateKeyStr {
PQGParams params;
SECItem publicValue;
SECItem privateValue;
};
typedef struct DSAPrivateKeyStr DSAPrivateKey;
/***************************************************************************
** Diffie-Hellman Public and Private Key and related structures
** Structure member names suggested by PKCS#3.
*/
struct DHParamsStr {
PRArenaPool * arena;
SECItem prime; /* p */
SECItem base; /* g */
};
typedef struct DHParamsStr DHParams;
struct DHPublicKeyStr {
PRArenaPool * arena;
SECItem prime;
SECItem base;
SECItem publicValue;
};
typedef struct DHPublicKeyStr DHPublicKey;
struct DHPrivateKeyStr {
PRArenaPool * arena;
SECItem prime;
SECItem base;
SECItem publicValue;
SECItem privateValue;
};
typedef struct DHPrivateKeyStr DHPrivateKey;
/***************************************************************************
** Data structures used for elliptic curve parameters and
** public and private keys.
*/
/*
** The ECParams data structures can encode elliptic curve
** parameters for both GFp and GF2m curves.
*/
typedef enum { ec_params_explicit,
ec_params_named
} ECParamsType;
typedef enum { ec_field_GFp = 1,
ec_field_GF2m
} ECFieldType;
struct ECFieldIDStr {
int size; /* field size in bits */
ECFieldType type;
union {
SECItem prime; /* prime p for (GFp) */
SECItem poly; /* irreducible binary polynomial for (GF2m) */
} u;
int k1; /* first coefficient of pentanomial or
* the only coefficient of trinomial
*/
int k2; /* two remaining coefficients of pentanomial */
int k3;
};
typedef struct ECFieldIDStr ECFieldID;
struct ECCurveStr {
SECItem a; /* contains octet stream encoding of
* field element (X9.62 section 4.3.3)
*/
SECItem b;
SECItem seed;
};
typedef struct ECCurveStr ECCurve;
struct ECParamsStr {
PRArenaPool * arena;
ECParamsType type;
ECFieldID fieldID;
ECCurve curve;
SECItem base;
SECItem order;
int cofactor;
SECItem DEREncoding;
};
typedef struct ECParamsStr ECParams;
struct ECPublicKeyStr {
ECParams ecParams;
SECItem publicValue; /* elliptic curve point encoded as
* octet stream.
*/
};
typedef struct ECPublicKeyStr ECPublicKey;
struct ECPrivateKeyStr {
ECParams ecParams;
SECItem publicValue; /* encoded ec point */
SECItem privateValue; /* private big integer */
};
typedef struct ECPrivateKeyStr ECPrivateKey;
#endif /* _BLAPIT_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
# terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
# "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
# instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
# version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
# allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
# indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
# replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
# the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
# may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
# GPL.
#
# only do this in the outermost freebl build.
ifndef FREEBL_RECURSIVE_BUILD
# we only do this stuff for some of the 32-bit builds, no 64-bit builds
ifndef USE_64
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET), HP-UX)
ifneq ($(OS_TEST), ia64)
FREEBL_EXTENDED_BUILD = 1
endif
endif
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),SunOS)
ifeq ($(CPU_ARCH),sparc)
FREEBL_EXTENDED_BUILD = 1
endif
endif
ifdef FREEBL_EXTENDED_BUILD
# We're going to change this build so that it builds libfreebl.a with
# just loader.c. Then we have to build this directory twice again to
# build the two DSOs.
# To build libfreebl.a with just loader.c, we must now override many
# of the make variables setup by the prior inclusion of CORECONF's config.mk
CSRCS = loader.c sysrand.c
SIMPLE_OBJS = $(CSRCS:.c=$(OBJ_SUFFIX))
OBJS = $(addprefix $(OBJDIR)/$(PROG_PREFIX), $(SIMPLE_OBJS))
ALL_TRASH := $(TARGETS) $(OBJS) $(OBJDIR) LOGS TAGS $(GARBAGE) \
$(NOSUCHFILE) so_locations
endif
#end of 32-bit only stuff.
endif
# Override the values defined in coreconf's ruleset.mk.
#
# - (1) LIBRARY: a static (archival) library
# - (2) SHARED_LIBRARY: a shared (dynamic link) library
# - (3) IMPORT_LIBRARY: an import library, used only on Windows
# - (4) PROGRAM: an executable binary
#
# override these variables to prevent building a DSO/DLL.
TARGETS = $(LIBRARY)
SHARED_LIBRARY =
IMPORT_LIBRARY =
PROGRAM =
else
# This is a recursive build.
TARGETS = $(SHARED_LIBRARY)
LIBRARY =
PROGRAM =
#ifeq ($(OS_TARGET), HP-UX)
EXTRA_LIBS += \
$(DIST)/lib/libsecutil.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
$(NULL)
# $(PROGRAM) has NO explicit dependencies on $(EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS)
# $(EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS) come before $(OS_LIBS), except on AIX.
EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS += \
-L$(DIST)/lib/ \
-lplc4 \
-lplds4 \
-lnspr4 \
-lc
#endif
endif

View File

@@ -1,683 +0,0 @@
/*
* des.c
*
* core source file for DES-150 library
* Make key schedule from DES key.
* Encrypt/Decrypt one 8-byte block.
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the DES-150 library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Nelson B. Bolyard,
* nelsonb@iname.com. Portions created by Nelson B. Bolyard are
* Copyright (C) 1990, 2000 Nelson B. Bolyard, All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the GPL.
*/
#include "des.h"
#include <stddef.h> /* for ptrdiff_t */
/* #define USE_INDEXING 1 */
/*
* The tables below are the 8 sbox functions, with the 6-bit input permutation
* and the 32-bit output permutation pre-computed.
* They are shifted circularly to the left 3 bits, which removes 2 shifts
* and an or from each round by reducing the number of sboxes whose
* indices cross word broundaries from 2 to 1.
*/
static const HALF SP[8][64] = {
/* Box S1 */ {
0x04041000, 0x00000000, 0x00040000, 0x04041010,
0x04040010, 0x00041010, 0x00000010, 0x00040000,
0x00001000, 0x04041000, 0x04041010, 0x00001000,
0x04001010, 0x04040010, 0x04000000, 0x00000010,
0x00001010, 0x04001000, 0x04001000, 0x00041000,
0x00041000, 0x04040000, 0x04040000, 0x04001010,
0x00040010, 0x04000010, 0x04000010, 0x00040010,
0x00000000, 0x00001010, 0x00041010, 0x04000000,
0x00040000, 0x04041010, 0x00000010, 0x04040000,
0x04041000, 0x04000000, 0x04000000, 0x00001000,
0x04040010, 0x00040000, 0x00041000, 0x04000010,
0x00001000, 0x00000010, 0x04001010, 0x00041010,
0x04041010, 0x00040010, 0x04040000, 0x04001010,
0x04000010, 0x00001010, 0x00041010, 0x04041000,
0x00001010, 0x04001000, 0x04001000, 0x00000000,
0x00040010, 0x00041000, 0x00000000, 0x04040010
},
/* Box S2 */ {
0x00420082, 0x00020002, 0x00020000, 0x00420080,
0x00400000, 0x00000080, 0x00400082, 0x00020082,
0x00000082, 0x00420082, 0x00420002, 0x00000002,
0x00020002, 0x00400000, 0x00000080, 0x00400082,
0x00420000, 0x00400080, 0x00020082, 0x00000000,
0x00000002, 0x00020000, 0x00420080, 0x00400002,
0x00400080, 0x00000082, 0x00000000, 0x00420000,
0x00020080, 0x00420002, 0x00400002, 0x00020080,
0x00000000, 0x00420080, 0x00400082, 0x00400000,
0x00020082, 0x00400002, 0x00420002, 0x00020000,
0x00400002, 0x00020002, 0x00000080, 0x00420082,
0x00420080, 0x00000080, 0x00020000, 0x00000002,
0x00020080, 0x00420002, 0x00400000, 0x00000082,
0x00400080, 0x00020082, 0x00000082, 0x00400080,
0x00420000, 0x00000000, 0x00020002, 0x00020080,
0x00000002, 0x00400082, 0x00420082, 0x00420000
},
/* Box S3 */ {
0x00000820, 0x20080800, 0x00000000, 0x20080020,
0x20000800, 0x00000000, 0x00080820, 0x20000800,
0x00080020, 0x20000020, 0x20000020, 0x00080000,
0x20080820, 0x00080020, 0x20080000, 0x00000820,
0x20000000, 0x00000020, 0x20080800, 0x00000800,
0x00080800, 0x20080000, 0x20080020, 0x00080820,
0x20000820, 0x00080800, 0x00080000, 0x20000820,
0x00000020, 0x20080820, 0x00000800, 0x20000000,
0x20080800, 0x20000000, 0x00080020, 0x00000820,
0x00080000, 0x20080800, 0x20000800, 0x00000000,
0x00000800, 0x00080020, 0x20080820, 0x20000800,
0x20000020, 0x00000800, 0x00000000, 0x20080020,
0x20000820, 0x00080000, 0x20000000, 0x20080820,
0x00000020, 0x00080820, 0x00080800, 0x20000020,
0x20080000, 0x20000820, 0x00000820, 0x20080000,
0x00080820, 0x00000020, 0x20080020, 0x00080800
},
/* Box S4 */ {
0x02008004, 0x00008204, 0x00008204, 0x00000200,
0x02008200, 0x02000204, 0x02000004, 0x00008004,
0x00000000, 0x02008000, 0x02008000, 0x02008204,
0x00000204, 0x00000000, 0x02000200, 0x02000004,
0x00000004, 0x00008000, 0x02000000, 0x02008004,
0x00000200, 0x02000000, 0x00008004, 0x00008200,
0x02000204, 0x00000004, 0x00008200, 0x02000200,
0x00008000, 0x02008200, 0x02008204, 0x00000204,
0x02000200, 0x02000004, 0x02008000, 0x02008204,
0x00000204, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x02008000,
0x00008200, 0x02000200, 0x02000204, 0x00000004,
0x02008004, 0x00008204, 0x00008204, 0x00000200,
0x02008204, 0x00000204, 0x00000004, 0x00008000,
0x02000004, 0x00008004, 0x02008200, 0x02000204,
0x00008004, 0x00008200, 0x02000000, 0x02008004,
0x00000200, 0x02000000, 0x00008000, 0x02008200
},
/* Box S5 */ {
0x00000400, 0x08200400, 0x08200000, 0x08000401,
0x00200000, 0x00000400, 0x00000001, 0x08200000,
0x00200401, 0x00200000, 0x08000400, 0x00200401,
0x08000401, 0x08200001, 0x00200400, 0x00000001,
0x08000000, 0x00200001, 0x00200001, 0x00000000,
0x00000401, 0x08200401, 0x08200401, 0x08000400,
0x08200001, 0x00000401, 0x00000000, 0x08000001,
0x08200400, 0x08000000, 0x08000001, 0x00200400,
0x00200000, 0x08000401, 0x00000400, 0x08000000,
0x00000001, 0x08200000, 0x08000401, 0x00200401,
0x08000400, 0x00000001, 0x08200001, 0x08200400,
0x00200401, 0x00000400, 0x08000000, 0x08200001,
0x08200401, 0x00200400, 0x08000001, 0x08200401,
0x08200000, 0x00000000, 0x00200001, 0x08000001,
0x00200400, 0x08000400, 0x00000401, 0x00200000,
0x00000000, 0x00200001, 0x08200400, 0x00000401
},
/* Box S6 */ {
0x80000040, 0x81000000, 0x00010000, 0x81010040,
0x81000000, 0x00000040, 0x81010040, 0x01000000,
0x80010000, 0x01010040, 0x01000000, 0x80000040,
0x01000040, 0x80010000, 0x80000000, 0x00010040,
0x00000000, 0x01000040, 0x80010040, 0x00010000,
0x01010000, 0x80010040, 0x00000040, 0x81000040,
0x81000040, 0x00000000, 0x01010040, 0x81010000,
0x00010040, 0x01010000, 0x81010000, 0x80000000,
0x80010000, 0x00000040, 0x81000040, 0x01010000,
0x81010040, 0x01000000, 0x00010040, 0x80000040,
0x01000000, 0x80010000, 0x80000000, 0x00010040,
0x80000040, 0x81010040, 0x01010000, 0x81000000,
0x01010040, 0x81010000, 0x00000000, 0x81000040,
0x00000040, 0x00010000, 0x81000000, 0x01010040,
0x00010000, 0x01000040, 0x80010040, 0x00000000,
0x81010000, 0x80000000, 0x01000040, 0x80010040
},
/* Box S7 */ {
0x00800000, 0x10800008, 0x10002008, 0x00000000,
0x00002000, 0x10002008, 0x00802008, 0x10802000,
0x10802008, 0x00800000, 0x00000000, 0x10000008,
0x00000008, 0x10000000, 0x10800008, 0x00002008,
0x10002000, 0x00802008, 0x00800008, 0x10002000,
0x10000008, 0x10800000, 0x10802000, 0x00800008,
0x10800000, 0x00002000, 0x00002008, 0x10802008,
0x00802000, 0x00000008, 0x10000000, 0x00802000,
0x10000000, 0x00802000, 0x00800000, 0x10002008,
0x10002008, 0x10800008, 0x10800008, 0x00000008,
0x00800008, 0x10000000, 0x10002000, 0x00800000,
0x10802000, 0x00002008, 0x00802008, 0x10802000,
0x00002008, 0x10000008, 0x10802008, 0x10800000,
0x00802000, 0x00000000, 0x00000008, 0x10802008,
0x00000000, 0x00802008, 0x10800000, 0x00002000,
0x10000008, 0x10002000, 0x00002000, 0x00800008
},
/* Box S8 */ {
0x40004100, 0x00004000, 0x00100000, 0x40104100,
0x40000000, 0x40004100, 0x00000100, 0x40000000,
0x00100100, 0x40100000, 0x40104100, 0x00104000,
0x40104000, 0x00104100, 0x00004000, 0x00000100,
0x40100000, 0x40000100, 0x40004000, 0x00004100,
0x00104000, 0x00100100, 0x40100100, 0x40104000,
0x00004100, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x40100100,
0x40000100, 0x40004000, 0x00104100, 0x00100000,
0x00104100, 0x00100000, 0x40104000, 0x00004000,
0x00000100, 0x40100100, 0x00004000, 0x00104100,
0x40004000, 0x00000100, 0x40000100, 0x40100000,
0x40100100, 0x40000000, 0x00100000, 0x40004100,
0x00000000, 0x40104100, 0x00100100, 0x40000100,
0x40100000, 0x40004000, 0x40004100, 0x00000000,
0x40104100, 0x00104000, 0x00104000, 0x00004100,
0x00004100, 0x00100100, 0x40000000, 0x40104000
}
};
static const HALF PC2[8][64] = {
/* table 0 */ {
0x00000000, 0x00001000, 0x04000000, 0x04001000,
0x00100000, 0x00101000, 0x04100000, 0x04101000,
0x00008000, 0x00009000, 0x04008000, 0x04009000,
0x00108000, 0x00109000, 0x04108000, 0x04109000,
0x00000004, 0x00001004, 0x04000004, 0x04001004,
0x00100004, 0x00101004, 0x04100004, 0x04101004,
0x00008004, 0x00009004, 0x04008004, 0x04009004,
0x00108004, 0x00109004, 0x04108004, 0x04109004,
0x08000000, 0x08001000, 0x0c000000, 0x0c001000,
0x08100000, 0x08101000, 0x0c100000, 0x0c101000,
0x08008000, 0x08009000, 0x0c008000, 0x0c009000,
0x08108000, 0x08109000, 0x0c108000, 0x0c109000,
0x08000004, 0x08001004, 0x0c000004, 0x0c001004,
0x08100004, 0x08101004, 0x0c100004, 0x0c101004,
0x08008004, 0x08009004, 0x0c008004, 0x0c009004,
0x08108004, 0x08109004, 0x0c108004, 0x0c109004
},
/* table 1 */ {
0x00000000, 0x00002000, 0x80000000, 0x80002000,
0x00000008, 0x00002008, 0x80000008, 0x80002008,
0x00200000, 0x00202000, 0x80200000, 0x80202000,
0x00200008, 0x00202008, 0x80200008, 0x80202008,
0x20000000, 0x20002000, 0xa0000000, 0xa0002000,
0x20000008, 0x20002008, 0xa0000008, 0xa0002008,
0x20200000, 0x20202000, 0xa0200000, 0xa0202000,
0x20200008, 0x20202008, 0xa0200008, 0xa0202008,
0x00000400, 0x00002400, 0x80000400, 0x80002400,
0x00000408, 0x00002408, 0x80000408, 0x80002408,
0x00200400, 0x00202400, 0x80200400, 0x80202400,
0x00200408, 0x00202408, 0x80200408, 0x80202408,
0x20000400, 0x20002400, 0xa0000400, 0xa0002400,
0x20000408, 0x20002408, 0xa0000408, 0xa0002408,
0x20200400, 0x20202400, 0xa0200400, 0xa0202400,
0x20200408, 0x20202408, 0xa0200408, 0xa0202408
},
/* table 2 */ {
0x00000000, 0x00004000, 0x00000020, 0x00004020,
0x00080000, 0x00084000, 0x00080020, 0x00084020,
0x00000800, 0x00004800, 0x00000820, 0x00004820,
0x00080800, 0x00084800, 0x00080820, 0x00084820,
0x00000010, 0x00004010, 0x00000030, 0x00004030,
0x00080010, 0x00084010, 0x00080030, 0x00084030,
0x00000810, 0x00004810, 0x00000830, 0x00004830,
0x00080810, 0x00084810, 0x00080830, 0x00084830,
0x00400000, 0x00404000, 0x00400020, 0x00404020,
0x00480000, 0x00484000, 0x00480020, 0x00484020,
0x00400800, 0x00404800, 0x00400820, 0x00404820,
0x00480800, 0x00484800, 0x00480820, 0x00484820,
0x00400010, 0x00404010, 0x00400030, 0x00404030,
0x00480010, 0x00484010, 0x00480030, 0x00484030,
0x00400810, 0x00404810, 0x00400830, 0x00404830,
0x00480810, 0x00484810, 0x00480830, 0x00484830
},
/* table 3 */ {
0x00000000, 0x40000000, 0x00000080, 0x40000080,
0x00040000, 0x40040000, 0x00040080, 0x40040080,
0x00000040, 0x40000040, 0x000000c0, 0x400000c0,
0x00040040, 0x40040040, 0x000400c0, 0x400400c0,
0x10000000, 0x50000000, 0x10000080, 0x50000080,
0x10040000, 0x50040000, 0x10040080, 0x50040080,
0x10000040, 0x50000040, 0x100000c0, 0x500000c0,
0x10040040, 0x50040040, 0x100400c0, 0x500400c0,
0x00800000, 0x40800000, 0x00800080, 0x40800080,
0x00840000, 0x40840000, 0x00840080, 0x40840080,
0x00800040, 0x40800040, 0x008000c0, 0x408000c0,
0x00840040, 0x40840040, 0x008400c0, 0x408400c0,
0x10800000, 0x50800000, 0x10800080, 0x50800080,
0x10840000, 0x50840000, 0x10840080, 0x50840080,
0x10800040, 0x50800040, 0x108000c0, 0x508000c0,
0x10840040, 0x50840040, 0x108400c0, 0x508400c0
},
/* table 4 */ {
0x00000000, 0x00000008, 0x08000000, 0x08000008,
0x00040000, 0x00040008, 0x08040000, 0x08040008,
0x00002000, 0x00002008, 0x08002000, 0x08002008,
0x00042000, 0x00042008, 0x08042000, 0x08042008,
0x80000000, 0x80000008, 0x88000000, 0x88000008,
0x80040000, 0x80040008, 0x88040000, 0x88040008,
0x80002000, 0x80002008, 0x88002000, 0x88002008,
0x80042000, 0x80042008, 0x88042000, 0x88042008,
0x00080000, 0x00080008, 0x08080000, 0x08080008,
0x000c0000, 0x000c0008, 0x080c0000, 0x080c0008,
0x00082000, 0x00082008, 0x08082000, 0x08082008,
0x000c2000, 0x000c2008, 0x080c2000, 0x080c2008,
0x80080000, 0x80080008, 0x88080000, 0x88080008,
0x800c0000, 0x800c0008, 0x880c0000, 0x880c0008,
0x80082000, 0x80082008, 0x88082000, 0x88082008,
0x800c2000, 0x800c2008, 0x880c2000, 0x880c2008
},
/* table 5 */ {
0x00000000, 0x00400000, 0x00008000, 0x00408000,
0x40000000, 0x40400000, 0x40008000, 0x40408000,
0x00000020, 0x00400020, 0x00008020, 0x00408020,
0x40000020, 0x40400020, 0x40008020, 0x40408020,
0x00001000, 0x00401000, 0x00009000, 0x00409000,
0x40001000, 0x40401000, 0x40009000, 0x40409000,
0x00001020, 0x00401020, 0x00009020, 0x00409020,
0x40001020, 0x40401020, 0x40009020, 0x40409020,
0x00100000, 0x00500000, 0x00108000, 0x00508000,
0x40100000, 0x40500000, 0x40108000, 0x40508000,
0x00100020, 0x00500020, 0x00108020, 0x00508020,
0x40100020, 0x40500020, 0x40108020, 0x40508020,
0x00101000, 0x00501000, 0x00109000, 0x00509000,
0x40101000, 0x40501000, 0x40109000, 0x40509000,
0x00101020, 0x00501020, 0x00109020, 0x00509020,
0x40101020, 0x40501020, 0x40109020, 0x40509020
},
/* table 6 */ {
0x00000000, 0x00000040, 0x04000000, 0x04000040,
0x00000800, 0x00000840, 0x04000800, 0x04000840,
0x00800000, 0x00800040, 0x04800000, 0x04800040,
0x00800800, 0x00800840, 0x04800800, 0x04800840,
0x10000000, 0x10000040, 0x14000000, 0x14000040,
0x10000800, 0x10000840, 0x14000800, 0x14000840,
0x10800000, 0x10800040, 0x14800000, 0x14800040,
0x10800800, 0x10800840, 0x14800800, 0x14800840,
0x00000080, 0x000000c0, 0x04000080, 0x040000c0,
0x00000880, 0x000008c0, 0x04000880, 0x040008c0,
0x00800080, 0x008000c0, 0x04800080, 0x048000c0,
0x00800880, 0x008008c0, 0x04800880, 0x048008c0,
0x10000080, 0x100000c0, 0x14000080, 0x140000c0,
0x10000880, 0x100008c0, 0x14000880, 0x140008c0,
0x10800080, 0x108000c0, 0x14800080, 0x148000c0,
0x10800880, 0x108008c0, 0x14800880, 0x148008c0
},
/* table 7 */ {
0x00000000, 0x00000010, 0x00000400, 0x00000410,
0x00000004, 0x00000014, 0x00000404, 0x00000414,
0x00004000, 0x00004010, 0x00004400, 0x00004410,
0x00004004, 0x00004014, 0x00004404, 0x00004414,
0x20000000, 0x20000010, 0x20000400, 0x20000410,
0x20000004, 0x20000014, 0x20000404, 0x20000414,
0x20004000, 0x20004010, 0x20004400, 0x20004410,
0x20004004, 0x20004014, 0x20004404, 0x20004414,
0x00200000, 0x00200010, 0x00200400, 0x00200410,
0x00200004, 0x00200014, 0x00200404, 0x00200414,
0x00204000, 0x00204010, 0x00204400, 0x00204410,
0x00204004, 0x00204014, 0x00204404, 0x00204414,
0x20200000, 0x20200010, 0x20200400, 0x20200410,
0x20200004, 0x20200014, 0x20200404, 0x20200414,
0x20204000, 0x20204010, 0x20204400, 0x20204410,
0x20204004, 0x20204014, 0x20204404, 0x20204414
}
};
/*
* The PC-1 Permutation
* If we number the bits of the 8 bytes of key input like this (in octal):
* 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
* 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
* 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
* 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
* 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
* 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
* 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67
* 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
* then after the PC-1 permutation,
* C0 is
* 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 00
* 71 61 51 41 31 21 11 01
* 72 62 52 42 32 22 12 02
* 73 63 53 43
* D0 is
* 76 66 56 46 36 26 16 06
* 75 65 55 45 35 25 15 05
* 74 64 54 44 34 24 14 04
* 33 23 13 03
* and these parity bits have been discarded:
* 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 07
*
* We achieve this by flipping the input matrix about the diagonal from 70-07,
* getting left =
* 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 07 (these are the parity bits)
* 76 66 56 46 36 26 16 06
* 75 65 55 45 35 25 15 05
* 74 64 54 44 34 24 14 04
* right =
* 73 63 53 43 33 23 13 03
* 72 62 52 42 32 22 12 02
* 71 61 51 41 31 21 11 01
* 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 00
* then byte swap right, ala htonl() on a little endian machine.
* right =
* 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 00
* 71 67 57 47 37 27 11 07
* 72 62 52 42 32 22 12 02
* 73 63 53 43 33 23 13 03
* then
* c0 = right >> 4;
* d0 = ((left & 0x00ffffff) << 4) | (right & 0xf);
*/
#define FLIP_RIGHT_DIAGONAL(word, temp) \
temp = (word ^ (word >> 18)) & 0x00003333; \
word ^= temp | (temp << 18); \
temp = (word ^ (word >> 9)) & 0x00550055; \
word ^= temp | (temp << 9);
#define BYTESWAP(word, temp) \
word = (word >> 16) | (word << 16); \
temp = 0x00ff00ff; \
word = ((word & temp) << 8) | ((word >> 8) & temp);
#define PC1(left, right, c0, d0, temp) \
right ^= temp = ((left >> 4) ^ right) & 0x0f0f0f0f; \
left ^= temp << 4; \
FLIP_RIGHT_DIAGONAL(left, temp); \
FLIP_RIGHT_DIAGONAL(right, temp); \
BYTESWAP(right, temp); \
c0 = right >> 4; \
d0 = ((left & 0x00ffffff) << 4) | (right & 0xf);
#define LEFT_SHIFT_1( reg ) (((reg << 1) | (reg >> 27)) & 0x0FFFFFFF)
#define LEFT_SHIFT_2( reg ) (((reg << 2) | (reg >> 26)) & 0x0FFFFFFF)
/*
* setup key schedules from key
*/
void
DES_MakeSchedule( HALF * ks, const BYTE * key, DESDirection direction)
{
register HALF left, right;
register HALF c0, d0;
register HALF temp;
int delta;
unsigned int ls;
#if defined(_X86_)
left = HALFPTR(key)[0];
right = HALFPTR(key)[1];
BYTESWAP(left, temp);
BYTESWAP(right, temp);
#else
if (((ptrdiff_t)key & 0x03) == 0) {
left = HALFPTR(key)[0];
right = HALFPTR(key)[1];
#if defined(IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
BYTESWAP(left, temp);
BYTESWAP(right, temp);
#endif
} else {
left = ((HALF)key[0] << 24) | ((HALF)key[1] << 16) |
((HALF)key[2] << 8) | key[3];
right = ((HALF)key[4] << 24) | ((HALF)key[5] << 16) |
((HALF)key[6] << 8) | key[7];
}
#endif
PC1(left, right, c0, d0, temp);
if (direction == DES_ENCRYPT) {
delta = 2 * (int)sizeof(HALF);
} else {
ks += 30;
delta = (-2) * (int)sizeof(HALF);
}
for (ls = 0x8103; ls; ls >>= 1) {
if ( ls & 1 ) {
c0 = LEFT_SHIFT_1( c0 );
d0 = LEFT_SHIFT_1( d0 );
} else {
c0 = LEFT_SHIFT_2( c0 );
d0 = LEFT_SHIFT_2( d0 );
}
#ifdef USE_INDEXING
#define PC2LOOKUP(b,c) PC2[b][c]
left = PC2LOOKUP(0, ((c0 >> 22) & 0x3F) );
left |= PC2LOOKUP(1, ((c0 >> 13) & 0x3F) );
left |= PC2LOOKUP(2, ((c0 >> 4) & 0x38) | (c0 & 0x7) );
left |= PC2LOOKUP(3, ((c0>>18)&0xC) | ((c0>>11)&0x3) | (c0&0x30));
right = PC2LOOKUP(4, ((d0 >> 22) & 0x3F) );
right |= PC2LOOKUP(5, ((d0 >> 15) & 0x30) | ((d0 >> 14) & 0xf) );
right |= PC2LOOKUP(6, ((d0 >> 7) & 0x3F) );
right |= PC2LOOKUP(7, ((d0 >> 1) & 0x3C) | (d0 & 0x3));
#else
#define PC2LOOKUP(b,c) *(HALF *)((BYTE *)&PC2[b][0]+(c))
left = PC2LOOKUP(0, ((c0 >> 20) & 0xFC) );
left |= PC2LOOKUP(1, ((c0 >> 11) & 0xFC) );
left |= PC2LOOKUP(2, ((c0 >> 2) & 0xE0) | ((c0 << 2) & 0x1C) );
left |= PC2LOOKUP(3, ((c0>>16)&0x30)|((c0>>9)&0xC)|((c0<<2)&0xC0));
right = PC2LOOKUP(4, ((d0 >> 20) & 0xFC) );
right |= PC2LOOKUP(5, ((d0 >> 13) & 0xC0) | ((d0 >> 12) & 0x3C) );
right |= PC2LOOKUP(6, ((d0 >> 5) & 0xFC) );
right |= PC2LOOKUP(7, ((d0 << 1) & 0xF0) | ((d0 << 2) & 0x0C));
#endif
/* left contains key bits for S1 S3 S2 S4 */
/* right contains key bits for S6 S8 S5 S7 */
temp = (left << 16) /* S2 S4 XX XX */
| (right >> 16); /* XX XX S6 S8 */
ks[0] = temp;
temp = (left & 0xffff0000) /* S1 S3 XX XX */
| (right & 0x0000ffff);/* XX XX S5 S7 */
ks[1] = temp;
ks = (HALF*)((BYTE *)ks + delta);
}
}
/*
* The DES Initial Permutation
* if we number the bits of the 8 bytes of input like this (in octal):
* 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
* 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
* 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
* 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
* 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
* 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
* 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67
* 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
* then after the initial permutation, they will be in this order.
* 71 61 51 41 31 21 11 01
* 73 63 53 43 33 23 13 03
* 75 65 55 45 35 25 15 05
* 77 67 57 47 37 27 17 07
* 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 00
* 72 62 52 42 32 22 12 02
* 74 64 54 44 34 24 14 04
* 76 66 56 46 36 26 16 06
*
* One way to do this is in two steps:
* 1. Flip this matrix about the diagonal from 70-07 as done for PC1.
* 2. Rearrange the bytes (rows in the matrix above) with the following code.
*
* #define swapHiLo(word, temp) \
* temp = (word ^ (word >> 24)) & 0x000000ff; \
* word ^= temp | (temp << 24);
*
* right ^= temp = ((left << 8) ^ right) & 0xff00ff00;
* left ^= temp >> 8;
* swapHiLo(left, temp);
* swapHiLo(right,temp);
*
* However, the two steps can be combined, so that the rows are rearranged
* while the matrix is being flipped, reducing the number of bit exchange
* operations from 8 ot 5.
*
* Initial Permutation */
#define IP(left, right, temp) \
right ^= temp = ((left >> 4) ^ right) & 0x0f0f0f0f; \
left ^= temp << 4; \
right ^= temp = ((left >> 16) ^ right) & 0x0000ffff; \
left ^= temp << 16; \
right ^= temp = ((left << 2) ^ right) & 0xcccccccc; \
left ^= temp >> 2; \
right ^= temp = ((left << 8) ^ right) & 0xff00ff00; \
left ^= temp >> 8; \
right ^= temp = ((left >> 1) ^ right) & 0x55555555; \
left ^= temp << 1;
/* The Final (Inverse Initial) permutation is done by reversing the
** steps of the Initital Permutation
*/
#define FP(left, right, temp) \
right ^= temp = ((left >> 1) ^ right) & 0x55555555; \
left ^= temp << 1; \
right ^= temp = ((left << 8) ^ right) & 0xff00ff00; \
left ^= temp >> 8; \
right ^= temp = ((left << 2) ^ right) & 0xcccccccc; \
left ^= temp >> 2; \
right ^= temp = ((left >> 16) ^ right) & 0x0000ffff; \
left ^= temp << 16; \
right ^= temp = ((left >> 4) ^ right) & 0x0f0f0f0f; \
left ^= temp << 4;
void
DES_Do1Block(HALF * ks, const BYTE * inbuf, BYTE * outbuf)
{
register HALF left, right;
register HALF temp;
#if defined(_X86_)
left = HALFPTR(inbuf)[0];
right = HALFPTR(inbuf)[1];
BYTESWAP(left, temp);
BYTESWAP(right, temp);
#else
if (((ptrdiff_t)inbuf & 0x03) == 0) {
left = HALFPTR(inbuf)[0];
right = HALFPTR(inbuf)[1];
#if defined(IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
BYTESWAP(left, temp);
BYTESWAP(right, temp);
#endif
} else {
left = ((HALF)inbuf[0] << 24) | ((HALF)inbuf[1] << 16) |
((HALF)inbuf[2] << 8) | inbuf[3];
right = ((HALF)inbuf[4] << 24) | ((HALF)inbuf[5] << 16) |
((HALF)inbuf[6] << 8) | inbuf[7];
}
#endif
IP(left, right, temp);
/* shift the values left circularly 3 bits. */
left = (left << 3) | (left >> 29);
right = (right << 3) | (right >> 29);
#ifdef USE_INDEXING
#define KSLOOKUP(s,b) SP[s][((temp >> (b+2)) & 0x3f)]
#else
#define KSLOOKUP(s,b) *(HALF*)((BYTE*)&SP[s][0]+((temp >> b) & 0xFC))
#endif
#define ROUND(out, in, r) \
temp = in ^ ks[2*r]; \
out ^= KSLOOKUP( 1, 24 ); \
out ^= KSLOOKUP( 3, 16 ); \
out ^= KSLOOKUP( 5, 8 ); \
out ^= KSLOOKUP( 7, 0 ); \
temp = ((in >> 4) | (in << 28)) ^ ks[2*r+1]; \
out ^= KSLOOKUP( 0, 24 ); \
out ^= KSLOOKUP( 2, 16 ); \
out ^= KSLOOKUP( 4, 8 ); \
out ^= KSLOOKUP( 6, 0 );
/* Do the 16 Feistel rounds */
ROUND(left, right, 0)
ROUND(right, left, 1)
ROUND(left, right, 2)
ROUND(right, left, 3)
ROUND(left, right, 4)
ROUND(right, left, 5)
ROUND(left, right, 6)
ROUND(right, left, 7)
ROUND(left, right, 8)
ROUND(right, left, 9)
ROUND(left, right, 10)
ROUND(right, left, 11)
ROUND(left, right, 12)
ROUND(right, left, 13)
ROUND(left, right, 14)
ROUND(right, left, 15)
/* now shift circularly right 3 bits to undo the shifting done
** above. switch left and right here.
*/
temp = (left >> 3) | (left << 29);
left = (right >> 3) | (right << 29);
right = temp;
FP(left, right, temp);
#if defined(_X86_)
BYTESWAP(left, temp);
BYTESWAP(right, temp);
HALFPTR(outbuf)[0] = left;
HALFPTR(outbuf)[1] = right;
#else
if (((ptrdiff_t)inbuf & 0x03) == 0) {
#if defined(IS_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
BYTESWAP(left, temp);
BYTESWAP(right, temp);
#endif
HALFPTR(outbuf)[0] = left;
HALFPTR(outbuf)[1] = right;
} else {
outbuf[0] = (BYTE)(left >> 24);
outbuf[1] = (BYTE)(left >> 16);
outbuf[2] = (BYTE)(left >> 8);
outbuf[3] = (BYTE)(left );
outbuf[4] = (BYTE)(right >> 24);
outbuf[5] = (BYTE)(right >> 16);
outbuf[6] = (BYTE)(right >> 8);
outbuf[7] = (BYTE)(right );
}
#endif
}
/* Ackowledgements:
** Two ideas used in this implementation were shown to me by Dennis Ferguson
** in 1990. He credits them to Richard Outerbridge and Dan Hoey. They were:
** 1. The method of computing the Initial and Final permutations.
** 2. Circularly rotating the SP tables and the initial values of left and
** right to reduce the number of shifts required during the 16 rounds.
*/

View File

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
/*
* des.h
*
* header file for DES-150 library
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the DES-150 library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Nelson B. Bolyard,
* nelsonb@iname.com. Portions created by Nelson B. Bolyard are
* Copyright (C) 1990, 2000 Nelson B. Bolyard, All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the GPL.
*/
#ifndef _DES_H_
#define _DES_H_ 1
#include "blapi.h"
typedef unsigned char BYTE;
typedef unsigned int HALF;
#define HALFPTR(x) ((HALF *)(x))
#define SHORTPTR(x) ((unsigned short *)(x))
#define BYTEPTR(x) ((BYTE *)(x))
typedef enum {
DES_ENCRYPT = 0x5555,
DES_DECRYPT = 0xAAAA
} DESDirection;
typedef void DESFunc(struct DESContextStr *cx, BYTE *out, const BYTE *in,
unsigned int len);
struct DESContextStr {
/* key schedule, 16 internal keys, each with 8 6-bit parts */
HALF ks0 [32];
HALF ks1 [32];
HALF ks2 [32];
HALF iv [2];
DESDirection direction;
DESFunc *worker;
};
void DES_MakeSchedule( HALF * ks, const BYTE * key, DESDirection direction);
void DES_Do1Block( HALF * ks, const BYTE * inbuf, BYTE * outbuf);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
/*
* desblapi.c
*
* core source file for DES-150 library
* Implement DES Modes of Operation and Triple-DES.
* Adapt DES-150 to blapi API.
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the DES-150 library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Nelson B. Bolyard,
* nelsonb@iname.com. Portions created by Nelson B. Bolyard are
* Copyright (C) 1990, 2000 Nelson B. Bolyard, All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the GPL.
*/
#include "des.h"
#include <stddef.h>
#include "secerr.h"
#if defined(_X86_)
/* Intel X86 CPUs do unaligned loads and stores without complaint. */
#define COPY8B(to, from, ptr) \
HALFPTR(to)[0] = HALFPTR(from)[0]; \
HALFPTR(to)[1] = HALFPTR(from)[1];
#elif defined(USE_MEMCPY)
#define COPY8B(to, from, ptr) memcpy(to, from, 8)
#else
#define COPY8B(to, from, ptr) \
if (((ptrdiff_t)(ptr) & 0x3) == 0) { \
HALFPTR(to)[0] = HALFPTR(from)[0]; \
HALFPTR(to)[1] = HALFPTR(from)[1]; \
} else if (((ptrdiff_t)(ptr) & 0x1) == 0) { \
SHORTPTR(to)[0] = SHORTPTR(from)[0]; \
SHORTPTR(to)[1] = SHORTPTR(from)[1]; \
SHORTPTR(to)[2] = SHORTPTR(from)[2]; \
SHORTPTR(to)[3] = SHORTPTR(from)[3]; \
} else { \
BYTEPTR(to)[0] = BYTEPTR(from)[0]; \
BYTEPTR(to)[1] = BYTEPTR(from)[1]; \
BYTEPTR(to)[2] = BYTEPTR(from)[2]; \
BYTEPTR(to)[3] = BYTEPTR(from)[3]; \
BYTEPTR(to)[4] = BYTEPTR(from)[4]; \
BYTEPTR(to)[5] = BYTEPTR(from)[5]; \
BYTEPTR(to)[6] = BYTEPTR(from)[6]; \
BYTEPTR(to)[7] = BYTEPTR(from)[7]; \
}
#endif
#define COPY8BTOHALF(to, from) COPY8B(to, from, from)
#define COPY8BFROMHALF(to, from) COPY8B(to, from, to)
static void
DES_ECB(DESContext *cx, BYTE *out, const BYTE *in, unsigned int len)
{
while (len) {
DES_Do1Block(cx->ks0, in, out);
len -= 8;
in += 8;
out += 8;
}
}
static void
DES_EDE3_ECB(DESContext *cx, BYTE *out, const BYTE *in, unsigned int len)
{
while (len) {
DES_Do1Block(cx->ks0, in, out);
len -= 8;
in += 8;
DES_Do1Block(cx->ks1, out, out);
DES_Do1Block(cx->ks2, out, out);
out += 8;
}
}
static void
DES_CBCEn(DESContext *cx, BYTE *out, const BYTE *in, unsigned int len)
{
const BYTE * bufend = in + len;
HALF vec[2];
while (in != bufend) {
COPY8BTOHALF(vec, in);
in += 8;
vec[0] ^= cx->iv[0];
vec[1] ^= cx->iv[1];
DES_Do1Block( cx->ks0, (BYTE *)vec, (BYTE *)cx->iv);
COPY8BFROMHALF(out, cx->iv);
out += 8;
}
}
static void
DES_CBCDe(DESContext *cx, BYTE *out, const BYTE *in, unsigned int len)
{
const BYTE * bufend;
HALF oldciphertext[2];
HALF plaintext [2];
for (bufend = in + len; in != bufend; ) {
oldciphertext[0] = cx->iv[0];
oldciphertext[1] = cx->iv[1];
COPY8BTOHALF(cx->iv, in);
in += 8;
DES_Do1Block(cx->ks0, (BYTE *)cx->iv, (BYTE *)plaintext);
plaintext[0] ^= oldciphertext[0];
plaintext[1] ^= oldciphertext[1];
COPY8BFROMHALF(out, plaintext);
out += 8;
}
}
static void
DES_EDE3CBCEn(DESContext *cx, BYTE *out, const BYTE *in, unsigned int len)
{
const BYTE * bufend = in + len;
HALF vec[2];
while (in != bufend) {
COPY8BTOHALF(vec, in);
in += 8;
vec[0] ^= cx->iv[0];
vec[1] ^= cx->iv[1];
DES_Do1Block( cx->ks0, (BYTE *)vec, (BYTE *)cx->iv);
DES_Do1Block( cx->ks1, (BYTE *)cx->iv, (BYTE *)cx->iv);
DES_Do1Block( cx->ks2, (BYTE *)cx->iv, (BYTE *)cx->iv);
COPY8BFROMHALF(out, cx->iv);
out += 8;
}
}
static void
DES_EDE3CBCDe(DESContext *cx, BYTE *out, const BYTE *in, unsigned int len)
{
const BYTE * bufend;
HALF oldciphertext[2];
HALF plaintext [2];
for (bufend = in + len; in != bufend; ) {
oldciphertext[0] = cx->iv[0];
oldciphertext[1] = cx->iv[1];
COPY8BTOHALF(cx->iv, in);
in += 8;
DES_Do1Block(cx->ks0, (BYTE *)cx->iv, (BYTE *)plaintext);
DES_Do1Block(cx->ks1, (BYTE *)plaintext, (BYTE *)plaintext);
DES_Do1Block(cx->ks2, (BYTE *)plaintext, (BYTE *)plaintext);
plaintext[0] ^= oldciphertext[0];
plaintext[1] ^= oldciphertext[1];
COPY8BFROMHALF(out, plaintext);
out += 8;
}
}
DESContext *
DES_CreateContext(const BYTE * key, const BYTE *iv, int mode, PRBool encrypt)
{
DESContext *cx = PORT_ZNew(DESContext);
DESDirection opposite;
if (!cx)
return 0;
cx->direction = encrypt ? DES_ENCRYPT : DES_DECRYPT;
opposite = encrypt ? DES_DECRYPT : DES_ENCRYPT;
switch (mode) {
case NSS_DES: /* DES ECB */
DES_MakeSchedule( cx->ks0, key, cx->direction);
cx->worker = &DES_ECB;
break;
case NSS_DES_EDE3: /* DES EDE ECB */
cx->worker = &DES_EDE3_ECB;
if (encrypt) {
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks0, key, cx->direction);
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks1, key + 8, opposite);
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks2, key + 16, cx->direction);
} else {
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks2, key, cx->direction);
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks1, key + 8, opposite);
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks0, key + 16, cx->direction);
}
break;
case NSS_DES_CBC: /* DES CBC */
COPY8BTOHALF(cx->iv, iv);
cx->worker = encrypt ? &DES_CBCEn : &DES_CBCDe;
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks0, key, cx->direction);
break;
case NSS_DES_EDE3_CBC: /* DES EDE CBC */
COPY8BTOHALF(cx->iv, iv);
if (encrypt) {
cx->worker = &DES_EDE3CBCEn;
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks0, key, cx->direction);
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks1, key + 8, opposite);
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks2, key + 16, cx->direction);
} else {
cx->worker = &DES_EDE3CBCDe;
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks2, key, cx->direction);
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks1, key + 8, opposite);
DES_MakeSchedule(cx->ks0, key + 16, cx->direction);
}
break;
default:
PORT_Free(cx);
cx = 0;
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
break;
}
return cx;
}
void
DES_DestroyContext(DESContext *cx, PRBool freeit)
{
if (cx) {
memset(cx, 0, sizeof *cx);
if (freeit)
PORT_Free(cx);
}
}
SECStatus
DES_Encrypt(DESContext *cx, BYTE *out, unsigned int *outLen,
unsigned int maxOutLen, const BYTE *in, unsigned int inLen)
{
if (inLen < 0 || (inLen % 8) != 0 || maxOutLen < inLen || !cx ||
cx->direction != DES_ENCRYPT) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
cx->worker(cx, out, in, inLen);
if (outLen)
*outLen = inLen;
return SECSuccess;
}
SECStatus
DES_Decrypt(DESContext *cx, BYTE *out, unsigned int *outLen,
unsigned int maxOutLen, const BYTE *in, unsigned int inLen)
{
if (inLen < 0 || (inLen % 8) != 0 || maxOutLen < inLen || !cx ||
cx->direction != DES_DECRYPT) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
cx->worker(cx, out, in, inLen);
if (outLen)
*outLen = inLen;
return SECSuccess;
}

View File

@@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*/
/*
* Diffie-Hellman parameter generation, key generation, and secret derivation.
* KEA secret generation and verification.
*
* $Id: dh.c,v 1.6 2001-09-20 22:14:06 relyea%netscape.com Exp $
*/
#include "prerr.h"
#include "secerr.h"
#include "blapi.h"
#include "secitem.h"
#include "mpi.h"
#include "mpprime.h"
#include "secmpi.h"
#define DH_SECRET_KEY_LEN 20
#define KEA_DERIVED_SECRET_LEN 128
SECStatus
DH_GenParam(int primeLen, DHParams **params)
{
PRArenaPool *arena;
DHParams *dhparams;
unsigned char *pb = NULL;
unsigned char *ab = NULL;
unsigned long counter = 0;
mp_int p, q, a, h, psub1, test;
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
SECStatus rv = SECSuccess;
if (!params || primeLen < 0) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
arena = PORT_NewArena(NSS_FREEBL_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE);
if (!arena) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NO_MEMORY);
return SECFailure;
}
dhparams = (DHParams *)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena, sizeof(DHParams));
if (!dhparams) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NO_MEMORY);
PORT_FreeArena(arena, PR_TRUE);
return SECFailure;
}
dhparams->arena = arena;
MP_DIGITS(&p) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&q) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&a) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&h) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&psub1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&test) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&p) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&q) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&a) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&h) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&psub1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&test) );
/* generate prime with MPI, uses Miller-Rabin to generate strong prime. */
pb = PORT_Alloc(primeLen);
CHECK_SEC_OK( RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(pb, primeLen) );
pb[0] |= 0x80; /* set high-order bit */
pb[primeLen-1] |= 0x01; /* set low-order bit */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&p, pb, primeLen) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mpp_make_prime(&p, primeLen * 8, PR_TRUE, &counter) );
/* construct Sophie-Germain prime q = (p-1)/2. */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sub_d(&p, 1, &psub1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_div_2(&psub1, &q) );
/* construct a generator from the prime. */
ab = PORT_Alloc(primeLen);
/* generate a candidate number a in p's field */
CHECK_SEC_OK( RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(ab, primeLen) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&a, ab, primeLen) );
/* force a < p (note that quot(a/p) <= 1) */
if ( mp_cmp(&a, &p) > 0 )
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_sub(&a, &p, &a) );
do {
/* check that a is in the range [2..p-1] */
if ( mp_cmp_d(&a, 2) < 0 || mp_cmp(&a, &psub1) >= 0) {
/* a is outside of the allowed range. Set a=3 and keep going. */
mp_set(&a, 3);
}
/* if a**q mod p != 1 then a is a generator */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_exptmod(&a, &q, &p, &test) );
if ( mp_cmp_d(&test, 1) != 0 )
break;
/* increment the candidate and try again. */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_add_d(&a, 1, &a) );
} while (PR_TRUE);
MPINT_TO_SECITEM(&p, &dhparams->prime, arena);
MPINT_TO_SECITEM(&a, &dhparams->base, arena);
*params = dhparams;
cleanup:
mp_clear(&p);
mp_clear(&q);
mp_clear(&a);
mp_clear(&h);
mp_clear(&psub1);
mp_clear(&test);
if (pb) PORT_ZFree(pb, primeLen);
if (ab) PORT_ZFree(ab, primeLen);
if (err) {
MP_TO_SEC_ERROR(err);
rv = SECFailure;
}
if (rv)
PORT_FreeArena(arena, PR_TRUE);
return rv;
}
SECStatus
DH_NewKey(DHParams *params, DHPrivateKey **privKey)
{
PRArenaPool *arena;
DHPrivateKey *key;
mp_int g, xa, p, Ya;
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
SECStatus rv = SECSuccess;
if (!params || !privKey) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
arena = PORT_NewArena(NSS_FREEBL_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE);
if (!arena) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NO_MEMORY);
return SECFailure;
}
key = (DHPrivateKey *)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena, sizeof(DHPrivateKey));
if (!key) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NO_MEMORY);
PORT_FreeArena(arena, PR_TRUE);
return SECFailure;
}
key->arena = arena;
MP_DIGITS(&g) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&xa) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&p) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Ya) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&g) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&xa) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&p) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Ya) );
/* Set private key's p */
CHECK_SEC_OK( SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->prime, &params->prime) );
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(key->prime, &p);
/* Set private key's g */
CHECK_SEC_OK( SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->base, &params->base) );
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(key->base, &g);
/* Generate private key xa */
SECITEM_AllocItem(arena, &key->privateValue, DH_SECRET_KEY_LEN);
RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(key->privateValue.data,
key->privateValue.len);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT( key->privateValue, &xa );
/* xa < p */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mod(&xa, &p, &xa) );
/* Compute public key Ya = g ** xa mod p */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_exptmod(&g, &xa, &p, &Ya) );
MPINT_TO_SECITEM(&Ya, &key->publicValue, key->arena);
*privKey = key;
cleanup:
mp_clear(&g);
mp_clear(&xa);
mp_clear(&p);
mp_clear(&Ya);
if (err) {
MP_TO_SEC_ERROR(err);
rv = SECFailure;
}
if (rv)
PORT_FreeArena(arena, PR_TRUE);
return rv;
}
SECStatus
DH_Derive(SECItem *publicValue,
SECItem *prime,
SECItem *privateValue,
SECItem *derivedSecret,
unsigned int maxOutBytes)
{
mp_int p, Xa, Yb, ZZ;
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
unsigned int len = 0, nb;
unsigned char *secret = NULL;
if (!publicValue || !prime || !privateValue || !derivedSecret) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
memset(derivedSecret, 0, sizeof *derivedSecret);
MP_DIGITS(&p) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Xa) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Yb) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&ZZ) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&p) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Xa) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Yb) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&ZZ) );
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*publicValue, &Yb);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*privateValue, &Xa);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*prime, &p);
/* ZZ = (Yb)**Xa mod p */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_exptmod(&Yb, &Xa, &p, &ZZ) );
/* number of bytes in the derived secret */
len = mp_unsigned_octet_size(&ZZ);
/* allocate a buffer which can hold the entire derived secret. */
secret = PORT_Alloc(len);
/* grab the derived secret */
err = mp_to_unsigned_octets(&ZZ, secret, len);
if (err >= 0) err = MP_OKAY;
/* Take minimum of bytes requested and bytes in derived secret,
** if maxOutBytes is 0 take all of the bytes from the derived secret.
*/
if (maxOutBytes > 0)
nb = PR_MIN(len, maxOutBytes);
else
nb = len;
SECITEM_AllocItem(NULL, derivedSecret, nb);
memcpy(derivedSecret->data, secret, nb);
cleanup:
mp_clear(&p);
mp_clear(&Xa);
mp_clear(&Yb);
mp_clear(&ZZ);
if (secret) {
/* free the buffer allocated for the full secret. */
PORT_ZFree(secret, len);
}
if (err) {
MP_TO_SEC_ERROR(err);
if (derivedSecret->data)
PORT_ZFree(derivedSecret->data, derivedSecret->len);
return SECFailure;
}
return SECSuccess;
}
SECStatus
KEA_Derive(SECItem *prime,
SECItem *public1,
SECItem *public2,
SECItem *private1,
SECItem *private2,
SECItem *derivedSecret)
{
mp_int p, Y, R, r, x, t, u, w;
mp_err err;
unsigned char *secret = NULL;
unsigned int len = 0, offset;
if (!prime || !public1 || !public2 || !private1 || !private2 ||
!derivedSecret) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
memset(derivedSecret, 0, sizeof *derivedSecret);
MP_DIGITS(&p) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Y) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&R) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&r) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&x) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&t) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&u) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&w) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&p) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Y) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&R) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&r) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&x) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&t) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&u) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&w) );
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*prime, &p);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*public1, &Y);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*public2, &R);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*private1, &r);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*private2, &x);
/* t = DH(Y, r, p) = Y ** r mod p */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_exptmod(&Y, &r, &p, &t) );
/* u = DH(R, x, p) = R ** x mod p */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_exptmod(&R, &x, &p, &u) );
/* w = (t + u) mod p */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&t, &u, &p, &w) );
/* allocate a buffer for the full derived secret */
len = mp_unsigned_octet_size(&w);
secret = PORT_Alloc(len);
/* grab the secret */
err = mp_to_unsigned_octets(&w, secret, len);
if (err > 0) err = MP_OKAY;
/* allocate output buffer */
SECITEM_AllocItem(NULL, derivedSecret, KEA_DERIVED_SECRET_LEN);
memset(derivedSecret->data, 0, derivedSecret->len);
/* copy in the 128 lsb of the secret */
if (len >= KEA_DERIVED_SECRET_LEN) {
memcpy(derivedSecret->data, secret + (len - KEA_DERIVED_SECRET_LEN),
KEA_DERIVED_SECRET_LEN);
} else {
offset = KEA_DERIVED_SECRET_LEN - len;
memcpy(derivedSecret->data + offset, secret, len);
}
cleanup:
mp_clear(&p);
mp_clear(&Y);
mp_clear(&R);
mp_clear(&r);
mp_clear(&x);
mp_clear(&t);
mp_clear(&u);
mp_clear(&w);
if (secret)
PORT_ZFree(secret, len);
if (err) {
MP_TO_SEC_ERROR(err);
return SECFailure;
}
return SECSuccess;
}
PRBool
KEA_Verify(SECItem *Y, SECItem *prime, SECItem *subPrime)
{
mp_int p, q, y, r;
mp_err err;
int cmp = 1; /* default is false */
if (!Y || !prime || !subPrime) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
MP_DIGITS(&p) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&q) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&y) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&r) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&p) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&q) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&y) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&r) );
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*prime, &p);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*subPrime, &q);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*Y, &y);
/* compute r = y**q mod p */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_exptmod(&y, &q, &p, &r) );
/* compare to 1 */
cmp = mp_cmp_d(&r, 1);
cleanup:
mp_clear(&p);
mp_clear(&q);
mp_clear(&y);
mp_clear(&r);
if (err) {
MP_TO_SEC_ERROR(err);
return PR_FALSE;
}
return (cmp == 0) ? PR_TRUE : PR_FALSE;
}

View File

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*/
#include "prerr.h"
#include "secerr.h"
#include "blapi.h"
SECStatus
DH_GenParam(int primeLen, DHParams ** params)
{
PORT_SetError(PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR);
return SECFailure;
}
SECStatus
DH_NewKey(DHParams * params,
DHPrivateKey ** privKey)
{
PORT_SetError(PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR);
return SECFailure;
}
SECStatus
DH_Derive(SECItem * publicValue,
SECItem * prime,
SECItem * privateValue,
SECItem * derivedSecret,
unsigned int maxOutBytes)
{
PORT_SetError(PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR);
return SECFailure;
}
SECStatus
KEA_Derive(SECItem *prime,
SECItem *public1,
SECItem *public2,
SECItem *private1,
SECItem *private2,
SECItem *derivedSecret)
{
PORT_SetError(PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR);
return SECFailure;
}
PRBool
KEA_Verify(SECItem *Y, SECItem *prime, SECItem *subPrime)
{
PORT_SetError(PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR);
return PR_FALSE;
}

View File

@@ -1,420 +0,0 @@
/*
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*
* $Id: dsa.c,v 1.11 2003-02-25 23:45:23 nelsonb%netscape.com Exp $
*/
#include "secerr.h"
#include "prtypes.h"
#include "prinit.h"
#include "blapi.h"
#include "nssilock.h"
#include "secitem.h"
#include "blapi.h"
#include "mpi.h"
/* XXX to be replaced by define in blapit.h */
#define NSS_FREEBL_DSA_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE 2048
#define CHECKOK(func) if (MP_OKAY > (err = func)) goto cleanup
#define SECITEM_TO_MPINT(it, mp) \
CHECKOK(mp_read_unsigned_octets((mp), (it).data, (it).len))
/* DSA-specific random number functions defined in prng_fips1861.c. */
extern SECStatus
DSA_RandomUpdate(void *data, size_t bytes, unsigned char *q);
extern SECStatus
DSA_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(void *dest, size_t len, unsigned char *q);
static void translate_mpi_error(mp_err err)
{
switch (err) {
case MP_MEM: PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NO_MEMORY); break;
case MP_RANGE: PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_BAD_DATA); break;
case MP_BADARG: PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS); break;
default: PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_LIBRARY_FAILURE); break;
}
}
SECStatus
dsa_NewKey(const PQGParams *params, DSAPrivateKey **privKey,
const unsigned char *xb)
{
unsigned int y_len;
mp_int p, g;
mp_int x, y;
mp_err err;
PRArenaPool *arena;
DSAPrivateKey *key;
/* Check args. */
if (!params || !privKey) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
/* Initialize an arena for the DSA key. */
arena = PORT_NewArena(NSS_FREEBL_DSA_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE);
if (!arena) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NO_MEMORY);
return SECFailure;
}
key = (DSAPrivateKey *)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena, sizeof(DSAPrivateKey));
if (!key) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NO_MEMORY);
PORT_FreeArena(arena, PR_TRUE);
return SECFailure;
}
key->params.arena = arena;
/* Initialize MPI integers. */
MP_DIGITS(&p) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&g) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&x) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&y) = 0;
CHECKOK( mp_init(&p) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&g) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&x) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&y) );
/* Copy over the PQG params */
CHECKOK( SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->params.prime, &params->prime) );
CHECKOK( SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->params.subPrime, &params->subPrime));
CHECKOK( SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->params.base, &params->base) );
/* Convert stored p, g, and received x into MPI integers. */
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(params->prime, &p);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(params->base, &g);
CHECKOK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&x, xb, DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN) );
/* Store x in private key */
SECITEM_AllocItem(arena, &key->privateValue, DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN);
memcpy(key->privateValue.data, xb, DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN);
/* Compute public key y = g**x mod p */
CHECKOK( mp_exptmod(&g, &x, &p, &y) );
/* Store y in public key */
y_len = mp_unsigned_octet_size(&y);
SECITEM_AllocItem(arena, &key->publicValue, y_len);
err = mp_to_unsigned_octets(&y, key->publicValue.data, y_len);
/* mp_to_unsigned_octets returns bytes written (y_len) if okay */
if (err < 0) goto cleanup; else err = MP_OKAY;
*privKey = key;
key = NULL;
cleanup:
mp_clear(&p);
mp_clear(&g);
mp_clear(&x);
mp_clear(&y);
if (key)
PORT_FreeArena(key->params.arena, PR_TRUE);
if (err) {
translate_mpi_error(err);
return SECFailure;
}
return SECSuccess;
}
/*
** Generate and return a new DSA public and private key pair,
** both of which are encoded into a single DSAPrivateKey struct.
** "params" is a pointer to the PQG parameters for the domain
** Uses a random seed.
*/
SECStatus
DSA_NewKey(const PQGParams *params, DSAPrivateKey **privKey)
{
SECStatus rv;
unsigned char seed[DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN];
/* Generate seed bytes for x according to FIPS 186-1 appendix 3 */
if (DSA_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(seed, DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN,
params->subPrime.data))
return SECFailure;
/* Generate a new DSA key using random seed. */
rv = dsa_NewKey(params, privKey, seed);
return rv;
}
/* For FIPS compliance testing. Seed must be exactly 20 bytes long */
SECStatus
DSA_NewKeyFromSeed(const PQGParams *params,
const unsigned char *seed,
DSAPrivateKey **privKey)
{
SECStatus rv;
rv = dsa_NewKey(params, privKey, seed);
return rv;
}
static SECStatus
dsa_SignDigest(DSAPrivateKey *key, SECItem *signature, const SECItem *digest,
const unsigned char *kb)
{
mp_int p, q, g; /* PQG parameters */
mp_int x, k; /* private key & pseudo-random integer */
mp_int r, s; /* tuple (r, s) is signature) */
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
SECStatus rv = SECSuccess;
/* FIPS-compliance dictates that digest is a SHA1 hash. */
/* Check args. */
if (!key || !signature || !digest ||
(signature->len != DSA_SIGNATURE_LEN) ||
(digest->len != SHA1_LENGTH)) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
/* Initialize MPI integers. */
MP_DIGITS(&p) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&q) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&g) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&x) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&k) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&r) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&s) = 0;
CHECKOK( mp_init(&p) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&q) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&g) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&x) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&k) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&r) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&s) );
/*
** Convert stored PQG and private key into MPI integers.
*/
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(key->params.prime, &p);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(key->params.subPrime, &q);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(key->params.base, &g);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(key->privateValue, &x);
CHECKOK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&k, kb, DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN) );
/*
** FIPS 186-1, Section 5, Step 1
**
** r = (g**k mod p) mod q
*/
CHECKOK( mp_exptmod(&g, &k, &p, &r) ); /* r = g**k mod p */
CHECKOK( mp_mod(&r, &q, &r) ); /* r = r mod q */
/*
** FIPS 186-1, Section 5, Step 2
**
** s = (k**-1 * (SHA1(M) + x*r)) mod q
*/
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*digest, &s); /* s = SHA1(M) */
CHECKOK( mp_invmod(&k, &q, &k) ); /* k = k**-1 mod q */
CHECKOK( mp_mulmod(&x, &r, &q, &x) ); /* x = x * r mod q */
CHECKOK( mp_addmod(&s, &x, &q, &s) ); /* s = s + x mod q */
CHECKOK( mp_mulmod(&s, &k, &q, &s) ); /* s = s * k mod q */
/*
** verify r != 0 and s != 0
** mentioned as optional in FIPS 186-1.
*/
if (mp_cmp_z(&r) == 0 || mp_cmp_z(&s) == 0) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NEED_RANDOM);
rv = SECFailure;
goto cleanup;
}
/*
** Step 4
**
** Signature is tuple (r, s)
*/
err = mp_to_fixlen_octets(&r, signature->data, DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN);
if (err < 0) goto cleanup;
err = mp_to_fixlen_octets(&s, signature->data + DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN,
DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN);
if (err < 0) goto cleanup;
err = MP_OKAY;
cleanup:
mp_clear(&p);
mp_clear(&q);
mp_clear(&g);
mp_clear(&x);
mp_clear(&k);
mp_clear(&r);
mp_clear(&s);
if (err) {
translate_mpi_error(err);
rv = SECFailure;
}
return rv;
}
/* signature is caller-supplied buffer of at least 20 bytes.
** On input, signature->len == size of buffer to hold signature.
** digest->len == size of digest.
** On output, signature->len == size of signature in buffer.
** Uses a random seed.
*/
SECStatus
DSA_SignDigest(DSAPrivateKey *key, SECItem *signature, const SECItem *digest)
{
SECStatus rv;
int retries = 10;
unsigned char kSeed[DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN];
PORT_SetError(0);
do {
rv = DSA_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(kSeed, DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN,
key->params.subPrime.data);
if (rv != SECSuccess)
break;
rv = dsa_SignDigest(key, signature, digest, kSeed);
} while (rv != SECSuccess && PORT_GetError() == SEC_ERROR_NEED_RANDOM &&
--retries > 0);
return rv;
}
/* For FIPS compliance testing. Seed must be exactly 20 bytes. */
SECStatus
DSA_SignDigestWithSeed(DSAPrivateKey * key,
SECItem * signature,
const SECItem * digest,
const unsigned char * seed)
{
SECStatus rv;
rv = dsa_SignDigest(key, signature, digest, seed);
return rv;
}
/* signature is caller-supplied buffer of at least 20 bytes.
** On input, signature->len == size of buffer to hold signature.
** digest->len == size of digest.
*/
SECStatus
DSA_VerifyDigest(DSAPublicKey *key, const SECItem *signature,
const SECItem *digest)
{
/* FIPS-compliance dictates that digest is a SHA1 hash. */
mp_int p, q, g; /* PQG parameters */
mp_int r_, s_; /* tuple (r', s') is received signature) */
mp_int u1, u2, v, w; /* intermediate values used in verification */
mp_int y; /* public key */
mp_err err;
SECStatus verified = SECFailure;
/* Check args. */
if (!key || !signature || !digest ||
(signature->len != DSA_SIGNATURE_LEN) ||
(digest->len != SHA1_LENGTH)) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
/* Initialize MPI integers. */
MP_DIGITS(&p) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&q) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&g) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&y) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&r_) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&s_) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&u1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&u2) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&v) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&w) = 0;
CHECKOK( mp_init(&p) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&q) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&g) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&y) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&r_) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&s_) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&u1) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&u2) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&v) );
CHECKOK( mp_init(&w) );
/*
** Convert stored PQG and public key into MPI integers.
*/
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(key->params.prime, &p);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(key->params.subPrime, &q);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(key->params.base, &g);
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(key->publicValue, &y);
/*
** Convert received signature (r', s') into MPI integers.
*/
CHECKOK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&r_, signature->data, DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN) );
CHECKOK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&s_, signature->data + DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN,
DSA_SUBPRIME_LEN) );
/*
** Verify that 0 < r' < q and 0 < s' < q
*/
if (mp_cmp_z(&r_) <= 0 || mp_cmp_z(&s_) <= 0 ||
mp_cmp(&r_, &q) >= 0 || mp_cmp(&s_, &q) >= 0)
goto cleanup; /* will return verified == SECFailure */
/*
** FIPS 186-1, Section 6, Step 1
**
** w = (s')**-1 mod q
*/
CHECKOK( mp_invmod(&s_, &q, &w) ); /* w = (s')**-1 mod q */
/*
** FIPS 186-1, Section 6, Step 2
**
** u1 = ((SHA1(M')) * w) mod q
*/
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*digest, &u1); /* u1 = SHA1(M') */
CHECKOK( mp_mulmod(&u1, &w, &q, &u1) ); /* u1 = u1 * w mod q */
/*
** FIPS 186-1, Section 6, Step 3
**
** u2 = ((r') * w) mod q
*/
CHECKOK( mp_mulmod(&r_, &w, &q, &u2) );
/*
** FIPS 186-1, Section 6, Step 4
**
** v = ((g**u1 * y**u2) mod p) mod q
*/
CHECKOK( mp_exptmod(&g, &u1, &p, &g) ); /* g = g**u1 mod p */
CHECKOK( mp_exptmod(&y, &u2, &p, &y) ); /* y = y**u2 mod p */
CHECKOK( mp_mulmod(&g, &y, &p, &v) ); /* v = g * y mod p */
CHECKOK( mp_mod(&v, &q, &v) ); /* v = v mod q */
/*
** Verification: v == r'
*/
if (mp_cmp(&v, &r_)) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_BAD_SIGNATURE);
verified = SECFailure; /* Signature failed to verify. */
} else {
verified = SECSuccess; /* Signature verified. */
}
cleanup:
mp_clear(&p);
mp_clear(&q);
mp_clear(&g);
mp_clear(&y);
mp_clear(&r_);
mp_clear(&s_);
mp_clear(&u1);
mp_clear(&u2);
mp_clear(&v);
mp_clear(&w);
if (err) {
translate_mpi_error(err);
}
return verified;
}

View File

@@ -1,977 +0,0 @@
/*
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the Elliptic Curve Cryptography library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc. are Copyright (C) 2003
* Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
*/
#include "blapi.h"
#include "prerr.h"
#include "secerr.h"
#include "secmpi.h"
#include "secitem.h"
#include "ec.h"
#include "GFp_ecl.h"
#include "GF2m_ecl.h"
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
/*
* Returns true if pointP is the point at infinity, false otherwise
*/
PRBool
ec_point_at_infinity(SECItem *pointP)
{
int i;
for (i = 1; i < pointP->len; i++) {
if (pointP->data[i] != 0x00) return PR_FALSE;
}
return PR_TRUE;
}
/*
* Computes point addition R = P + Q for the curve whose
* parameters are encoded in params. Two or more of P, Q,
* R may point to the same memory location.
*/
SECStatus
ec_point_add(ECParams *params, SECItem *pointP,
SECItem *pointQ, SECItem *pointR)
{
mp_int Px, Py, Qx, Qy, Rx, Ry;
mp_int irreducible, a;
SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
int len;
#if EC_DEBUG
int i;
printf("ec_point_add: params [len=%d]:", params->DEREncoding.len);
for (i = 0; i < params->DEREncoding.len; i++)
printf("%02x:", params->DEREncoding.data[i]);
printf("\n");
printf("ec_point_add: pointP [len=%d]:", pointP->len);
for (i = 0; i < pointP->len; i++)
printf("%02x:", pointP->data[i]);
printf("\n");
printf("ec_point_add: pointQ [len=%d]:", pointQ->len);
for (i = 0; i < pointQ->len; i++)
printf("%02x:", pointQ->data[i]);
printf("\n");
#endif
/* NOTE: We only support prime field curves for now */
len = (params->fieldID.size + 7) >> 3;
if ((pointP->data[0] != EC_POINT_FORM_UNCOMPRESSED) ||
(pointP->len != (2 * len + 1)) ||
(pointQ->data[0] != EC_POINT_FORM_UNCOMPRESSED) ||
(pointQ->len != (2 * len + 1))) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
MP_DIGITS(&Px) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Py) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Qx) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Qy) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Rx) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Ry) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&irreducible) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&a) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Px) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Py) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Qx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Rx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Ry) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&irreducible) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&a) );
/* Initialize Px and Py */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&Px, pointP->data + 1,
(mp_size) len) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&Py, pointP->data + 1 + len,
(mp_size) len) );
/* Initialize Qx and Qy */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&Qx, pointQ->data + 1,
(mp_size) len) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&Qy, pointQ->data + 1 + len,
(mp_size) len) );
/* Set up the curve coefficient */
SECITEM_TO_MPINT( params->curve.a, &a );
/* Compute R = P + Q */
if (params->fieldID.type == ec_field_GFp) {
SECITEM_TO_MPINT( params->fieldID.u.prime, &irreducible );
if (GFp_ec_pt_add(&irreducible, &a, &Px, &Py, &Qx, &Qy,
&Rx, &Ry) != SECSuccess)
goto cleanup;
} else {
SECITEM_TO_MPINT( params->fieldID.u.poly, &irreducible );
if (GF2m_ec_pt_add(&irreducible, &a, &Px, &Py, &Qx, &Qy, &Rx, &Ry)
!= SECSuccess)
goto cleanup;
}
/* Construct the SECItem representation of the result */
pointR->data[0] = EC_POINT_FORM_UNCOMPRESSED;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_to_fixlen_octets(&Rx, pointR->data + 1,
(mp_size) len) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_to_fixlen_octets(&Ry, pointR->data + 1 + len,
(mp_size) len) );
rv = SECSuccess;
#if EC_DEBUG
printf("ec_point_add: pointR [len=%d]:", pointR->len);
for (i = 0; i < pointR->len; i++)
printf("%02x:", pointR->data[i]);
printf("\n");
#endif
cleanup:
mp_clear(&Px);
mp_clear(&Py);
mp_clear(&Qx);
mp_clear(&Qy);
mp_clear(&Rx);
mp_clear(&Ry);
mp_clear(&irreducible);
mp_clear(&a);
if (err) {
MP_TO_SEC_ERROR(err);
rv = SECFailure;
}
return rv;
}
/*
* Computes scalar point multiplication pointQ = k * pointP for
* the curve whose parameters are encoded in params.
*/
SECStatus
ec_point_mul(ECParams *params, mp_int *k,
SECItem *pointP, SECItem *pointQ)
{
mp_int Px, Py, Qx, Qy;
mp_int irreducible, a, b;
SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
int len;
#if EC_DEBUG
int i;
char mpstr[256];
printf("ec_point_mul: params [len=%d]:", params->DEREncoding.len);
for (i = 0; i < params->DEREncoding.len; i++)
printf("%02x:", params->DEREncoding.data[i]);
printf("\n");
mp_tohex(k, mpstr);
printf("ec_point_mul: scalar : %s\n", mpstr);
mp_todecimal(k, mpstr);
printf("ec_point_mul: scalar : %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
printf("ec_point_mul: pointP [len=%d]:", pointP->len);
for (i = 0; i < pointP->len; i++)
printf("%02x:", pointP->data[i]);
printf("\n");
#endif
/* NOTE: We only support prime field curves for now */
len = (params->fieldID.size + 7) >> 3;
if ((pointP->data[0] != EC_POINT_FORM_UNCOMPRESSED) ||
(pointP->len != (2 * len + 1))) {
return SECFailure;
};
MP_DIGITS(&Px) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Py) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Qx) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&Qy) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&irreducible) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&a) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&b) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Px) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Py) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Qx) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&Qy) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&irreducible) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&a) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&b) );
/* Initialize Px and Py */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&Px, pointP->data + 1,
(mp_size) len) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&Py, pointP->data + 1 + len,
(mp_size) len) );
/* Set up mp_ints containing the curve coefficients */
SECITEM_TO_MPINT( params->curve.a, &a );
SECITEM_TO_MPINT( params->curve.b, &b );
/* Compute Q = k * P */
if (params->fieldID.type == ec_field_GFp) {
SECITEM_TO_MPINT( params->fieldID.u.prime, &irreducible );
if (GFp_ec_pt_mul(&irreducible, &a, &b, &Px, &Py, k, &Qx, &Qy)
!= SECSuccess)
goto cleanup;
} else {
SECITEM_TO_MPINT( params->fieldID.u.poly, &irreducible );
if (GF2m_ec_pt_mul(&irreducible, &a, &b, &Px, &Py, k, &Qx, &Qy)
!= SECSuccess) {
goto cleanup;
}
}
/* Construct the SECItem representation of point Q */
pointQ->data[0] = EC_POINT_FORM_UNCOMPRESSED;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_to_fixlen_octets(&Qx, pointQ->data + 1,
(mp_size) len) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_to_fixlen_octets(&Qy, pointQ->data + 1 + len,
(mp_size) len) );
rv = SECSuccess;
#if EC_DEBUG
printf("ec_point_mul: pointQ [len=%d]:", pointQ->len);
for (i = 0; i < pointQ->len; i++)
printf("%02x:", pointQ->data[i]);
printf("\n");
#endif
cleanup:
mp_clear(&Px);
mp_clear(&Py);
mp_clear(&Qx);
mp_clear(&Qy);
mp_clear(&irreducible);
mp_clear(&a);
mp_clear(&b);
if (err) {
MP_TO_SEC_ERROR(err);
rv = SECFailure;
}
return rv;
}
static unsigned char bitmask[] = {
0xff, 0x7f, 0x3f, 0x1f,
0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01
};
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
/* Generates a new EC key pair. The private key is a supplied
* random value (in seed) and the public key is the result of
* performing a scalar point multiplication of that value with
* the curve's base point.
*/
SECStatus
EC_NewKeyFromSeed(ECParams *ecParams, ECPrivateKey **privKey,
const unsigned char *seed, int seedlen)
{
SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
PRArenaPool *arena;
ECPrivateKey *key;
mp_int k;
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
int len;
#if EC_DEBUG
printf("EC_NewKeyFromSeed called\n");
#endif
if (!ecParams || !privKey || !seed || (seedlen < 0)) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
/* Initialize an arena for the EC key. */
if (!(arena = PORT_NewArena(NSS_FREEBL_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE)))
return SECFailure;
key = (ECPrivateKey *)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena, sizeof(ECPrivateKey));
if (!key) {
PORT_FreeArena(arena, PR_TRUE);
return SECFailure;
}
/* Copy all of the fields from the ECParams argument to the
* ECParams structure within the private key.
*/
key->ecParams.arena = arena;
key->ecParams.type = ecParams->type;
key->ecParams.fieldID.size = ecParams->fieldID.size;
key->ecParams.fieldID.type = ecParams->fieldID.type;
if (ecParams->fieldID.type == ec_field_GFp) {
CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->ecParams.fieldID.u.prime,
&ecParams->fieldID.u.prime));
} else {
CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->ecParams.fieldID.u.poly,
&ecParams->fieldID.u.poly));
}
key->ecParams.fieldID.k1 = ecParams->fieldID.k1;
key->ecParams.fieldID.k2 = ecParams->fieldID.k2;
key->ecParams.fieldID.k3 = ecParams->fieldID.k3;
CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->ecParams.curve.a,
&ecParams->curve.a));
CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->ecParams.curve.b,
&ecParams->curve.b));
CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->ecParams.curve.seed,
&ecParams->curve.seed));
CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->ecParams.base,
&ecParams->base));
CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->ecParams.order,
&ecParams->order));
key->ecParams.cofactor = ecParams->cofactor;
CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &key->ecParams.DEREncoding,
&ecParams->DEREncoding));
len = (ecParams->fieldID.size + 7) >> 3;
SECITEM_AllocItem(arena, &key->privateValue, len);
SECITEM_AllocItem(arena, &key->publicValue, 2*len + 1);
/* Copy private key */
if (seedlen >= len) {
memcpy(key->privateValue.data, seed, len);
} else {
memset(key->privateValue.data, 0, (len - seedlen));
memcpy(key->privateValue.data + (len - seedlen), seed, seedlen);
}
/* Compute corresponding public key */
MP_DIGITS(&k) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&k) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&k, key->privateValue.data,
(mp_size) len) );
rv = ec_point_mul(ecParams, &k, &(ecParams->base), &(key->publicValue));
if (rv != SECSuccess) goto cleanup;
*privKey = key;
cleanup:
mp_clear(&k);
if (rv)
PORT_FreeArena(arena, PR_TRUE);
#if EC_DEBUG
printf("EC_NewKeyFromSeed returning %s\n",
(rv == SECSuccess) ? "success" : "failure");
#endif
#else
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_KEYALG);
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
return rv;
}
/* Generates a new EC key pair. The private key is a random value and
* the public key is the result of performing a scalar point multiplication
* of that value with the curve's base point.
*/
SECStatus
EC_NewKey(ECParams *ecParams, ECPrivateKey **privKey)
{
SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
int len;
unsigned char *seed;
if (!ecParams || !privKey) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
/* Generate random private key */
len = (ecParams->fieldID.size + 7) >> 3;
if ((seed = PORT_Alloc(len)) == NULL) goto cleanup;
if (RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(seed, len) != SECSuccess) goto cleanup;
/* Fit private key to the field size */
seed[0] &= bitmask[len * 8 - ecParams->fieldID.size];
rv = EC_NewKeyFromSeed(ecParams, privKey, seed, len);
cleanup:
if (!seed) {
PORT_ZFree(seed, len);
}
#if EC_DEBUG
printf("EC_NewKey returning %s\n",
(rv == SECSuccess) ? "success" : "failure");
#endif
#else
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_KEYALG);
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
return rv;
}
/* Validates an EC public key as described in Section 5.2.2 of
* X9.63. The ECDH primitive when used without the cofactor does
* not address small subgroup attacks, which may occur when the
* public key is not valid. These attacks can be prevented by
* validating the public key before using ECDH.
*/
SECStatus
EC_ValidatePublicKey(ECParams *ecParams, SECItem *publicValue)
{
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
if (!ecParams || !publicValue) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
/* XXX Add actual checks here. */
return SECSuccess;
#else
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_KEYALG);
return SECFailure;
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
}
/*
** Performs an ECDH key derivation by computing the scalar point
** multiplication of privateValue and publicValue (with or without the
** cofactor) and returns the x-coordinate of the resulting elliptic
** curve point in derived secret. If successful, derivedSecret->data
** is set to the address of the newly allocated buffer containing the
** derived secret, and derivedSecret->len is the size of the secret
** produced. It is the caller's responsibility to free the allocated
** buffer containing the derived secret.
*/
SECStatus
ECDH_Derive(SECItem *publicValue,
ECParams *ecParams,
SECItem *privateValue,
PRBool withCofactor,
SECItem *derivedSecret)
{
SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
unsigned int len = 0;
SECItem pointQ = {siBuffer, NULL, 0};
mp_int k; /* to hold the private value */
mp_int cofactor;
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
#if EC_DEBUG
int i;
#endif
if (!publicValue || !ecParams || !privateValue ||
!derivedSecret) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
return SECFailure;
}
memset(derivedSecret, 0, sizeof *derivedSecret);
len = (ecParams->fieldID.size + 7) >> 3;
pointQ.len = 2*len + 1;
if ((pointQ.data = PORT_Alloc(2*len + 1)) == NULL) goto cleanup;
MP_DIGITS(&k) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&k) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&k, privateValue->data,
(mp_size) privateValue->len) );
if (withCofactor && (ecParams->cofactor != 1)) {
/* multiply k with the cofactor */
MP_DIGITS(&cofactor) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&cofactor) );
mp_set(&cofactor, ecParams->cofactor);
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mul(&k, &cofactor, &k) );
}
/* Multiply our private key and peer's public point */
if ((ec_point_mul(ecParams, &k, publicValue, &pointQ) != SECSuccess) ||
ec_point_at_infinity(&pointQ))
goto cleanup;
/* Allocate memory for the derived secret and copy
* the x co-ordinate of pointQ into it.
*/
SECITEM_AllocItem(NULL, derivedSecret, len);
memcpy(derivedSecret->data, pointQ.data + 1, len);
rv = SECSuccess;
#if EC_DEBUG
printf("derived_secret:\n");
for (i = 0; i < derivedSecret->len; i++)
printf("%02x:", derivedSecret->data[i]);
printf("\n");
#endif
cleanup:
mp_clear(&k);
if (pointQ.data) {
PORT_ZFree(pointQ.data, 2*len + 1);
}
#else
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_KEYALG);
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
return rv;
}
/* Computes the ECDSA signature (a concatenation of two values r and s)
* on the digest using the given key and the random value kb (used in
* computing s).
*/
SECStatus
ECDSA_SignDigestWithSeed(ECPrivateKey *key, SECItem *signature,
const SECItem *digest, const unsigned char *kb, const int kblen)
{
SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
mp_int x1;
mp_int d, k; /* private key, random integer */
mp_int r, s; /* tuple (r, s) is the signature */
mp_int n;
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
ECParams *ecParams = NULL;
SECItem kGpoint = { siBuffer, NULL, 0};
int len = 0;
#if EC_DEBUG
char mpstr[256];
#endif
/* Check args */
if (!key || !signature || !digest || !kb || (kblen < 0) ||
(digest->len != SHA1_LENGTH)) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
goto cleanup;
}
ecParams = &(key->ecParams);
len = (ecParams->fieldID.size + 7) >> 3;
if (signature->len < 2*len) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
goto cleanup;
}
/* Initialize MPI integers. */
MP_DIGITS(&x1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&d) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&k) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&r) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&s) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&n) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&x1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&d) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&k) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&r) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&s) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&n) );
SECITEM_TO_MPINT( ecParams->order, &n );
SECITEM_TO_MPINT( key->privateValue, &d );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&k, kb, kblen) );
/* Make sure k is in the interval [1, n-1] */
if ((mp_cmp_z(&k) <= 0) || (mp_cmp(&k, &n) >= 0)) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NEED_RANDOM);
goto cleanup;
}
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.3.2, Step 2
**
** Compute kG
*/
kGpoint.len = 2*len + 1;
kGpoint.data = PORT_Alloc(2*len + 1);
if ((kGpoint.data == NULL) ||
(ec_point_mul(ecParams, &k, &(ecParams->base), &kGpoint)
!= SECSuccess))
goto cleanup;
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.3.3, Step 1
**
** Extract the x co-ordinate of kG into x1
*/
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&x1, kGpoint.data + 1,
(mp_size) len) );
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.3.3, Step 2
**
** r = x1 mod n NOTE: n is the order of the curve
*/
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mod(&x1, &n, &r) );
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.3.3, Step 3
**
** verify r != 0
*/
if (mp_cmp_z(&r) == 0) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NEED_RANDOM);
goto cleanup;
}
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.3.3, Step 4
**
** s = (k**-1 * (SHA1(M) + d*r)) mod n
*/
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*digest, &s); /* s = SHA1(M) */
#if EC_DEBUG
mp_todecimal(&n, mpstr);
printf("n : %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
mp_todecimal(&d, mpstr);
printf("d : %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
mp_tohex(&x1, mpstr);
printf("x1: %s\n", mpstr);
mp_todecimal(&s, mpstr);
printf("digest: %s (decimal)\n", mpstr);
mp_todecimal(&r, mpstr);
printf("r : %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
#endif
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_invmod(&k, &n, &k) ); /* k = k**-1 mod n */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&d, &r, &n, &d) ); /* d = d * r mod n */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_addmod(&s, &d, &n, &s) ); /* s = s + d mod n */
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&s, &k, &n, &s) ); /* s = s * k mod n */
#if EC_DEBUG
mp_todecimal(&s, mpstr);
printf("s : %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
#endif
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.3.3, Step 5
**
** verify s != 0
*/
if (mp_cmp_z(&s) == 0) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_NEED_RANDOM);
goto cleanup;
}
/*
**
** Signature is tuple (r, s)
*/
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_to_fixlen_octets(&r, signature->data, len) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_to_fixlen_octets(&s, signature->data + len, len) );
signature->len = 2*len;
rv = SECSuccess;
err = MP_OKAY;
cleanup:
mp_clear(&x1);
mp_clear(&d);
mp_clear(&k);
mp_clear(&r);
mp_clear(&s);
mp_clear(&n);
if (kGpoint.data) {
PORT_ZFree(kGpoint.data, 2*len + 1);
}
if (err) {
MP_TO_SEC_ERROR(err);
rv = SECFailure;
}
#if EC_DEBUG
printf("ECDSA signing with seed %s\n",
(rv == SECSuccess) ? "succeeded" : "failed");
#endif
#else
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_KEYALG);
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
return rv;
}
/*
** Computes the ECDSA signature on the digest using the given key
** and a random seed.
*/
SECStatus
ECDSA_SignDigest(ECPrivateKey *key, SECItem *signature, const SECItem *digest)
{
SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
int prerr = 0;
int n = (key->ecParams.fieldID.size + 7) >> 3;
unsigned char mask = bitmask[n * 8 - key->ecParams.fieldID.size];
unsigned char *kseed = NULL;
/* Generate random seed of appropriate size as dictated
* by field size.
*/
if ((kseed = PORT_Alloc(n)) == NULL) return SECFailure;
do {
if (RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(kseed, n) != SECSuccess)
goto cleanup;
*kseed &= mask;
rv = ECDSA_SignDigestWithSeed(key, signature, digest, kseed, n);
if (rv) prerr = PORT_GetError();
} while ((rv != SECSuccess) && (prerr == SEC_ERROR_NEED_RANDOM));
cleanup:
if (kseed) PORT_ZFree(kseed, n);
#if EC_DEBUG
printf("ECDSA signing %s\n",
(rv == SECSuccess) ? "succeeded" : "failed");
#endif
#else
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_KEYALG);
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
return rv;
}
/*
** Checks the signature on the given digest using the key provided.
*/
SECStatus
ECDSA_VerifyDigest(ECPublicKey *key, const SECItem *signature,
const SECItem *digest)
{
SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
mp_int r_, s_; /* tuple (r', s') is received signature) */
mp_int c, u1, u2, v; /* intermediate values used in verification */
mp_int x1, y1;
mp_int x2, y2;
mp_int n;
mp_err err = MP_OKAY;
PRArenaPool *arena = NULL;
ECParams *ecParams = NULL;
SECItem pointA = { siBuffer, NULL, 0 };
SECItem pointB = { siBuffer, NULL, 0 };
SECItem pointC = { siBuffer, NULL, 0 };
int len;
#if EC_DEBUG
char mpstr[256];
printf("ECDSA verification called\n");
#endif
/* Check args */
if (!key || !signature || !digest ||
(digest->len != SHA1_LENGTH)) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
goto cleanup;
}
ecParams = &(key->ecParams);
len = (ecParams->fieldID.size + 7) >> 3;
if (signature->len < 2*len) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
goto cleanup;
}
/* Initialize an arena for pointA, pointB and pointC */
if ((arena = PORT_NewArena(NSS_FREEBL_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE)) == NULL)
goto cleanup;
SECITEM_AllocItem(arena, &pointA, 2*len + 1);
SECITEM_AllocItem(arena, &pointB, 2*len + 1);
SECITEM_AllocItem(arena, &pointC, 2*len + 1);
if (pointA.data == NULL || pointB.data == NULL || pointC.data == NULL)
goto cleanup;
/* Initialize MPI integers. */
MP_DIGITS(&r_) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&s_) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&c) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&u1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&u2) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&x1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&y1) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&x2) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&y2) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&v) = 0;
MP_DIGITS(&n) = 0;
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&r_) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&s_) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&c) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&u1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&u2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&x1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&y1) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&x2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&y2) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&v) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_init(&n) );
/*
** Convert received signature (r', s') into MPI integers.
*/
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&r_, signature->data, len) );
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&s_, signature->data + len, len) );
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.4.2, Steps 1 and 2
**
** Verify that 0 < r' < n and 0 < s' < n
*/
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(ecParams->order, &n);
if (mp_cmp_z(&r_) <= 0 || mp_cmp_z(&s_) <= 0 ||
mp_cmp(&r_, &n) >= 0 || mp_cmp(&s_, &n) >= 0)
goto cleanup; /* will return rv == SECFailure */
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.4.2, Step 3
**
** c = (s')**-1 mod n
*/
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_invmod(&s_, &n, &c) ); /* c = (s')**-1 mod n */
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.4.2, Step 4
**
** u1 = ((SHA1(M')) * c) mod n
*/
SECITEM_TO_MPINT(*digest, &u1); /* u1 = SHA1(M') */
#if EC_DEBUG
mp_todecimal(&r_, mpstr);
printf("r_: %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
mp_todecimal(&s_, mpstr);
printf("s_: %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
mp_todecimal(&c, mpstr);
printf("c : %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
mp_todecimal(&u1, mpstr);
printf("digest: %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
#endif
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&u1, &c, &n, &u1) ); /* u1 = u1 * c mod n */
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.4.2, Step 4
**
** u2 = ((r') * c) mod n
*/
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mulmod(&r_, &c, &n, &u2) );
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.4.3, Step 1
**
** Compute u1*G + u2*Q
** Here, A = u1.G B = u2.Q and C = A + B
** If the result, C, is the point at infinity, reject the signature
*/
if ((ec_point_mul(ecParams, &u1, &ecParams->base, &pointA)
== SECFailure) ||
(ec_point_mul(ecParams, &u2, &key->publicValue, &pointB)
== SECFailure) ||
(ec_point_add(ecParams, &pointA, &pointB, &pointC) == SECFailure) ||
ec_point_at_infinity(&pointC)) {
rv = SECFailure;
goto cleanup;
}
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_read_unsigned_octets(&x1, pointC.data + 1, len) );
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.4.4, Step 2
**
** v = x1 mod n
*/
CHECK_MPI_OK( mp_mod(&x1, &n, &v) );
/*
** ANSI X9.62, Section 5.4.4, Step 3
**
** Verification: v == r'
*/
if (mp_cmp(&v, &r_)) {
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_BAD_SIGNATURE);
rv = SECFailure; /* Signature failed to verify. */
} else {
rv = SECSuccess; /* Signature verified. */
}
#if EC_DEBUG
mp_todecimal(&u1, mpstr);
printf("u1: %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
mp_todecimal(&u2, mpstr);
printf("u2: %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
mp_tohex(&x1, mpstr);
printf("x1: %s\n", mpstr);
mp_todecimal(&v, mpstr);
printf("v : %s (dec)\n", mpstr);
#endif
cleanup:
mp_clear(&r_);
mp_clear(&s_);
mp_clear(&c);
mp_clear(&u1);
mp_clear(&u2);
mp_clear(&x1);
mp_clear(&y1);
mp_clear(&x2);
mp_clear(&y2);
mp_clear(&v);
mp_clear(&n);
if (arena) PORT_FreeArena(arena, PR_TRUE);
if (err) {
MP_TO_SEC_ERROR(err);
rv = SECFailure;
}
#if EC_DEBUG
printf("ECDSA verification %s\n",
(rv == SECSuccess) ? "succeeded" : "failed");
#endif
#else
PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_KEYALG);
#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
return rv;
}

View File

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
/*
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the Elliptic Curve Cryptography library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc. are Copyright (C) 2003
* Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
*/
#ifndef __ec_h_
#define __ec_h_
#define EC_DEBUG 0
#define EC_POINT_FORM_COMPRESSED_Y0 0x02
#define EC_POINT_FORM_COMPRESSED_Y1 0x03
#define EC_POINT_FORM_UNCOMPRESSED 0x04
#define EC_POINT_FORM_HYBRID_Y0 0x06
#define EC_POINT_FORM_HYBRID_Y1 0x07
#define ANSI_X962_CURVE_OID_TOTAL_LEN 10
#define SECG_CURVE_OID_TOTAL_LEN 7
#endif /* __ec_h_ */

View File

@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <plstr.h>
#include "aglobal.h"
#include "bsafe.h"
#include "secport.h"
void CALL_CONV T_memset (p, c, count)
POINTER p;
int c;
unsigned int count;
{
if (count >= 0)
memset(p, c, count);
}
void CALL_CONV T_memcpy (d, s, count)
POINTER d, s;
unsigned int count;
{
if (count >= 0)
memcpy(d, s, count);
}
void CALL_CONV T_memmove (d, s, count)
POINTER d, s;
unsigned int count;
{
if (count >= 0)
PORT_Memmove(d, s, count);
}
int CALL_CONV T_memcmp (s1, s2, count)
POINTER s1, s2;
unsigned int count;
{
if (count == 0)
return (0);
else
return(memcmp(s1, s2, count));
}
POINTER CALL_CONV T_malloc (size)
unsigned int size;
{
return((POINTER)PORT_Alloc(size == 0 ? 1 : size));
}
POINTER CALL_CONV T_realloc (p, size)
POINTER p;
unsigned int size;
{
POINTER result;
if (p == NULL_PTR)
return (T_malloc(size));
if ((result = (POINTER)PORT_Realloc(p, size == 0 ? 1 : size)) == NULL_PTR)
PORT_Free(p);
return (result);
}
void CALL_CONV T_free (p)
POINTER p;
{
if (p != NULL_PTR)
PORT_Free(p);
}
unsigned int CALL_CONV T_strlen(p)
char *p;
{
return PL_strlen(p);
}
void CALL_CONV T_strcpy(dest, src)
char *dest;
char *src;
{
PL_strcpy(dest, src);
}
int CALL_CONV T_strcmp (a, b)
char *a, *b;
{
return (PL_strcmp (a, b));
}

View File

@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
/*
* ldvector.c - platform dependent DSO containing freebl implementation.
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc. are Copyright (C) 2003
* Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*
* $Id: ldvector.c,v 1.6 2003-02-27 01:31:13 nelsonb%netscape.com Exp $
*/
#include "loader.h"
static const struct FREEBLVectorStr vector = {
sizeof vector,
FREEBL_VERSION,
RSA_NewKey,
RSA_PublicKeyOp,
RSA_PrivateKeyOp,
DSA_NewKey,
DSA_SignDigest,
DSA_VerifyDigest,
DSA_NewKeyFromSeed,
DSA_SignDigestWithSeed,
DH_GenParam,
DH_NewKey,
DH_Derive,
KEA_Derive,
KEA_Verify,
RC4_CreateContext,
RC4_DestroyContext,
RC4_Encrypt,
RC4_Decrypt,
RC2_CreateContext,
RC2_DestroyContext,
RC2_Encrypt,
RC2_Decrypt,
RC5_CreateContext,
RC5_DestroyContext,
RC5_Encrypt,
RC5_Decrypt,
DES_CreateContext,
DES_DestroyContext,
DES_Encrypt,
DES_Decrypt,
AES_CreateContext,
AES_DestroyContext,
AES_Encrypt,
AES_Decrypt,
MD5_Hash,
MD5_HashBuf,
MD5_NewContext,
MD5_DestroyContext,
MD5_Begin,
MD5_Update,
MD5_End,
MD5_FlattenSize,
MD5_Flatten,
MD5_Resurrect,
MD5_TraceState,
MD2_Hash,
MD2_NewContext,
MD2_DestroyContext,
MD2_Begin,
MD2_Update,
MD2_End,
MD2_FlattenSize,
MD2_Flatten,
MD2_Resurrect,
SHA1_Hash,
SHA1_HashBuf,
SHA1_NewContext,
SHA1_DestroyContext,
SHA1_Begin,
SHA1_Update,
SHA1_End,
SHA1_TraceState,
SHA1_FlattenSize,
SHA1_Flatten,
SHA1_Resurrect,
RNG_RNGInit,
RNG_RandomUpdate,
RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes,
RNG_RNGShutdown,
PQG_ParamGen,
PQG_ParamGenSeedLen,
PQG_VerifyParams,
/* End of Version 3.001. */
RSA_PrivateKeyOpDoubleChecked,
RSA_PrivateKeyCheck,
BL_Cleanup,
/* End of Version 3.002. */
SHA256_NewContext,
SHA256_DestroyContext,
SHA256_Begin,
SHA256_Update,
SHA256_End,
SHA256_HashBuf,
SHA256_Hash,
SHA256_TraceState,
SHA256_FlattenSize,
SHA256_Flatten,
SHA256_Resurrect,
SHA512_NewContext,
SHA512_DestroyContext,
SHA512_Begin,
SHA512_Update,
SHA512_End,
SHA512_HashBuf,
SHA512_Hash,
SHA512_TraceState,
SHA512_FlattenSize,
SHA512_Flatten,
SHA512_Resurrect,
SHA384_NewContext,
SHA384_DestroyContext,
SHA384_Begin,
SHA384_Update,
SHA384_End,
SHA384_HashBuf,
SHA384_Hash,
SHA384_TraceState,
SHA384_FlattenSize,
SHA384_Flatten,
SHA384_Resurrect,
/* End of Version 3.003. */
AESKeyWrap_CreateContext,
AESKeyWrap_DestroyContext,
AESKeyWrap_Encrypt,
AESKeyWrap_Decrypt,
/* End of Version 3.004. */
BLAPI_SHVerify,
BLAPI_VerifySelf,
/* End of Version 3.005. */
EC_NewKey,
EC_NewKeyFromSeed,
EC_ValidatePublicKey,
ECDH_Derive,
ECDSA_SignDigest,
ECDSA_VerifyDigest,
ECDSA_SignDigestWithSeed,
/* End of Version 3.006. */
};
const FREEBLVector *
FREEBL_GetVector(void)
{
return &vector;
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
/*
* loader.h - load platform dependent DSO containing freebl implementation.
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc. are Copyright (C) 2003
* Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*
* $Id: loader.h,v 1.9 2003-02-27 01:31:14 nelsonb%netscape.com Exp $
*/
#ifndef _LOADER_H_
#define _LOADER_H_ 1
#include "blapi.h"
#define FREEBL_VERSION 0x0306
struct FREEBLVectorStr {
unsigned short length; /* of this struct in bytes */
unsigned short version; /* of this struct. */
RSAPrivateKey * (* p_RSA_NewKey)(int keySizeInBits,
SECItem * publicExponent);
SECStatus (* p_RSA_PublicKeyOp) (RSAPublicKey * key,
unsigned char * output,
const unsigned char * input);
SECStatus (* p_RSA_PrivateKeyOp)(RSAPrivateKey * key,
unsigned char * output,
const unsigned char * input);
SECStatus (* p_DSA_NewKey)(const PQGParams * params,
DSAPrivateKey ** privKey);
SECStatus (* p_DSA_SignDigest)(DSAPrivateKey * key,
SECItem * signature,
const SECItem * digest);
SECStatus (* p_DSA_VerifyDigest)(DSAPublicKey * key,
const SECItem * signature,
const SECItem * digest);
SECStatus (* p_DSA_NewKeyFromSeed)(const PQGParams *params,
const unsigned char * seed,
DSAPrivateKey **privKey);
SECStatus (* p_DSA_SignDigestWithSeed)(DSAPrivateKey * key,
SECItem * signature,
const SECItem * digest,
const unsigned char * seed);
SECStatus (* p_DH_GenParam)(int primeLen, DHParams ** params);
SECStatus (* p_DH_NewKey)(DHParams * params,
DHPrivateKey ** privKey);
SECStatus (* p_DH_Derive)(SECItem * publicValue,
SECItem * prime,
SECItem * privateValue,
SECItem * derivedSecret,
unsigned int maxOutBytes);
SECStatus (* p_KEA_Derive)(SECItem *prime,
SECItem *public1,
SECItem *public2,
SECItem *private1,
SECItem *private2,
SECItem *derivedSecret);
PRBool (* p_KEA_Verify)(SECItem *Y, SECItem *prime, SECItem *subPrime);
RC4Context * (* p_RC4_CreateContext)(const unsigned char *key, int len);
void (* p_RC4_DestroyContext)(RC4Context *cx, PRBool freeit);
SECStatus (* p_RC4_Encrypt)(RC4Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
SECStatus (* p_RC4_Decrypt)(RC4Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
RC2Context * (* p_RC2_CreateContext)(const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int len, const unsigned char *iv,
int mode, unsigned effectiveKeyLen);
void (* p_RC2_DestroyContext)(RC2Context *cx, PRBool freeit);
SECStatus (* p_RC2_Encrypt)(RC2Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
SECStatus (* p_RC2_Decrypt)(RC2Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
RC5Context *(* p_RC5_CreateContext)(const SECItem *key, unsigned int rounds,
unsigned int wordSize, const unsigned char *iv, int mode);
void (* p_RC5_DestroyContext)(RC5Context *cx, PRBool freeit);
SECStatus (* p_RC5_Encrypt)(RC5Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
SECStatus (* p_RC5_Decrypt)(RC5Context *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
DESContext *(* p_DES_CreateContext)(const unsigned char *key,
const unsigned char *iv,
int mode, PRBool encrypt);
void (* p_DES_DestroyContext)(DESContext *cx, PRBool freeit);
SECStatus (* p_DES_Encrypt)(DESContext *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
SECStatus (* p_DES_Decrypt)(DESContext *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
AESContext * (* p_AES_CreateContext)(const unsigned char *key,
const unsigned char *iv,
int mode, int encrypt, unsigned int keylen,
unsigned int blocklen);
void (* p_AES_DestroyContext)(AESContext *cx, PRBool freeit);
SECStatus (* p_AES_Encrypt)(AESContext *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
SECStatus (* p_AES_Decrypt)(AESContext *cx, unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
SECStatus (* p_MD5_Hash)(unsigned char *dest, const char *src);
SECStatus (* p_MD5_HashBuf)(unsigned char *dest, const unsigned char *src,
uint32 src_length);
MD5Context *(* p_MD5_NewContext)(void);
void (* p_MD5_DestroyContext)(MD5Context *cx, PRBool freeit);
void (* p_MD5_Begin)(MD5Context *cx);
void (* p_MD5_Update)(MD5Context *cx,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
void (* p_MD5_End)(MD5Context *cx, unsigned char *digest,
unsigned int *digestLen, unsigned int maxDigestLen);
unsigned int (* p_MD5_FlattenSize)(MD5Context *cx);
SECStatus (* p_MD5_Flatten)(MD5Context *cx,unsigned char *space);
MD5Context * (* p_MD5_Resurrect)(unsigned char *space, void *arg);
void (* p_MD5_TraceState)(MD5Context *cx);
SECStatus (* p_MD2_Hash)(unsigned char *dest, const char *src);
MD2Context *(* p_MD2_NewContext)(void);
void (* p_MD2_DestroyContext)(MD2Context *cx, PRBool freeit);
void (* p_MD2_Begin)(MD2Context *cx);
void (* p_MD2_Update)(MD2Context *cx,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
void (* p_MD2_End)(MD2Context *cx, unsigned char *digest,
unsigned int *digestLen, unsigned int maxDigestLen);
unsigned int (* p_MD2_FlattenSize)(MD2Context *cx);
SECStatus (* p_MD2_Flatten)(MD2Context *cx,unsigned char *space);
MD2Context * (* p_MD2_Resurrect)(unsigned char *space, void *arg);
SECStatus (* p_SHA1_Hash)(unsigned char *dest, const char *src);
SECStatus (* p_SHA1_HashBuf)(unsigned char *dest, const unsigned char *src,
uint32 src_length);
SHA1Context *(* p_SHA1_NewContext)(void);
void (* p_SHA1_DestroyContext)(SHA1Context *cx, PRBool freeit);
void (* p_SHA1_Begin)(SHA1Context *cx);
void (* p_SHA1_Update)(SHA1Context *cx, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned int inputLen);
void (* p_SHA1_End)(SHA1Context *cx, unsigned char *digest,
unsigned int *digestLen, unsigned int maxDigestLen);
void (* p_SHA1_TraceState)(SHA1Context *cx);
unsigned int (* p_SHA1_FlattenSize)(SHA1Context *cx);
SECStatus (* p_SHA1_Flatten)(SHA1Context *cx,unsigned char *space);
SHA1Context * (* p_SHA1_Resurrect)(unsigned char *space, void *arg);
SECStatus (* p_RNG_RNGInit)(void);
SECStatus (* p_RNG_RandomUpdate)(const void *data, size_t bytes);
SECStatus (* p_RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes)(void *dest, size_t len);
void (* p_RNG_RNGShutdown)(void);
SECStatus (* p_PQG_ParamGen)(unsigned int j, PQGParams **pParams,
PQGVerify **pVfy);
SECStatus (* p_PQG_ParamGenSeedLen)( unsigned int j, unsigned int seedBytes,
PQGParams **pParams, PQGVerify **pVfy);
SECStatus (* p_PQG_VerifyParams)(const PQGParams *params,
const PQGVerify *vfy, SECStatus *result);
/* Version 3.001 came to here */
SECStatus (* p_RSA_PrivateKeyOpDoubleChecked)(RSAPrivateKey *key,
unsigned char *output,
const unsigned char *input);
SECStatus (* p_RSA_PrivateKeyCheck)(RSAPrivateKey *key);
void (* p_BL_Cleanup)(void);
/* Version 3.002 came to here */
SHA256Context *(* p_SHA256_NewContext)(void);
void (* p_SHA256_DestroyContext)(SHA256Context *cx, PRBool freeit);
void (* p_SHA256_Begin)(SHA256Context *cx);
void (* p_SHA256_Update)(SHA256Context *cx, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned int inputLen);
void (* p_SHA256_End)(SHA256Context *cx, unsigned char *digest,
unsigned int *digestLen, unsigned int maxDigestLen);
SECStatus (* p_SHA256_HashBuf)(unsigned char *dest, const unsigned char *src,
uint32 src_length);
SECStatus (* p_SHA256_Hash)(unsigned char *dest, const char *src);
void (* p_SHA256_TraceState)(SHA256Context *cx);
unsigned int (* p_SHA256_FlattenSize)(SHA256Context *cx);
SECStatus (* p_SHA256_Flatten)(SHA256Context *cx,unsigned char *space);
SHA256Context * (* p_SHA256_Resurrect)(unsigned char *space, void *arg);
SHA512Context *(* p_SHA512_NewContext)(void);
void (* p_SHA512_DestroyContext)(SHA512Context *cx, PRBool freeit);
void (* p_SHA512_Begin)(SHA512Context *cx);
void (* p_SHA512_Update)(SHA512Context *cx, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned int inputLen);
void (* p_SHA512_End)(SHA512Context *cx, unsigned char *digest,
unsigned int *digestLen, unsigned int maxDigestLen);
SECStatus (* p_SHA512_HashBuf)(unsigned char *dest, const unsigned char *src,
uint32 src_length);
SECStatus (* p_SHA512_Hash)(unsigned char *dest, const char *src);
void (* p_SHA512_TraceState)(SHA512Context *cx);
unsigned int (* p_SHA512_FlattenSize)(SHA512Context *cx);
SECStatus (* p_SHA512_Flatten)(SHA512Context *cx,unsigned char *space);
SHA512Context * (* p_SHA512_Resurrect)(unsigned char *space, void *arg);
SHA384Context *(* p_SHA384_NewContext)(void);
void (* p_SHA384_DestroyContext)(SHA384Context *cx, PRBool freeit);
void (* p_SHA384_Begin)(SHA384Context *cx);
void (* p_SHA384_Update)(SHA384Context *cx, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned int inputLen);
void (* p_SHA384_End)(SHA384Context *cx, unsigned char *digest,
unsigned int *digestLen, unsigned int maxDigestLen);
SECStatus (* p_SHA384_HashBuf)(unsigned char *dest, const unsigned char *src,
uint32 src_length);
SECStatus (* p_SHA384_Hash)(unsigned char *dest, const char *src);
void (* p_SHA384_TraceState)(SHA384Context *cx);
unsigned int (* p_SHA384_FlattenSize)(SHA384Context *cx);
SECStatus (* p_SHA384_Flatten)(SHA384Context *cx,unsigned char *space);
SHA384Context * (* p_SHA384_Resurrect)(unsigned char *space, void *arg);
/* Version 3.003 came to here */
AESKeyWrapContext * (* p_AESKeyWrap_CreateContext)(const unsigned char *key,
const unsigned char *iv, int encrypt, unsigned int keylen);
void (* p_AESKeyWrap_DestroyContext)(AESKeyWrapContext *cx, PRBool freeit);
SECStatus (* p_AESKeyWrap_Encrypt)(AESKeyWrapContext *cx,
unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
SECStatus (* p_AESKeyWrap_Decrypt)(AESKeyWrapContext *cx,
unsigned char *output,
unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
/* Version 3.004 came to here */
PRBool (*p_BLAPI_SHVerify)(const char *name, PRFuncPtr addr);
PRBool (*p_BLAPI_VerifySelf)(const char *name);
/* Version 3.005 came to here */
SECStatus (* p_EC_NewKey)(ECParams * params,
ECPrivateKey ** privKey);
SECStatus (* p_EC_NewKeyFromSeed)(ECParams * params,
ECPrivateKey ** privKey,
const unsigned char * seed,
int seedlen);
SECStatus (* p_EC_ValidatePublicKey)(ECParams * params,
SECItem * publicValue);
SECStatus (* p_ECDH_Derive)(SECItem * publicValue,
ECParams * params,
SECItem * privateValue,
PRBool withCofactor,
SECItem * derivedSecret);
SECStatus (* p_ECDSA_SignDigest)(ECPrivateKey * key,
SECItem * signature,
const SECItem * digest);
SECStatus (* p_ECDSA_VerifyDigest)(ECPublicKey * key,
const SECItem * signature,
const SECItem * digest);
SECStatus (* p_ECDSA_SignDigestWithSeed)(ECPrivateKey * key,
SECItem * signature,
const SECItem * digest,
const unsigned char * seed,
const int seedlen);
/* Version 3.006 came to here */
};
typedef struct FREEBLVectorStr FREEBLVector;
SEC_BEGIN_PROTOS
typedef const FREEBLVector * FREEBLGetVectorFn(void);
extern FREEBLGetVectorFn FREEBL_GetVector;
SEC_END_PROTOS
#endif

View File

@@ -1,315 +0,0 @@
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
* License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
* the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
* IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
* implied. See the License for the specific language governing
* rights and limitations under the License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
* terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
* "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
* instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
* version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
* allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
* indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
* replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
* the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
* may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
* GPL.
*/
#ifdef notdef
#include "xp_core.h"
#include "xp_file.h"
#endif
#include "secrng.h"
#include "mcom_db.h"
#ifdef XP_MAC
#include <Events.h>
#include <OSUtils.h>
#include <QDOffscreen.h>
#include <PPCToolbox.h>
#include <Processes.h>
#include <LowMem.h>
#include <Scrap.h>
/* Static prototypes */
static size_t CopyLowBits(void *dst, size_t dstlen, void *src, size_t srclen);
void FE_ReadScreen();
static size_t CopyLowBits(void *dst, size_t dstlen, void *src, size_t srclen)
{
union endianness {
int32 i;
char c[4];
} u;
if (srclen <= dstlen) {
memcpy(dst, src, srclen);
return srclen;
}
u.i = 0x01020304;
if (u.c[0] == 0x01) {
/* big-endian case */
memcpy(dst, (char*)src + (srclen - dstlen), dstlen);
} else {
/* little-endian case */
memcpy(dst, src, dstlen);
}
return dstlen;
}
size_t RNG_GetNoise(void *buf, size_t maxbytes)
{
UnsignedWide microTickCount;
Microseconds(&microTickCount);
return CopyLowBits(buf, maxbytes, &microTickCount, sizeof(microTickCount));
}
void RNG_FileForRNG(const char *filename)
{
unsigned char buffer[BUFSIZ];
size_t bytes;
#ifdef notdef /*sigh*/
XP_File file;
unsigned long totalFileBytes = 0;
if (filename == NULL) /* For now, read in global history if filename is null */
file = XP_FileOpen(NULL, xpGlobalHistory,XP_FILE_READ_BIN);
else
file = XP_FileOpen(NULL, xpURL,XP_FILE_READ_BIN);
if (file != NULL) {
for (;;) {
bytes = XP_FileRead(buffer, sizeof(buffer), file);
if (bytes == 0) break;
RNG_RandomUpdate( buffer, bytes);
totalFileBytes += bytes;
if (totalFileBytes > 100*1024) break; /* No more than 100 K */
}
XP_FileClose(file);
}
#endif
/*
* Pass yet another snapshot of our highest resolution clock into
* the hash function.
*/
bytes = RNG_GetNoise(buffer, sizeof(buffer));
RNG_RandomUpdate(buffer, sizeof(buffer));
}
void RNG_SystemInfoForRNG()
{
/* Time */
{
unsigned long sec;
size_t bytes;
GetDateTime(&sec); /* Current time since 1970 */
RNG_RandomUpdate( &sec, sizeof(sec));
bytes = RNG_GetNoise(&sec, sizeof(sec));
RNG_RandomUpdate(&sec, bytes);
}
/* User specific variables */
{
MachineLocation loc;
ReadLocation(&loc);
RNG_RandomUpdate( &loc, sizeof(loc));
}
#if !TARGET_CARBON
/* User name */
{
unsigned long userRef;
Str32 userName;
GetDefaultUser(&userRef, userName);
RNG_RandomUpdate( &userRef, sizeof(userRef));
RNG_RandomUpdate( userName, sizeof(userName));
}
#endif
/* Mouse location */
{
Point mouseLoc;
GetMouse(&mouseLoc);
RNG_RandomUpdate( &mouseLoc, sizeof(mouseLoc));
}
/* Keyboard time threshold */
{
SInt16 keyTresh = LMGetKeyThresh();
RNG_RandomUpdate( &keyTresh, sizeof(keyTresh));
}
/* Last key pressed */
{
SInt8 keyLast;
keyLast = LMGetKbdLast();
RNG_RandomUpdate( &keyLast, sizeof(keyLast));
}
/* Volume */
{
UInt8 volume = LMGetSdVolume();
RNG_RandomUpdate( &volume, sizeof(volume));
}
#if !TARGET_CARBON
/* Current directory */
{
SInt32 dir = LMGetCurDirStore();
RNG_RandomUpdate( &dir, sizeof(dir));
}
#endif
/* Process information about all the processes in the machine */
{
ProcessSerialNumber process;
ProcessInfoRec pi;
process.highLongOfPSN = process.lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
while (GetNextProcess(&process) == noErr)
{
FSSpec fileSpec;
pi.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
pi.processName = NULL;
pi.processAppSpec = &fileSpec;
GetProcessInformation(&process, &pi);
RNG_RandomUpdate( &pi, sizeof(pi));
RNG_RandomUpdate( &fileSpec, sizeof(fileSpec));
}
}
#if !TARGET_CARBON
/* Heap */
{
THz zone = LMGetTheZone();
RNG_RandomUpdate( &zone, sizeof(zone));
}
#endif
/* Screen */
{
GDHandle h = GetMainDevice(); /* GDHandle is **GDevice */
RNG_RandomUpdate( *h, sizeof(GDevice));
}
#if !TARGET_CARBON
/* Scrap size */
{
SInt32 scrapSize = LMGetScrapSize();
RNG_RandomUpdate( &scrapSize, sizeof(scrapSize));
}
/* Scrap count */
{
SInt16 scrapCount = LMGetScrapCount();
RNG_RandomUpdate( &scrapCount, sizeof(scrapCount));
}
#else
{
ScrapRef scrap;
if (GetCurrentScrap(&scrap) == noErr) {
UInt32 flavorCount;
if (GetScrapFlavorCount(scrap, &flavorCount) == noErr) {
ScrapFlavorInfo* flavorInfo = (ScrapFlavorInfo*) malloc(flavorCount * sizeof(ScrapFlavorInfo));
if (flavorInfo != NULL) {
if (GetScrapFlavorInfoList(scrap, &flavorCount, flavorInfo) == noErr) {
UInt32 i;
RNG_RandomUpdate(&flavorCount, sizeof(flavorCount));
for (i = 0; i < flavorCount; ++i) {
Size flavorSize;
if (GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, flavorInfo[i].flavorType, &flavorSize) == noErr)
RNG_RandomUpdate(&flavorSize, sizeof(flavorSize));
}
}
free(flavorInfo);
}
}
}
}
#endif
/* File stuff, last modified, etc. */
{
HParamBlockRec pb;
GetVolParmsInfoBuffer volInfo;
pb.ioParam.ioVRefNum = 0;
pb.ioParam.ioNamePtr = nil;
pb.ioParam.ioBuffer = (Ptr) &volInfo;
pb.ioParam.ioReqCount = sizeof(volInfo);
PBHGetVolParmsSync(&pb);
RNG_RandomUpdate( &volInfo, sizeof(volInfo));
}
#if !TARGET_CARBON
/* Event queue */
{
EvQElPtr eventQ;
for (eventQ = (EvQElPtr) LMGetEventQueue()->qHead;
eventQ;
eventQ = (EvQElPtr)eventQ->qLink)
RNG_RandomUpdate( &eventQ->evtQWhat, sizeof(EventRecord));
}
#endif
FE_ReadScreen();
RNG_FileForRNG(NULL);
}
void FE_ReadScreen()
{
UInt16 coords[4];
PixMapHandle pmap;
GDHandle gh;
UInt16 screenHeight;
UInt16 screenWidth; /* just what they say */
UInt32 bytesToRead; /* number of bytes we're giving */
UInt32 offset; /* offset into the graphics buffer */
UInt16 rowBytes;
UInt32 rowsToRead;
float bytesPerPixel; /* dependent on buffer depth */
Ptr p; /* temporary */
UInt16 x, y, w, h;
gh = LMGetMainDevice();
if ( !gh )
return;
pmap = (**gh).gdPMap;
if ( !pmap )
return;
RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes( coords, sizeof( coords ) );
/* make x and y inside the screen rect */
screenHeight = (**pmap).bounds.bottom - (**pmap).bounds.top;
screenWidth = (**pmap).bounds.right - (**pmap).bounds.left;
x = coords[0] % screenWidth;
y = coords[1] % screenHeight;
w = ( coords[2] & 0x7F ) | 0x40; /* Make sure that w is in the range 64..128 */
h = ( coords[3] & 0x7F ) | 0x40; /* same for h */
bytesPerPixel = (**pmap).pixelSize / 8;
rowBytes = (**pmap).rowBytes & 0x7FFF;
/* starting address */
offset = ( rowBytes * y ) + (UInt32)( (float)x * bytesPerPixel );
/* don't read past the end of the pixmap's rowbytes */
bytesToRead = PR_MIN( (UInt32)( w * bytesPerPixel ),
(UInt32)( rowBytes - ( x * bytesPerPixel ) ) );
/* don't read past the end of the graphics device pixmap */
rowsToRead = PR_MIN( h,
( screenHeight - y ) );
p = GetPixBaseAddr( pmap ) + offset;
while ( rowsToRead-- )
{
RNG_RandomUpdate( p, bytesToRead );
p += rowBytes;
}
}
#endif

View File

@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Portions created by Sun Microsystems, Inc. are Copyright (C) 2003
# Sun Microsystems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
# terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
# "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
# instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
# version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
# allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
# indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
# replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
# the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
# may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
# GPL.
#
CORE_DEPTH = ../../..
MODULE = nss
ifndef FREEBL_RECURSIVE_BUILD
LIBRARY_NAME = freebl
else
ifdef USE_PURE_32
CORE_DEPTH = ../../../..
LIBRARY_NAME = freebl_pure32
else
LIBRARY_NAME = freebl_hybrid
endif
endif
# same version as rest of freebl
LIBRARY_VERSION = _3
DEFINES += -DSHLIB_SUFFIX=\"$(DLL_SUFFIX)\" -DSHLIB_PREFIX=\"$(DLL_PREFIX)\"
REQUIRES =
EXPORTS = \
blapi.h \
blapit.h \
secrng.h \
shsign.h \
$(NULL)
PRIVATE_EXPORTS = \
secmpi.h \
ec.h \
$(NULL)
MPI_HDRS = mpi-config.h mpi.h mpi-priv.h mplogic.h mpprime.h logtab.h mp_gf2m.h
MPI_SRCS = mpprime.c mpmontg.c mplogic.c mpi.c mp_gf2m.c
ifdef MOZILLA_BSAFE_BUILD
CSRCS = \
fblstdlib.c \
sha_fast.c \
md2.c \
md5.c \
blapi_bsf.c \
$(MPI_SRCS) \
dh.c \
$(NULL)
else
CSRCS = \
ldvector.c \
prng_fips1861.c \
sysrand.c \
sha_fast.c \
md2.c \
md5.c \
sha512.c \
alg2268.c \
arcfour.c \
arcfive.c \
desblapi.c \
des.c \
rijndael.c \
aeskeywrap.c \
dh.c \
ec.c \
GFp_ecl.c \
GF2m_ecl.c \
pqg.c \
dsa.c \
rsa.c \
shvfy.c \
$(MPI_SRCS) \
$(NULL)
endif
ALL_CSRCS := $(CSRCS)
ALL_HDRS = \
blapi.h \
blapit.h \
des.h \
ec.h \
GFp_ecl.h \
GF2m_ecl.h \
loader.h \
rijndael.h \
secmpi.h \
sha.h \
sha_fast.h \
shsign.h \
vis_proto.h \
$(NULL)
ifdef AES_GEN_TBL
DEFINES += -DRIJNDAEL_GENERATE_TABLES
else
ifdef AES_GEN_TBL_M
DEFINES += -DRIJNDAEL_GENERATE_TABLES_MACRO
else
ifdef AES_GEN_VAL
DEFINES += -DRIJNDAEL_GENERATE_VALUES
else
ifdef AES_GEN_VAL_M
DEFINES += -DRIJNDAEL_GENERATE_VALUES_MACRO
else
DEFINES += -DRIJNDAEL_INCLUDE_TABLES
endif
endif
endif
endif

View File

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
# terms of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the
# "GPL"), in which case the provisions of the GPL are applicable
# instead of those above. If you wish to allow use of your
# version of this file only under the terms of the GPL and not to
# allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL,
# indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and
# replace them with the notice and other provisions required by
# the GPL. If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
# may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the
# GPL.
#
libfreebl_3.so {
global:
FREEBL_GetVector;
local:
*;
};

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/******************************************************************************************
MODULE NOTES:
This file contains the nsStr data structure.
This general purpose buffer management class is used as the basis for our strings.
It's benefits include:
1. An efficient set of library style functions for manipulating nsStrs
2. Support for 1 and 2 byte character strings (which can easily be increased to n)
3. Unicode awareness and interoperability.
*******************************************************************************************/
#include "nsStr.h"
#include "bufferRoutines.h"
#include "stdio.h" //only used for printf
#include "nsCRT.h"
#include "nsDeque.h"
//static const char* kCallFindChar = "For better performance, call FindChar() for targets whose length==1.";
//static const char* kCallRFindChar = "For better performance, call RFindChar() for targets whose length==1.";
static const PRUnichar gCommonEmptyBuffer[1] = {0};
/**
* This method initializes all the members of the nsStr structure
*
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::Initialize(nsStr& aDest,eCharSize aCharSize) {
aDest.mStr=(char*)gCommonEmptyBuffer;
aDest.mLength=0;
aDest.mCapacity=0;
aDest.mCharSize=aCharSize;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=0;
}
/**
* This method initializes all the members of the nsStr structure
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::Initialize(nsStr& aDest,char* aCString,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRUint32 aLength,eCharSize aCharSize,PRBool aOwnsBuffer){
aDest.mStr=(aCString) ? aCString : (char*)gCommonEmptyBuffer;
aDest.mLength=aLength;
aDest.mCapacity=aCapacity;
aDest.mCharSize=aCharSize;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=aOwnsBuffer;
}
/**
* This member destroys the memory buffer owned by an nsStr object (if it actually owns it)
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::Destroy(nsStr& aDest) {
if((aDest.mStr) && (aDest.mStr!=(char*)gCommonEmptyBuffer)) {
Free(aDest);
}
}
/**
* This method gets called when the internal buffer needs
* to grow to a given size. The original contents are not preserved.
* @update gess 3/30/98
* @param aNewLength -- new capacity of string in charSize units
* @return void
*/
PRBool nsStr::EnsureCapacity(nsStr& aString,PRUint32 aNewLength) {
PRBool result=PR_TRUE;
if(aNewLength>aString.mCapacity) {
result=Realloc(aString,aNewLength);
if(aString.mStr)
AddNullTerminator(aString);
}
return result;
}
/**
* This method gets called when the internal buffer needs
* to grow to a given size. The original contents ARE preserved.
* @update gess 3/30/98
* @param aNewLength -- new capacity of string in charSize units
* @return void
*/
PRBool nsStr::GrowCapacity(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aNewLength) {
PRBool result=PR_TRUE;
if(aNewLength>aDest.mCapacity) {
nsStr theTempStr;
nsStr::Initialize(theTempStr,aDest.mCharSize);
result=EnsureCapacity(theTempStr,aNewLength);
if(result) {
if(aDest.mLength) {
Append(theTempStr,aDest,0,aDest.mLength);
}
Free(aDest);
aDest.mStr = theTempStr.mStr;
theTempStr.mStr=0; //make sure to null this out so that you don't lose the buffer you just stole...
aDest.mLength=theTempStr.mLength;
aDest.mCapacity=theTempStr.mCapacity;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=theTempStr.mOwnsBuffer;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* Replaces the contents of aDest with aSource, up to aCount of chars.
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param aDest is the nsStr that gets changed.
* @param aSource is where chars are copied from
* @param aCount is the number of chars copied from aSource
*/
void nsStr::Assign(nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount){
if(&aDest!=&aSource){
Truncate(aDest,0);
Append(aDest,aSource,anOffset,aCount);
}
}
/**
* This method appends the given nsStr to this one. Note that we have to
* pay attention to the underlying char-size of both structs.
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be manipulated
* @param aSource is where char are copied from
* @aCount is the number of bytes to be copied
*/
void nsStr::Append(nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount){
if(anOffset<aSource.mLength){
PRUint32 theRealLen=(aCount<0) ? aSource.mLength : MinInt(aCount,aSource.mLength);
PRUint32 theLength=(anOffset+theRealLen<aSource.mLength) ? theRealLen : (aSource.mLength-anOffset);
if(0<theLength){
PRBool isBigEnough=PR_TRUE;
if(aDest.mLength+theLength > aDest.mCapacity) {
isBigEnough=GrowCapacity(aDest,aDest.mLength+theLength);
}
if(isBigEnough) {
//now append new chars, starting at offset
(*gCopyChars[aSource.mCharSize][aDest.mCharSize])(aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aSource.mStr,anOffset,theLength);
aDest.mLength+=theLength;
AddNullTerminator(aDest);
}
}
}
}
/**
* This method inserts up to "aCount" chars from a source nsStr into a dest nsStr.
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param aDest is the nsStr that gets changed
* @param aDestOffset is where in aDest the insertion is to occur
* @param aSource is where chars are copied from
* @param aSrcOffset is where in aSource chars are copied from
* @param aCount is the number of chars from aSource to be inserted into aDest
*/
void nsStr::Insert( nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 aSrcOffset,PRInt32 aCount){
//there are a few cases for insert:
// 1. You're inserting chars into an empty string (assign)
// 2. You're inserting onto the end of a string (append)
// 3. You're inserting onto the 1..n-1 pos of a string (the hard case).
if(0<aSource.mLength){
if(aDest.mLength){
if(aDestOffset<aDest.mLength){
PRInt32 theRealLen=(aCount<0) ? aSource.mLength : MinInt(aCount,aSource.mLength);
PRInt32 theLength=(aSrcOffset+theRealLen<aSource.mLength) ? theRealLen : (aSource.mLength-aSrcOffset);
if(aSrcOffset<aSource.mLength) {
//here's the only new case we have to handle.
//chars are really being inserted into our buffer...
if(aDest.mLength+theLength > aDest.mCapacity) {
nsStr theTempStr;
nsStr::Initialize(theTempStr,aDest.mCharSize);
PRBool isBigEnough=EnsureCapacity(theTempStr,aDest.mLength+theLength); //grow the temp buffer to the right size
if(isBigEnough) {
if(aDestOffset) {
Append(theTempStr,aDest,0,aDestOffset); //first copy leftmost data...
}
Append(theTempStr,aSource,0,aSource.mLength); //next copy inserted (new) data
PRUint32 theRemains=aDest.mLength-aDestOffset;
if(theRemains) {
Append(theTempStr,aDest,aDestOffset,theRemains); //next copy rightmost data
}
Free(aDest);
aDest.mStr = theTempStr.mStr;
theTempStr.mStr=0; //make sure to null this out so that you don't lose the buffer you just stole...
aDest.mCapacity=theTempStr.mCapacity;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=theTempStr.mOwnsBuffer;
}
}
else {
//shift the chars right by theDelta...
(*gShiftChars[aDest.mCharSize][KSHIFTRIGHT])(aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aDestOffset,theLength);
//now insert new chars, starting at offset
(*gCopyChars[aSource.mCharSize][aDest.mCharSize])(aDest.mStr,aDestOffset,aSource.mStr,aSrcOffset,theLength);
}
//finally, make sure to update the string length...
aDest.mLength+=theLength;
AddNullTerminator(aDest);
}//if
//else nothing to do!
}
else Append(aDest,aSource,0,aCount);
}
else Append(aDest,aSource,0,aCount);
}
}
/**
* This method deletes up to aCount chars from aDest
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be manipulated
* @param aDestOffset is where in aDest deletion is to occur
* @param aCount is the number of chars to be deleted in aDest
*/
void nsStr::Delete(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset,PRUint32 aCount){
if(aDestOffset<aDest.mLength){
PRUint32 theDelta=aDest.mLength-aDestOffset;
PRUint32 theLength=(theDelta<aCount) ? theDelta : aCount;
if(aDestOffset+theLength<aDest.mLength) {
//if you're here, it means we're cutting chars out of the middle of the string...
//so shift the chars left by theLength...
(*gShiftChars[aDest.mCharSize][KSHIFTLEFT])(aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aDestOffset,theLength);
aDest.mLength-=theLength;
AddNullTerminator(aDest);
}
else Truncate(aDest,aDestOffset);
}//if
}
/**
* This method truncates the given nsStr at given offset
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be truncated
* @param aDestOffset is where in aDest truncation is to occur
*/
void nsStr::Truncate(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset){
if(aDestOffset<aDest.mLength){
aDest.mLength=aDestOffset;
AddNullTerminator(aDest);
}
}
/**
* This method forces the given string to upper or lowercase
* @update gess1/7/99
* @param aDest is the string you're going to change
* @param aToUpper: if TRUE, then we go uppercase, otherwise we go lowercase
* @return
*/
void nsStr::ChangeCase(nsStr& aDest,PRBool aToUpper) {
// somehow UnicharUtil return failed, fallback to the old ascii only code
gCaseConverters[aDest.mCharSize](aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aToUpper);
}
/**
*
* @update gess1/7/99
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::Trim(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading,PRBool aEliminateTrailing){
if((aDest.mLength>0) && aSet){
PRInt32 theIndex=-1;
PRInt32 theMax=aDest.mLength;
PRInt32 theSetLen=nsCRT::strlen(aSet);
if(aEliminateLeading) {
while(++theIndex<=theMax) {
PRUnichar theChar=GetCharAt(aDest,theIndex);
PRInt32 thePos=gFindChars[eOneByte](aSet,theSetLen,0,theChar,PR_FALSE);
if(kNotFound==thePos)
break;
}
if(0<theIndex) {
if(theIndex<theMax) {
Delete(aDest,0,theIndex);
}
else Truncate(aDest,0);
}
}
if(aEliminateTrailing) {
theIndex=aDest.mLength;
PRInt32 theNewLen=theIndex;
while(--theIndex>0) {
PRUnichar theChar=GetCharAt(aDest,theIndex); //read at end now...
PRInt32 thePos=gFindChars[eOneByte](aSet,theSetLen,0,theChar,PR_FALSE);
if(kNotFound<thePos)
theNewLen=theIndex;
else break;
}
if(theNewLen<theMax) {
Truncate(aDest,theNewLen);
}
}
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess1/7/99
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::CompressSet(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading,PRBool aEliminateTrailing){
Trim(aDest,aSet,aEliminateLeading,aEliminateTrailing);
PRUint32 aNewLen=gCompressChars[aDest.mCharSize](aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aSet);
aDest.mLength=aNewLen;
}
/**
*
* @update gess1/7/99
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::StripChars(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet){
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (aSet)) {
PRUint32 aNewLen=gStripChars[aDest.mCharSize](aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aSet);
aDest.mLength=aNewLen;
}
}
/**************************************************************
Searching methods...
**************************************************************/
/**
* This searches aDest for a given substring
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param aTarget is the substring you're trying to find.
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::FindSubstr(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aTarget, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
// NS_PRECONDITION(aTarget.mLength!=1,kCallFindChar);
PRInt32 result=kNotFound;
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (anOffset<(PRInt32)aDest.mLength)) {
PRInt32 theMax=aDest.mLength-aTarget.mLength;
PRInt32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? anOffset : 0;
if((aDest.mLength>=aTarget.mLength) && (aTarget.mLength>0) && (index>=0)){
PRInt32 theTargetMax=aTarget.mLength;
while(index<=theMax) {
PRInt32 theSubIndex=-1;
PRBool matches=PR_TRUE;
while((++theSubIndex<theTargetMax) && (matches)){
PRUnichar theChar=(aIgnoreCase) ? nsCRT::ToLower(GetCharAt(aDest,index+theSubIndex)) : GetCharAt(aDest,index+theSubIndex);
PRUnichar theTargetChar=(aIgnoreCase) ? nsCRT::ToLower(GetCharAt(aTarget,theSubIndex)) : GetCharAt(aTarget,theSubIndex);
matches=PRBool(theChar==theTargetChar);
}
if(matches) {
result=index;
break;
}
index++;
} //while
}//if
}//if
return result;
}
/**
* This searches aDest for a given character
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param char is the character you're trying to find.
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::FindChar(const nsStr& aDest,PRUnichar aChar, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
PRInt32 result=kNotFound;
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (anOffset<(PRInt32)aDest.mLength)) {
PRUint32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? (PRUint32)anOffset : 0;
result=gFindChars[aDest.mCharSize](aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,index,aChar,aIgnoreCase);
}
return result;
}
/**
* This searches aDest for a character found in aSet.
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param aSet contains a list of chars to be searched for
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::FindCharInSet(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSet,PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
//NS_PRECONDITION(aSet.mLength!=1,kCallFindChar);
PRInt32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? anOffset-1 : -1;
PRInt32 thePos;
//Note that the search is inverted here. We're scanning aDest, one char at a time
//but doing the search against the given set. That's why we use 0 as the offset below.
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (0<aSet.mLength)){
while(++index<(PRInt32)aDest.mLength) {
PRUnichar theChar=GetCharAt(aDest,index);
thePos=gFindChars[aSet.mCharSize](aSet.mStr,aSet.mLength,0,theChar,aIgnoreCase);
if(kNotFound!=thePos)
return index;
} //while
}
return kNotFound;
}
/**************************************************************
Reverse Searching methods...
**************************************************************/
/**
* This searches aDest (in reverse) for a given substring
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param aTarget is the substring you're trying to find.
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search (counting from left)
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::RFindSubstr(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aTarget, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
//NS_PRECONDITION(aTarget.mLength!=1,kCallRFindChar);
PRInt32 result=kNotFound;
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (anOffset<(PRInt32)aDest.mLength)) {
PRInt32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? anOffset : aDest.mLength-1;
if((aDest.mLength>=aTarget.mLength) && (aTarget.mLength>0) && (index>=0)){
nsStr theCopy;
nsStr::Initialize(theCopy,eOneByte);
nsStr::Assign(theCopy,aTarget,0,aTarget.mLength);
if(aIgnoreCase){
nsStr::ChangeCase(theCopy,PR_FALSE); //force to lowercase
}
PRInt32 theTargetMax=theCopy.mLength;
while(index>=0) {
PRInt32 theSubIndex=-1;
PRBool matches=PR_FALSE;
if(index+theCopy.mLength<=aDest.mLength) {
matches=PR_TRUE;
while((++theSubIndex<theTargetMax) && (matches)){
PRUnichar theDestChar=(aIgnoreCase) ? nsCRT::ToLower(GetCharAt(aDest,index+theSubIndex)) : GetCharAt(aDest,index+theSubIndex);
PRUnichar theTargetChar=GetCharAt(theCopy,theSubIndex);
matches=PRBool(theDestChar==theTargetChar);
} //while
} //if
if(matches) {
result=index;
break;
}
index--;
} //while
nsStr::Destroy(theCopy);
}//if
}//if
return result;
}
/**
* This searches aDest (in reverse) for a given character
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param char is the character you're trying to find.
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::RFindChar(const nsStr& aDest,PRUnichar aChar, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
PRInt32 result=kNotFound;
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (anOffset<(PRInt32)aDest.mLength)) {
PRUint32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? anOffset : aDest.mLength-1;
result=gRFindChars[aDest.mCharSize](aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,index,aChar,aIgnoreCase);
}
return result;
}
/**
* This searches aDest (in reverese) for a character found in aSet.
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param aSet contains a list of chars to be searched for
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::RFindCharInSet(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSet,PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
//NS_PRECONDITION(aSet.mLength!=1,kCallRFindChar);
PRInt32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? anOffset : aDest.mLength;
PRInt32 thePos;
//note that the search is inverted here. We're scanning aDest, one char at a time
//but doing the search against the given set. That's why we use 0 as the offset below.
if(0<aDest.mLength) {
while(--index>=0) {
PRUnichar theChar=GetCharAt(aDest,index);
thePos=gFindChars[aSet.mCharSize](aSet.mStr,aSet.mLength,0,theChar,aIgnoreCase);
if(kNotFound!=thePos)
return index;
} //while
}
return kNotFound;
}
/**
* Compare source and dest strings, up to an (optional max) number of chars
* @param aDest is the first str to compare
* @param aSource is the second str to compare
* @param aCount -- if (-1), then we use length of longer string; if (0<aCount) then it gives the max # of chars to compare
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to search with case sensitivity
* @return aDest<aSource=-1;aDest==aSource==0;aDest>aSource=1
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::Compare(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRInt32 aCount,PRBool aIgnoreCase) {
PRInt32 result=0;
if(aCount) {
PRInt32 minlen=(aSource.mLength<aDest.mLength) ? aSource.mLength : aDest.mLength;
if(0==minlen) {
if ((aDest.mLength == 0) && (aSource.mLength == 0))
return 0;
if (aDest.mLength == 0)
return -1;
return 1;
}
PRInt32 maxlen=(aSource.mLength<aDest.mLength) ? aDest.mLength : aSource.mLength;
aCount = (aCount<0) ? maxlen : MinInt(aCount,maxlen);
result=(*gCompare[aDest.mCharSize][aSource.mCharSize])(aDest.mStr,aSource.mStr,aCount,aIgnoreCase);
}
return result;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRBool nsStr::Alloc(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aCount) {
static int mAllocCount=0;
mAllocCount++;
//we're given the acount value in charunits; now scale up to next multiple.
PRUint32 theNewCapacity=kDefaultStringSize;
while(theNewCapacity<aCount){
theNewCapacity<<=1;
}
aDest.mCapacity=theNewCapacity++;
PRUint32 theSize=(theNewCapacity<<aDest.mCharSize);
aDest.mStr = (char*)nsAllocator::Alloc(theSize);
PRBool result=PR_FALSE;
if(aDest.mStr) {
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=1;
result=PR_TRUE;
}
return result;
}
PRBool nsStr::Free(nsStr& aDest){
if(aDest.mStr){
if(aDest.mOwnsBuffer){
nsAllocator::Free(aDest.mStr);
}
aDest.mStr=0;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=0;
return PR_TRUE;
}
return PR_FALSE;
}
PRBool nsStr::Realloc(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aCount){
nsStr temp;
memcpy(&temp,&aDest,sizeof(aDest));
PRBool result=Alloc(temp,aCount);
if(result) {
Free(aDest);
aDest.mStr=temp.mStr;
aDest.mCapacity=temp.mCapacity;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=temp.mOwnsBuffer;
}
return result;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CBufDescriptor::CBufDescriptor(char* aString,PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength) {
mBuffer=aString;
mCharSize=eOneByte;
mStackBased=aStackBased;
mIsConst=PR_FALSE;
mLength=mCapacity=0;
if(aString && aCapacity>1) {
mCapacity=aCapacity-1;
mLength=(-1==aLength) ? strlen(aString) : aLength;
if(mLength>PRInt32(mCapacity))
mLength=mCapacity;
}
}
CBufDescriptor::CBufDescriptor(const char* aString,PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength) {
mBuffer=(char*)aString;
mCharSize=eOneByte;
mStackBased=aStackBased;
mIsConst=PR_TRUE;
mLength=mCapacity=0;
if(aString && aCapacity>1) {
mCapacity=aCapacity-1;
mLength=(-1==aLength) ? strlen(aString) : aLength;
if(mLength>PRInt32(mCapacity))
mLength=mCapacity;
}
}
CBufDescriptor::CBufDescriptor(PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength) {
mBuffer=(char*)aString;
mCharSize=eTwoByte;
mStackBased=aStackBased;
mLength=mCapacity=0;
mIsConst=PR_FALSE;
if(aString && aCapacity>1) {
mCapacity=aCapacity-1;
mLength=(-1==aLength) ? nsCRT::strlen(aString) : aLength;
if(mLength>PRInt32(mCapacity))
mLength=mCapacity;
}
}
CBufDescriptor::CBufDescriptor(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength) {
mBuffer=(char*)aString;
mCharSize=eTwoByte;
mStackBased=aStackBased;
mLength=mCapacity=0;
mIsConst=PR_TRUE;
if(aString && aCapacity>1) {
mCapacity=aCapacity-1;
mLength=(-1==aLength) ? nsCRT::strlen(aString) : aLength;
if(mLength>PRInt32(mCapacity))
mLength=mCapacity;
}
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/***********************************************************************
MODULE NOTES:
1. There are two philosophies to building string classes:
A. Hide the underlying buffer & offer API's allow indirect iteration
B. Reveal underlying buffer, risk corruption, but gain performance
We chose the option B for performance reasons.
2 Our internal buffer always holds capacity+1 bytes.
The nsStr struct is a simple structure (no methods) that contains
the necessary info to be described as a string. This simple struct
is manipulated by the static methods provided in this class.
(Which effectively makes this a library that works on structs).
There are also object-based versions called nsString and nsAutoString
which use nsStr but makes it look at feel like an object.
***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************
ASSUMPTIONS:
1. nsStrings and nsAutoString are always null terminated.
2. If you try to set a null char (via SetChar()) a new length is set
3. nsCStrings can be upsampled into nsString without data loss
4. Char searching is faster than string searching. Use char interfaces
if your needs will allow it.
5. It's easy to use the stack for nsAutostring buffer storage (fast too!).
See the CBufDescriptor class in this file.
6. It's ONLY ok to provide non-null-terminated buffers to Append() and Insert()
provided you specify a 0<n value for the optional count argument.
7. Downsampling from nsString to nsCString is lossy -- avoid it if possible!
8. Calls to ToNewCString() and ToNewUnicode() should be matched with calls to Recycle().
***********************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************************
AND NOW FOR SOME GENERAL DOCUMENTATION ON STRING USAGE...
The fundamental datatype in the string library is nsStr. It's a structure that
provides the buffer storage and meta-info. It also provides a C-style library
of functions for direct manipulation (for those of you who prefer K&R to Bjarne).
Here's a diagram of the class hierarchy:
nsStr
|___nsString
| |
| ------nsAutoString
|
|___nsCString
|
------nsCAutoString
Why so many string classes? The 4 variants give you the control you need to
determine the best class for your purpose. There are 2 dimensions to this
flexibility: 1) stack vs. heap; and 2) 1-byte chars vs. 2-byte chars.
Note: While nsAutoString and nsCAutoString begin life using stack-based storage,
they may not stay that way. Like all nsString classes, autostrings will
automatically grow to contain the data you provide. When autostrings
grow beyond their intrinsic buffer, they switch to heap based allocations.
(We avoid alloca to avoid considerable platform difficulties; see the
GNU documentation for more details).
I should also briefly mention that all the string classes use a "memory agent"
object to perform memory operations. This class proxies the standard nsAllocator
for actual memory calls, but knows the structure of nsStr making heap operations
more localized.
CHOOSING A STRING CLASS:
In order to choose a string class for you purpose, use this handy table:
heap-based stack-based
-----------------------------------
ascii data | nsCString nsCAutoString |
|----------------------------------
unicode data | nsString nsAutoString |
-----------------------------------
Note: The i18n folks will stenuously object if we get too carried away with the
use of nsCString's that pass interface boundaries. Try to limit your
use of these to external interfaces that demand them, or for your own
private purposes in cases where they'll never be seen by humans.
PERFORMANCE CONSIDERATIONS:
Here are a few tricks to know in order to get better string performance:
1) Try to limit conversions between ascii and unicode; By sticking with nsString
wherever possible your code will be i18n-compliant.
2) Preallocating your string buffer cuts down trips to the allocator. So if you
have need for an arbitrarily large buffer, pre-size it like this:
{
nsString mBuffer;
mBuffer.SetCapacity(aReasonableSize);
}
3) Allocating nsAutoString or nsCAutoString on the heap is memory inefficient
(after all, the whole point is to avoid a heap allocation of the buffer).
4) Consider using an autoString to write into your arbitrarily-sized stack buffers, rather
than it's own buffers.
For example, let's say you're going to call printf() to emit pretty-printed debug output
of your object. You know from experience that the pretty-printed version of your object
exceeds the capacity of an autostring. Ignoring memory considerations, you could simply
use nsCString, appending the stringized version of each of your class's data members.
This will probably result in calls to the heap manager.
But there's a way to do this without necessarily having to call the heap manager.
All you do is declare a stack based buffer and instruct nsCString to use that instead
of it's own internal buffer by using the CBufDescriptor class:
{
char theBuffer[256];
CBufDescritor theBufDecriptor( theBuffer, PR_TRUE, sizeof(theBuffer), 0);
nsCAutoString s3( theBufDescriptor );
s3="HELLO, my name is inigo montoya, you killed my father, prepare to die!.";
}
The assignment statment to s3 will cause the given string to be written to your
stack-based buffer via the normal nsString/nsCString interfaces. Cool, huh?
Note however that just like any other nsStringXXX use, if you write more data
than will fit in the buffer, a visit to the heap manager will be in order.
**********************************************************************************/
#ifndef _nsStr
#define _nsStr
#include "nscore.h"
#include "nsIAllocator.h"
#include <string.h>
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum eCharSize {eOneByte=0,eTwoByte=1};
#define kDefaultCharSize eTwoByte
#define kRadix10 (10)
#define kRadix16 (16)
#define kAutoDetect (100)
#define kRadixUnknown (kAutoDetect+1)
const PRInt32 kDefaultStringSize = 64;
const PRInt32 kNotFound = -1;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
class NS_COM CBufDescriptor {
public:
CBufDescriptor(char* aString, PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
CBufDescriptor(const char* aString, PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
CBufDescriptor(PRUnichar* aString, PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
CBufDescriptor(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
char* mBuffer;
eCharSize mCharSize;
PRUint32 mCapacity;
PRInt32 mLength;
PRBool mStackBased;
PRBool mIsConst;
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct NS_COM nsStr {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
nsStr() {
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsStr);
}
~nsStr() {
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsStr);
}
/**
* This method initializes an nsStr for use
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the nsStr to be initialized
* @param aCharSize tells us the requested char size (1 or 2 bytes)
*/
static void Initialize(nsStr& aDest,eCharSize aCharSize);
/**
* This method initializes an nsStr for use
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the nsStr to be initialized
* @param aCharSize tells us the requested char size (1 or 2 bytes)
*/
static void Initialize(nsStr& aDest,char* aCString,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRUint32 aLength,eCharSize aCharSize,PRBool aOwnsBuffer);
/**
* This method destroys the given nsStr, and *MAY*
* deallocate it's memory depending on the setting
* of the internal mOwnsBUffer flag.
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the nsStr to be manipulated
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used to the nsStr
*/
static void Destroy(nsStr& aDest);
/**
* These methods are where memory allocation/reallocation occur.
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the nsStr to be manipulated
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used on the nsStr
* @return
*/
static PRBool EnsureCapacity(nsStr& aString,PRUint32 aNewLength);
static PRBool GrowCapacity(nsStr& aString,PRUint32 aNewLength);
/**
* These methods are used to append content to the given nsStr
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be appended to
* @param aSource is the buffer to be copied from
* @param anOffset tells us where in source to start copying
* @param aCount tells us the (max) # of chars to copy
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used for alloc/free operations
*/
static void Append(nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount);
/**
* These methods are used to assign contents of a source string to dest string
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be appended to
* @param aSource is the buffer to be copied from
* @param anOffset tells us where in source to start copying
* @param aCount tells us the (max) # of chars to copy
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used for alloc/free operations
*/
static void Assign(nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount);
/**
* These methods are used to insert content from source string to the dest nsStr
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be appended to
* @param aDestOffset tells us where in dest to start insertion
* @param aSource is the buffer to be copied from
* @param aSrcOffset tells us where in source to start copying
* @param aCount tells us the (max) # of chars to insert
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used for alloc/free operations
*/
static void Insert( nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 aSrcOffset,PRInt32 aCount);
/**
* This method deletes chars from the given str.
* The given allocator may choose to resize the str as well.
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be deleted from
* @param aDestOffset tells us where in dest to start deleting
* @param aCount tells us the (max) # of chars to delete
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used for alloc/free operations
*/
static void Delete(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset,PRUint32 aCount);
/**
* This method is used to truncate the given string.
* The given allocator may choose to resize the str as well (but it's not likely).
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be appended to
* @param aDestOffset tells us where in dest to start insertion
* @param aSource is the buffer to be copied from
* @param aSrcOffset tells us where in source to start copying
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used for alloc/free operations
*/
static void Truncate(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset);
/**
* This method is used to perform a case conversion on the given string
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be case shifted
* @param toUpper tells us to go upper vs. lower
*/
static void ChangeCase(nsStr& aDest,PRBool aToUpper);
/**
* This method trims chars (given in aSet) from the edges of given buffer
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the buffer to be manipulated
* @param aSet tells us which chars to remove from given buffer
* @param aEliminateLeading tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @param aEliminateTrailing tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
*/
static void Trim(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading,PRBool aEliminateTrailing);
/**
* This method compresses duplicate runs of a given char from the given buffer
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the buffer to be manipulated
* @param aSet tells us which chars to compress from given buffer
* @param aChar is the replacement char
* @param aEliminateLeading tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @param aEliminateTrailing tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
*/
static void CompressSet(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading,PRBool aEliminateTrailing);
/**
* This method removes all occurances of chars in given set from aDest
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the buffer to be manipulated
* @param aSet tells us which chars to compress from given buffer
* @param aChar is the replacement char
* @param aEliminateLeading tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @param aEliminateTrailing tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
*/
static void StripChars(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet);
/**
* This method compares the data bewteen two nsStr's
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aStr1 is the first buffer to be compared
* @param aStr2 is the 2nd buffer to be compared
* @param aCount is the number of chars to compare
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to use a case-sensitive comparison
* @return -1,0,1 depending on <,==,>
*/
static PRInt32 Compare(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRInt32 aCount,PRBool aIgnoreCase);
/**
* These methods scan the given string for 1 or more chars in a given direction
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be searched to
* @param aSource (or aChar) is the substr we're looking to find
* @param aIgnoreCase tells us whether to search in a case-sensitive manner
* @param anOffset tells us where in the dest string to start searching
* @return the index of the source (substr) in dest, or -1 (kNotFound) if not found.
*/
static PRInt32 FindSubstr(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
static PRInt32 FindChar(const nsStr& aDest,PRUnichar aChar, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
static PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSet,PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
static PRInt32 RFindSubstr(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
static PRInt32 RFindChar(const nsStr& aDest,PRUnichar aChar, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
static PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSet,PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
PRUint32 mLength;
PRUint32 mCapacity;
eCharSize mCharSize;
PRBool mOwnsBuffer;
union {
char* mStr;
PRUnichar* mUStr;
};
private:
static PRBool Alloc(nsStr& aString,PRUint32 aCount);
static PRBool Realloc(nsStr& aString,PRUint32 aCount);
static PRBool Free(nsStr& aString);
};
/**************************************************************
A couple of tiny helper methods used in the string classes.
**************************************************************/
inline PRInt32 MinInt(PRInt32 anInt1,PRInt32 anInt2){
return (anInt1<anInt2) ? anInt1 : anInt2;
}
inline PRInt32 MaxInt(PRInt32 anInt1,PRInt32 anInt2){
return (anInt1<anInt2) ? anInt2 : anInt1;
}
inline void AddNullTerminator(nsStr& aDest) {
if(eTwoByte==aDest.mCharSize)
aDest.mUStr[aDest.mLength]=0;
else aDest.mStr[aDest.mLength]=0;
}
/**
* Return the given buffer to the heap manager. Calls allocator::Free()
* @return string length
*/
inline void Recycle( char* aBuffer) { nsAllocator::Free(aBuffer); }
inline void Recycle( PRUnichar* aBuffer) { nsAllocator::Free(aBuffer); }
/**
* This method is used to access a given char in the given string
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be appended to
* @param anIndex tells us where in dest to get the char from
* @return the given char, or 0 if anIndex is out of range
*/
inline PRUnichar GetCharAt(const nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 anIndex){
if(anIndex<aDest.mLength) {
return (eTwoByte==aDest.mCharSize) ? aDest.mUStr[anIndex] : aDest.mStr[anIndex];
}//if
return 0;
}
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,747 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/***********************************************************************
MODULE NOTES:
See nsStr.h for a more general description of string classes.
This version of the nsString class offers many improvements over the
original version:
1. Wide and narrow chars
2. Allocators
3. Much smarter autostrings
4. Subsumable strings
***********************************************************************/
#ifndef _nsCString_
#define _nsCString_
#include "nsString2.h"
#include "prtypes.h"
#include "nscore.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include "nsStr.h"
#include "nsIAtom.h"
class NS_COM nsSubsumeCStr;
class NS_COM nsCString : public nsStr {
public:
/**
* Default constructor.
*/
nsCString();
/**
* This constructor accepts an isolatin string
* @param aCString is a ptr to a 1-byte cstr
*/
nsCString(const char* aCString,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
/**
* This constructor accepts a unichar string
* @param aCString is a ptr to a 2-byte cstr
*/
nsCString(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
/**
* This is a copy constructor that accepts an nsStr
* @param reference to another nsCString
*/
nsCString(const nsStr&);
/**
* This is our copy constructor
* @param reference to another nsCString
*/
nsCString(const nsCString& aString);
/**
* This constructor takes a subsumestr
* @param reference to subsumestr
*/
nsCString(nsSubsumeCStr& aSubsumeStr);
/**
* Destructor
*
*/
virtual ~nsCString();
/**
* Retrieve the length of this string
* @return string length
*/
inline PRInt32 Length() const { return (PRInt32)mLength; }
/**
* Retrieve the size of this string
* @return string length
*/
virtual void SizeOf(nsISizeOfHandler* aHandler, PRUint32* aResult) const;
/**
* Call this method if you want to force a different string capacity
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param aLength -- contains new length for mStr
* @return
*/
void SetLength(PRUint32 aLength) {
Truncate(aLength);
}
/**
* Sets the new length of the string.
* @param aLength is new string length.
* @return nada
*/
void SetCapacity(PRUint32 aLength);
/**
* This method truncates this string to given length.
*
* @param anIndex -- new length of string
* @return nada
*/
void Truncate(PRInt32 anIndex=0);
/**
* Determine whether or not the characters in this
* string are in sorted order.
*
* @return TRUE if ordered.
*/
PRBool IsOrdered(void) const;
/**
* Determine whether or not this string has a length of 0
*
* @return TRUE if empty.
*/
PRBool IsEmpty(void) const {
return PRBool(0==mLength);
}
/**********************************************************************
Accessor methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Retrieve const ptr to internal buffer; DO NOT TRY TO FREE IT!
*/
const char* GetBuffer(void) const;
/**
* Get nth character.
*/
PRUnichar operator[](PRUint32 anIndex) const;
PRUnichar CharAt(PRUint32 anIndex) const;
PRUnichar First(void) const;
PRUnichar Last(void) const;
PRBool SetCharAt(PRUnichar aChar,PRUint32 anIndex);
/**********************************************************************
String creation methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Create a new string by appending given string to this
* @param aString -- 2nd string to be appended
* @return new string
*/
nsSubsumeCStr operator+(const nsCString& aString);
/**
* create a new string by adding this to the given char*.
* @param aCString is a ptr to cstring to be added to this
* @return newly created string
*/
nsSubsumeCStr operator+(const char* aCString);
/**
* create a new string by adding this to the given char.
* @param aChar is a char to be added to this
* @return newly created string
*/
nsSubsumeCStr operator+(PRUnichar aChar);
nsSubsumeCStr operator+(char aChar);
/**********************************************************************
Lexomorphic transforms...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Converts chars in this to lowercase
* @update gess 7/27/98
*/
void ToLowerCase();
/**
* Converts chars in this to lowercase, and
* stores them in aOut
* @update gess 7/27/98
* @param aOut is a string to contain result
*/
void ToLowerCase(nsCString& aString) const;
/**
* Converts chars in this to uppercase
* @update gess 7/27/98
*/
void ToUpperCase();
/**
* Converts chars in this to lowercase, and
* stores them in a given output string
* @update gess 7/27/98
* @param aOut is a string to contain result
*/
void ToUpperCase(nsCString& aString) const;
/**
* This method is used to remove all occurances of the
* characters found in aSet from this string.
*
* @param aSet -- characters to be cut from this
* @return *this
*/
nsCString& StripChars(const char* aSet);
nsCString& StripChar(char aChar);
/**
* This method strips whitespace throughout the string
*
* @return this
*/
nsCString& StripWhitespace();
/**
* swaps occurence of 1 string for another
*
* @return this
*/
nsCString& ReplaceChar(PRUnichar aOldChar,PRUnichar aNewChar);
nsCString& ReplaceChar(const char* aSet,PRUnichar aNewChar);
PRInt32 CountChar(PRUnichar aChar);
/**
* This method trims characters found in aTrimSet from
* either end of the underlying string.
*
* @param aTrimSet -- contains chars to be trimmed from
* both ends
* @return this
*/
nsCString& Trim(const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading=PR_TRUE,PRBool aEliminateTrailing=PR_TRUE);
/**
* This method strips whitespace from string.
* You can control whether whitespace is yanked from
* start and end of string as well.
*
* @param aEliminateLeading controls stripping of leading ws
* @param aEliminateTrailing controls stripping of trailing ws
* @return this
*/
nsCString& CompressSet(const char* aSet, PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aEliminateLeading=PR_TRUE,PRBool aEliminateTrailing=PR_TRUE);
/**
* This method strips whitespace from string.
* You can control whether whitespace is yanked from
* start and end of string as well.
*
* @param aEliminateLeading controls stripping of leading ws
* @param aEliminateTrailing controls stripping of trailing ws
* @return this
*/
nsCString& CompressWhitespace( PRBool aEliminateLeading=PR_TRUE,PRBool aEliminateTrailing=PR_TRUE);
/**********************************************************************
string conversion methods...
*********************************************************************/
operator char*() {return mStr;}
operator const char*() const {return (const char*)mStr;}
/**
* This method constructs a new nsCString that is a clone
* of this string.
*
*/
nsCString* ToNewString() const;
/**
* Creates an ISOLatin1 clone of this string
* Note that calls to this method should be matched with calls to Recycle().
* @return ptr to new isolatin1 string
*/
char* ToNewCString() const;
/**
* Creates a unicode clone of this string
* Note that calls to this method should be matched with calls to Recycle().
* @return ptr to new unicode string
*/
PRUnichar* ToNewUnicode() const;
/**
* Copies data from internal buffer onto given char* buffer
* NOTE: This only copies as many chars as will fit in given buffer (clips)
* @param aBuf is the buffer where data is stored
* @param aBuflength is the max # of chars to move to buffer
* @return ptr to given buffer
*/
char* ToCString(char* aBuf,PRUint32 aBufLength,PRUint32 anOffset=0) const;
/**
* Perform string to float conversion.
* @param aErrorCode will contain error if one occurs
* @return float rep of string value
*/
float ToFloat(PRInt32* aErrorCode) const;
/**
* Try to derive the radix from the value contained in this string
* @return kRadix10, kRadix16 or kAutoDetect (meaning unknown)
*/
PRUint32 DetermineRadix(void);
/**
* Perform string to int conversion.
* @param aErrorCode will contain error if one occurs
* @return int rep of string value
*/
PRInt32 ToInteger(PRInt32* aErrorCode,PRUint32 aRadix=kRadix10) const;
/**********************************************************************
String manipulation methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Functionally equivalent to assign or operator=
*
*/
nsCString& SetString(const char* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1) {return Assign(aString,aLength);}
nsCString& SetString(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1) {return Assign(aString,aLength);}
/**
* assign given string to this string
* @param aStr: buffer to be assigned to this
* @param alength is the length of the given str (or -1)
if you want me to determine its length
* @return this
*/
nsCString& Assign(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsCString& Assign(const char* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsCString& Assign(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsCString& Assign(PRUnichar aChar);
nsCString& Assign(char aChar);
/**
* here come a bunch of assignment operators...
* @param aString: string to be added to this
* @return this
*/
nsCString& operator=(const nsCString& aString) {return Assign(aString);}
nsCString& operator=(const nsStr& aString) {return Assign(aString);}
nsCString& operator=(PRUnichar aChar) {return Assign(aChar);}
nsCString& operator=(char aChar) {return Assign(aChar);}
nsCString& operator=(const char* aCString) {return Assign(aCString);}
nsCString& operator=(const PRUnichar* aString) {return Assign(aString);}
#ifdef AIX
nsCString& operator=(const nsSubsumeCStr& aSubsumeString); // AIX requires a const here
#else
nsCString& operator=(nsSubsumeCStr& aSubsumeString);
#endif
/**
* Here's a bunch of methods that append varying types...
* @param various...
* @return this
*/
nsCString& operator+=(const nsCString& aString){return Append(aString,aString.mLength);}
nsCString& operator+=(const char* aCString) {return Append(aCString);}
nsCString& operator+=(PRUnichar aChar){return Append(aChar);}
nsCString& operator+=(char aChar){return Append(aChar);}
/*
* Appends n characters from given string to this,
* This version computes the length of your given string
*
* @param aString is the source to be appended to this
* @return number of chars copied
*/
nsCString& Append(const nsCString& aString) {return Append(aString,aString.mLength);}
/*
* Appends n characters from given string to this,
*
* @param aString is the source to be appended to this
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy; -1 tells us to compute the strlen for you
* @return number of chars copied
*/
nsCString& Append(const nsCString& aString,PRInt32 aCount);
nsCString& Append(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsCString& Append(const char* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsCString& Append(PRUnichar aChar);
nsCString& Append(char aChar);
nsCString& Append(PRInt32 aInteger,PRInt32 aRadix=10); //radix=8,10 or 16
nsCString& Append(float aFloat);
/*
* Copies n characters from this string to given string,
* starting at the leftmost offset.
*
*
* @param aCopy -- Receiving string
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy
* @return number of chars copied
*/
PRUint32 Left(nsCString& aCopy,PRInt32 aCount) const;
/*
* Copies n characters from this string to given string,
* starting at the given offset.
*
*
* @param aCopy -- Receiving string
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy
* @param anOffset -- position where copying begins
* @return number of chars copied
*/
PRUint32 Mid(nsCString& aCopy,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount) const;
/*
* Copies n characters from this string to given string,
* starting at rightmost char.
*
*
* @param aCopy -- Receiving string
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy
* @return number of chars copied
*/
PRUint32 Right(nsCString& aCopy,PRInt32 aCount) const;
/*
* This method inserts n chars from given string into this
* string at str[anOffset].
*
* @param aCopy -- String to be inserted into this
* @param anOffset -- insertion position within this str
* @param aCount -- number of chars to be copied from aCopy
* @return number of chars inserted into this.
*/
nsCString& Insert(const nsCString& aCopy,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
/**
* Insert a given string into this string at
* a specified offset.
*
* @param aString* to be inserted into this string
* @param anOffset is insert pos in str
* @return the number of chars inserted into this string
*/
nsCString& Insert(const char* aChar,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
/**
* Insert a single char into this string at
* a specified offset.
*
* @param character to be inserted into this string
* @param anOffset is insert pos in str
* @return the number of chars inserted into this string
*/
nsCString& Insert(PRUnichar aChar,PRUint32 anOffset);
nsCString& Insert(char aChar,PRUint32 anOffset);
/*
* This method is used to cut characters in this string
* starting at anOffset, continuing for aCount chars.
*
* @param anOffset -- start pos for cut operation
* @param aCount -- number of chars to be cut
* @return *this
*/
nsCString& Cut(PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount);
/**********************************************************************
Searching methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Search for given character within this string.
* This method does so by using a binary search,
* so your string HAD BETTER BE ORDERED!
*
* @param aChar is the unicode char to be found
* @return offset in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 BinarySearch(PRUnichar aChar) const;
/**
* Search for given substring within this string
*
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param aIgnoreCase selects case sensitivity
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching
* @return offset in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 Find(const nsStr& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 Find(const char* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 Find(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* Search for given char within this string
*
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching
* @param aIgnoreCase selects case sensitivity
* @return find pos in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 FindChar(PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* This method searches this string for the first character
* found in the given charset
* @param aString contains set of chars to be found
* @param anOffset tells us where to start searching in this
* @return -1 if not found, else the offset in this
*/
PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const char* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* This methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param aIgnoreCase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare
* @return offset in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 RFind(const char* aCString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFind(const nsStr& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFind(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* Search for given char within this string
*
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching
* @param aIgnoreCase selects case sensitivity
* @return find pos in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 RFindChar(PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* This method searches this string for the last character
* found in the given string
* @param aString contains set of chars to be found
* @param anOffset tells us where to start searching in this
* @return -1 if not found, else the offset in this
*/
PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const char* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**********************************************************************
Comparison methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Compares a given string type to this string.
* @update gess 7/27/98
* @param S is the string to be compared
* @param aIgnoreCase tells us how to treat case
* @param aCount tells us how many chars to compare
* @return -1,0,1
*/
virtual PRInt32 Compare(const nsStr &aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
virtual PRInt32 Compare(const char* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
virtual PRInt32 Compare(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
/**
* These methods compare a given string type to this one
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator==(const nsStr &aString) const;
PRBool operator==(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator==(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods perform a !compare of a given string type to this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE
*/
PRBool operator!=(const nsStr &aString) const;
PRBool operator!=(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator!=(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is < than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator<(const nsStr &aString) const;
PRBool operator<(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator<(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is > than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator>(const nsStr &S) const;
PRBool operator>(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator>(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is <= than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator<=(const nsStr &S) const;
PRBool operator<=(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator<=(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is >= than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator>=(const nsStr &S) const;
PRBool operator>=(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator>=(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* Compare this to given string; note that we compare full strings here.
* The optional length argument just lets us know how long the given string is.
* If you provide a length, it is compared to length of this string as an
* optimization.
*
* @param aString -- the string to compare to this
* @param aCount -- number of chars in given string you want to compare
* @return TRUE if equal
*/
PRBool Equals(const nsString &aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool Equals(const nsStr& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool Equals(const char* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool Equals(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool EqualsIgnoreCase(const nsStr& aString) const;
PRBool EqualsIgnoreCase(const char* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool EqualsIgnoreCase(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
static void Recycle(nsCString* aString);
static nsCString* CreateString(void);
};
extern NS_COM int fputs(const nsCString& aString, FILE* out);
//ostream& operator<<(ostream& aStream,const nsCString& aString);
//virtual void DebugDump(ostream& aStream) const;
/**************************************************************
Here comes the AutoString class which uses internal memory
(typically found on the stack) for its default buffer.
If the buffer needs to grow, it gets reallocated on the heap.
**************************************************************/
class NS_COM nsCAutoString : public nsCString {
public:
nsCAutoString();
nsCAutoString(const char* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
nsCAutoString(const CBufDescriptor& aBuffer);
nsCAutoString(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
nsCAutoString(const nsStr& aString);
nsCAutoString(const nsCAutoString& aString);
#ifdef AIX
nsCAutoString(const nsSubsumeCStr& aSubsumeStr); // AIX requires a const
#else
nsCAutoString(nsSubsumeCStr& aSubsumeStr);
#endif // AIX
nsCAutoString(PRUnichar aChar);
virtual ~nsCAutoString();
nsCAutoString& operator=(const nsCString& aString) {nsCString::Assign(aString); return *this;}
nsCAutoString& operator=(const char* aCString) {nsCString::Assign(aCString); return *this;}
nsCAutoString& operator=(PRUnichar aChar) {nsCString::Assign(aChar); return *this;}
nsCAutoString& operator=(char aChar) {nsCString::Assign(aChar); return *this;}
/**
* Retrieve the size of this string
* @return string length
*/
virtual void SizeOf(nsISizeOfHandler* aHandler, PRUint32* aResult) const;
char mBuffer[kDefaultStringSize];
};
/***************************************************************
The subsumestr class is very unusual.
It differs from a normal string in that it doesn't use normal
copy semantics when another string is assign to this.
Instead, it "steals" the contents of the source string.
This is very handy for returning nsString classes as part of
an operator+(...) for example, in that it cuts down the number
of copy operations that must occur.
You should probably not use this class unless you really know
what you're doing.
***************************************************************/
class NS_COM nsSubsumeCStr : public nsCString {
public:
nsSubsumeCStr(nsStr& aString);
nsSubsumeCStr(PRUnichar* aString,PRBool assumeOwnership,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
nsSubsumeCStr(char* aString,PRBool assumeOwnership,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
};
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,840 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/***********************************************************************
MODULE NOTES:
See nsStr.h for a more general description of string classes.
This version of the nsString class offers many improvements over the
original version:
1. Wide and narrow chars
2. Allocators
3. Much smarter autostrings
4. Subsumable strings
***********************************************************************/
#ifndef _nsString_
#define _nsString_
#include "prtypes.h"
#include "nscore.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include "nsString.h"
#include "nsIAtom.h"
#include "nsStr.h"
#include "nsCRT.h"
class nsISizeOfHandler;
#define nsString2 nsString
#define nsAutoString2 nsAutoString
class NS_COM nsSubsumeStr;
class NS_COM nsString : public nsStr {
public:
/**
* Default constructor.
*/
nsString();
/**
* This constructor accepts an isolatin string
* @param aCString is a ptr to a 1-byte cstr
*/
nsString(const char* aCString);
/**
* This constructor accepts a unichar string
* @param aCString is a ptr to a 2-byte cstr
*/
nsString(const PRUnichar* aString);
/**
* This is a copy constructor that accepts an nsStr
* @param reference to another nsString
*/
nsString(const nsStr&);
/**
* This is our copy constructor
* @param reference to another nsString
*/
nsString(const nsString& aString);
/**
* This constructor takes a subsumestr
* @param reference to subsumestr
*/
nsString(nsSubsumeStr& aSubsumeStr);
/**
* Destructor
*
*/
virtual ~nsString();
/**
* Retrieve the length of this string
* @return string length
*/
inline PRInt32 Length() const { return (PRInt32)mLength; }
/**
* Retrieve the size of this string
* @return string length
*/
virtual void SizeOf(nsISizeOfHandler* aHandler, PRUint32* aResult) const;
/**
* Call this method if you want to force a different string length
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param aLength -- contains new length for mStr
* @return
*/
void SetLength(PRUint32 aLength) {
Truncate(aLength);
}
/**
* Sets the new length of the string.
* @param aLength is new string length.
* @return nada
*/
void SetCapacity(PRUint32 aLength);
/**
* This method truncates this string to given length.
*
* @param anIndex -- new length of string
* @return nada
*/
void Truncate(PRInt32 anIndex=0);
/**
* Determine whether or not the characters in this
* string are in sorted order.
*
* @return TRUE if ordered.
*/
PRBool IsOrdered(void) const;
/**
* Determine whether or not the characters in this
* string are in store as 1 or 2 byte (unicode) strings.
*
* @return TRUE if ordered.
*/
PRBool IsUnicode(void) const {
PRBool result=PRBool(mCharSize==eTwoByte);
return result;
}
/**
* Determine whether or not this string has a length of 0
*
* @return TRUE if empty.
*/
PRBool IsEmpty(void) const {
return PRBool(0==mLength);
}
/**********************************************************************
Getters/Setters...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Retrieve const ptr to internal buffer; DO NOT TRY TO FREE IT!
*/
const char* GetBuffer(void) const;
const PRUnichar* GetUnicode(void) const;
/**
* Get nth character.
*/
PRUnichar operator[](PRUint32 anIndex) const;
PRUnichar CharAt(PRUint32 anIndex) const;
PRUnichar First(void) const;
PRUnichar Last(void) const;
/**
* Set nth character.
*/
PRBool SetCharAt(PRUnichar aChar,PRUint32 anIndex);
/**********************************************************************
String concatenation methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Create a new string by appending given string to this
* @param aString -- 2nd string to be appended
* @return new subsumable string
*/
nsSubsumeStr operator+(const nsStr& aString);
nsSubsumeStr operator+(const nsString& aString);
/**
* create a new string by adding this to the given cstring
* @param aCString is a ptr to cstring to be added to this
* @return newly created string
*/
nsSubsumeStr operator+(const char* aCString);
/**
* create a new string by adding this to the given prunichar*.
* @param aString is a ptr to UC-string to be added to this
* @return newly created string
*/
nsSubsumeStr operator+(const PRUnichar* aString);
/**
* create a new string by adding this to the given char.
* @param aChar is a char to be added to this
* @return newly created string
*/
nsSubsumeStr operator+(char aChar);
/**
* create a new string by adding this to the given char.
* @param aChar is a unichar to be added to this
* @return newly created string
*/
nsSubsumeStr operator+(PRUnichar aChar);
/**********************************************************************
Lexomorphic transforms...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Converts chars in this to lowercase
* @update gess 7/27/98
*/
void ToLowerCase();
/**
* Converts chars in this to lowercase, and
* stores them in aOut
* @update gess 7/27/98
* @param aOut is a string to contain result
*/
void ToLowerCase(nsString& aString) const;
/**
* Converts chars in this to uppercase
* @update gess 7/27/98
*/
void ToUpperCase();
/**
* Converts chars in this to lowercase, and
* stores them in a given output string
* @update gess 7/27/98
* @param aOut is a string to contain result
*/
void ToUpperCase(nsString& aString) const;
/**
* This method is used to remove all occurances of the
* characters found in aSet from this string.
*
* @param aSet -- characters to be cut from this
* @return *this
*/
nsString& StripChars(const char* aSet);
nsString& StripChar(char aChar);
/**
* This method strips whitespace throughout the string
*
* @return this
*/
nsString& StripWhitespace();
/**
* swaps occurence of 1 string for another
*
* @return this
*/
nsString& ReplaceChar(PRUnichar anOldChar,PRUnichar aNewChar);
nsString& ReplaceChar(const char* aSet,PRUnichar aNewChar);
PRInt32 CountChar(PRUnichar aChar);
/**
* This method trims characters found in aTrimSet from
* either end of the underlying string.
*
* @param aTrimSet -- contains chars to be trimmed from
* both ends
* @return this
*/
nsString& Trim(const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading=PR_TRUE,PRBool aEliminateTrailing=PR_TRUE);
/**
* This method strips whitespace from string.
* You can control whether whitespace is yanked from
* start and end of string as well.
*
* @param aEliminateLeading controls stripping of leading ws
* @param aEliminateTrailing controls stripping of trailing ws
* @return this
*/
nsString& CompressSet(const char* aSet, PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aEliminateLeading=PR_TRUE,PRBool aEliminateTrailing=PR_TRUE);
/**
* This method strips whitespace from string.
* You can control whether whitespace is yanked from
* start and end of string as well.
*
* @param aEliminateLeading controls stripping of leading ws
* @param aEliminateTrailing controls stripping of trailing ws
* @return this
*/
nsString& CompressWhitespace( PRBool aEliminateLeading=PR_TRUE,PRBool aEliminateTrailing=PR_TRUE);
/**********************************************************************
string conversion methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* This method constructs a new nsString is a clone of this string.
*
*/
nsString* ToNewString() const;
/**
* Creates an ISOLatin1 clone of this string
* Note that calls to this method should be matched with calls to Recycle().
* @return ptr to new isolatin1 string
*/
char* ToNewCString() const;
/**
* Creates an UTF8 clone of this string
* Note that calls to this method should be matched with calls to Recycle().
* @return ptr to new isolatin1 string
*/
char* ToNewUTF8String() const;
/**
* Creates a unicode clone of this string
* Note that calls to this method should be matched with calls to Recycle().
* @return ptr to new unicode string
*/
PRUnichar* ToNewUnicode() const;
/**
* Copies data from internal buffer onto given char* buffer
* NOTE: This only copies as many chars as will fit in given buffer (clips)
* @param aBuf is the buffer where data is stored
* @param aBuflength is the max # of chars to move to buffer
* @return ptr to given buffer
*/
char* ToCString(char* aBuf,PRUint32 aBufLength,PRUint32 anOffset=0) const;
/**
* Perform string to float conversion.
* @param aErrorCode will contain error if one occurs
* @return float rep of string value
*/
float ToFloat(PRInt32* aErrorCode) const;
/**
* Try to derive the radix from the value contained in this string
* @return kRadix10, kRadix16 or kAutoDetect (meaning unknown)
*/
PRUint32 DetermineRadix(void);
/**
* Perform string to int conversion.
* @param aErrorCode will contain error if one occurs
* @return int rep of string value
*/
PRInt32 ToInteger(PRInt32* aErrorCode,PRUint32 aRadix=kRadix10) const;
/**********************************************************************
String manipulation methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Functionally equivalent to assign or operator=
*
*/
nsString& SetString(const char* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1) {return Assign(aString,aLength);}
nsString& SetString(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1) {return Assign(aString,aLength);}
nsString& SetString(const nsString& aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1) {return Assign(aString,aLength);}
/**
* assign given string to this string
* @param aStr: buffer to be assigned to this
* @param alength is the length of the given str (or -1)
if you want me to determine its length
* @return this
*/
nsString& Assign(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsString& Assign(const char* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsString& Assign(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsString& Assign(char aChar);
nsString& Assign(PRUnichar aChar);
/**
* here come a bunch of assignment operators...
* @param aString: string to be added to this
* @return this
*/
nsString& operator=(const nsString& aString) {return Assign(aString);}
nsString& operator=(const nsStr& aString) {return Assign(aString);}
nsString& operator=(char aChar) {return Assign(aChar);}
nsString& operator=(PRUnichar aChar) {return Assign(aChar);}
nsString& operator=(const char* aCString) {return Assign(aCString);}
nsString& operator=(const PRUnichar* aString) {return Assign(aString);}
#ifdef AIX
nsString& operator=(const nsSubsumeStr& aSubsumeString); // AIX requires a const here
#else
nsString& operator=(nsSubsumeStr& aSubsumeString);
#endif
/**
* Here's a bunch of methods that append varying types...
* @param various...
* @return this
*/
nsString& operator+=(const nsStr& aString){return Append(aString,aString.mLength);}
nsString& operator+=(const nsString& aString){return Append(aString,aString.mLength);}
nsString& operator+=(const char* aCString) {return Append(aCString);}
//nsString& operator+=(char aChar){return Append(aChar);}
nsString& operator+=(const PRUnichar* aUCString) {return Append(aUCString);}
nsString& operator+=(PRUnichar aChar){return Append(aChar);}
/*
* Appends n characters from given string to this,
* This version computes the length of your given string
*
* @param aString is the source to be appended to this
* @return number of chars copied
*/
nsString& Append(const nsStr& aString) {return Append(aString,aString.mLength);}
nsString& Append(const nsString& aString) {return Append(aString,aString.mLength);}
/*
* Appends n characters from given string to this,
*
* @param aString is the source to be appended to this
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy; -1 tells us to compute the strlen for you
* @return number of chars copied
*/
nsString& Append(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 aCount);
nsString& Append(const nsString& aString,PRInt32 aCount);
nsString& Append(const char* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsString& Append(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsString& Append(char aChar);
nsString& Append(PRUnichar aChar);
nsString& Append(PRInt32 aInteger,PRInt32 aRadix=10); //radix=8,10 or 16
nsString& Append(float aFloat);
/*
* Copies n characters from this string to given string,
* starting at the leftmost offset.
*
*
* @param aCopy -- Receiving string
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy
* @return number of chars copied
*/
PRUint32 Left(nsString& aCopy,PRInt32 aCount) const;
/*
* Copies n characters from this string to given string,
* starting at the given offset.
*
*
* @param aCopy -- Receiving string
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy
* @param anOffset -- position where copying begins
* @return number of chars copied
*/
PRUint32 Mid(nsString& aCopy,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount) const;
/*
* Copies n characters from this string to given string,
* starting at rightmost char.
*
*
* @param aCopy -- Receiving string
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy
* @return number of chars copied
*/
PRUint32 Right(nsString& aCopy,PRInt32 aCount) const;
/*
* This method inserts n chars from given string into this
* string at str[anOffset].
*
* @param aCopy -- String to be inserted into this
* @param anOffset -- insertion position within this str
* @param aCount -- number of chars to be copied from aCopy
* @return number of chars inserted into this.
*/
nsString& Insert(const nsString& aCopy,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
/**
* Insert a given string into this string at
* a specified offset.
*
* @param aString* to be inserted into this string
* @param anOffset is insert pos in str
* @return the number of chars inserted into this string
*/
nsString& Insert(const char* aChar,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsString& Insert(const PRUnichar* aChar,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
/**
* Insert a single char into this string at
* a specified offset.
*
* @param character to be inserted into this string
* @param anOffset is insert pos in str
* @return the number of chars inserted into this string
*/
//nsString& Insert(char aChar,PRUint32 anOffset);
nsString& Insert(PRUnichar aChar,PRUint32 anOffset);
/*
* This method is used to cut characters in this string
* starting at anOffset, continuing for aCount chars.
*
* @param anOffset -- start pos for cut operation
* @param aCount -- number of chars to be cut
* @return *this
*/
nsString& Cut(PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount);
/**********************************************************************
Searching methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Search for given character within this string.
* This method does so by using a binary search,
* so your string HAD BETTER BE ORDERED!
*
* @param aChar is the unicode char to be found
* @return offset in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 BinarySearch(PRUnichar aChar) const;
/**
* Search for given substring within this string
*
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param aIgnoreCase selects case sensitivity
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching
* @return offset in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 Find(const nsString& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 Find(const nsStr& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 Find(const char* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 Find(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* Search for given char within this string
*
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching
* @param aIgnoreCase selects case sensitivity
* @return find pos in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
//PRInt32 Find(PRUnichar aChar,PRInt32 offset=-1,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE) const;
PRInt32 FindChar(PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* This method searches this string for the first character
* found in the given charset
* @param aString contains set of chars to be found
* @param anOffset tells us where to start searching in this
* @return -1 if not found, else the offset in this
*/
PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const char* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* This methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param aIgnoreCase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching (counting from left)
*/
PRInt32 RFind(const char* aCString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFind(const nsString& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFind(const nsStr& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFind(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* Search for given char within this string
*
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching (counting from left)
* @param aIgnoreCase selects case sensitivity
* @return find pos in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
//PRInt32 RFind(PRUnichar aChar,PRInt32 offset=-1,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE) const;
PRInt32 RFindChar(PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* This method searches this string for the last character
* found in the given string
* @param aString contains set of chars to be found
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching (counting from left)
* @return -1 if not found, else the offset in this
*/
PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const char* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**********************************************************************
Comparison methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Compares a given string type to this string.
* @update gess 7/27/98
* @param S is the string to be compared
* @param aIgnoreCase tells us how to treat case
* @param aCount tells us how many chars to compare
* @return -1,0,1
*/
virtual PRInt32 Compare(const nsString& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
virtual PRInt32 Compare(const nsStr &aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
virtual PRInt32 Compare(const char* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
virtual PRInt32 Compare(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
/**
* These methods compare a given string type to this one
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator==(const nsString &aString) const;
PRBool operator==(const nsStr &aString) const;
PRBool operator==(const char *aString) const;
PRBool operator==(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods perform a !compare of a given string type to this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE
*/
PRBool operator!=(const nsString &aString) const;
PRBool operator!=(const nsStr &aString) const;
PRBool operator!=(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator!=(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is < than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator<(const nsString &aString) const;
PRBool operator<(const nsStr &aString) const;
PRBool operator<(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator<(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is > than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator>(const nsString &aString) const;
PRBool operator>(const nsStr &S) const;
PRBool operator>(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator>(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is <= than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator<=(const nsString &aString) const;
PRBool operator<=(const nsStr &S) const;
PRBool operator<=(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator<=(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is >= than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator>=(const nsString &aString) const;
PRBool operator>=(const nsStr &S) const;
PRBool operator>=(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator>=(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* Compare this to given string; note that we compare full strings here.
* The optional length argument just lets us know how long the given string is.
* If you provide a length, it is compared to length of this string as an
* optimization.
*
* @param aString -- the string to compare to this
* @param aCount -- number of chars to be compared.
* @return TRUE if equal
*/
PRBool Equals(const nsString &aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool Equals(const nsStr& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool Equals(const char* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool Equals(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool Equals(/*FIX: const */nsIAtom* anAtom,PRBool aIgnoreCase) const;
PRBool Equals(const PRUnichar* s1, const PRUnichar* s2,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE) const;
PRBool EqualsIgnoreCase(const nsString& aString) const;
PRBool EqualsIgnoreCase(const char* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool EqualsIgnoreCase(/*FIX: const */nsIAtom *aAtom) const;
PRBool EqualsIgnoreCase(const PRUnichar* s1, const PRUnichar* s2) const;
/**
* Determine if given buffer is plain ascii
*
* @param aBuffer -- if null, then we test *this, otherwise we test given buffer
* @return TRUE if is all ascii chars or if strlen==0
*/
PRBool IsASCII(const PRUnichar* aBuffer=0);
/**
* Determine if given char is a valid space character
*
* @param aChar is character to be tested
* @return TRUE if is valid space char
*/
static PRBool IsSpace(PRUnichar ch);
/**
* Determine if given char in valid alpha range
*
* @param aChar is character to be tested
* @return TRUE if in alpha range
*/
static PRBool IsAlpha(PRUnichar ch);
/**
* Determine if given char is valid digit
*
* @param aChar is character to be tested
* @return TRUE if char is a valid digit
*/
static PRBool IsDigit(PRUnichar ch);
static void Recycle(nsString* aString);
static nsString* CreateString(void);
};
extern NS_COM int fputs(const nsString& aString, FILE* out);
//ostream& operator<<(ostream& aStream,const nsString& aString);
//virtual void DebugDump(ostream& aStream) const;
/**************************************************************
Here comes the AutoString class which uses internal memory
(typically found on the stack) for its default buffer.
If the buffer needs to grow, it gets reallocated on the heap.
**************************************************************/
class NS_COM nsAutoString : public nsString {
public:
nsAutoString();
nsAutoString(const char* aCString,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
nsAutoString(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
nsAutoString(const CBufDescriptor& aBuffer);
nsAutoString(const nsStr& aString);
nsAutoString(const nsAutoString& aString);
#ifdef AIX
nsAutoString(const nsSubsumeStr& aSubsumeStr); // AIX requires a const
#else
nsAutoString(nsSubsumeStr& aSubsumeStr);
#endif // AIX
nsAutoString(PRUnichar aChar);
virtual ~nsAutoString();
nsAutoString& operator=(const nsStr& aString) {nsString::Assign(aString); return *this;}
nsAutoString& operator=(const nsAutoString& aString) {nsString::Assign(aString); return *this;}
nsAutoString& operator=(const char* aCString) {nsString::Assign(aCString); return *this;}
nsAutoString& operator=(char aChar) {nsString::Assign(aChar); return *this;}
nsAutoString& operator=(const PRUnichar* aBuffer) {nsString::Assign(aBuffer); return *this;}
nsAutoString& operator=(PRUnichar aChar) {nsString::Assign(aChar); return *this;}
/**
* Retrieve the size of this string
* @return string length
*/
virtual void SizeOf(nsISizeOfHandler* aHandler, PRUint32* aResult) const;
char mBuffer[kDefaultStringSize<<eTwoByte];
};
/***************************************************************
The subsumestr class is very unusual.
It differs from a normal string in that it doesn't use normal
copy semantics when another string is assign to this.
Instead, it "steals" the contents of the source string.
This is very handy for returning nsString classes as part of
an operator+(...) for example, in that it cuts down the number
of copy operations that must occur.
You should probably not use this class unless you really know
what you're doing.
***************************************************************/
class NS_COM nsSubsumeStr : public nsString {
public:
nsSubsumeStr(nsStr& aString);
nsSubsumeStr(PRUnichar* aString,PRBool assumeOwnership,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
nsSubsumeStr(char* aString,PRBool assumeOwnership,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsDebug.h"
#include "nsIAllocator.h"
#include "nsXPIDLString.h"
#include "plstr.h"
// If the allocator changes, fix it here.
#define XPIDL_STRING_ALLOC(__len) ((PRUnichar*) nsAllocator::Alloc((__len) * sizeof(PRUnichar)))
#define XPIDL_CSTRING_ALLOC(__len) ((char*) nsAllocator::Alloc((__len) * sizeof(char)))
#define XPIDL_FREE(__ptr) (nsAllocator::Free(__ptr))
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// nsXPIDLString
nsXPIDLString::nsXPIDLString()
: mBuf(0),
mBufOwner(PR_FALSE)
{
}
nsXPIDLString::~nsXPIDLString()
{
if (mBufOwner && mBuf)
XPIDL_FREE(mBuf);
}
nsXPIDLString::operator const PRUnichar*()
{
return mBuf;
}
PRUnichar*
nsXPIDLString::Copy(const PRUnichar* aString)
{
NS_ASSERTION(aString, "null ptr");
if (! aString)
return 0;
PRInt32 len = 0;
{
const PRUnichar* p = aString;
while (*p++)
len++;
}
PRUnichar* result = XPIDL_STRING_ALLOC(len + 1);
if (result) {
PRUnichar* q = result;
while (*aString) {
*q = *aString;
q++;
aString++;
}
*q = '\0';
}
return result;
}
PRUnichar**
nsXPIDLString::StartAssignmentByValue()
{
if (mBufOwner && mBuf)
XPIDL_FREE(mBuf);
mBuf = 0;
mBufOwner = PR_TRUE;
return &mBuf;
}
const PRUnichar**
nsXPIDLString::StartAssignmentByReference()
{
if (mBufOwner && mBuf)
XPIDL_FREE(mBuf);
mBuf = 0;
mBufOwner = PR_FALSE;
return (const PRUnichar**) &mBuf;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// nsXPIDLCString
nsXPIDLCString::nsXPIDLCString()
: mBuf(0),
mBufOwner(PR_FALSE)
{
}
nsXPIDLCString::~nsXPIDLCString()
{
if (mBufOwner && mBuf)
XPIDL_FREE(mBuf);
}
nsXPIDLCString& nsXPIDLCString::operator =(const char* aCString)
{
if (mBufOwner && mBuf)
XPIDL_FREE(mBuf);
mBuf = Copy(aCString);
mBufOwner = PR_TRUE;
return *this;
}
nsXPIDLCString::operator const char*()
{
return mBuf;
}
char*
nsXPIDLCString::Copy(const char* aCString)
{
NS_ASSERTION(aCString, "null ptr");
if (! aCString)
return 0;
PRInt32 len = PL_strlen(aCString);
char* result = XPIDL_CSTRING_ALLOC(len + 1);
if (result)
PL_strcpy(result, aCString);
return result;
}
char**
nsXPIDLCString::StartAssignmentByValue()
{
if (mBufOwner && mBuf)
XPIDL_FREE(mBuf);
mBuf = 0;
mBufOwner = PR_TRUE;
return &mBuf;
}
const char**
nsXPIDLCString::StartAssignmentByReference()
{
if (mBufOwner && mBuf)
XPIDL_FREE(mBuf);
mBuf = 0;
mBufOwner = PR_FALSE;
return (const char**) &mBuf;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/*
A set of string wrapper classes that ease transition to use of XPIDL
interfaces. nsXPIDLString and nsXPIDLCString are to XPIDL `wstring'
and `string' out params as nsCOMPtr is to generic XPCOM interface
pointers. They help you deal with object ownership.
Consider the following interface:
interface nsIFoo {
attribute string Bar;
};
This will generate the following C++ header file:
class nsIFoo {
NS_IMETHOD SetBar(const PRUnichar* aValue);
NS_IMETHOD GetBar(PRUnichar* *aValue);
};
The GetBar() method will allocate a copy of the nsIFoo object's
"bar" attribute, and leave you to deal with freeing it:
nsIFoo* aFoo; // assume we get this somehow
PRUnichar* bar;
aFoo->GetFoo(&bar);
// Use bar here...
printf("bar is %s!\n", bar);
nsAllocator::Free(bar);
This makes your life harder, because you need to convolute your code
to ensure that you don't leak `bar'.
Enter nsXPIDLString, which manages the ownership of the allocated
string, and automatically destroys it when the nsXPIDLString goes
out of scope:
nsIFoo* aFoo;
nsXPIDLString bar;
aFoo->GetFoo( getter_Copies(bar) );
// Use bar here...
printf("bar is %s!\n", (const char*) bar);
// no need to remember to nsAllocator::Free().
Like nsCOMPtr, nsXPIDLString uses some syntactic sugar to make it
painfully clear exactly what the code expects. You need to wrap an
nsXPIDLString object with either `getter_Copies()' or
`getter_Shares()' before passing it to a getter: these tell the
nsXPIDLString how ownership is being handled.
In the case of `getter_Copies()', the callee is allocating a copy
(which is usually the case). In the case of `getter_Shares()', the
callee is returning a const reference to `the real deal' (this can
be done using the [shared] attribute in XPIDL).
*/
#ifndef nsXPIDLString_h__
#define nsXPIDLString_h__
#include "nsCom.h"
#include "prtypes.h"
#ifndef __PRUNICHAR__
#define __PRUNICHAR__
typedef PRUint16 PRUnichar;
#endif /* __PRUNICHAR__ */
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// nsXPIDLString
//
// A wrapper for Unicode strings. With the |getter_Copies()| and
// |getter_Shares()| helper functions, this can be used instead of
// the "naked" |PRUnichar*| interface for |wstring| parameters in
// XPIDL interfaces.
//
class NS_COM nsXPIDLString {
private:
PRUnichar* mBuf;
PRBool mBufOwner;
PRUnichar** StartAssignmentByValue();
const PRUnichar** StartAssignmentByReference();
public:
/**
* Construct a new, uninitialized wrapper for a Unicode string.
*/
nsXPIDLString();
virtual ~nsXPIDLString();
/**
* Return a reference to the immutable Unicode string.
*/
operator const PRUnichar*();
/**
* Make a copy of the Unicode string. Use this function in the
* callee to ensure that the correct memory allocator is used.
*/
static PRUnichar* Copy(const PRUnichar* aString);
// A helper class for assignment-by-value. This class is an
// implementation detail and should not be considered part of the
// public interface.
class NS_COM GetterCopies {
private:
nsXPIDLString& mXPIDLString;
public:
GetterCopies(nsXPIDLString& aXPIDLString)
: mXPIDLString(aXPIDLString) {}
operator PRUnichar**() {
return mXPIDLString.StartAssignmentByValue();
}
friend GetterCopies getter_Copies(nsXPIDLString& aXPIDLString);
};
friend class GetterCopies;
// A helper class for assignment-by-reference. This class is an
// implementation detail and should not be considered part of the
// public interface.
class NS_COM GetterShares {
private:
nsXPIDLString& mXPIDLString;
public:
GetterShares(nsXPIDLString& aXPIDLString)
: mXPIDLString(aXPIDLString) {}
operator const PRUnichar**() {
return mXPIDLString.StartAssignmentByReference();
}
friend GetterShares getter_Shares(nsXPIDLString& aXPIDLString);
};
friend class GetterShares;
private:
// not to be implemented
nsXPIDLString(nsXPIDLString& /* aXPIDLString */) {}
nsXPIDLString& operator =(nsXPIDLString& /* aXPIDLString */) { return *this; }
};
/**
* Use this function to "wrap" the nsXPIDLString object that is to
* receive an |out| value.
*/
inline nsXPIDLString::GetterCopies
getter_Copies(nsXPIDLString& aXPIDLString)
{
return nsXPIDLString::GetterCopies(aXPIDLString);
}
/**
* Use this function to "wrap" the nsXPIDLString object that is to
* receive a |[shared] out| value.
*/
inline nsXPIDLString::GetterShares
getter_Shares(nsXPIDLString& aXPIDLString)
{
return nsXPIDLString::GetterShares(aXPIDLString);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// nsXPIDLCString
//
// A wrapper for Unicode strings. With the |getter_Copies()| and
// |getter_Shares()| helper functions, this can be used instead of
// the "naked" |char*| interface for |string| parameters in XPIDL
// interfaces.
//
class NS_COM nsXPIDLCString {
private:
char* mBuf;
PRBool mBufOwner;
char** StartAssignmentByValue();
const char** StartAssignmentByReference();
public:
/**
* Construct a new, uninitialized wrapper for a single-byte string.
*/
nsXPIDLCString();
virtual ~nsXPIDLCString();
/**
* Assign a single-byte string to this wrapper. Copies and owns the result.
*/
nsXPIDLCString& operator =(const char* aString);
/**
* Return a reference to the immutable single-byte string.
*/
operator const char*();
/**
* Make a copy of the single-byte string. Use this function in the
* callee to ensure that the correct memory allocator is used.
*/
static char* Copy(const char* aString);
// A helper class for assignment-by-value. This class is an
// implementation detail and should not be considered part of the
// public interface.
class NS_COM GetterCopies {
private:
nsXPIDLCString& mXPIDLString;
public:
GetterCopies(nsXPIDLCString& aXPIDLString)
: mXPIDLString(aXPIDLString) {}
operator char**() {
return mXPIDLString.StartAssignmentByValue();
}
friend GetterCopies getter_Copies(nsXPIDLCString& aXPIDLString);
};
friend class GetterCopies;
// A helper class for assignment-by-reference. This class is an
// implementation detail and should not be considered part of the
// public interface.
class NS_COM GetterShares {
private:
nsXPIDLCString& mXPIDLString;
public:
GetterShares(nsXPIDLCString& aXPIDLString)
: mXPIDLString(aXPIDLString) {}
operator const char**() {
return mXPIDLString.StartAssignmentByReference();
}
friend GetterShares getter_Shares(nsXPIDLCString& aXPIDLString);
};
friend class GetterShares;
private:
// not to be implemented
nsXPIDLCString(nsXPIDLCString& /* aXPIDLString */) {}
nsXPIDLCString& operator =(nsXPIDLCString& /* aXPIDLCString */) { return *this; }
};
/**
* Use this function to "wrap" the nsXPIDLCString object that is to
* receive an |out| value.
*/
inline nsXPIDLCString::GetterCopies
getter_Copies(nsXPIDLCString& aXPIDLString)
{
return nsXPIDLCString::GetterCopies(aXPIDLString);
}
/**
* Use this function to "wrap" the nsXPIDLCString object that is to
* receive a |[shared] out| value.
*/
inline nsXPIDLCString::GetterShares
getter_Shares(nsXPIDLCString& aXPIDLString)
{
return nsXPIDLCString::GetterShares(aXPIDLString);
}
#endif // nsXPIDLString_h__

30
mozilla/xpcom/ds/MANIFEST Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
nsAVLTree.h
nsCppSharedAllocator.h
nsCRT.h
nsDeque.h
nsEnumeratorUtils.h
nsHashtable.h
nsHashtableEnumerator.h
nsIArena.h
nsIBuffer.h
nsIByteBuffer.h
nsIObserverList.h
nsIPageManager.h
nsIProperties.h
nsISimpleEnumerator.h
nsISizeOfHandler.h
nsIUnicharBuffer.h
nsIVariant.h
nsInt64.h
nsQuickSort.h
nsStr.h
nsString.h
nsString2.h
nsSupportsPrimitives.h
nsTime.h
nsUnitConversion.h
nsVector.h
nsVoidArray.h
nsXPIDLString.h
plvector.h
nsTextFormater.h

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
nsIAtom.idl
nsICollection.idl
nsIEnumerator.idl
nsIObserver.idl
nsIObserverService.idl
nsISupportsArray.idl

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
#
# Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# NPL.
#
# The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
# Reserved.
#
DEPTH = ../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = xpcom
XPIDL_MODULE = xpcom_ds
LIBRARY_NAME = xpcomds_s
REQUIRES = xpcom uconv unicharutil
CPPSRCS = \
nsArena.cpp \
nsAtomTable.cpp \
nsAVLTree.cpp \
nsByteBuffer.cpp \
nsCRT.cpp \
nsConjoiningEnumerator.cpp \
nsDeque.cpp \
nsEmptyEnumerator.cpp \
nsEnumeratorUtils.cpp \
nsHashtable.cpp \
nsHashtableEnumerator.cpp \
nsObserver.cpp \
nsObserverList.cpp \
nsObserverService.cpp \
nsProperties.cpp \
nsQuickSort.cpp \
nsSizeOfHandler.cpp \
nsStr.cpp \
nsString.cpp \
nsString2.cpp \
nsSupportsArray.cpp \
nsSupportsArrayEnumerator.cpp \
nsSupportsPrimitives.cpp \
nsUnicharBuffer.cpp \
nsVariant.cpp \
nsVoidArray.cpp \
nsXPIDLString.cpp \
plvector.cpp \
nsTextFormater.cpp \
$(NULL)
EXPORTS = \
nsAVLTree.h \
nsCppSharedAllocator.h \
nsCRT.h \
nsDeque.h \
nsEnumeratorUtils.h \
nsHashtable.h \
nsHashtableEnumerator.h \
nsIArena.h \
nsIByteBuffer.h \
nsIObserverList.h \
nsIProperties.h \
nsISimpleEnumerator.h \
nsISizeOfHandler.h \
nsIUnicharBuffer.h \
nsIVariant.h \
nsInt64.h \
nsQuickSort.h \
nsStr.h \
nsString.h \
nsString2.h \
nsSupportsPrimitives.h \
nsTime.h \
nsUnitConversion.h \
nsVector.h \
nsVoidArray.h \
nsXPIDLString.h \
plvector.h \
nsTextFormater.h \
$(NULL)
XPIDLSRCS = \
nsIAtom.idl \
nsICollection.idl \
nsIEnumerator.idl \
nsIObserver.idl \
nsIObserverService.idl \
nsISupportsArray.idl \
nsISupportsPrimitives.idl \
$(NULL)
EXPORTS := $(addprefix $(srcdir)/, $(EXPORTS))
# we don't want the shared lib, but we want to force the creation of a static lib.
override NO_SHARED_LIB=1
override NO_STATIC_LIB=
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
DEFINES += -D_IMPL_NS_COM -D_IMPL_NS_BASE

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,758 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/******************************************************************************************
MODULE NOTES:
This file contains the workhorse copy and shift functions used in nsStrStruct.
Ultimately, I plan to make the function pointers in this system available for
use by external modules. They'll be able to install their own "handlers".
Not so, today though.
*******************************************************************************************/
#ifndef _BUFFERROUTINES_H
#define _BUFFERROUTINES_H
#include "nsCRT.h"
#ifndef RICKG_TESTBED
#include "nsUnicharUtilCIID.h"
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsICaseConversion.h"
#endif
#define KSHIFTLEFT (0)
#define KSHIFTRIGHT (1)
inline PRUnichar GetUnicharAt(const char* aString,PRUint32 anIndex) {
return ((PRUnichar*)aString)[anIndex];
}
inline PRUnichar GetCharAt(const char* aString,PRUint32 anIndex) {
return (PRUnichar)aString[anIndex];
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// This set of methods is used to shift the contents of a char buffer.
// The functions are differentiated by shift direction and the underlying charsize.
//
/**
* This method shifts single byte characters left by a given amount from an given offset.
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is a ptr to a cstring where left-shift is to be performed
* @param aLength is the known length of aDest
* @param anOffset is the index into aDest where shifting shall begin
* @param aCount is the number of chars to be "cut"
*/
void ShiftCharsLeft(char* aDest,PRUint32 aLength,PRUint32 anOffset,PRUint32 aCount) {
char* dst = aDest+anOffset;
char* src = aDest+anOffset+aCount;
memmove(dst,src,aLength-(aCount+anOffset));
}
/**
* This method shifts single byte characters right by a given amount from an given offset.
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is a ptr to a cstring where the shift is to be performed
* @param aLength is the known length of aDest
* @param anOffset is the index into aDest where shifting shall begin
* @param aCount is the number of chars to be "inserted"
*/
void ShiftCharsRight(char* aDest,PRUint32 aLength,PRUint32 anOffset,PRUint32 aCount) {
char* src = aDest+anOffset;
char* dst = aDest+anOffset+aCount;
memmove(dst,src,aLength-anOffset);
}
/**
* This method shifts unicode characters by a given amount from an given offset.
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is a ptr to a cstring where the shift is to be performed
* @param aLength is the known length of aDest
* @param anOffset is the index into aDest where shifting shall begin
* @param aCount is the number of chars to be "cut"
*/
void ShiftDoubleCharsLeft(char* aDest,PRUint32 aLength,PRUint32 anOffset,PRUint32 aCount) {
PRUnichar* root=(PRUnichar*)aDest;
PRUnichar* dst = root+anOffset;
PRUnichar* src = root+anOffset+aCount;
memmove(dst,src,(aLength-(aCount+anOffset))*sizeof(PRUnichar));
}
/**
* This method shifts unicode characters by a given amount from an given offset.
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is a ptr to a cstring where the shift is to be performed
* @param aLength is the known length of aDest
* @param anOffset is the index into aDest where shifting shall begin
* @param aCount is the number of chars to be "inserted"
*/
void ShiftDoubleCharsRight(char* aDest,PRUint32 aLength,PRUint32 anOffset,PRUint32 aCount) {
PRUnichar* root=(PRUnichar*)aDest;
PRUnichar* src = root+anOffset;
PRUnichar* dst = root+anOffset+aCount;
memmove(dst,src,sizeof(PRUnichar)*(aLength-anOffset));
}
typedef void (*ShiftChars)(char* aDest,PRUint32 aLength,PRUint32 anOffset,PRUint32 aCount);
ShiftChars gShiftChars[2][2]= {
{&ShiftCharsLeft,&ShiftCharsRight},
{&ShiftDoubleCharsLeft,&ShiftDoubleCharsRight}
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// This set of methods is used to copy one buffer onto another.
// The functions are differentiated by the size of source and dest character sizes.
// WARNING: Your destination buffer MUST be big enough to hold all the source bytes.
// We don't validate these ranges here (this should be done in higher level routines).
//
/**
* Going 1 to 1 is easy, since we assume ascii. No conversions are necessary.
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the destination buffer
* @param aDestOffset is the pos to start copy to in the dest buffer
* @param aSource is the source buffer
* @param anOffset is the offset to start copying from in the source buffer
* @param aCount is the (max) number of chars to copy
*/
void CopyChars1To1(char* aDest,PRInt32 anDestOffset,const char* aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRUint32 aCount) {
char* dst = aDest+anDestOffset;
char* src = (char*)aSource+anOffset;
memcpy(dst,src,aCount);
}
/**
* Going 1 to 2 requires a conversion from ascii to unicode. This can be expensive.
* @param aDest is the destination buffer
* @param aDestOffset is the pos to start copy to in the dest buffer
* @param aSource is the source buffer
* @param anOffset is the offset to start copying from in the source buffer
* @param aCount is the (max) number of chars to copy
*/
void CopyChars1To2(char* aDest,PRInt32 anDestOffset,const char* aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRUint32 aCount) {
PRUnichar* theDest=(PRUnichar*)aDest;
PRUnichar* to = theDest+anDestOffset;
const unsigned char* first= (const unsigned char*)aSource+anOffset;
const unsigned char* last = first+aCount;
//now loop over characters, shifting them left...
while(first<last) {
*to=(PRUnichar)(*first);
to++;
first++;
}
}
/**
* Going 2 to 1 requires a conversion from unicode down to ascii. This can be lossy.
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the destination buffer
* @param aDestOffset is the pos to start copy to in the dest buffer
* @param aSource is the source buffer
* @param anOffset is the offset to start copying from in the source buffer
* @param aCount is the (max) number of chars to copy
*/
void CopyChars2To1(char* aDest,PRInt32 anDestOffset,const char* aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRUint32 aCount) {
char* to = aDest+anDestOffset;
PRUnichar* theSource=(PRUnichar*)aSource;
const PRUnichar* first= theSource+anOffset;
const PRUnichar* last = first+aCount;
//now loop over characters, shifting them left...
while(first<last) {
if(*first<256)
*to=(char)*first;
else *to='.';
to++;
first++;
}
}
/**
* Going 2 to 2 is fast and efficient.
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the destination buffer
* @param aDestOffset is the pos to start copy to in the dest buffer
* @param aSource is the source buffer
* @param anOffset is the offset to start copying from in the source buffer
* @param aCount is the (max) number of chars to copy
*/
void CopyChars2To2(char* aDest,PRInt32 anDestOffset,const char* aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRUint32 aCount) {
PRUnichar* theDest=(PRUnichar*)aDest;
PRUnichar* to = theDest+anDestOffset;
PRUnichar* theSource=(PRUnichar*)aSource;
PRUnichar* from= theSource+anOffset;
memcpy((void*)to,(void*)from,aCount*sizeof(PRUnichar));
}
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef void (*CopyChars)(char* aDest,PRInt32 anDestOffset,const char* aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRUint32 aCount);
CopyChars gCopyChars[2][2]={
{&CopyChars1To1,&CopyChars1To2},
{&CopyChars2To1,&CopyChars2To2}
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// This set of methods is used to search a buffer looking for a char.
//
/**
* This methods cans the given buffer for the given char
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest is the buffer to be searched
* @param aLength is the size (in char-units, not bytes) of the buffer
* @param anOffset is the start pos to begin searching
* @param aChar is the target character we're looking for
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to use a case sensitive search
* @return index of pos if found, else -1 (kNotFound)
*/
inline PRInt32 FindChar1(const char* aDest,PRUint32 aLength,PRUint32 anOffset,const PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase) {
if(aIgnoreCase) {
char theChar=(char)nsCRT::ToUpper(aChar);
const char* ptr=aDest+(anOffset-1);
const char* last=aDest+aLength;
while(++ptr<last){
if(nsCRT::ToUpper(*ptr)==theChar)
return ptr-aDest;
}
}
else {
const char* ptr = aDest+anOffset;
char theChar=(char)aChar;
const char* result=(const char*)memchr(ptr, theChar,aLength-anOffset);
if(result) {
return result-aDest;
}
}
return kNotFound;
}
/**
* This methods cans the given buffer for the given char
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest is the buffer to be searched
* @param aLength is the size (in char-units, not bytes) of the buffer
* @param anOffset is the start pos to begin searching
* @param aChar is the target character we're looking for
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to use a case sensitive search
* @return index of pos if found, else -1 (kNotFound)
*/
inline PRInt32 FindChar2(const char* aDest,PRUint32 aLength,PRUint32 anOffset,const PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase) {
const PRUnichar* root=(PRUnichar*)aDest;
const PRUnichar* ptr=root+(anOffset-1);
const PRUnichar* last=root+aLength;
if(aIgnoreCase) {
PRUnichar theChar=nsCRT::ToUpper(aChar);
while(++ptr<last){
if(nsCRT::ToUpper(*ptr)==theChar)
return ptr-root;
}
}
else {
while(++ptr<last){
if(*ptr==aChar)
return (ptr-root);
}
}
return kNotFound;
}
/**
* This methods cans the given buffer (in reverse) for the given char
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest is the buffer to be searched
* @param aLength is the size (in char-units, not bytes) of the buffer
* @param anOffset is the start pos to begin searching
* @param aChar is the target character we're looking for
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to use a case sensitive search
* @return index of pos if found, else -1 (kNotFound)
*/
inline PRInt32 RFindChar1(const char* aDest,PRUint32 aDestLength,PRUint32 anOffset,const PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase) {
PRInt32 theIndex=0;
if(aIgnoreCase) {
PRUnichar theChar=nsCRT::ToUpper(aChar);
for(theIndex=(PRInt32)anOffset;theIndex>=0;theIndex--){
if(nsCRT::ToUpper(aDest[theIndex])==theChar)
return theIndex;
}
}
else {
for(theIndex=(PRInt32)anOffset;theIndex>=0;theIndex--){
if(aDest[theIndex]==aChar)
return theIndex;
}
}
return kNotFound;
}
/**
* This methods cans the given buffer for the given char
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest is the buffer to be searched
* @param aLength is the size (in char-units, not bytes) of the buffer
* @param anOffset is the start pos to begin searching
* @param aChar is the target character we're looking for
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to use a case sensitive search
* @return index of pos if found, else -1 (kNotFound)
*/
inline PRInt32 RFindChar2(const char* aDest,PRUint32 aDestLength,PRUint32 anOffset,const PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase) {
PRInt32 theIndex=0;
PRUnichar* theBuf=(PRUnichar*)aDest;
if(aIgnoreCase) {
PRUnichar theChar=nsCRT::ToUpper(aChar);
for(theIndex=(PRInt32)anOffset;theIndex>=0;theIndex--){
if(nsCRT::ToUpper(theBuf[theIndex])==theChar)
return theIndex;
}
}
else {
for(theIndex=(PRInt32)anOffset;theIndex>=0;theIndex--){
if(theBuf[theIndex]==aChar)
return theIndex;
}
}
return kNotFound;
}
typedef PRInt32 (*FindChars)(const char* aDest,PRUint32 aDestLength,PRUint32 anOffset,const PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase);
FindChars gFindChars[]={&FindChar1,&FindChar2};
FindChars gRFindChars[]={&RFindChar1,&RFindChar2};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// This set of methods is used to compare one buffer onto another.
// The functions are differentiated by the size of source and dest character sizes.
// WARNING: Your destination buffer MUST be big enough to hold all the source bytes.
// We don't validate these ranges here (this should be done in higher level routines).
//
/**
* This method compares the data in one buffer with another
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aStr1 is the first buffer to be compared
* @param aStr2 is the 2nd buffer to be compared
* @param aCount is the number of chars to compare
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to use a case-sensitive comparison
* @return -1,0,1 depending on <,==,>
*/
PRInt32 Compare1To1(const char* aStr1,const char* aStr2,PRUint32 aCount,PRBool aIgnoreCase){
PRInt32 result=0;
if(aIgnoreCase)
result=nsCRT::strncasecmp(aStr1,aStr2,aCount);
else result=strncmp(aStr1,aStr2,aCount);
return result;
}
/**
* This method compares the data in one buffer with another
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aStr1 is the first buffer to be compared
* @param aStr2 is the 2nd buffer to be compared
* @param aCount is the number of chars to compare
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to use a case-sensitive comparison
* @return -1,0,1 depending on <,==,>
*/
PRInt32 Compare2To2(const char* aStr1,const char* aStr2,PRUint32 aCount,PRBool aIgnoreCase){
PRInt32 result=0;
if(aIgnoreCase)
result=nsCRT::strncasecmp((PRUnichar*)aStr1,(PRUnichar*)aStr2,aCount);
else result=nsCRT::strncmp((PRUnichar*)aStr1,(PRUnichar*)aStr2,aCount);
return result;
}
/**
* This method compares the data in one buffer with another
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aStr1 is the first buffer to be compared
* @param aStr2 is the 2nd buffer to be compared
* @param aCount is the number of chars to compare
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to use a case-sensitive comparison
* @return -1,0,1 depending on <,==,>
*/
PRInt32 Compare2To1(const char* aStr1,const char* aStr2,PRUint32 aCount,PRBool aIgnoreCase){
PRInt32 result;
if(aIgnoreCase)
result=nsCRT::strncasecmp((PRUnichar*)aStr1,aStr2,aCount);
else result=nsCRT::strncmp((PRUnichar*)aStr1,aStr2,aCount);
return result;
}
/**
* This method compares the data in one buffer with another
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aStr1 is the first buffer to be compared
* @param aStr2 is the 2nd buffer to be compared
* @param aCount is the number of chars to compare
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to use a case-sensitive comparison
* @return -1,0,1 depending on <,==,>
*/
PRInt32 Compare1To2(const char* aStr1,const char* aStr2,PRUint32 aCount,PRBool aIgnoreCase){
PRInt32 result;
if(aIgnoreCase)
result=nsCRT::strncasecmp((PRUnichar*)aStr2,aStr1,aCount)*-1;
else result=nsCRT::strncmp((PRUnichar*)aStr2,aStr1,aCount)*-1;
return result;
}
typedef PRInt32 (*CompareChars)(const char* aStr1,const char* aStr2,PRUint32 aCount,PRBool aIgnoreCase);
CompareChars gCompare[2][2]={
{&Compare1To1,&Compare1To2},
{&Compare2To1,&Compare2To2},
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// This set of methods is used to convert the case of strings...
//
/**
* This method performs a case conversion the data in the given buffer
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the buffer to be case shifted
* @param aCount is the number of chars to compare
* @param aToUpper tells us whether to convert to upper or lower
* @return 0
*/
PRInt32 ConvertCase1(char* aString,PRUint32 aCount,PRBool aToUpper){
PRInt32 result=0;
typedef char chartype;
chartype* cp = (chartype*)aString;
chartype* end = cp + aCount-1;
while (cp <= end) {
chartype ch = *cp;
if(aToUpper) {
if ((ch >= 'a') && (ch <= 'z')) {
*cp = 'A' + (ch - 'a');
}
}
else {
if ((ch >= 'A') && (ch <= 'Z')) {
*cp = 'a' + (ch - 'A');
}
}
cp++;
}
return result;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef RICKG_TESTBED
class HandleCaseConversionShutdown3 : public nsIShutdownListener {
public :
NS_IMETHOD OnShutdown(const nsCID& cid, nsISupports* service);
HandleCaseConversionShutdown3(void) { NS_INIT_REFCNT(); }
virtual ~HandleCaseConversionShutdown3(void) {}
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
};
static NS_DEFINE_CID(kUnicharUtilCID, NS_UNICHARUTIL_CID);
static NS_DEFINE_IID(kICaseConversionIID, NS_ICASECONVERSION_IID);
static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIShutdownListenerIID, NS_ISHUTDOWNLISTENER_IID);
static nsICaseConversion * gCaseConv = 0;
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(HandleCaseConversionShutdown3, kIShutdownListenerIID);
nsresult HandleCaseConversionShutdown3::OnShutdown(const nsCID& cid, nsISupports* service) {
if (cid.Equals(kUnicharUtilCID)) {
NS_ASSERTION(service == gCaseConv, "wrong service!");
if(gCaseConv){
gCaseConv->Release();
gCaseConv = 0;
}
}
return NS_OK;
}
class CCaseConversionServiceInitializer {
public:
CCaseConversionServiceInitializer(){
mListener = new HandleCaseConversionShutdown3();
if(mListener){
mListener->AddRef();
nsServiceManager::GetService(kUnicharUtilCID, kICaseConversionIID,(nsISupports**) &gCaseConv, mListener);
}
}
protected:
HandleCaseConversionShutdown3* mListener;
};
#endif
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
* This method performs a case conversion the data in the given buffer
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the buffer to be case shifted
* @param aCount is the number of chars to compare
* @param aToUpper tells us whether to convert to upper or lower
* @return 0
*/
PRInt32 ConvertCase2(char* aString,PRUint32 aCount,PRBool aToUpper){
PRUnichar* cp = (PRUnichar*)aString;
PRUnichar* end = cp + aCount-1;
PRInt32 result=0;
#ifndef RICKG_TESTBED
static CCaseConversionServiceInitializer gCaseConversionServiceInitializer;
// I18N code begin
if(gCaseConv) {
nsresult err=(aToUpper) ? gCaseConv->ToUpper(cp, cp, aCount) : gCaseConv->ToLower(cp, cp, aCount);
if(NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
return 0;
}
// I18N code end
#endif
while (cp <= end) {
PRUnichar ch = *cp;
if(aToUpper) {
if ((ch >= 'a') && (ch <= 'z')) {
*cp = 'A' + (ch - 'a');
}
}
else {
if ((ch >= 'A') && (ch <= 'Z')) {
*cp = 'a' + (ch - 'A');
}
}
cp++;
}
return result;
}
typedef PRInt32 (*CaseConverters)(char*,PRUint32,PRBool);
CaseConverters gCaseConverters[]={&ConvertCase1,&ConvertCase2};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// This set of methods is used compress char sequences in a buffer...
//
/**
* This method compresses duplicate runs of a given char from the given buffer
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the buffer to be manipulated
* @param aLength is the length of the buffer
* @param aSet tells us which chars to compress from given buffer
* @param aEliminateLeading tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @param aEliminateTrailing tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @return the new length of the given buffer
*/
PRInt32 CompressChars1(char* aString,PRUint32 aLength,const char* aSet){
typedef char chartype;
chartype* from = aString;
chartype* end = aString + aLength-1;
chartype* to = from;
//this code converts /n, /t, /r into normal space ' ';
//it also compresses runs of whitespace down to a single char...
if(aSet && aString && (0 < aLength)){
PRUint32 aSetLen=strlen(aSet);
while (from <= end) {
chartype theChar = *from++;
if(kNotFound!=FindChar1(aSet,aSetLen,0,theChar,PR_FALSE)){
*to++=theChar;
while (from <= end) {
theChar = *from++;
if(kNotFound==FindChar1(aSet,aSetLen,0,theChar,PR_FALSE)){
*to++ = theChar;
break;
}
}
} else {
*to++ = theChar;
}
}
*to = 0;
}
return to - (chartype*)aString;
}
/**
* This method compresses duplicate runs of a given char from the given buffer
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the buffer to be manipulated
* @param aLength is the length of the buffer
* @param aSet tells us which chars to compress from given buffer
* @param aEliminateLeading tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @param aEliminateTrailing tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @return the new length of the given buffer
*/
PRInt32 CompressChars2(char* aString,PRUint32 aLength,const char* aSet){
typedef PRUnichar chartype;
chartype* from = (chartype*)aString;
chartype* end = from + aLength-1;
chartype* to = from;
//this code converts /n, /t, /r into normal space ' ';
//it also compresses runs of whitespace down to a single char...
if(aSet && aString && (0 < aLength)){
PRUint32 aSetLen=strlen(aSet);
while (from <= end) {
chartype theChar = *from++;
if(kNotFound!=FindChar1(aSet,aSetLen,0,theChar,PR_FALSE)){
*to++=theChar;
while (from <= end) {
theChar = *from++;
if(kNotFound==FindChar1(aSet,aSetLen,0,theChar,PR_FALSE)){
*to++ = theChar;
break;
}
}
} else {
*to++ = theChar;
}
}
*to = 0;
}
return to - (chartype*)aString;
}
typedef PRInt32 (*CompressChars)(char* aString,PRUint32 aCount,const char* aSet);
CompressChars gCompressChars[]={&CompressChars1,&CompressChars2};
/**
* This method strips chars in a given set from the given buffer
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the buffer to be manipulated
* @param aLength is the length of the buffer
* @param aSet tells us which chars to compress from given buffer
* @param aEliminateLeading tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @param aEliminateTrailing tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @return the new length of the given buffer
*/
PRInt32 StripChars1(char* aString,PRUint32 aLength,const char* aSet){
typedef char chartype;
chartype* to = aString;
chartype* from = aString-1;
chartype* end = aString + aLength;
if(aSet && aString && (0 < aLength)){
PRUint32 aSetLen=strlen(aSet);
while (++from < end) {
chartype theChar = *from;
if(kNotFound==FindChar1(aSet,aSetLen,0,theChar,PR_FALSE)){
*to++ = theChar;
}
}
*to = 0;
}
return to - (chartype*)aString;
}
/**
* This method strips chars in a given set from the given buffer
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the buffer to be manipulated
* @param aLength is the length of the buffer
* @param aSet tells us which chars to compress from given buffer
* @param aEliminateLeading tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @param aEliminateTrailing tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @return the new length of the given buffer
*/
PRInt32 StripChars2(char* aString,PRUint32 aLength,const char* aSet){
typedef PRUnichar chartype;
chartype* to = (chartype*)aString;
chartype* from = (chartype*)aString-1;
chartype* end = to + aLength;
if(aSet && aString && (0 < aLength)){
PRUint32 aSetLen=strlen(aSet);
while (++from < end) {
chartype theChar = *from;
if(kNotFound==FindChar1(aSet,aSetLen,0,theChar,PR_FALSE)){
*to++ = theChar;
}
}
*to = 0;
}
return to - (chartype*)aString;
}
typedef PRInt32 (*StripChars)(char* aString,PRUint32 aCount,const char* aSet);
StripChars gStripChars[]={&StripChars1,&StripChars2};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
#!nmake
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
# Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
# compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
#
# Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# NPL.
#
# The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
# Reserved.
DEPTH=..\..
MODULE = xpcom
################################################################################
## exports
EXPORTS = \
nsTextFormater.h \
nsAVLTree.h \
nsCppSharedAllocator.h \
nsCRT.h \
nsDeque.h \
nsEnumeratorUtils.h \
nsHashtable.h \
nsHashtableEnumerator.h \
nsIArena.h \
nsIByteBuffer.h \
nsIObserverList.h \
nsIProperties.h \
nsISimpleEnumerator.h \
nsISizeOfHandler.h \
nsIUnicharBuffer.h \
nsIVariant.h \
nsInt64.h \
nsQuickSort.h \
nsStr.h \
nsString.h \
nsString2.h \
nsSupportsPrimitives.h \
nsTime.h \
nsUnitConversion.h \
nsVector.h \
nsVoidArray.h \
nsXPIDLString.h \
plvector.h \
$(NULL)
XPIDL_MODULE = xpcom_ds
XPIDLSRCS = \
.\nsIAtom.idl \
.\nsICollection.idl \
.\nsIEnumerator.idl \
.\nsIObserver.idl \
.\nsIObserverService.idl \
.\nsISupportsArray.idl \
.\nsISupportsPrimitives.idl \
$(NULL)
################################################################################
## library
LIBRARY_NAME=xpcomds_s
LINCS = \
-I$(PUBLIC)\xpcom \
-I$(PUBLIC)\uconv \
-I$(PUBLIC)\unicharutil \
$(NULL)
LCFLAGS = -D_IMPL_NS_COM -D_IMPL_NS_BASE -DWIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
CPP_OBJS = \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsTextFormater.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsArena.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsAtomTable.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsAVLTree.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsByteBuffer.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsCRT.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsConjoiningEnumerator.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsDeque.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsEmptyEnumerator.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsEnumeratorUtils.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsHashtable.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsHashtableEnumerator.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsObserver.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsObserverList.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsObserverService.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsProperties.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsQuickSort.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsSizeOfHandler.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsStr.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsString.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsString2.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsSupportsArray.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsSupportsArrayEnumerator.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsSupportsPrimitives.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsUnicharBuffer.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsVariant.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsVoidArray.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsXPIDLString.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\plvector.obj \
$(NULL)
include <$(DEPTH)\config\rules.mak>
libs:: $(LIBRARY)
$(MAKE_INSTALL) $(LIBRARY) $(DIST)\lib
clobber::
rm -f $(DIST)\lib\$(LIBRARY_NAME).lib

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,617 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsAVLTree.h"
enum eLean {eLeft,eNeutral,eRight};
struct NS_COM nsAVLNode {
public:
nsAVLNode(void* aValue) {
mLeft=0;
mRight=0;
mSkew=eNeutral;
mValue=aValue;
}
nsAVLNode* mLeft;
nsAVLNode* mRight;
eLean mSkew;
void* mValue;
};
/************************************************************
Now begin the tree class. Don't forget that the comparison
between nodes must occur via the comparitor function,
otherwise all you're testing is pointer addresses.
************************************************************/
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
nsAVLTree::nsAVLTree(nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor,
nsAVLNodeFunctor* aDeallocator) :
mComparitor(aComparitor), mDeallocator(aDeallocator) {
mRoot=0;
mCount=0;
}
static void
avlDeleteTree(nsAVLNode* aNode){
if (aNode) {
avlDeleteTree(aNode->mLeft);
avlDeleteTree(aNode->mRight);
delete aNode;
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param
* @return
*/
nsAVLTree::~nsAVLTree(){
if (mDeallocator) {
ForEachDepthFirst(*mDeallocator);
}
avlDeleteTree(mRoot);
}
class CDoesntExist: public nsAVLNodeFunctor {
public:
CDoesntExist(const nsAVLTree& anotherTree) : mOtherTree(anotherTree) {
}
virtual void* operator()(void* anItem) {
void* result=mOtherTree.FindItem(anItem);
if(result)
return nsnull;
return anItem;
}
protected:
const nsAVLTree& mOtherTree;
};
/**
* This method compares two trees (members by identity).
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param tree to compare against
* @return true if they are identical (contain same stuff).
*/
PRBool nsAVLTree::operator==(const nsAVLTree& aCopy) const{
CDoesntExist functor(aCopy);
void* theItem=FirstThat(functor);
PRBool result=PRBool(!theItem);
return result;
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlRotateRight(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
ptr2=aRootNode->mRight;
if(ptr2->mSkew==eRight) {
aRootNode->mRight=ptr2->mLeft;
ptr2->mLeft=aRootNode;
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else {
ptr3=ptr2->mLeft;
ptr2->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=ptr2;
aRootNode->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=aRootNode;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eLeft)
ptr2->mSkew=eRight;
else ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eRight)
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
else aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr3;
}
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
return;
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/27/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlRotateLeft(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
ptr2=aRootNode->mLeft;
if(ptr2->mSkew==eLeft) {
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr2->mRight;
ptr2->mRight=aRootNode;
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else {
ptr3=ptr2->mRight;
ptr2->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=ptr2;
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=aRootNode;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eRight)
ptr2->mSkew=eLeft;
else ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
if(ptr3->mSkew==eLeft)
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
else aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
aRootNode=ptr3;
}
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
return;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static eAVLStatus
avlInsert(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, nsAVLNode* aNewNode,
nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor) {
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_unknown;
if(!aRootNode) {
aRootNode = aNewNode;
return eAVL_ok;
}
if(aNewNode==aRootNode->mValue) {
return eAVL_duplicate;
}
PRInt32 theCompareResult=aComparitor(aRootNode->mValue,aNewNode->mValue);
if(0 < theCompareResult) { //if(anItem<aRootNode->mValue)
result=avlInsert(aRootNode->mLeft,aNewNode,aComparitor);
if(eAVL_ok==result) {
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
avlRotateLeft(aRootNode);
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eRight:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
break;
} //switch
}//if
} //if
else {
result=avlInsert(aRootNode->mRight,aNewNode,aComparitor);
if(eAVL_ok==result) {
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eRight:
avlRotateRight(aRootNode);
result=eAVL_fail;
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
break;
} //switch
}
} //if
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static void
avlBalanceLeft(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, PRBool& delOk){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
eLean balnc2;
eLean balnc3;
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
ptr2=aRootNode->mLeft;
balnc2=ptr2->mSkew;
if(balnc2!=eRight) {
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr2->mRight;
ptr2->mRight=aRootNode;
if(balnc2==eNeutral){
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
ptr2->mSkew=eRight;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
}
else{
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else{
ptr3=ptr2->mRight;
balnc3=ptr3->mSkew;
ptr2->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=ptr2;
aRootNode->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=aRootNode;
if(balnc3==eRight) {
ptr2->mSkew=eLeft;
}
else {
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
if(balnc3==eLeft) {
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
}
else {
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr3;
ptr3->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
break;
case eRight:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
break;
}//switch
return;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static void
avlBalanceRight(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, PRBool& delOk){
nsAVLNode* ptr2;
nsAVLNode* ptr3;
eLean balnc2;
eLean balnc3;
switch(aRootNode->mSkew){
case eLeft:
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
break;
case eRight:
ptr2=aRootNode->mRight;
balnc2=ptr2->mSkew;
if(balnc2!=eLeft) {
aRootNode->mRight=ptr2->mLeft;
ptr2->mLeft=aRootNode;
if(balnc2==eNeutral){
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
ptr2->mSkew=eLeft;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
}
else{
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr2;
}
else{
ptr3=ptr2->mLeft;
balnc3=ptr3->mSkew;
ptr2->mLeft=ptr3->mRight;
ptr3->mRight=ptr2;
aRootNode->mRight=ptr3->mLeft;
ptr3->mLeft=aRootNode;
if(balnc3==eLeft) {
ptr2->mSkew=eRight;
}
else {
ptr2->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
if(balnc3==eRight) {
aRootNode->mSkew=eLeft;
}
else {
aRootNode->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
aRootNode=ptr3;
ptr3->mSkew=eNeutral;
}
break;
case eNeutral:
aRootNode->mSkew=eRight;
delOk=PR_FALSE;
break;
}//switch
return;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static eAVLStatus
avlRemoveChildren(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode,nsAVLNode*& anotherNode, PRBool& delOk){
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_ok;
if(!anotherNode->mRight){
aRootNode->mValue=anotherNode->mValue; //swap
anotherNode=anotherNode->mLeft;
delOk=PR_TRUE;
}
else{
avlRemoveChildren(aRootNode,anotherNode->mRight,delOk);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceLeft(anotherNode,delOk);
}
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
static eAVLStatus
avlRemove(nsAVLNode*& aRootNode, void* anItem, PRBool& delOk,
nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor){
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_ok;
if(!aRootNode)
delOk=PR_FALSE;
else {
PRInt32 cmp=aComparitor(anItem,aRootNode->mValue);
if(cmp<0){
avlRemove(aRootNode->mLeft,anItem,delOk,aComparitor);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceRight(aRootNode,delOk);
}
else if(cmp>0){
avlRemove(aRootNode->mRight,anItem,delOk,aComparitor);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceLeft(aRootNode,delOk);
}
else{ //they match...
nsAVLNode* temp=aRootNode;
if(!aRootNode->mRight) {
aRootNode=aRootNode->mLeft;
delOk=PR_TRUE;
delete temp;
}
else if(!aRootNode->mLeft) {
aRootNode=aRootNode->mRight;
delOk=PR_TRUE;
delete temp;
}
else {
avlRemoveChildren(aRootNode,aRootNode->mLeft,delOk);
if(delOk)
avlBalanceRight(aRootNode,delOk);
}
}
}
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
eAVLStatus
nsAVLTree::AddItem(void* anItem){
eAVLStatus result=eAVL_ok;
nsAVLNode* theNewNode=new nsAVLNode(anItem);
result=avlInsert(mRoot,theNewNode,mComparitor);
if(eAVL_duplicate!=result)
mCount++;
else {
delete theNewNode;
}
return result;
}
/** ------------------------------------------------
*
*
* @update gess 4/22/98
* @param
* @return
*/ //----------------------------------------------
void* nsAVLTree::FindItem(void* aValue) const{
nsAVLNode* result=mRoot;
PRInt32 count=0;
while(result) {
count++;
PRInt32 cmp=mComparitor(aValue,result->mValue);
if(0==cmp) {
//we matched...
break;
}
else if(0>cmp){
//theNode was greater...
result=result->mLeft;
}
else {
//aValue is greater...
result=result->mRight;
}
}
if(result) {
return result->mValue;
}
return nsnull;
}
/**
*
* @update gess12/30/98
* @param
* @return
*/
eAVLStatus
nsAVLTree::RemoveItem(void* aValue){
PRBool delOk=PR_TRUE;
eAVLStatus result=avlRemove(mRoot,aValue,delOk,mComparitor);
if(eAVL_ok==result)
mCount--;
return result;
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlForEachDepthFirst(nsAVLNode* aNode, nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor){
if(aNode) {
avlForEachDepthFirst(aNode->mLeft,aFunctor);
avlForEachDepthFirst(aNode->mRight,aFunctor);
aFunctor(aNode->mValue);
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void
nsAVLTree::ForEachDepthFirst(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
::avlForEachDepthFirst(mRoot,aFunctor);
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void
avlForEach(nsAVLNode* aNode, nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) {
if(aNode) {
avlForEach(aNode->mLeft,aFunctor);
aFunctor(aNode->mValue);
avlForEach(aNode->mRight,aFunctor);
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void
nsAVLTree::ForEach(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
::avlForEach(mRoot,aFunctor);
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void*
avlFirstThat(nsAVLNode* aNode, nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) {
void* result=nsnull;
if(aNode) {
result = avlFirstThat(aNode->mLeft,aFunctor);
if (result) {
return result;
}
result = aFunctor(aNode->mValue);
if (result) {
return result;
}
result = avlFirstThat(aNode->mRight,aFunctor);
}
return result;
}
/**
*
* @update gess9/11/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void*
nsAVLTree::FirstThat(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
return ::avlFirstThat(mRoot,aFunctor);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsAVLTree_h___
#define nsAVLTree_h___
#include "nscore.h"
enum eAVLStatus {eAVL_unknown,eAVL_ok,eAVL_fail,eAVL_duplicate};
struct nsAVLNode;
/**
*
* @update gess12/26/98
* @param anObject1 is the first object to be compared
* @param anObject2 is the second object to be compared
* @return -1,0,1 if object1 is less, equal, greater than object2
*/
class NS_COM nsAVLNodeComparitor {
public:
virtual PRInt32 operator()(void* anItem1,void* anItem2)=0;
};
class NS_COM nsAVLNodeFunctor {
public:
virtual void* operator()(void* anItem)=0;
};
class NS_COM nsAVLTree {
public:
nsAVLTree(nsAVLNodeComparitor& aComparitor, nsAVLNodeFunctor* aDeallocator);
~nsAVLTree(void);
PRBool operator==(const nsAVLTree& aOther) const;
PRInt32 GetCount(void) const {return mCount;}
//main functions...
eAVLStatus AddItem(void* anItem);
eAVLStatus RemoveItem(void* anItem);
void* FindItem(void* anItem) const;
void ForEach(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
void ForEachDepthFirst(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
void* FirstThat(nsAVLNodeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
protected:
nsAVLNode* mRoot;
PRInt32 mCount;
nsAVLNodeComparitor& mComparitor;
nsAVLNodeFunctor* mDeallocator;
};
#endif /* nsAVLTree_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsArena.h"
#include "nsCRT.h"
ArenaImpl::ArenaImpl(void)
: mInitialized(PR_FALSE)
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
nsCRT::memset(&mPool, 0, sizeof(PLArenaPool));
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ArenaImpl::Init(PRUint32 aBlockSize)
{
if (aBlockSize < NS_MIN_ARENA_BLOCK_SIZE) {
aBlockSize = NS_DEFAULT_ARENA_BLOCK_SIZE;
}
PL_INIT_ARENA_POOL(&mPool, "nsIArena", aBlockSize);
mBlockSize = aBlockSize;
mInitialized = PR_TRUE;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(ArenaImpl, nsIArena)
ArenaImpl::~ArenaImpl()
{
if (mInitialized)
PL_FinishArenaPool(&mPool);
mInitialized = PR_FALSE;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void*)
ArenaImpl::Alloc(PRUint32 size)
{
// Adjust size so that it's a multiple of sizeof(double)
PRUint32 align = size & (sizeof(double) - 1);
if (0 != align) {
size += sizeof(double) - align;
}
void* p;
PL_ARENA_ALLOCATE(p, &mPool, size);
return p;
}
NS_METHOD
ArenaImpl::Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
{
if (aOuter)
return NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
ArenaImpl* it = new ArenaImpl();
if (nsnull == it)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(it);
nsresult rv = it->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
NS_RELEASE(it);
return rv;
}
NS_COM nsresult NS_NewHeapArena(nsIArena** aInstancePtrResult,
PRUint32 aArenaBlockSize)
{
nsresult rv;
nsIArena* arena;
rv = ArenaImpl::Create(NULL, nsIArena::GetIID(), (void**)&arena);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
rv = arena->Init(aArenaBlockSize);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
NS_RELEASE(arena);
return rv;
}
*aInstancePtrResult = arena;
return rv;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsArena_h__
#define nsArena_h__
#include "nsIArena.h"
#define PL_ARENA_CONST_ALIGN_MASK 7
#include "plarena.h"
// Simple arena implementation layered on plarena
class ArenaImpl : public nsIArena {
public:
ArenaImpl(void);
virtual ~ArenaImpl();
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
static NS_METHOD
Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
NS_IMETHOD Init(PRUint32 arenaBlockSize);
NS_IMETHOD_(void*) Alloc(PRUint32 size);
protected:
PLArenaPool mPool;
PRUint32 mBlockSize;
private:
PRBool mInitialized;
};
#endif // nsArena_h__

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsAtomTable.h"
#include "nsString.h"
#include "nsCRT.h"
#include "plhash.h"
#include "nsISizeOfHandler.h"
/**
* The shared hash table for atom lookups.
*/
static nsrefcnt gAtoms;
static struct PLHashTable* gAtomHashTable;
#if defined(DEBUG) && (defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_PC))
static PRIntn
DumpAtomLeaks(PLHashEntry *he, PRIntn index, void *arg)
{
AtomImpl* atom = (AtomImpl*) he->value;
if (atom) {
nsAutoString tmp;
atom->ToString(tmp);
fputs(tmp, stdout);
fputs("\n", stdout);
}
return HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
}
#endif
NS_COM void NS_PurgeAtomTable(void)
{
if (gAtomHashTable) {
#if defined(DEBUG) && (defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_PC))
if (gAtoms) {
if (getenv("MOZ_DUMP_ATOM_LEAKS")) {
printf("*** leaking %d atoms\n", gAtoms);
PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(gAtomHashTable, DumpAtomLeaks, 0);
}
}
#endif
PL_HashTableDestroy(gAtomHashTable);
gAtomHashTable = nsnull;
}
}
AtomImpl::AtomImpl()
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
// Every live atom holds a reference on the atom hashtable
gAtoms++;
}
AtomImpl::~AtomImpl()
{
NS_PRECONDITION(nsnull != gAtomHashTable, "null atom hashtable");
if (nsnull != gAtomHashTable) {
PL_HashTableRemove(gAtomHashTable, mString);
nsrefcnt cnt = --gAtoms;
if (0 == cnt) {
// When the last atom is destroyed, the atom arena is destroyed
NS_ASSERTION(0 == gAtomHashTable->nentries, "bad atom table");
PL_HashTableDestroy(gAtomHashTable);
gAtomHashTable = nsnull;
}
}
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(AtomImpl, nsIAtom)
void* AtomImpl::operator new(size_t size, const PRUnichar* us, PRInt32 uslen)
{
size = size + uslen * sizeof(PRUnichar);
AtomImpl* ii = (AtomImpl*) ::operator new(size);
nsCRT::memcpy(ii->mString, us, uslen * sizeof(PRUnichar));
ii->mString[uslen] = 0;
return ii;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
AtomImpl::ToString(nsString& aBuf) /*FIX: const */
{
aBuf.SetLength(0);
aBuf.Append(mString, nsCRT::strlen(mString));
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
AtomImpl::GetUnicode(const PRUnichar **aResult) /*FIX: const */
{
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
*aResult = mString;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
AtomImpl::SizeOf(nsISizeOfHandler* aHandler, PRUint32* _retval) /*FIX: const */
{
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
PRUint32 sum = sizeof(*this) + nsCRT::strlen(mString) * sizeof(PRUnichar);
*_retval = sum;
return NS_OK;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
static PLHashNumber HashKey(const PRUnichar* k)
{
return (PLHashNumber) nsCRT::HashValue(k);
}
static PRIntn CompareKeys(const PRUnichar* k1, const PRUnichar* k2)
{
return nsCRT::strcmp(k1, k2) == 0;
}
NS_COM nsIAtom* NS_NewAtom(const char* isolatin1)
{
nsAutoString tmp(isolatin1);
return NS_NewAtom(tmp.GetUnicode());
}
NS_COM nsIAtom* NS_NewAtom(const nsString& aString)
{
return NS_NewAtom(aString.GetUnicode());
}
NS_COM nsIAtom* NS_NewAtom(const PRUnichar* us)
{
if (nsnull == gAtomHashTable) {
gAtomHashTable = PL_NewHashTable(8, (PLHashFunction) HashKey,
(PLHashComparator) CompareKeys,
(PLHashComparator) nsnull,
nsnull, nsnull);
}
PRUint32 uslen;
PRUint32 hashCode = nsCRT::HashValue(us, &uslen);
PLHashEntry** hep = PL_HashTableRawLookup(gAtomHashTable, hashCode, us);
PLHashEntry* he = *hep;
if (nsnull != he) {
nsIAtom* id = (nsIAtom*) he->value;
NS_ADDREF(id);
return id;
}
AtomImpl* id = new(us, uslen) AtomImpl();
PL_HashTableRawAdd(gAtomHashTable, hep, hashCode, id->mString, id);
NS_ADDREF(id);
return id;
}
NS_COM nsrefcnt NS_GetNumberOfAtoms(void)
{
if (nsnull != gAtomHashTable) {
NS_PRECONDITION(nsrefcnt(gAtomHashTable->nentries) == gAtoms, "bad atom table");
}
return gAtoms;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsAtomTable_h__
#define nsAtomTable_h__
#include "nsIAtom.h"
class AtomImpl : public nsIAtom {
public:
AtomImpl();
virtual ~AtomImpl();
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
NS_DECL_NSIATOM
void* operator new(size_t size, const PRUnichar* us, PRInt32 uslen);
void operator delete(void* ptr) {
::operator delete(ptr);
}
// Actually more; 0 terminated. This slot is reserved for the
// terminating zero.
PRUnichar mString[1];
};
#endif // nsAtomTable_h__

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,723 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsBuffer.h"
#include "nsAutoLock.h"
#include "nsCRT.h"
#include "nsIInputStream.h"
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsIPageManager.h"
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
nsBuffer::nsBuffer()
: mGrowBySize(0),
mMaxSize(0),
mAllocator(nsnull),
mObserver(nsnull),
mBufferSize(0),
mReadSegment(nsnull),
mReadCursor(0),
mWriteSegment(nsnull),
mWriteCursor(0),
mReaderClosed(PR_FALSE),
mCondition(NS_OK)
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
PR_INIT_CLIST(&mSegments);
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::Init(PRUint32 growBySize, PRUint32 maxSize,
nsIBufferObserver* observer, nsIAllocator* allocator)
{
NS_ASSERTION(sizeof(PRCList) <= SEGMENT_OVERHEAD,
"need to change SEGMENT_OVERHEAD size");
NS_ASSERTION(growBySize > SEGMENT_OVERHEAD, "bad growBySize");
mGrowBySize = growBySize;
mMaxSize = maxSize;
mObserver = observer;
NS_IF_ADDREF(mObserver);
mAllocator = allocator;
NS_ADDREF(mAllocator);
return NS_OK;
}
nsBuffer::~nsBuffer()
{
// Free any allocated pages...
while (!PR_CLIST_IS_EMPTY(&mSegments)) {
PRCList* header = (PRCList*)mSegments.next;
char* segment = (char*)header;
PR_REMOVE_LINK(header); // unlink from mSegments
(void) mAllocator->Free(segment);
}
NS_IF_RELEASE(mObserver);
NS_IF_RELEASE(mAllocator);
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsBuffer, nsIBuffer)
NS_METHOD
nsBuffer::Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
{
if (aOuter)
return NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
nsBuffer* buf = new nsBuffer();
if (buf == nsnull)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(buf);
nsresult rv = buf->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
NS_RELEASE(buf);
return rv;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
nsresult
nsBuffer::PushWriteSegment()
{
nsAutoCMonitor mon(this); // protect mSegments
if (mBufferSize >= mMaxSize) {
if (mObserver) {
nsresult rv = mObserver->OnFull(this);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
}
return NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK;
}
// allocate a new segment to write into
PRCList* header;
header = (PRCList*)mAllocator->Alloc(mGrowBySize);
if (header == nsnull)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
mBufferSize += mGrowBySize;
PR_INSERT_BEFORE(header, &mSegments); // insert at end
// initialize the write segment
mWriteSegment = header;
mWriteSegmentEnd = (char*)mWriteSegment + mGrowBySize;
mWriteCursor = (char*)mWriteSegment + sizeof(PRCList);
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult
nsBuffer::PopReadSegment()
{
nsresult rv;
nsAutoCMonitor mon(this); // protect mSegments
PRCList* header = (PRCList*)mSegments.next;
char* segment = (char*)header;
NS_ASSERTION(mReadSegment == header, "wrong segment");
// make sure that the writer isn't still in this segment (that the
// reader is removing)
NS_ASSERTION(!(segment <= mWriteCursor && mWriteCursor < segment + mGrowBySize),
"removing writer's segment");
PR_REMOVE_LINK(header); // unlink from mSegments
mBufferSize -= mGrowBySize;
rv = mAllocator->Free(segment);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
// initialize the read segment
if (PR_CLIST_IS_EMPTY(&mSegments)) {
mReadSegment = nsnull;
mReadSegmentEnd = nsnull;
mReadCursor = nsnull;
if (mObserver) {
rv = mObserver->OnEmpty(this);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
}
return NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK;
}
else {
mReadSegment = mSegments.next;
mReadSegmentEnd = (char*)mReadSegment + mGrowBySize;
mReadCursor = (char*)mReadSegment + sizeof(PRCList);
}
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// nsIBuffer methods:
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::ReadSegments(nsWriteSegmentFun writer, void* closure, PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *readCount)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mReaderClosed, "state change error");
nsAutoCMonitor mon(this);
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
PRUint32 readBufferLen;
const char* readBuffer;
*readCount = 0;
while (count > 0) {
rv = GetReadSegment(0, &readBuffer, &readBufferLen);
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || readBufferLen == 0) {
return *readCount == 0 ? rv : NS_OK;
}
readBufferLen = PR_MIN(readBufferLen, count);
while (readBufferLen > 0) {
PRUint32 writeCount;
rv = writer(closure, readBuffer, *readCount, readBufferLen, &writeCount);
NS_ASSERTION(rv != NS_BASE_STREAM_EOF, "Write should not return EOF");
if (rv == NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK || NS_FAILED(rv) || writeCount == 0) {
// if we failed to write just report what we were
// able to read so far
return *readCount == 0 ? rv : NS_OK;
}
NS_ASSERTION(writeCount <= readBufferLen, "writer returned bad writeCount");
readBuffer += writeCount;
readBufferLen -= writeCount;
*readCount += writeCount;
count -= writeCount;
if (mReadCursor + writeCount == mReadSegmentEnd) {
rv = PopReadSegment();
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
return *readCount == 0 ? rv : NS_OK;
}
}
else {
mReadCursor += writeCount;
}
}
}
return NS_OK;
}
static NS_METHOD
nsWriteToRawBuffer(void* closure,
const char* fromRawSegment,
PRUint32 offset,
PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *writeCount)
{
char* toBuf = (char*)closure;
nsCRT::memcpy(&toBuf[offset], fromRawSegment, count);
*writeCount = count;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::Read(char* toBuf, PRUint32 bufLen, PRUint32 *readCount)
{
return ReadSegments(nsWriteToRawBuffer, toBuf, bufLen, readCount);
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::GetReadSegment(PRUint32 segmentLogicalOffset,
const char* *resultSegment,
PRUint32 *resultSegmentLen)
{
nsAutoCMonitor mon(this);
// set the read segment and cursor if not already set
if (mReadSegment == nsnull) {
if (PR_CLIST_IS_EMPTY(&mSegments)) {
*resultSegmentLen = 0;
*resultSegment = nsnull;
return mCondition;
}
else {
mReadSegment = mSegments.next;
mReadSegmentEnd = (char*)mReadSegment + mGrowBySize;
mReadCursor = (char*)mReadSegment + sizeof(PRCList);
}
}
// now search for the segment starting from segmentLogicalOffset and return it
PRCList* curSeg = mReadSegment;
char* curSegStart = mReadCursor;
char* curSegEnd = mReadSegmentEnd;
PRInt32 amt;
PRInt32 offset = (PRInt32)segmentLogicalOffset;
while (offset >= 0) {
// snapshot the write cursor into a local variable -- this allows
// a writer to freely change it while we're reading while avoiding
// using a lock
char* snapshotWriteCursor = mWriteCursor; // atomic
// next check if the write cursor is in our segment
if (curSegStart <= snapshotWriteCursor &&
snapshotWriteCursor < curSegEnd) {
// same segment -- read up to the snapshotWriteCursor
curSegEnd = snapshotWriteCursor;
amt = curSegEnd - curSegStart;
if (offset < amt) {
// segmentLogicalOffset is in this segment, so read up to its end
*resultSegmentLen = amt - offset;
*resultSegment = curSegStart + offset;
return NS_OK;
}
else {
// don't continue past the write segment
*resultSegmentLen = 0;
*resultSegment = nsnull;
return mCondition;
}
}
else {
amt = curSegEnd - curSegStart;
if (offset < amt) {
// segmentLogicalOffset is in this segment, so read up to its end
*resultSegmentLen = amt - offset;
*resultSegment = curSegStart + offset;
return NS_OK;
}
else {
curSeg = PR_NEXT_LINK(curSeg);
if (curSeg == mReadSegment) {
// been all the way around
*resultSegmentLen = 0;
*resultSegment = nsnull;
return mCondition;
}
curSegEnd = (char*)curSeg + mGrowBySize;
curSegStart = (char*)curSeg + sizeof(PRCList);
offset -= amt;
}
}
}
NS_NOTREACHED("nsBuffer::GetReadSegment failed");
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::GetReadableAmount(PRUint32 *result)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mReaderClosed, "state change error");
nsAutoCMonitor mon(this);
*result = 0;
// first set the read segment and cursor if not already set
if (mReadSegment == nsnull) {
if (PR_CLIST_IS_EMPTY(&mSegments)) {
return NS_OK;
}
else {
mReadSegment = mSegments.next;
mReadSegmentEnd = (char*)mReadSegment + mGrowBySize;
mReadCursor = (char*)mReadSegment + sizeof(PRCList);
}
}
// now search for the segment starting from segmentLogicalOffset and return it
PRCList* curSeg = mReadSegment;
char* curSegStart = mReadCursor;
char* curSegEnd = mReadSegmentEnd;
PRInt32 amt;
while (PR_TRUE) {
// snapshot the write cursor into a local variable -- this allows
// a writer to freely change it while we're reading while avoiding
// using a lock
char* snapshotWriteCursor = mWriteCursor; // atomic
// next check if the write cursor is in our segment
if (curSegStart <= snapshotWriteCursor &&
snapshotWriteCursor < curSegEnd) {
// same segment -- read up to the snapshotWriteCursor
curSegEnd = snapshotWriteCursor;
amt = curSegEnd - curSegStart;
*result += amt;
return NS_OK;
}
else {
amt = curSegEnd - curSegStart;
*result += amt;
curSeg = PR_NEXT_LINK(curSeg);
if (curSeg == mReadSegment) {
// been all the way around
return NS_OK;
}
curSegEnd = (char*)curSeg + mGrowBySize;
curSegStart = (char*)curSeg + sizeof(PRCList);
}
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
#define COMPARE(s1, s2, i) ignoreCase ? nsCRT::strncasecmp((const char *)s1, (const char *)s2, (PRUint32)i) : nsCRT::strncmp((const char *)s1, (const char *)s2, (PRUint32)i)
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::Search(const char* string, PRBool ignoreCase,
PRBool *found, PRUint32 *offsetSearchedTo)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mReaderClosed, "state change error");
nsresult rv;
const char* bufSeg1;
PRUint32 bufSegLen1;
PRUint32 segmentPos = 0;
PRUint32 strLen = nsCRT::strlen(string);
rv = GetReadSegment(segmentPos, &bufSeg1, &bufSegLen1);
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || bufSegLen1 == 0) {
*found = PR_FALSE;
*offsetSearchedTo = segmentPos;
return NS_OK;
}
while (PR_TRUE) {
PRUint32 i;
// check if the string is in the buffer segment
for (i = 0; i < bufSegLen1 - strLen + 1; i++) {
if (COMPARE(&bufSeg1[i], string, strLen) == 0) {
*found = PR_TRUE;
*offsetSearchedTo = segmentPos + i;
return NS_OK;
}
}
// get the next segment
const char* bufSeg2;
PRUint32 bufSegLen2;
segmentPos += bufSegLen1;
rv = GetReadSegment(segmentPos, &bufSeg2, &bufSegLen2);
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || bufSegLen2 == 0) {
*found = PR_FALSE;
if (mCondition != NS_OK) // XXX NS_FAILED?
*offsetSearchedTo = segmentPos - bufSegLen1;
else
*offsetSearchedTo = segmentPos - bufSegLen1 - strLen + 1;
return NS_OK;
}
// check if the string is straddling the next buffer segment
PRUint32 limit = PR_MIN(strLen, bufSegLen2 + 1);
for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) {
PRUint32 strPart1Len = strLen - i - 1;
PRUint32 strPart2Len = strLen - strPart1Len;
const char* strPart2 = &string[strLen - strPart2Len];
PRUint32 bufSeg1Offset = bufSegLen1 - strPart1Len;
if (COMPARE(&bufSeg1[bufSeg1Offset], string, strPart1Len) == 0 &&
COMPARE(bufSeg2, strPart2, strPart2Len) == 0) {
*found = PR_TRUE;
*offsetSearchedTo = segmentPos - strPart1Len;
return NS_OK;
}
}
// finally continue with the next buffer
bufSeg1 = bufSeg2;
bufSegLen1 = bufSegLen2;
}
NS_NOTREACHED("can't get here");
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // keep compiler happy
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::ReaderClosed()
{
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
nsAutoCMonitor mon(this); // protect mSegments
// first prevent any more writing
mReaderClosed = PR_TRUE;
// then free any unread segments...
// first set the read segment and cursor if not already set
if (mReadSegment == nsnull) {
if (!PR_CLIST_IS_EMPTY(&mSegments)) {
mReadSegment = mSegments.next;
mReadSegmentEnd = (char*)mReadSegment + mGrowBySize;
mReadCursor = (char*)mReadSegment + sizeof(PRCList);
}
}
while (mReadSegment) {
// snapshot the write cursor into a local variable -- this allows
// a writer to freely change it while we're reading while avoiding
// using a lock
char* snapshotWriteCursor = mWriteCursor; // atomic
// next check if the write cursor is in our segment
if (mReadCursor <= snapshotWriteCursor &&
snapshotWriteCursor < mReadSegmentEnd) {
// same segment -- we've discarded all the unread segments we
// can, so just updatethe read cursor
mReadCursor = mWriteCursor;
break;
}
// else advance to the next segment, freeing this one
rv = PopReadSegment();
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) break;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
PRUint32 amt;
const char* buf;
rv = GetReadSegment(0, &buf, &amt);
NS_ASSERTION(rv == NS_BASE_STREAM_EOF ||
(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && amt == 0), "ReaderClosed failed");
#endif
return rv;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::GetCondition(nsresult *result)
{
*result = mCondition;
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::WriteSegments(nsReadSegmentFun reader, void* closure, PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *writeCount)
{
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
nsAutoCMonitor mon(this);
*writeCount = 0;
if (mReaderClosed) {
rv = NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
goto done;
}
if (NS_FAILED(mCondition)) {
rv = mCondition;
goto done;
}
while (count > 0) {
PRUint32 writeBufLen;
char* writeBuf;
rv = GetWriteSegment(&writeBuf, &writeBufLen);
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || writeBufLen == 0) {
// if we failed to allocate a new segment, we're probably out
// of memory, but we don't care -- just report what we were
// able to write so far
rv = (*writeCount == 0) ? rv : NS_OK;
goto done;
}
writeBufLen = PR_MIN(writeBufLen, count);
while (writeBufLen > 0) {
PRUint32 readCount = 0;
rv = reader(closure, writeBuf, *writeCount, writeBufLen, &readCount);
if (rv == NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK || readCount == 0) {
// if the place we're putting the data would block (probably ran
// out of room) just return what we were able to write so far
rv = (*writeCount == 0) ? rv : NS_OK;
goto done;
}
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
// save the failure condition so that we can get it again later
nsresult rv2 = SetCondition(rv);
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv2), "SetCondition failed");
// if we failed to read just report what we were
// able to write so far
rv = (*writeCount == 0) ? rv : NS_OK;
goto done;
}
NS_ASSERTION(readCount <= writeBufLen, "reader returned bad readCount");
writeBuf += readCount;
writeBufLen -= readCount;
*writeCount += readCount;
count -= readCount;
// set the write cursor after the data is valid
if (mWriteCursor + readCount == mWriteSegmentEnd) {
mWriteSegment = nsnull; // allocate a new segment next time around
mWriteSegmentEnd = nsnull;
mWriteCursor = nsnull;
}
else
mWriteCursor += readCount;
}
}
done:
if (mObserver && *writeCount) {
mObserver->OnWrite(this, *writeCount);
}
return rv;
}
static NS_METHOD
nsReadFromRawBuffer(void* closure,
char* toRawSegment,
PRUint32 offset,
PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *readCount)
{
const char* fromBuf = (const char*)closure;
nsCRT::memcpy(toRawSegment, &fromBuf[offset], count);
*readCount = count;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::Write(const char* fromBuf, PRUint32 bufLen, PRUint32 *writeCount)
{
return WriteSegments(nsReadFromRawBuffer, (void*)fromBuf, bufLen, writeCount);
}
static NS_METHOD
nsReadFromInputStream(void* closure,
char* toRawSegment,
PRUint32 offset,
PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *readCount)
{
nsIInputStream* fromStream = (nsIInputStream*)closure;
return fromStream->Read(toRawSegment, count, readCount);
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::WriteFrom(nsIInputStream* fromStream, PRUint32 count, PRUint32 *writeCount)
{
return WriteSegments(nsReadFromInputStream, fromStream, count, writeCount);
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::GetWriteSegment(char* *resultSegment,
PRUint32 *resultSegmentLen)
{
nsAutoCMonitor mon(this);
if (mReaderClosed)
return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
nsresult rv;
*resultSegmentLen = 0;
*resultSegment = nsnull;
if (mWriteSegment == nsnull) {
rv = PushWriteSegment();
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || rv == NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK) return rv;
NS_ASSERTION(mWriteSegment != nsnull, "failed to allocate segment");
}
*resultSegmentLen = mWriteSegmentEnd - mWriteCursor;
*resultSegment = mWriteCursor;
NS_ASSERTION(*resultSegmentLen > 0, "Failed to get write segment.");
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::GetWritableAmount(PRUint32 *amount)
{
if (mReaderClosed)
return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
nsresult rv;
PRUint32 readableAmount;
rv = GetReadableAmount(&readableAmount);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
*amount = mMaxSize - readableAmount;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::GetReaderClosed(PRBool *result)
{
*result = mReaderClosed;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsBuffer::SetCondition(nsresult condition)
{
nsAutoCMonitor mon(this);
if (mReaderClosed)
return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED;
mCondition = condition;
mWriteSegment = nsnull; // allows reader to free last segment w/o asserting
mWriteSegmentEnd = nsnull;
// don't reset mWriteCursor here -- we need it for the EOF point in the buffer
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static NS_DEFINE_CID(kAllocatorCID, NS_ALLOCATOR_CID);
NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewBuffer(nsIBuffer* *result,
PRUint32 growBySize, PRUint32 maxSize,
nsIBufferObserver* observer)
{
nsresult rv;
NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIAllocator, alloc, kAllocatorCID, &rv);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
nsBuffer* buf;
rv = nsBuffer::Create(NULL, nsIBuffer::GetIID(), (void**)&buf);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
rv = buf->Init(growBySize, maxSize, observer, alloc);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
NS_RELEASE(buf);
return rv;
}
*result = buf;
return NS_OK;
}
static NS_DEFINE_CID(kPageManagerCID, NS_PAGEMANAGER_CID);
NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewPageBuffer(nsIBuffer* *result,
PRUint32 growBySize, PRUint32 maxSize,
nsIBufferObserver* observer)
{
nsresult rv;
NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIAllocator, alloc, kPageManagerCID, &rv);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
nsBuffer* buf;
rv = nsBuffer::Create(NULL, nsIBuffer::GetIID(), (void**)&buf);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
rv = buf->Init(growBySize, maxSize, observer, alloc);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
NS_RELEASE(buf);
return rv;
}
*result = buf;
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsBuffer_h___
#define nsBuffer_h___
#include "nsIBuffer.h"
#include "nscore.h"
#include "prclist.h"
#include "nsIAllocator.h"
class nsBuffer : public nsIBuffer {
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
static NS_METHOD
Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
// nsIBuffer methods:
NS_IMETHOD Init(PRUint32 growBySize, PRUint32 maxSize,
nsIBufferObserver* observer, nsIAllocator* allocator);
NS_IMETHOD Read(char* toBuf, PRUint32 bufLen, PRUint32 *readCount);
NS_IMETHOD ReadSegments(nsWriteSegmentFun writer, void* closure, PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *readCount);
NS_IMETHOD GetReadSegment(PRUint32 segmentLogicalOffset,
const char* *resultSegment,
PRUint32 *resultSegmentLen);
NS_IMETHOD GetReadableAmount(PRUint32 *amount);
NS_IMETHOD Search(const char* forString, PRBool ignoreCase,
PRBool *found, PRUint32 *offsetSearchedTo);
NS_IMETHOD ReaderClosed(void);
NS_IMETHOD GetCondition(nsresult *result);
NS_IMETHOD Write(const char* fromBuf, PRUint32 bufLen, PRUint32 *writeCount);
NS_IMETHOD WriteFrom(nsIInputStream* fromStream, PRUint32 count, PRUint32 *writeCount);
NS_IMETHOD WriteSegments(nsReadSegmentFun reader, void* closure, PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *writeCount);
NS_IMETHOD GetWriteSegment(char* *resultSegment,
PRUint32 *resultSegmentLen);
NS_IMETHOD GetWritableAmount(PRUint32 *amount);
NS_IMETHOD GetReaderClosed(PRBool *result);
NS_IMETHOD SetCondition(nsresult condition);
// nsBuffer methods:
nsBuffer();
virtual ~nsBuffer();
nsresult PushWriteSegment();
nsresult PopReadSegment();
protected:
PRUint32 mGrowBySize;
PRUint32 mMaxSize;
nsIAllocator* mAllocator;
nsIBufferObserver* mObserver;
PRCList mSegments;
PRUint32 mBufferSize;
PRCList* mReadSegment;
char* mReadSegmentEnd;
char* mReadCursor;
PRCList* mWriteSegment;
char* mWriteSegmentEnd;
char* mWriteCursor;
PRBool mReaderClosed;
nsresult mCondition;
};
#endif // nsBuffer_h___

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsBufferPoolService_h___
#define nsBufferPoolService_h___
#include "nsIBufferPoolService.h"
class nsBufferPoolService : public nsIBufferPoolService {
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
// nsIBufferPoolService methods:
NS_IMETHOD NewBuffer(PRUint32 minSize, PRUint32 maxSize,
nsIByteBuffer* *result);
// nsBufferPoolService methods:
nsBufferPoolService();
virtual ~nsBufferPoolService();
protected:
};
#endif // nsBufferPoolService_h___

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsByteBuffer.h"
#include "nsIInputStream.h"
#include "nsCRT.h"
#define MIN_BUFFER_SIZE 32
ByteBufferImpl::ByteBufferImpl(void)
: mBuffer(NULL), mSpace(0), mLength(0)
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
ByteBufferImpl::Init(PRUint32 aBufferSize)
{
if (aBufferSize < MIN_BUFFER_SIZE) {
aBufferSize = MIN_BUFFER_SIZE;
}
mSpace = aBufferSize;
mLength = 0;
mBuffer = new char[aBufferSize];
return mBuffer ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(ByteBufferImpl,nsIByteBuffer)
ByteBufferImpl::~ByteBufferImpl()
{
if (nsnull != mBuffer) {
delete[] mBuffer;
mBuffer = nsnull;
}
mLength = 0;
}
NS_METHOD
ByteBufferImpl::Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
{
if (aOuter)
return NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
ByteBufferImpl* it = new ByteBufferImpl();
if (nsnull == it)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(it);
nsresult rv = it->QueryInterface(aIID, (void**)aResult);
NS_RELEASE(it);
return rv;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP_(PRUint32)
ByteBufferImpl::GetLength(void) const
{
return mLength;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP_(PRUint32)
ByteBufferImpl::GetBufferSize(void) const
{
return mSpace;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP_(char*)
ByteBufferImpl::GetBuffer(void) const
{
return mBuffer;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP_(PRBool)
ByteBufferImpl::Grow(PRUint32 aNewSize)
{
if (aNewSize < MIN_BUFFER_SIZE) {
aNewSize = MIN_BUFFER_SIZE;
}
char* newbuf = new char[aNewSize];
if (nsnull != newbuf) {
if (0 != mLength) {
nsCRT::memcpy(newbuf, mBuffer, mLength);
}
delete[] mBuffer;
mBuffer = newbuf;
return PR_TRUE;
}
return PR_FALSE;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP_(PRInt32)
ByteBufferImpl::Fill(nsresult* aErrorCode, nsIInputStream* aStream,
PRUint32 aKeep)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(nsnull != aStream, "null stream");
NS_PRECONDITION(aKeep <= mLength, "illegal keep count");
if ((nsnull == aStream) || (PRUint32(aKeep) > PRUint32(mLength))) {
// whoops
*aErrorCode = NS_BASE_STREAM_ILLEGAL_ARGS;
return -1;
}
if (0 != aKeep) {
// Slide over kept data
nsCRT::memmove(mBuffer, mBuffer + (mLength - aKeep), aKeep);
}
// Read in some new data
mLength = aKeep;
PRUint32 nb;
*aErrorCode = aStream->Read(mBuffer + aKeep, mSpace - aKeep, &nb);
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(*aErrorCode)) {
mLength += nb;
}
else
nb = 0;
return nb;
}
NS_COM nsresult NS_NewByteBuffer(nsIByteBuffer** aInstancePtrResult,
nsISupports* aOuter,
PRUint32 aBufferSize)
{
nsresult rv;
nsIByteBuffer* buf;
rv = ByteBufferImpl::Create(aOuter, nsIByteBuffer::GetIID(), (void**)&buf);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
rv = buf->Init(aBufferSize);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
NS_RELEASE(buf);
return rv;
}
*aInstancePtrResult = buf;
return rv;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsByteBuffer_h__
#define nsByteBuffer_h__
#include "nsIByteBuffer.h"
class ByteBufferImpl : public nsIByteBuffer {
public:
ByteBufferImpl(void);
virtual ~ByteBufferImpl();
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
static NS_METHOD
Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
NS_IMETHOD Init(PRUint32 aBufferSize);
NS_IMETHOD_(PRUint32) GetLength(void) const;
NS_IMETHOD_(PRUint32) GetBufferSize(void) const;
NS_IMETHOD_(char*) GetBuffer() const;
NS_IMETHOD_(PRBool) Grow(PRUint32 aNewSize);
NS_IMETHOD_(PRInt32) Fill(nsresult* aErrorCode, nsIInputStream* aStream,
PRUint32 aKeep);
char* mBuffer;
PRUint32 mSpace;
PRUint32 mLength;
};
#endif // nsByteBuffer_h__

555
mozilla/xpcom/ds/nsCRT.cpp Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/**
* MODULE NOTES:
* @update gess7/30/98
*
* Much as I hate to do it, we were using string compares wrong.
* Often, programmers call functions like strcmp(s1,s2), and pass
* one or more null strings. Rather than blow up on these, I've
* added quick checks to ensure that cases like this don't cause
* us to fail.
*
* In general, if you pass a null into any of these string compare
* routines, we simply return 0.
*/
#include "nsCRT.h"
#include "nsUnicharUtilCIID.h"
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsICaseConversion.h"
// XXX Bug: These tables don't lowercase the upper 128 characters properly
// This table maps uppercase characters to lower case characters;
// characters that are neither upper nor lower case are unaffected.
static const unsigned char kUpper2Lower[256] = {
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
64,
// upper band mapped to lower [A-Z] => [a-z]
97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,
112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,
91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,
112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,
128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,
160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,
176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,
192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,
208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,
224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,
240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255
};
static const unsigned char kLower2Upper[256] = {
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,
80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
96,
// lower band mapped to upper [a-z] => [A-Z]
65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,
80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
123,124,125,126,127,
128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,
160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,
176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,
192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,
208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,
224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,
240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255
};
// XXX bug: this doesn't map 0x80 to 0x9f properly
const PRUnichar kIsoLatin1ToUCS2[256] = {
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,
80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,
112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,
128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,
160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,
176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,
192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,
208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,
224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,
240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
#define TOLOWER(_ucs2) \
(((_ucs2) < 128) ? PRUnichar(kUpper2Lower[_ucs2]) : _ToLower(_ucs2))
#define TOUPPER(_ucs2) \
(((_ucs2) < 128) ? PRUnichar(kLower2Upper[_ucs2]) : _ToUpper(_ucs2))
class HandleCaseConversionShutdown : public nsIShutdownListener {
public :
NS_IMETHOD OnShutdown(const nsCID& cid, nsISupports* service);
HandleCaseConversionShutdown(void) { NS_INIT_REFCNT(); }
virtual ~HandleCaseConversionShutdown(void) {}
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
};
static NS_DEFINE_CID(kUnicharUtilCID, NS_UNICHARUTIL_CID);
static nsICaseConversion * gCaseConv = NULL;
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(HandleCaseConversionShutdown, nsIShutdownListener)
nsresult
HandleCaseConversionShutdown::OnShutdown(const nsCID& cid,
nsISupports* aService)
{
if (cid.Equals(kUnicharUtilCID)) {
NS_ASSERTION(aService == gCaseConv, "wrong service!");
gCaseConv->Release();
gCaseConv = NULL;
}
return NS_OK;
}
static HandleCaseConversionShutdown* gListener = NULL;
static void StartUpCaseConversion()
{
nsresult err;
if ( NULL == gListener )
{
gListener = new HandleCaseConversionShutdown();
gListener->AddRef();
}
err = nsServiceManager::GetService(kUnicharUtilCID, NS_GET_IID(nsICaseConversion),
(nsISupports**) &gCaseConv, gListener);
}
static void CheckCaseConversion()
{
if(NULL == gCaseConv )
StartUpCaseConversion();
NS_ASSERTION( gCaseConv != NULL , "cannot obtain UnicharUtil");
}
static PRUnichar _ToLower(PRUnichar aChar)
{
PRUnichar oLower;
CheckCaseConversion();
nsresult err = gCaseConv->ToLower(aChar, &oLower);
NS_ASSERTION( NS_SUCCEEDED(err), "failed to communicate to UnicharUtil");
return ( NS_SUCCEEDED(err) ) ? oLower : aChar ;
}
static PRUnichar _ToUpper(PRUnichar aChar)
{
nsresult err;
PRUnichar oUpper;
CheckCaseConversion();
err = gCaseConv->ToUpper(aChar, &oUpper);
NS_ASSERTION( NS_SUCCEEDED(err), "failed to communicate to UnicharUtil");
return ( NS_SUCCEEDED(err) ) ? oUpper : aChar ;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
PRUnichar nsCRT::ToUpper(PRUnichar aChar)
{
return TOUPPER(aChar);
}
PRUnichar nsCRT::ToLower(PRUnichar aChar)
{
return TOLOWER(aChar);
}
PRBool nsCRT::IsUpper(PRUnichar aChar)
{
return aChar != nsCRT::ToLower(aChar);
}
PRBool nsCRT::IsLower(PRUnichar aChar)
{
return aChar != nsCRT::ToUpper(aChar);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// My lovely strtok routine
#define IS_DELIM(m, c) ((m)[(c) >> 3] & (1 << ((c) & 7)))
#define SET_DELIM(m, c) ((m)[(c) >> 3] |= (1 << ((c) & 7)))
#define DELIM_TABLE_SIZE 32
char* nsCRT::strtok(char* string, const char* delims, char* *newStr)
{
NS_ASSERTION(string, "Unlike regular strtok, the first argument cannot be null.");
char delimTable[DELIM_TABLE_SIZE];
PRUint32 i;
char* result;
char* str = string;
for (i = 0; i < DELIM_TABLE_SIZE; i++)
delimTable[i] = '\0';
for (i = 0; i < DELIM_TABLE_SIZE && delims[i]; i++) {
SET_DELIM(delimTable, delims[i]);
}
NS_ASSERTION(delims[i] == '\0', "too many delimiters");
// skip to beginning
while (*str && IS_DELIM(delimTable, *str)) {
str++;
}
result = str;
// fix up the end of the token
while (*str) {
if (IS_DELIM(delimTable, *str)) {
*str++ = '\0';
break;
}
str++;
}
*newStr = str;
return str == result ? NULL : result;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
PRUint32 nsCRT::strlen(const PRUnichar* s)
{
PRUint32 len = 0;
if(s) {
while (*s++ != 0) {
len++;
}
}
return len;
}
/**
* Compare unichar string ptrs, stopping at the 1st null
* NOTE: If both are null, we return 0.
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param s1 and s2 both point to unichar strings
* @return 0 if they match, -1 if s1<s2; 1 if s1>s2
*/
PRInt32 nsCRT::strcmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const PRUnichar* s2)
{
if(s1 && s2) {
for (;;) {
PRUnichar c1 = *s1++;
PRUnichar c2 = *s2++;
if (c1 != c2) {
if (c1 < c2) return -1;
return 1;
}
if ((0==c1) || (0==c2)) break;
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Compare unichar string ptrs, stopping at the 1st null or nth char.
* NOTE: If either is null, we return 0.
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param s1 and s2 both point to unichar strings
* @return 0 if they match, -1 if s1<s2; 1 if s1>s2
*/
PRInt32 nsCRT::strncmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const PRUnichar* s2, PRUint32 n)
{
if(s1 && s2) {
if(n != 0) {
do {
PRUnichar c1 = *s1++;
PRUnichar c2 = *s2++;
if (c1 != c2) {
if (c1 < c2) return -1;
return 1;
}
if ((0==c1) || (0==c2)) break;
} while (--n != 0);
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Compare unichar string ptrs without regard to case
* NOTE: If both are null, we return 0.
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param s1 and s2 both point to unichar strings
* @return 0 if they match, -1 if s1<s2; 1 if s1>s2
*/
PRInt32 nsCRT::strcasecmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const PRUnichar* s2)
{
if(s1 && s2) {
for (;;) {
PRUnichar c1 = *s1++;
PRUnichar c2 = *s2++;
if (c1 != c2) {
c1 = TOLOWER(c1);
c2 = TOLOWER(c2);
if (c1 != c2) {
if (c1 < c2) return -1;
return 1;
}
}
if ((0==c1) || (0==c2)) break;
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Compare unichar string ptrs, stopping at the 1st null or nth char;
* also ignoring the case of characters.
* NOTE: If both are null, we return 0.
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param s1 and s2 both point to unichar strings
* @return 0 if they match, -1 if s1<s2; 1 if s1>s2
*/
PRInt32 nsCRT::strncasecmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const PRUnichar* s2, PRUint32 n)
{
if(s1 && s2) {
if(n != 0){
do {
PRUnichar c1 = *s1++;
PRUnichar c2 = *s2++;
if (c1 != c2) {
c1 = TOLOWER(c1);
c2 = TOLOWER(c2);
if (c1 != c2) {
if (c1 < c2) return -1;
return 1;
}
}
if ((0==c1) || (0==c2)) break;
} while (--n != 0);
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Compare a unichar string ptr to cstring.
* NOTE: If both are null, we return 0.
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param s1 points to unichar string
* @param s2 points to cstring
* @return 0 if they match, -1 if s1<s2; 1 if s1>s2
*/
PRInt32 nsCRT::strcmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const char* s2)
{
if(s1 && s2) {
for (;;) {
PRUnichar c1 = *s1++;
PRUnichar c2 = kIsoLatin1ToUCS2[*(const unsigned char*)s2++];
if (c1 != c2) {
if (c1 < c2) return -1;
return 1;
}
if ((0==c1) || (0==c2)) break;
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Compare a unichar string ptr to cstring, up to N chars.
* NOTE: If both are null, we return 0.
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param s1 points to unichar string
* @param s2 points to cstring
* @return 0 if they match, -1 if s1<s2; 1 if s1>s2
*/
PRInt32 nsCRT::strncmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const char* s2, PRUint32 n)
{
if(s1 && s2) {
if(n != 0){
do {
PRUnichar c1 = *s1++;
PRUnichar c2 = kIsoLatin1ToUCS2[*(const unsigned char*)s2++];
if (c1 != c2) {
if (c1 < c2) return -1;
return 1;
}
if ((0==c1) || (0==c2)) break;
} while (--n != 0);
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Compare a unichar string ptr to cstring without regard to case
* NOTE: If both are null, we return 0.
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param s1 points to unichar string
* @param s2 points to cstring
* @return 0 if they match, -1 if s1<s2; 1 if s1>s2
*/
PRInt32 nsCRT::strcasecmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const char* s2)
{
if(s1 && s2) {
for (;;) {
PRUnichar c1 = *s1++;
PRUnichar c2 = kIsoLatin1ToUCS2[*(const unsigned char*)s2++];
if (c1 != c2) {
c1 = TOLOWER(c1);
c2 = TOLOWER(c2);
if (c1 != c2) {
if (c1 < c2) return -1;
return 1;
}
}
if ((0==c1) || (0==c2)) break;
}
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Caseless compare up to N chars between unichar string ptr to cstring.
* NOTE: If both are null, we return 0.
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param s1 points to unichar string
* @param s2 points to cstring
* @return 0 if they match, -1 if s1<s2; 1 if s1>s2
*/
PRInt32 nsCRT::strncasecmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const char* s2, PRUint32 n)
{
if(s1 && s2){
if(n != 0){
do {
PRUnichar c1 = *s1++;
PRUnichar c2 = kIsoLatin1ToUCS2[*(const unsigned char*)s2++];
if (c1 != c2) {
c1 = TOLOWER(c1);
c2 = TOLOWER(c2);
if (c1 != c2) {
if (c1 < c2) return -1;
return 1;
}
}
if (c1 == 0) break;
} while (--n != 0);
}
}
return 0;
}
PRUnichar* nsCRT::strdup(const PRUnichar* str)
{
PRUint32 len = nsCRT::strlen(str) + 1; // add one for null
nsCppSharedAllocator<PRUnichar> shared_allocator;
PRUnichar* rslt = shared_allocator.allocate(len);
// PRUnichar* rslt = new PRUnichar[len];
if (rslt == NULL) return NULL;
nsCRT::memcpy(rslt, str, len * sizeof(PRUnichar));
return rslt;
}
PRUint32 nsCRT::HashValue(const char* us)
{
PRUint32 rv = 0;
if(us) {
char ch;
while ((ch = *us++) != 0) {
// FYI: rv = rv*37 + ch
rv = ((rv << 5) + (rv << 2) + rv) + ch;
}
}
return rv;
}
PRUint32 nsCRT::HashValue(const char* us, PRUint32* uslenp)
{
PRUint32 rv = 0;
PRUint32 len = 0;
char ch;
while ((ch = *us++) != 0) {
// FYI: rv = rv*37 + ch
rv = ((rv << 5) + (rv << 2) + rv) + ch;
len++;
}
*uslenp = len;
return rv;
}
PRUint32 nsCRT::HashValue(const PRUnichar* us)
{
PRUint32 rv = 0;
if(us) {
PRUnichar ch;
while ((ch = *us++) != 0) {
// FYI: rv = rv*37 + ch
rv = ((rv << 5) + (rv << 2) + rv) + ch;
}
}
return rv;
}
PRUint32 nsCRT::HashValue(const PRUnichar* us, PRUint32* uslenp)
{
PRUint32 rv = 0;
PRUint32 len = 0;
PRUnichar ch;
while ((ch = *us++) != 0) {
// FYI: rv = rv*37 + ch
rv = ((rv << 5) + (rv << 2) + rv) + ch;
len++;
}
*uslenp = len;
return rv;
}
PRInt32 nsCRT::atoi( const PRUnichar *string )
{
return atoi(string);
}

239
mozilla/xpcom/ds/nsCRT.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsCRT_h___
#define nsCRT_h___
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "plstr.h"
#include "nscore.h"
#include "prtypes.h"
#include "nsCppSharedAllocator.h"
#define CR '\015'
#define LF '\012'
#define VTAB '\013'
#define FF '\014'
#define TAB '\011'
#define CRLF "\015\012" /* A CR LF equivalent string */
#ifdef XP_MAC
# define NS_LINEBREAK "\015"
# define NS_LINEBREAK_LEN 1
#else
# ifdef XP_PC
# define NS_LINEBREAK "\015\012"
# define NS_LINEBREAK_LEN 2
# else
# if defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_BEOS)
# define NS_LINEBREAK "\012"
# define NS_LINEBREAK_LEN 1
# endif /* XP_UNIX */
# endif /* XP_PC */
#endif /* XP_MAC */
extern const PRUnichar kIsoLatin1ToUCS2[256];
// This macro can be used in a class declaration for classes that want
// to ensure that their instance memory is zeroed.
#define NS_DECL_AND_IMPL_ZEROING_OPERATOR_NEW \
void* operator new(size_t sz) { \
void* rv = ::operator new(sz); \
if (rv) { \
nsCRT::zero(rv, sz); \
} \
return rv; \
} \
void operator delete(void* ptr) { \
::operator delete(ptr); \
}
// This macro works with the next macro to declare a non-inlined
// version of the above.
#define NS_DECL_ZEROING_OPERATOR_NEW \
void* operator new(size_t sz); \
void operator delete(void* ptr);
#define NS_IMPL_ZEROING_OPERATOR_NEW(_class) \
void* _class::operator new(size_t sz) { \
void* rv = ::operator new(sz); \
if (rv) { \
nsCRT::zero(rv, sz); \
} \
return rv; \
} \
void _class::operator delete(void* ptr) { \
::operator delete(ptr); \
}
// Freeing helper
#define CRTFREEIF(x) if (x) { nsCRT::free(x); x = 0; }
/// This is a wrapper class around all the C runtime functions.
class NS_COM nsCRT {
public:
/** Copy bytes from aSrc to aDest.
@param aDest the destination address
@param aSrc the source address
@param aCount the number of bytes to copy
*/
static void memcpy(void* aDest, const void* aSrc, PRUint32 aCount) {
::memcpy(aDest, aSrc, (size_t)aCount);
}
static void memmove(void* aDest, const void* aSrc, PRUint32 aCount) {
::memmove(aDest, aSrc, (size_t)aCount);
}
static void memset(void* aDest, PRUint8 aByte, PRUint32 aCount) {
::memset(aDest, aByte, aCount);
}
static void zero(void* aDest, PRUint32 aCount) {
::memset(aDest, 0, (size_t)aCount);
}
/** Compute the string length of s
@param s the string in question
@return the length of s
*/
static PRUint32 strlen(const char* s) {
return PRUint32(::strlen(s));
}
/// Compare s1 and s2.
static PRInt32 strcmp(const char* s1, const char* s2) {
return PRUint32(PL_strcmp(s1, s2));
}
static PRInt32 strncmp(const char* s1, const char* s2,
PRUint32 aMaxLen) {
return PRInt32(PL_strncmp(s1, s2, aMaxLen));
}
/// Case-insensitive string comparison.
static PRInt32 strcasecmp(const char* s1, const char* s2) {
return PRInt32(PL_strcasecmp(s1, s2));
}
/// Case-insensitive string comparison with length
static PRInt32 strncasecmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, PRUint32 aMaxLen) {
return PRInt32(PL_strncasecmp(s1, s2, aMaxLen));
}
static PRInt32 strncmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, PRInt32 aMaxLen) {
// inline the first test (assumes strings are not null):
PRInt32 diff = ((const unsigned char*)s1)[0] - ((const unsigned char*)s2)[0];
if (diff != 0) return diff;
return PRInt32(PL_strncmp(s1,s2,aMaxLen));
}
static char* strdup(const char* str) {
return PL_strdup(str);
}
static void free(char* str) {
PL_strfree(str);
}
/**
How to use this fancy (thread-safe) version of strtok:
void main( void ) {
printf( "%s\n\nTokens:\n", string );
// Establish string and get the first token:
char* newStr;
token = nsCRT::strtok( string, seps, &newStr );
while( token != NULL ) {
// While there are tokens in "string"
printf( " %s\n", token );
// Get next token:
token = nsCRT::strtok( newStr, seps, &newStr );
}
}
* WARNING - STRTOK WHACKS str THE FIRST TIME IT IS CALLED *
* MAKE A COPY OF str IF YOU NEED TO USE IT AFTER strtok() *
*/
static char* strtok(char* str, const char* delims, char* *newStr);
/// Like strlen except for ucs2 strings
static PRUint32 strlen(const PRUnichar* s);
/// Like strcmp except for ucs2 strings
static PRInt32 strcmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const PRUnichar* s2);
/// Like strcmp except for ucs2 strings
static PRInt32 strncmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const PRUnichar* s2,
PRUint32 aMaxLen);
/// Like strcasecmp except for ucs2 strings
static PRInt32 strcasecmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const PRUnichar* s2);
/// Like strncasecmp except for ucs2 strings
static PRInt32 strncasecmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const PRUnichar* s2,
PRUint32 aMaxLen);
/// Like strcmp with a char* and a ucs2 string
static PRInt32 strcmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const char* s2);
/// Like strncmp with a char* and a ucs2 string
static PRInt32 strncmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const char* s2,
PRUint32 aMaxLen);
/// Like strcasecmp with a char* and a ucs2 string
static PRInt32 strcasecmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const char* s2);
/// Like strncasecmp with a char* and a ucs2 string
static PRInt32 strncasecmp(const PRUnichar* s1, const char* s2,
PRUint32 aMaxLen);
// Note: uses new[] to allocate memory, so you must use delete[] to
// free the memory
static PRUnichar* strdup(const PRUnichar* str);
static void free(PRUnichar* str) {
nsCppSharedAllocator<PRUnichar> shared_allocator;
shared_allocator.deallocate(str, 0 /*we never new or kept the size*/);
}
/// Compute a hashcode for a C string
static PRUint32 HashValue(const char* s1);
/// Same as above except that we return the length in s1len
static PRUint32 HashValue(const char* s1, PRUint32* s1len);
/// Compute a hashcode for a ucs2 string
static PRUint32 HashValue(const PRUnichar* s1);
/// Same as above except that we return the length in s1len
static PRUint32 HashValue(const PRUnichar* s1, PRUint32* s1len);
/// String to integer.
static PRInt32 atoi( const PRUnichar *string );
static PRUnichar ToUpper(PRUnichar aChar);
static PRUnichar ToLower(PRUnichar aChar);
static PRBool IsUpper(PRUnichar aChar);
static PRBool IsLower(PRUnichar aChar);
};
#endif /* nsCRT_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsIEnumerator.h"
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Intersection Enumerators
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class nsConjoiningEnumerator : public nsIBidirectionalEnumerator
{
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
// nsIEnumerator methods:
NS_DECL_NSIENUMERATOR
// nsIBidirectionalEnumerator methods:
NS_DECL_NSIBIDIRECTIONALENUMERATOR
// nsConjoiningEnumerator methods:
nsConjoiningEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second);
virtual ~nsConjoiningEnumerator(void);
protected:
nsIEnumerator* mFirst;
nsIEnumerator* mSecond;
nsIEnumerator* mCurrent;
};
nsConjoiningEnumerator::nsConjoiningEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second)
: mFirst(first), mSecond(second), mCurrent(first)
{
NS_ADDREF(mFirst);
NS_ADDREF(mSecond);
}
nsConjoiningEnumerator::~nsConjoiningEnumerator(void)
{
NS_RELEASE(mFirst);
NS_RELEASE(mSecond);
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS2(nsConjoiningEnumerator, nsIBidirectionalEnumerator, nsIEnumerator)
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsConjoiningEnumerator::First(void)
{
mCurrent = mFirst;
return mCurrent->First();
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsConjoiningEnumerator::Next(void)
{
nsresult rv = mCurrent->Next();
if (NS_FAILED(rv) && mCurrent == mFirst) {
mCurrent = mSecond;
rv = mCurrent->First();
}
return rv;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsConjoiningEnumerator::CurrentItem(nsISupports **aItem)
{
return mCurrent->CurrentItem(aItem);
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsConjoiningEnumerator::IsDone(void)
{
return (mCurrent == mFirst && mCurrent->IsDone() == NS_OK)
|| (mCurrent == mSecond && mCurrent->IsDone() == NS_OK)
? NS_OK : NS_COMFALSE;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsConjoiningEnumerator::Last(void)
{
nsresult rv;
nsIBidirectionalEnumerator* be;
rv = mSecond->QueryInterface(nsIBidirectionalEnumerator::GetIID(), (void**)&be);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
mCurrent = mSecond;
rv = be->Last();
NS_RELEASE(be);
return rv;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsConjoiningEnumerator::Prev(void)
{
nsresult rv;
nsIBidirectionalEnumerator* be;
rv = mCurrent->QueryInterface(nsIBidirectionalEnumerator::GetIID(), (void**)&be);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
rv = be->Prev();
NS_RELEASE(be);
if (NS_FAILED(rv) && mCurrent == mSecond) {
rv = mFirst->QueryInterface(nsIBidirectionalEnumerator::GetIID(), (void**)&be);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
mCurrent = mFirst;
rv = be->Last();
NS_RELEASE(be);
}
return rv;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewConjoiningEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second,
nsIBidirectionalEnumerator* *aInstancePtrResult)
{
if (aInstancePtrResult == 0)
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
nsConjoiningEnumerator* e = new nsConjoiningEnumerator(first, second);
if (e == 0)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(e);
*aInstancePtrResult = e;
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static nsresult
nsEnumeratorContains(nsIEnumerator* e, nsISupports* item)
{
nsresult rv;
for (e->First(); e->IsDone() != NS_OK; e->Next()) {
nsISupports* other;
rv = e->CurrentItem(&other);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
if (item == other) {
NS_RELEASE(other);
return NS_OK; // true -- exists in enumerator
}
NS_RELEASE(other);
}
return NS_COMFALSE; // false -- doesn't exist
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Intersection Enumerators
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class nsIntersectionEnumerator : public nsIEnumerator
{
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
// nsIEnumerator methods:
NS_DECL_NSIENUMERATOR
// nsIntersectionEnumerator methods:
nsIntersectionEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second);
virtual ~nsIntersectionEnumerator(void);
protected:
nsIEnumerator* mFirst;
nsIEnumerator* mSecond;
};
nsIntersectionEnumerator::nsIntersectionEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second)
: mFirst(first), mSecond(second)
{
NS_ADDREF(mFirst);
NS_ADDREF(mSecond);
}
nsIntersectionEnumerator::~nsIntersectionEnumerator(void)
{
NS_RELEASE(mFirst);
NS_RELEASE(mSecond);
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsIntersectionEnumerator, nsIEnumerator)
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsIntersectionEnumerator::First(void)
{
nsresult rv = mFirst->First();
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
return Next();
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsIntersectionEnumerator::Next(void)
{
nsresult rv;
// find the first item that exists in both
for (; mFirst->IsDone() != NS_OK; mFirst->Next()) {
nsISupports* item;
rv = mFirst->CurrentItem(&item);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
// see if it also exists in mSecond
rv = nsEnumeratorContains(mSecond, item);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
NS_RELEASE(item);
if (rv == NS_OK) {
// found in both, so return leaving it as the current item of mFirst
return NS_OK;
}
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsIntersectionEnumerator::CurrentItem(nsISupports **aItem)
{
return mFirst->CurrentItem(aItem);
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsIntersectionEnumerator::IsDone(void)
{
return mFirst->IsDone();
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewIntersectionEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second,
nsIEnumerator* *aInstancePtrResult)
{
if (aInstancePtrResult == 0)
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
nsIntersectionEnumerator* e = new nsIntersectionEnumerator(first, second);
if (e == 0)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(e);
*aInstancePtrResult = e;
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Union Enumerators
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class nsUnionEnumerator : public nsIEnumerator
{
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
// nsIEnumerator methods:
NS_DECL_NSIENUMERATOR
// nsUnionEnumerator methods:
nsUnionEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second);
virtual ~nsUnionEnumerator(void);
protected:
nsIEnumerator* mFirst;
nsIEnumerator* mSecond;
};
nsUnionEnumerator::nsUnionEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second)
: mFirst(first), mSecond(second)
{
NS_ADDREF(mFirst);
NS_ADDREF(mSecond);
}
nsUnionEnumerator::~nsUnionEnumerator(void)
{
NS_RELEASE(mFirst);
NS_RELEASE(mSecond);
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsUnionEnumerator, nsIEnumerator)
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsUnionEnumerator::First(void)
{
nsresult rv = mFirst->First();
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
return Next();
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsUnionEnumerator::Next(void)
{
nsresult rv;
// find the first item that exists in both
for (; mFirst->IsDone() != NS_OK; mFirst->Next()) {
nsISupports* item;
rv = mFirst->CurrentItem(&item);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
// see if it also exists in mSecond
rv = nsEnumeratorContains(mSecond, item);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
NS_RELEASE(item);
if (rv != NS_OK) {
// if it didn't exist in mSecond, return, making it the current item
return NS_OK;
}
// each time around, make sure that mSecond gets reset to the beginning
// so that when mFirst is done, we'll be ready to enumerate mSecond
rv = mSecond->First();
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
}
return mSecond->Next();
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsUnionEnumerator::CurrentItem(nsISupports **aItem)
{
if (mFirst->IsDone() != NS_OK)
return mFirst->CurrentItem(aItem);
else
return mSecond->CurrentItem(aItem);
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsUnionEnumerator::IsDone(void)
{
return (mFirst->IsDone() == NS_OK && mSecond->IsDone() == NS_OK)
? NS_OK : NS_COMFALSE;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewUnionEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second,
nsIEnumerator* *aInstancePtrResult)
{
if (aInstancePtrResult == 0)
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
nsUnionEnumerator* e = new nsUnionEnumerator(first, second);
if (e == 0)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(e);
*aInstancePtrResult = e;
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
#ifndef nsCppSharedAllocator_h__
#define nsCppSharedAllocator_h__
#include "nsIAllocator.h" // for |nsAllocator|
#include "nscore.h" // for |NS_XXX_CAST|
#include <new.h> // to allow placement |new|
// under Metrowerks (Mac), we don't have autoconf yet
#ifdef __MWERKS__
#define HAVE_CPP_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
#define HAVE_CPP_NUMERIC_LIMITS
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CPP_NUMERIC_LIMITS
#include <limits>
#else
#include <limits.h>
#endif
template <class T>
class nsCppSharedAllocator
/*
...allows Standard Library containers, et al, to use our global shared
(XP)COM-aware allocator.
*/
{
public:
typedef T value_type;
typedef size_t size_type;
typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
typedef T* pointer;
typedef const T* const_pointer;
typedef T& reference;
typedef const T& const_reference;
nsCppSharedAllocator() { }
#ifdef HAVE_CPP_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
template <class U>
nsCppSharedAllocator( const nsCppSharedAllocator<U>& ) { }
#endif
~nsCppSharedAllocator() { }
pointer
address( reference r ) const
{
return &r;
}
const_pointer
address( const_reference r ) const
{
return &r;
}
pointer
allocate( size_type n, const void* /*hint*/=0 )
{
return NS_REINTERPRET_CAST(pointer, nsAllocator::Alloc(NS_STATIC_CAST(PRUint32, n*sizeof(T))));
}
void
deallocate( pointer p, size_type /*n*/ )
{
nsAllocator::Free(p);
}
void
construct( pointer p, const T& val )
{
new (p) T(val);
}
void
destroy( pointer p )
{
p->~T();
}
size_type
max_size() const
{
#ifdef HAVE_CPP_NUMERIC_LIMITS
return numeric_limits<size_type>::max() / sizeof(T);
#else
return ULONG_MAX / sizeof(T);
#endif
}
#ifdef HAVE_CPP_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
template <class U>
struct rebind
{
typedef nsCppSharedAllocator<U> other;
};
#endif
};
template <class T>
PRBool
operator==( const nsCppSharedAllocator<T>&, const nsCppSharedAllocator<T>& )
{
return PR_TRUE;
}
template <class T>
PRBool
operator!=( const nsCppSharedAllocator<T>&, const nsCppSharedAllocator<T>& )
{
return PR_FALSE;
}
#endif /* !defined(nsCppSharedAllocator_h__) */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,594 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsDeque.h"
#include "nsCRT.h"
#include <stdio.h>
//#define _SELFTEST_DEQUE 1
#undef _SELFTEST_DEQUE
/**
* Standard constructor
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return new deque
*/
nsDeque::nsDeque(nsDequeFunctor* aDeallocator) {
mDeallocator=aDeallocator;
mOrigin=mSize=0;
mData=mBuffer; // don't allocate space until you must
mCapacity=sizeof(mBuffer)/sizeof(mBuffer[0]);
nsCRT::zero(mData,mCapacity*sizeof(mBuffer[0]));
}
/**
* Destructor
* @update gess4/18/98
*/
nsDeque::~nsDeque() {
#if 0
char buffer[30];
printf("Capacity: %i\n",mCapacity);
static int mCaps[15] = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
switch(mCapacity) {
case 4: mCaps[0]++; break;
case 8: mCaps[1]++; break;
case 16: mCaps[2]++; break;
case 32: mCaps[3]++; break;
case 64: mCaps[4]++; break;
case 128: mCaps[5]++; break;
case 256: mCaps[6]++; break;
case 512: mCaps[7]++; break;
case 1024: mCaps[8]++; break;
case 2048: mCaps[9]++; break;
case 4096: mCaps[10]++; break;
default:
break;
}
#endif
Erase();
if(mData && (mData!=mBuffer))
delete [] mData;
mData=0;
if(mDeallocator) {
delete mDeallocator;
}
mDeallocator=0;
}
/**
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsDeque::SetDeallocator(nsDequeFunctor* aDeallocator){
if(mDeallocator) {
delete mDeallocator;
}
mDeallocator=aDeallocator;
}
/**
* Remove all items from container without destroying them.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param
* @return
*/
nsDeque& nsDeque::Empty() {
if((0<mCapacity) && (mData)) {
nsCRT::zero(mData,mCapacity*sizeof(mData));
}
mSize=0;
mOrigin=0;
return *this;
}
/**
* Remove and delete all items from container
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return this
*/
nsDeque& nsDeque::Erase() {
if(mDeallocator && mSize) {
ForEach(*mDeallocator);
}
return Empty();
}
/**
* This method adds an item to the end of the deque.
* This operation has the potential to cause the
* underlying buffer to resize.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anItem: new item to be added to deque
* @return nada
*/
nsDeque& nsDeque::GrowCapacity(void) {
PRInt32 theNewSize = mCapacity<<2;
void** temp=new void*[theNewSize];
//Here's the interesting part: You can't just move the elements
//directy (in situ) from the old buffer to the new one.
//Since capacity has changed, the old origin doesn't make
//sense anymore. It's better to resequence the elements now.
if(mData) {
int tempi=0;
int i=0;
int j=0;
for(i=mOrigin;i<mCapacity;i++) temp[tempi++]=mData[i]; //copy the leading elements...
for(j=0;j<mOrigin;j++) temp[tempi++]=mData[j]; //copy the trailing elements...
if(mData!=mBuffer)
delete [] mData;
}
mCapacity=theNewSize;
mOrigin=0; //now realign the origin...
mData=temp;
return *this;
}
/**
* This method adds an item to the end of the deque.
* This operation has the potential to cause the
* underlying buffer to resize.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anItem: new item to be added to deque
* @return nada
*/
nsDeque& nsDeque::Push(void* anItem) {
if(mSize==mCapacity) {
GrowCapacity();
}
int offset=mOrigin+mSize;
if(offset<mCapacity)
mData[offset]=anItem;
else mData[offset-mCapacity]=anItem;
mSize++;
return *this;
}
/**
* This method adds an item to the front of the deque.
* This operation has the potential to cause the
* underlying buffer to resize.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anItem: new item to be added to deque
* @return nada
*/
nsDeque& nsDeque::PushFront(void* anItem) {
if(mSize==mCapacity) {
GrowCapacity();
}
if(0==mOrigin){ //case1: [xxx..]
//mOrigin=mCapacity-1-mSize++;
mOrigin=mCapacity-1;
mData[mOrigin]=anItem;
}
else {// if(mCapacity==(mOrigin+mSize-1)){ //case2: [..xxx] and case3: [.xxx.]
mData[--mOrigin]=anItem;
}
mSize++;
return *this;
}
/**
* Remove and return the last item in the container.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param none
* @return ptr to last item in container
*/
void* nsDeque::Pop(void) {
void* result=0;
if(mSize>0) {
int offset=mOrigin+mSize-1;
if(offset>=mCapacity)
offset-=mCapacity;
result=mData[offset];
mData[offset]=0;
mSize--;
if(0==mSize)
mOrigin=0;
}
return result;
}
/**
* This method gets called you want to remove and return
* the first member in the container.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param nada
* @return last item in container
*/
void* nsDeque::PopFront() {
void* result=0;
if(mSize>0) {
NS_ASSERTION(mOrigin<mCapacity,"Error: Bad origin");
result=mData[mOrigin];
mData[mOrigin++]=0; //zero it out for debugging purposes.
mSize--;
if(mCapacity==mOrigin) //you popped off the end, so cycle back around...
mOrigin=0;
if(0==mSize)
mOrigin=0;
}
return result;
}
/**
* This method gets called you want to peek at the topmost
* member without removing it.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param nada
* @return last item in container
*/
void* nsDeque::Peek() {
void* result=0;
if(mSize>0) {
result=mData[mOrigin];
}
return result;
}
/**
* Call this to retrieve the ith element from this container.
* Keep in mind that accessing the underlying elements is
* done in a relative fashion. Object 0 is not necessarily
* the first element (the first element is at mOrigin).
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anIndex : 0 relative offset of item you want
* @return void* or null
*/
void* nsDeque::ObjectAt(PRInt32 anIndex) const {
void* result=0;
if((anIndex>=0) && (anIndex<mSize))
{
if(anIndex<(mCapacity-mOrigin)) {
result=mData[mOrigin+anIndex];
}
else {
result=mData[anIndex-(mCapacity-mOrigin)];
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* Create and return an iterator pointing to
* the beginning of the queue. Note that this
* takes the circular buffer semantics into account.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return new deque iterator, init'ed to 1st item
*/
nsDequeIterator nsDeque::Begin(void) const{
return nsDequeIterator(*this,0);
}
/**
* Create and return an iterator pointing to
* the last of the queue. Note that this
* takes the circular buffer semantics into account.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return new deque iterator, init'ed to last item
*/
nsDequeIterator nsDeque::End(void) const{
return nsDequeIterator(*this,mSize);
}
/**
* Call this method when you wanto to iterate all the
* members of the container, passing a functor along
* to call your code.
*
* @update gess4/20/98
* @param aFunctor object to call for each member
* @return *this
*/
void nsDeque::ForEach(nsDequeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
int i=0;
for(i=0;i<mSize;i++){
void* obj=ObjectAt(i);
obj=aFunctor(obj);
}
}
/**
* Call this method when you wanto to iterate all the
* members of the container, passing a functor along
* to call your code. Iteration continues until your
* functor returns a non-null.
*
* @update gess4/20/98
* @param aFunctor object to call for each member
* @return *this
*/
const void* nsDeque::FirstThat(nsDequeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
int i=0;
for(i=0;i<mSize;i++){
void* obj=ObjectAt(i);
obj=aFunctor(obj);
if(obj)
return obj;
}
return 0;
}
/******************************************************
* Here comes the nsDequeIterator class...
******************************************************/
/**
* DequeIterator is an object that knows how to iterate (forward and backward)
* a Deque. Normally, you don't need to do this, but there are some special
* cases where it is pretty handy, so here you go.
*
* This is a standard dequeiterator constructor
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param aQueue is the deque object to be iterated
* @param anIndex is the starting position for your iteration
*/
nsDequeIterator::nsDequeIterator(const nsDeque& aQueue,int anIndex): mIndex(anIndex), mDeque(aQueue) {
}
/**
* Copy construct a new iterator beginning with given
*
* @update gess4/20/98
* @param aCopy is another iterator to copy from
* @return
*/
nsDequeIterator::nsDequeIterator(const nsDequeIterator& aCopy) : mIndex(aCopy.mIndex), mDeque(aCopy.mDeque) {
}
/**
* Moves iterator to first element in deque
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return this
*/
nsDequeIterator& nsDequeIterator::First(void){
mIndex=0;
return *this;
}
/**
* Standard assignment operator for dequeiterator
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param aCopy is an iterator to be copied from
* @return *this
*/
nsDequeIterator& nsDequeIterator::operator=(const nsDequeIterator& aCopy) {
//queue's are already equal.
mIndex=aCopy.mIndex;
return *this;
}
/**
* preform ! operation against to iterators to test for equivalence
* (or lack thereof)!
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anIter is the object to be compared to
* @return TRUE if NOT equal.
*/
PRBool nsDequeIterator::operator!=(nsDequeIterator& anIter) {
return PRBool(!this->operator==(anIter));
}
/**
* Compare 2 iterators for equivalence.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anIter is the other iterator to be compared to
* @return TRUE if EQUAL
*/
PRBool nsDequeIterator::operator<(nsDequeIterator& anIter) {
return PRBool(((mIndex<anIter.mIndex) && (&mDeque==&anIter.mDeque)));
}
/**
* Compare 2 iterators for equivalence.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anIter is the other iterator to be compared to
* @return TRUE if EQUAL
*/
PRBool nsDequeIterator::operator==(nsDequeIterator& anIter) {
return PRBool(((mIndex==anIter.mIndex) && (&mDeque==&anIter.mDeque)));
}
/**
* Compare 2 iterators for equivalence.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anIter is the other iterator to be compared to
* @return TRUE if EQUAL
*/
PRBool nsDequeIterator::operator>=(nsDequeIterator& anIter) {
return PRBool(((mIndex>=anIter.mIndex) && (&mDeque==&anIter.mDeque)));
}
/**
* Pre-increment operator
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return object at preincremented index
*/
void* nsDequeIterator::operator++() {
return mDeque.ObjectAt(++mIndex);
}
/**
* Post-increment operator
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param param is ignored
* @return object at post-incremented index
*/
void* nsDequeIterator::operator++(int) {
return mDeque.ObjectAt(mIndex++);
}
/**
* Pre-decrement operator
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return object at pre-decremented index
*/
void* nsDequeIterator::operator--() {
return mDeque.ObjectAt(--mIndex);
}
/**
* Post-decrement operator
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param param is ignored
* @return object at post-decremented index
*/
void* nsDequeIterator::operator--(int) {
return mDeque.ObjectAt(mIndex--);
}
/**
* Dereference operator
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return object at ith index
*/
void* nsDequeIterator::GetCurrent(void) {
return mDeque.ObjectAt(mIndex);
}
/**
* Call this method when you wanto to iterate all the
* members of the container, passing a functor along
* to call your code.
*
* @update gess4/20/98
* @param aFunctor object to call for each member
* @return *this
*/
void nsDequeIterator::ForEach(nsDequeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
mDeque.ForEach(aFunctor);
}
/**
* Call this method when you wanto to iterate all the
* members of the container, passing a functor along
* to call your code.
*
* @update gess4/20/98
* @param aFunctor object to call for each member
* @return *this
*/
const void* nsDequeIterator::FirstThat(nsDequeFunctor& aFunctor) const{
return mDeque.FirstThat(aFunctor);
}
#ifdef _SELFTEST_DEQUE
/**************************************************************
Now define the token deallocator class...
**************************************************************/
class _SelfTestDeallocator: public nsDequeFunctor{
public:
_SelfTestDeallocator::_SelfTestDeallocator() {
nsDeque::SelfTest();
}
virtual void* operator()(void* anObject) {
return 0;
}
};
static _SelfTestDeallocator gDeallocator;
#endif
/**
* conduct automated self test for this class
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsDeque::SelfTest(void) {
#ifdef _SELFTEST_DEQUE
{
nsDeque theDeque(gDeallocator); //construct a simple one...
int ints[200];
int count=sizeof(ints)/sizeof(int);
int i=0;
for(i=0;i<count;i++){ //initialize'em
ints[i]=10*(1+i);
}
for(i=0;i<70;i++){
theDeque.Push(&ints[i]);
}
for(i=0;i<56;i++){
int* temp=(int*)theDeque.Pop();
}
for(i=0;i<55;i++){
theDeque.Push(&ints[i]);
}
for(i=0;i<35;i++){
int* temp=(int*)theDeque.Pop();
}
for(i=0;i<35;i++){
theDeque.Push(&ints[i]);
}
for(i=0;i<38;i++){
int* temp=(int*)theDeque.Pop();
}
}
int x;
x=10;
#endif
}

410
mozilla/xpcom/ds/nsDeque.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,410 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/**
* MODULE NOTES:
* @update gess 4/15/98 (tax day)
*
* The Deque is a very small, very efficient container object
* than can hold elements of type void*, offering the following features:
* It's interface supports pushing and poping of children.
* It can iterate (via an interator class) it's children.
* When full, it can efficently resize dynamically.
*
*
* NOTE: The only bit of trickery here is that this deque is
* built upon a ring-buffer. Like all ring buffers, the first
* element may not be at index[0]. The mOrigin member determines
* where the first child is. This point is quietly hidden from
* customers of this class.
*
*/
#ifndef _NSDEQUE
#define _NSDEQUE
#include "nscore.h"
/**
* The nsDequefunctor class is used when you want to create
* callbacks between the deque and your generic code.
* Use these objects in a call to ForEach();
*
* @update gess4/20/98
*/
class NS_COM nsDequeFunctor{
public:
virtual void* operator()(void* anObject)=0;
};
/******************************************************
* Here comes the nsDeque class itself...
******************************************************/
/**
* The deque (double-ended queue) class is a common container type,
* whose behavior mimics a line in your favorite checkout stand.
* Classic CS describes the common behavior of a queue as FIFO.
* A Deque allows items to be added and removed from either end of
* the queue.
*
* @update gess4/20/98
*/
class NS_COM nsDeque {
friend class nsDequeIterator;
public:
nsDeque(nsDequeFunctor* aDeallocator);
~nsDeque();
/**
* Returns the number of elements currently stored in
* this deque.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param
* @return int contains element count
*/
inline PRInt32 GetSize() const { return mSize;}
/**
* Pushes new member onto the end of the deque
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param ptr to object to store
* @return *this
*/
nsDeque& Push(void* anItem);
/**
* Pushes new member onto the front of the deque
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param ptr to object to store
* @return *this
*/
nsDeque& PushFront(void* anItem);
/**
* Remove and return the first item in the container.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param none
* @return ptr to first item in container
*/
void* Pop(void);
/**
* Remove and return the first item in the container.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param none
* @return ptr to first item in container
*/
void* PopFront(void);
/**
* Return topmost item without removing it.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param none
* @return ptr to first item in container
*/
void* Peek(void);
/**
* method used to retrieve ptr to
* ith member in container. DOesn't remove
* that item.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param index of desired item
* @return ptr to ith element in list
*/
void* ObjectAt(int anIndex) const;
/**
* Remove all items from container without destroying them
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param
* @return
*/
nsDeque& Empty();
/**
* Remove and delete all items from container
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param
* @return
*/
nsDeque& Erase();
/**
* Creates a new iterator, init'ed to start of container
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return new dequeIterator
*/
nsDequeIterator Begin() const;
/**
* Creates a new iterator, init'ed to end of container
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return new dequeIterator
*/
nsDequeIterator End() const;
/**
* Call this method when you wanto to iterate all the
* members of the container, passing a functor along
* to call your code.
*
* @update gess4/20/98
* @param aFunctor object to call for each member
* @return *this
*/
void ForEach(nsDequeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
/**
* Call this method when you wanto to iterate all the
* members of the container, passing a functor along
* to call your code. This process will interupt if
* your function returns a null to this iterator.
*
* @update gess4/20/98
* @param aFunctor object to call for each member
* @return *this
*/
const void* FirstThat(nsDequeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
void SetDeallocator(nsDequeFunctor* aDeallocator);
/**
* Perform automated selftest on the deque
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param
* @return
*/
static void SelfTest();
protected:
PRInt32 mSize;
PRInt32 mCapacity;
PRInt32 mOrigin;
nsDequeFunctor* mDeallocator;
void* mBuffer[8];
void** mData;
private:
/**
* Simple default constructor (PRIVATE)
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param
* @return
*/
nsDeque();
/**
* Copy constructor (PRIVATE)
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param
* @return
*/
nsDeque(const nsDeque& other);
/**
* Deque assignment operator (PRIVATE)
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param another deque
* @return *this
*/
nsDeque& operator=(const nsDeque& anOther);
nsDeque& GrowCapacity(void);
};
/******************************************************
* Here comes the nsDequeIterator class...
******************************************************/
class NS_COM nsDequeIterator {
public:
/**
* DequeIterator is an object that knows how to iterate (forward and backward)
* a Deque. Normally, you don't need to do this, but there are some special
* cases where it is pretty handy, so here you go.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param aQueue is the deque object to be iterated
* @param anIndex is the starting position for your iteration
*/
nsDequeIterator(const nsDeque& aQueue,int anIndex=0);
/**
* DequeIterator is an object that knows how to iterate (forward and backward)
* a Deque. Normally, you don't need to do this, but there are some special
* cases where it is pretty handy, so here you go.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param aQueue is the deque object to be iterated
* @param anIndex is the starting position for your iteration
*/
nsDequeIterator(const nsDequeIterator& aCopy);
/**
* Moves iterator to first element in deque
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return this
*/
nsDequeIterator& First(void);
/**
* Standard assignment operator for deque
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param
* @return
*/
nsDequeIterator& operator=(const nsDequeIterator& aCopy);
/**
* preform ! operation against to iterators to test for equivalence
* (or lack thereof)!
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anIter is the object to be compared to
* @return TRUE if NOT equal.
*/
PRBool operator!=(nsDequeIterator& anIter);
/**
* Compare 2 iterators for equivalence.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anIter is the other iterator to be compared to
* @return TRUE if EQUAL
*/
PRBool operator<(nsDequeIterator& anIter);
/**
* Compare 2 iterators for equivalence.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anIter is the other iterator to be compared to
* @return TRUE if EQUAL
*/
PRBool operator==(nsDequeIterator& anIter);
/**
* Compare 2 iterators for equivalence.
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param anIter is the other iterator to be compared to
* @return TRUE if EQUAL
*/
PRBool operator>=(nsDequeIterator& anIter);
/**
* Pre-increment operator
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return object at preincremented index
*/
void* operator++();
/**
* Post-increment operator
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param param is ignored
* @return object at post-incremented index
*/
void* operator++(int);
/**
* Pre-decrement operator
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return object at pre-decremented index
*/
void* operator--();
/**
* Post-decrement operator
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @param param is ignored
* @return object at post-decremented index
*/
void* operator--(int);
/**
* Retrieve the ptr to the iterators notion of current node
*
* @update gess4/18/98
* @return object at ith index
*/
void* GetCurrent(void);
/**
* Call this method when you wanto to iterate all the
* members of the container, passing a functor along
* to call your code.
*
* @update gess4/20/98
* @param aFunctor object to call for each member
* @return *this
*/
void ForEach(nsDequeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
/**
* Call this method when you wanto to iterate all the
* members of the container, passing a functor along
* to call your code.
*
* @update gess4/20/98
* @param aFunctor object to call for each member
* @return *this
*/
const void* FirstThat(nsDequeFunctor& aFunctor) const;
protected:
PRInt32 mIndex;
const nsDeque& mDeque;
};
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/*
An empty enumerator.
*/
#include "nsIEnumerator.h"
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class EmptyEnumeratorImpl : public nsISimpleEnumerator
{
public:
EmptyEnumeratorImpl(void) {};
virtual ~EmptyEnumeratorImpl(void) {};
// nsISupports interface
NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) AddRef(void) {
return 2;
}
NS_IMETHOD_(nsrefcnt) Release(void) {
return 1;
}
NS_IMETHOD QueryInterface(REFNSIID iid, void** result) {
if (! result)
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
if (iid.Equals(nsISimpleEnumerator::GetIID()) ||
iid.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports))) {
*result = (nsISimpleEnumerator*) this;
NS_ADDREF(this);
return NS_OK;
}
return NS_NOINTERFACE;
}
// nsISimpleEnumerator
NS_IMETHOD HasMoreElements(PRBool* aResult) {
*aResult = PR_FALSE;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHOD GetNext(nsISupports** aResult) {
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
}
};
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator** aResult)
{
static EmptyEnumeratorImpl gEmptyEnumerator;
*aResult = &gEmptyEnumerator;
return NS_OK;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsEnumeratorUtils.h"
nsArrayEnumerator::nsArrayEnumerator(nsISupportsArray* aValueArray)
: mValueArray(aValueArray),
mIndex(0)
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
NS_IF_ADDREF(mValueArray);
}
nsArrayEnumerator::~nsArrayEnumerator(void)
{
NS_IF_RELEASE(mValueArray);
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsArrayEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsArrayEnumerator::HasMoreElements(PRBool* aResult)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aResult != 0, "null ptr");
if (! aResult)
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
PRUint32 cnt;
nsresult rv = mValueArray->Count(&cnt);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
*aResult = (mIndex < (PRInt32) cnt);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsArrayEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports** aResult)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aResult != 0, "null ptr");
if (! aResult)
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
PRUint32 cnt;
nsresult rv = mValueArray->Count(&cnt);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
if (mIndex >= (PRInt32) cnt)
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
*aResult = mValueArray->ElementAt(mIndex++);
return NS_OK;
}
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewArrayEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result,
nsISupportsArray* array)
{
nsArrayEnumerator* enumer = new nsArrayEnumerator(array);
if (enumer == nsnull)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(enumer);
*result = enumer;
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
nsSingletonEnumerator::nsSingletonEnumerator(nsISupports* aValue)
: mValue(aValue)
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
NS_IF_ADDREF(mValue);
mConsumed = (mValue ? PR_FALSE : PR_TRUE);
}
nsSingletonEnumerator::~nsSingletonEnumerator()
{
NS_IF_RELEASE(mValue);
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsSingletonEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsSingletonEnumerator::HasMoreElements(PRBool* aResult)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aResult != 0, "null ptr");
if (! aResult)
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
*aResult = !mConsumed;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsSingletonEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports** aResult)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aResult != 0, "null ptr");
if (! aResult)
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
if (mConsumed)
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
mConsumed = PR_TRUE;
NS_ADDREF(mValue);
*aResult = mValue;
return NS_OK;
}
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result,
nsISupports* singleton)
{
nsSingletonEnumerator* enumer = new nsSingletonEnumerator(singleton);
if (enumer == nsnull)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(enumer);
*result = enumer;
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
nsAdapterEnumerator::nsAdapterEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* aEnum)
: mEnum(aEnum), mCurrent(0), mStarted(PR_FALSE)
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
NS_ADDREF(mEnum);
}
nsAdapterEnumerator::~nsAdapterEnumerator()
{
NS_RELEASE(mEnum);
NS_IF_RELEASE(mCurrent);
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsAdapterEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsAdapterEnumerator::HasMoreElements(PRBool* aResult)
{
nsresult rv;
if (mCurrent) {
*aResult = PR_TRUE;
return NS_OK;
}
if (! mStarted) {
mStarted = PR_TRUE;
rv = mEnum->First();
if (rv == NS_OK) {
mEnum->CurrentItem(&mCurrent);
*aResult = PR_TRUE;
}
else {
*aResult = PR_FALSE;
}
}
else {
*aResult = PR_FALSE;
rv = mEnum->IsDone();
if (rv != NS_OK) {
// We're not done. Advance to the next one.
rv = mEnum->Next();
if (rv == NS_OK) {
mEnum->CurrentItem(&mCurrent);
*aResult = PR_TRUE;
}
}
}
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsAdapterEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports** aResult)
{
nsresult rv;
PRBool hasMore;
rv = HasMoreElements(&hasMore);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
if (! hasMore)
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
// No need to addref, we "transfer" the ownership to the caller.
*aResult = mCurrent;
mCurrent = 0;
return NS_OK;
}
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewAdapterEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result,
nsIEnumerator* enumerator)
{
nsAdapterEnumerator* enumer = new nsAdapterEnumerator(enumerator);
if (enumer == nsnull)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(enumer);
*result = enumer;
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsEnumeratorUtils_h__
#define nsEnumeratorUtils_h__
#include "nsIEnumerator.h"
#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
class NS_COM nsArrayEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator
{
public:
// nsISupports interface
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
// nsISimpleEnumerator interface
NS_IMETHOD HasMoreElements(PRBool* aResult);
NS_IMETHOD GetNext(nsISupports** aResult);
// nsRDFArrayEnumerator methods
nsArrayEnumerator(nsISupportsArray* aValueArray);
virtual ~nsArrayEnumerator(void);
protected:
nsISupportsArray* mValueArray;
PRInt32 mIndex;
};
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewArrayEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result,
nsISupportsArray* array);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class NS_COM nsSingletonEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator
{
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
// nsISimpleEnumerator methods
NS_IMETHOD HasMoreElements(PRBool* aResult);
NS_IMETHOD GetNext(nsISupports** aResult);
nsSingletonEnumerator(nsISupports* aValue);
virtual ~nsSingletonEnumerator();
protected:
nsISupports* mValue;
PRBool mConsumed;
};
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewSingletonEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result,
nsISupports* singleton);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
class NS_COM nsAdapterEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator
{
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
// nsISimpleEnumerator methods
NS_IMETHOD HasMoreElements(PRBool* aResult);
NS_IMETHOD GetNext(nsISupports** aResult);
nsAdapterEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* aEnum);
virtual ~nsAdapterEnumerator();
protected:
nsIEnumerator* mEnum;
nsISupports* mCurrent;
PRBool mStarted;
};
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewAdapterEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result,
nsIEnumerator* enumerator);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#endif /* nsEnumeratorUtils_h__ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsIArena_h___
#define nsIArena_h___
#include "nscore.h"
#include "nsISupports.h"
#define NS_MIN_ARENA_BLOCK_SIZE 64
#define NS_DEFAULT_ARENA_BLOCK_SIZE 4096
/// Interface IID for nsIArena
#define NS_IARENA_IID \
{ 0xa24fdad0, 0x93b4, 0x11d1, \
{0x89, 0x5b, 0x00, 0x60, 0x08, 0x91, 0x1b, 0x81} }
#define NS_ARENA_PROGID "component://netscape/arena"
#define NS_ARENA_CLASSNAME "Arena"
/** Interface to a memory arena abstraction. Arena's use large blocks
* of memory to allocate smaller objects. Arena's provide no free
* operator; instead, all of the objects in the arena are deallocated
* by deallocating the arena (e.g. when it's reference count goes to
* zero)
*/
class nsIArena : public nsISupports {
public:
static const nsIID& GetIID() { static nsIID iid = NS_IARENA_IID; return iid; }
NS_IMETHOD Init(PRUint32 arenaBlockSize) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD_(void*) Alloc(PRUint32 size) = 0;
};
/**
* Create a new arena using the desired block size for allocating the
* underlying memory blocks. The underlying memory blocks are allocated
* using the PR heap.
*/
extern NS_COM nsresult NS_NewHeapArena(nsIArena** aInstancePtrResult,
PRUint32 aArenaBlockSize = 0);
#define NS_ARENA_CID \
{ /* 9832ec80-0d6b-11d3-9331-00104ba0fd40 */ \
0x9832ec80, \
0x0d6b, \
0x11d3, \
{0x93, 0x31, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \
}
#endif /* nsIArena_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code,
* released March 31, 1998.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
* Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998-1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*
* Contributors:
*
*/
#include "nsISupports.idl"
interface nsISizeOfHandler;
[ref] native nsStringRef(nsString);
%{ C++
class nsString;
%}
[uuid(3d1b15b0-93b4-11d1-895b-006008911b81)]
interface nsIAtom : nsISupports
{
/**
* Translate the unicode string into the stringbuf.
*/
void ToString(in nsStringRef aString);
/**
* Return a pointer to a zero terminated unicode string.
*/
void GetUnicode([shared, retval] out wstring aResult);
/**
* Get the size, in bytes, of the atom.
*/
PRUint32 SizeOf(in nsISizeOfHandler aHandler);
};
%{C++
/**
* Find an atom that matches the given iso-latin1 C string. The
* C string is translated into it's unicode equivalent.
*/
extern NS_COM nsIAtom* NS_NewAtom(const char* isolatin1);
/**
* Find an atom that matches the given unicode string. The string is assumed
* to be zero terminated.
*/
extern NS_COM nsIAtom* NS_NewAtom(const PRUnichar* unicode);
/**
* Find an atom that matches the given string.
*/
extern NS_COM nsIAtom* NS_NewAtom(const nsString& aString);
/**
* Return a count of the total number of atoms currently
* alive in the system.
*/
extern NS_COM nsrefcnt NS_GetNumberOfAtoms(void);
extern NS_COM void NS_PurgeAtomTable(void);
%}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsIBuffer_h___
#define nsIBuffer_h___
/**
* nsIBuffer is something that we use to implement pipes (buffered
* input/output stream pairs). It might be useful to you for other
* purposes, but if not, oh well.
*
* One of the important things to understand about pipes is how
* they work with respect to EOF and result values. The following
* table describes:
*
* | empty & not EOF | full | reader closed | writer closed |
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* buffer Read | readCount == 0 | readCount == N | N/A | readCount == N, return NS_OK -or- |
* operations | return WOULD_BLOCK | return NS_OK | | readCount == 0, return EOF |
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* buffer Write | writeCount == N | writeCount == 0 | N/A | assertion! |
* operations | return NS_OK | return WOULD_BLOCK | | |
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* input stream | readCount == 0 | readCount == N | assertion! | readCount == N, return NS_OK -or- |
* Read ops | return WOULD_BLOCK | return NS_OK | | readCount == 0, return EOF |
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* output stream | writeCount == N | writeCount == 0 | return | assertion! |
* Write ops | return NS_OK | return WOULD_BLOCK | STREAM_CLOSED | |
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "nsISupports.h"
#include "nscore.h"
class nsIInputStream;
class nsIAllocator;
class nsIBufferInputStream;
class nsIBufferOutputStream;
class nsIBufferObserver;
#define NS_IBUFFER_IID \
{ /* 1eebb300-fb8b-11d2-9324-00104ba0fd40 */ \
0x1eebb300, \
0xfb8b, \
0x11d2, \
{0x93, 0x24, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \
}
#define NS_BUFFER_CID \
{ /* 5dbe4de0-fbab-11d2-9324-00104ba0fd40 */ \
0x5dbe4de0, \
0xfbab, \
0x11d2, \
{0x93, 0x24, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \
}
#define NS_BUFFER_PROGID "component://netscape/buffer"
#define NS_BUFFER_CLASSNAME "Buffer"
/**
* The signature for the reader function passed to WriteSegment. This
* specifies where the data should come from that gets written into the buffer.
* Implementers should return the following:
* @return NS_OK and readCount - if successfully read something
* @return NS_BASE_STREAM_EOF - if no more to read
* @return NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK - if there is currently no data (in
* a non-blocking mode)
* @return <other-error> - on failure
*/
typedef NS_CALLBACK(nsReadSegmentFun)(void* closure,
char* toRawSegment,
PRUint32 fromOffset,
PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *readCount);
/**
* The signature of the writer function passed to ReadSegments. This
* specifies where the data should go that gets read from the buffer.
* Implementers should return the following:
* @return NS_OK and writeCount - if successfully wrote something
* @return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED - if no more can be written
* @return NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK - if there is currently space to write (in
* a non-blocking mode)
* @return <other-error> - on failure
*/
typedef NS_CALLBACK(nsWriteSegmentFun)(void* closure,
const char* fromRawSegment,
PRUint32 toOffset,
PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *writeCount);
class nsIBuffer : public nsISupports {
public:
NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IBUFFER_IID);
/**
* The segment overhead is the amount of space chopped out of each
* segment for implementation purposes. The remainder of the segment
* is available for data, e.g.:
* segmentDataSize = growBySize - SEGMENT_OVERHEAD;
*/
enum { SEGMENT_OVERHEAD = 8 };
/**
* Initializes a buffer. The segment size (including overhead) will
* start from and increment by the growBySize, until reaching maxSize.
* The size of the data that can fit in a segment will be the growBySize
* minus SEGMENT_OVERHEAD bytes.
*/
NS_IMETHOD Init(PRUint32 growBySize, PRUint32 maxSize,
nsIBufferObserver* observer, nsIAllocator* allocator) = 0;
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Methods for Readers
/**
* Reads from the read cursor into a char buffer up to a specified length.
*/
NS_IMETHOD Read(char* toBuf, PRUint32 bufLen, PRUint32 *readCount) = 0;
/**
* This read method allows you to pass a callback function that gets called
* repeatedly for each buffer segment until the entire amount is read.
* This avoids the need to copy data to/from and intermediate buffer.
*/
NS_IMETHOD ReadSegments(nsWriteSegmentFun writer, void* closure, PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *readCount) = 0;
/**
* Returns the raw char buffer segment and its length available for reading.
* @param segmentLogicalOffset - The offset from the current read cursor for
* the segment to be returned. If this is beyond the available written area,
* NULL is returned for the resultSegment.
* @param resultSegment - The resulting read segment.
* @param resultSegmentLength - The resulting read segment length.
*
* @return NS_OK - if a read segment is successfully returned, or if
* the requested offset is at or beyond the write cursor (in which case
* the resultSegment will be nsnull and the resultSegmentLen will be 0)
* @return NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK - if the buffer size becomes 0
* @return any error set by SetCondition if the requested offset is at
* or beyond the write cursor (in which case the resultSegment will be
* nsnull and the resultSegmentLen will be 0). Note that NS_OK will be
* returned if SetCondition has not been called.
* @return any error returned by OnEmpty
*/
NS_IMETHOD GetReadSegment(PRUint32 segmentLogicalOffset,
const char* *resultSegment,
PRUint32 *resultSegmentLen) = 0;
/**
* Returns the amount of data currently in the buffer available for reading.
*/
NS_IMETHOD GetReadableAmount(PRUint32 *amount) = 0;
/**
* Searches for a string in the buffer. Since the buffer has a notion
* of EOF, it is possible that the string may at some time be in the
* buffer, but is is not currently found up to some offset. Consequently,
* both the found and not found cases return an offset:
* if found, return offset where it was found
* if not found, return offset of the first byte not searched
* In the case the buffer is at EOF and the string is not found, the first
* byte not searched will correspond to the length of the buffer.
*/
NS_IMETHOD Search(const char* forString, PRBool ignoreCase,
PRBool *found, PRUint32 *offsetSearchedTo) = 0;
/**
* Sets that the reader has closed their end of the stream.
*/
NS_IMETHOD ReaderClosed(void) = 0;
/**
* Tests whether EOF marker is set. Note that this does not necessarily mean that
* all the data in the buffer has yet been consumed.
*/
NS_IMETHOD GetCondition(nsresult *result) = 0;
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Methods for Writers
/**
* Writes from a char buffer up to a specified length.
* @param writeCount - The amount that could be written. If the buffer becomes full,
* this could be less then the specified bufLen.
*/
NS_IMETHOD Write(const char* fromBuf, PRUint32 bufLen, PRUint32 *writeCount) = 0;
/**
* Writes from an input stream up to a specified count of bytes.
* @param writeCount - The amount that could be written. If the buffer becomes full,
* this could be less then the specified count.
*/
NS_IMETHOD WriteFrom(nsIInputStream* fromStream, PRUint32 count, PRUint32 *writeCount) = 0;
/**
* This write method allows you to pass a callback function that gets called
* repeatedly for each buffer segment until the entire amount is written.
* This avoids the need to copy data to/from and intermediate buffer.
*/
NS_IMETHOD WriteSegments(nsReadSegmentFun reader, void* closure, PRUint32 count,
PRUint32 *writeCount) = 0;
/**
* Returns the raw char buffer segment and its length available for writing.
* @param resultSegment - The resulting write segment.
* @param resultSegmentLength - The resulting write segment length.
*
* @return NS_OK - if there is a segment available to write to
* @return NS_BASE_STREAM_CLOSED - if ReaderClosed has been called
* @return NS_BASE_STREAM_WOULD_BLOCK - if the max buffer size is exceeded
* @return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY - if a new segment could not be allocated
* @return any error returned by OnFull
*/
NS_IMETHOD GetWriteSegment(char* *resultSegment,
PRUint32 *resultSegmentLen) = 0;
/**
* Returns the amount of space currently in the buffer available for writing.
*/
NS_IMETHOD GetWritableAmount(PRUint32 *amount) = 0;
/**
* Returns whether the reader has closed their end of the stream.
*/
NS_IMETHOD GetReaderClosed(PRBool *result) = 0;
/**
* Sets an EOF marker (typcially done by the writer) so that a reader can be informed
* when all the data in the buffer is consumed. After the EOF marker has been
* set, all subsequent calls to the above write methods will return NS_BASE_STREAM_EOF.
*/
NS_IMETHOD SetCondition(nsresult condition) = 0;
};
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#define NS_IBUFFEROBSERVER_IID \
{ /* 0c18bef0-22a8-11d3-9349-00104ba0fd40 */ \
0x0c18bef0, \
0x22a8, \
0x11d3, \
{0x93, 0x49, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \
}
/**
* A buffer observer is used to detect when the buffer becomes completely full
* or completely empty.
*/
class nsIBufferObserver : public nsISupports {
public:
NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IBUFFEROBSERVER_IID);
NS_IMETHOD OnFull(nsIBuffer* buffer) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD OnWrite(nsIBuffer*, PRUint32 amount) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD OnEmpty(nsIBuffer* buffer) = 0;
};
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/**
* Creates a new buffer.
* @param observer - may be null
*/
extern NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewBuffer(nsIBuffer* *result,
PRUint32 growBySize, PRUint32 maxSize,
nsIBufferObserver* observer);
/**
* Creates a new buffer, allocating segments from virtual memory pages.
*/
extern NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewPageBuffer(nsIBuffer* *result,
PRUint32 growBySize, PRUint32 maxSize,
nsIBufferObserver* observer);
extern NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewBufferInputStream(nsIBufferInputStream* *result,
nsIBuffer* buffer, PRBool blocking = PR_FALSE);
extern NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewBufferOutputStream(nsIBufferOutputStream* *result,
nsIBuffer* buffer, PRBool blocking = PR_FALSE);
extern NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewPipe(nsIBufferInputStream* *inStrResult,
nsIBufferOutputStream* *outStrResult,
PRUint32 growBySize, PRUint32 maxSize,
PRBool blocking, nsIBufferObserver* observer);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#endif // nsIBuffer_h___

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsIByteBuffer_h___
#define nsIByteBuffer_h___
#include "nscore.h"
#include "nsISupports.h"
class nsIInputStream;
#define NS_IBYTE_BUFFER_IID \
{ 0xe4a6e4b0, 0x93b4, 0x11d1, \
{0x89, 0x5b, 0x00, 0x60, 0x08, 0x91, 0x1b, 0x81} }
#define NS_IBYTEBUFFER_IID \
{ 0xe4a6e4b0, 0x93b4, 0x11d1, \
{0x89, 0x5b, 0x00, 0x60, 0x08, 0x91, 0x1b, 0x81} }
#define NS_BYTEBUFFER_PROGID "component://netscape/byte-buffer"
#define NS_BYTEBUFFER_CLASSNAME "Byte Buffer"
/** Interface to a buffer that holds bytes */
class nsIByteBuffer : public nsISupports {
public:
static const nsIID& GetIID() { static nsIID iid = NS_IBYTEBUFFER_IID; return iid; }
NS_IMETHOD Init(PRUint32 aBufferSize) = 0;
/** @return length of buffer, i.e. how many bytes are currently in it. */
NS_IMETHOD_(PRUint32) GetLength(void) const = 0;
/** @return number of bytes allocated in the buffer */
NS_IMETHOD_(PRUint32) GetBufferSize(void) const = 0;
/** @return the buffer */
NS_IMETHOD_(char*) GetBuffer(void) const = 0;
/** Grow buffer to aNewSize bytes. */
NS_IMETHOD_(PRBool) Grow(PRUint32 aNewSize) = 0;
/** Fill the buffer with data from aStream. Don't grow the buffer, only
* read until length of buffer equals buffer size. */
NS_IMETHOD_(PRInt32) Fill(nsresult* aErrorCode, nsIInputStream* aStream,
PRUint32 aKeep) = 0;
};
#define NS_BYTEBUFFER_CID \
{ /* a49d5280-0d6b-11d3-9331-00104ba0fd40 */ \
0xa49d5280, \
0x0d6b, \
0x11d3, \
{0x93, 0x31, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \
}
/** Create a new byte buffer using the given buffer size. */
extern NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewByteBuffer(nsIByteBuffer** aInstancePtrResult,
nsISupports* aOuter,
PRUint32 aBufferSize = 0);
#endif /* nsIByteBuffer_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsISupports.idl"
#include "nsIEnumerator.idl"
[scriptable, uuid(83b6019c-cbc4-11d2-8cca-0060b0fc14a3)]
interface nsICollection : nsISupports
{
PRUint32 Count();
nsISupports GetElementAt(in PRUint32 index);
void QueryElementAt(in PRUint32 index, in nsIIDRef uuid,
[iid_is(uuid),retval] out nsQIResult result);
void SetElementAt(in PRUint32 index, in nsISupports item);
void AppendElement(in nsISupports item);
void RemoveElement(in nsISupports item);
nsIEnumerator Enumerate();
void Clear();
};

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsISupports.idl"
[scriptable, uuid(D1899240-F9D2-11D2-BDD6-000064657374)]
interface nsISimpleEnumerator : nsISupports {
boolean HasMoreElements();
nsISupports GetNext();
};
/*
* DO NOT USE THIS INTERFACE. IT IS HORRIBLY BROKEN, USES NS_COMFALSE
* AND IS BASICALLY IMPOSSIBLE TO USE CORRECTLY THROUGH PROXIES OR
* XPCONNECT. IF YOU SEE NEW USES OF THIS INTERFACE IN CODE YOU ARE
* REVIEWING, YOU SHOULD INSIST ON nsISimpleEnumerator.
*
* DON'T MAKE ME COME OVER THERE.
*/
[scriptable, uuid(ad385286-cbc4-11d2-8cca-0060b0fc14a3)]
interface nsIEnumerator : nsISupports {
/** First will reset the list. will return NS_FAILED if no items
*/
void first();
/** Next will advance the list. will return failed if already at end
*/
void next();
/** CurrentItem will return the CurrentItem item it will fail if the
* list is empty
*/
nsISupports currentItem();
/** return if the collection is at the end. that is the beginning following
* a call to Prev and it is the end of the list following a call to next
*/
void isDone();
};
[uuid(75f158a0-cadd-11d2-8cca-0060b0fc14a3)]
interface nsIBidirectionalEnumerator : nsIEnumerator {
/** Last will reset the list to the end. will return NS_FAILED if no items
*/
void Last();
/** Prev will decrement the list. will return failed if already at beginning
*/
void Prev();
};
%{C++
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewEmptyEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator** aResult);
// Construct and return an implementation of a "conjoining enumerator." This
// enumerator lets you string together two other enumerators into one sequence.
// The result is an nsIBidirectionalEnumerator, but if either input is not
// also bidirectional, the Last and Prev operations will fail.
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewConjoiningEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second,
nsIBidirectionalEnumerator* *aInstancePtrResult);
// Construct and return an implementation of a "union enumerator." This
// enumerator will only return elements that are found in both constituent
// enumerators.
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewUnionEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second,
nsIEnumerator* *aInstancePtrResult);
// Construct and return an implementation of an "intersection enumerator." This
// enumerator will return elements that are found in either constituent
// enumerators, eliminating duplicates.
extern "C" NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewIntersectionEnumerator(nsIEnumerator* first, nsIEnumerator* second,
nsIEnumerator* *aInstancePtrResult);
%}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsISupports.idl"
[scriptable, uuid(DB242E01-E4D9-11d2-9DDE-000064657374)]
interface nsIObserver : nsISupports {
/*------------------------------- Observe ----------------------------------
| Called when aTopic changes for aSubject (presumably; it is actually |
| called whenever anyone calls nsIObserverService::Notify for aTopic). |
| |
| Implement this in your class to handle the event appropriately. If |
| your observer objects can respond to multiple topics and/or subjects, |
| then you will have to filter accordingly. |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
void Observe( in nsISupports aSubject,
in wstring aTopic,
in wstring someData );
};
%{C++
#define NS_OBSERVER_PROGID "component://netscape/xpcom/observer"
#define NS_OBSERVER_CLASSNAME "Observer"
%}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsIObserverList_h__
#define nsIObserverList_h__
#include "nsISupports.h"
#include "nsIObserver.h"
#include "nsIEnumerator.h"
#include "nscore.h"
// {E777D482-E6E3-11d2-8ACD-00105A1B8860}
#define NS_IOBSERVERLIST_IID \
{ 0xe777d482, 0xe6e3, 0x11d2, { 0x8a, 0xcd, 0x0, 0x10, 0x5a, 0x1b, 0x88, 0x60 } }
// {E777D484-E6E3-11d2-8ACD-00105A1B8860}
#define NS_OBSERVERLIST_CID \
{ 0xe777d484, 0xe6e3, 0x11d2, { 0x8a, 0xcd, 0x0, 0x10, 0x5a, 0x1b, 0x88, 0x60 } }
class nsIObserverList : public nsISupports {
public:
static const nsIID& GetIID() { static nsIID iid = NS_IOBSERVERLIST_IID; return iid; }
NS_IMETHOD AddObserver(nsIObserver** anObserver) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD RemoveObserver(nsIObserver** anObserver) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD EnumerateObserverList(nsIEnumerator** anEnumerator) = 0;
};
extern NS_COM nsresult NS_NewObserverList(nsIObserverList** anObserverList);
#endif /* nsIObserverList_h__ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsISupports.idl"
#include "nsIObserver.idl"
#include "nsIEnumerator.idl"
[scriptable, uuid(D07F5192-E3D1-11d2-8ACD-00105A1B8860)]
interface nsIObserverService : nsISupports {
void AddObserver( in nsIObserver anObserver, in wstring aTopic );
void RemoveObserver( in nsIObserver anObserver, in wstring nsString );
nsIEnumerator EnumerateObserverList( in wstring aTopic );
void Notify( in nsISupports aSubject,
in wstring aTopic,
in wstring someData );
};
%{C++
#define NS_OBSERVERSERVICE_PROGID "component://netscape/observer-service"
#define NS_OBSERVERSERVICE_CLASSNAME "Observer Service"
%}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsIPageManager_h__
#define nsIPageManager_h__
#include "nsISupports.h"
#define NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS 12 // 4k pages
#define NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_SIZE (1 << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS)
#define NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_MASK (NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_SIZE - 1)
#define NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_COUNT(bytes) (((bytes) + NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_MASK) >> NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS)
#define NS_IPAGEMANAGER_IID \
{ /* bea98210-fb7b-11d2-9324-00104ba0fd40 */ \
0xbea98210, \
0xfb7b, \
0x11d2, \
{0x93, 0x24, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \
}
#define NS_PAGEMANAGER_CID \
{ /* cac907e0-fb7b-11d2-9324-00104ba0fd40 */ \
0xcac907e0, \
0xfb7b, \
0x11d2, \
{0x93, 0x24, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \
}
#define NS_PAGEMANAGER_PROGID "component://netscape/page-manager"
#define NS_PAGEMANAGER_CLASSNAME "Page Manager"
class nsIPageManager : public nsISupports {
public:
NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IPAGEMANAGER_IID);
NS_IMETHOD AllocPages(PRUint32 pageCount, void* *result) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD DeallocPages(PRUint32 pageCount, void* pages) = 0;
};
#endif // nsIPageManager_h__

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsIProperties_h___
#define nsIProperties_h___
#include "nsISupports.h"
#include "nsIEnumerator.h"
#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
#define NS_IPROPERTIES_IID \
{ /* f42bc870-dc17-11d2-9311-00e09805570f */ \
0xf42bc870, \
0xdc17, \
0x11d2, \
{0x93, 0x11, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x98, 0x05, 0x57, 0x0f} \
}
#define NS_PROPERTIES_CID \
{ /* b3efe4d0-0d6b-11d3-9331-00104ba0fd40 */ \
0xb3efe4d0, \
0x0d6b, \
0x11d3, \
{0x93, 0x31, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \
}
#define NS_PROPERTIES_PROGID "component://netscape/properties"
#define NS_PROPERTIES_CLASSNAME "Properties"
class nsIProperties : public nsISupports {
public:
static const nsIID& GetIID() { static nsIID iid = NS_IPROPERTIES_IID; return iid; }
/**
* Defines a new property.
* @return NS_ERROR_FAILURE if a property is already defined.
*/
NS_IMETHOD DefineProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* initialValue) = 0;
/**
* Undefines a property.
* @return NS_ERROR_FAILURE if a property is not already defined.
*/
NS_IMETHOD UndefineProperty(const char* prop) = 0;
/**
* Gets a property.
* @return NS_ERROR_FAILURE if a property is not already defined.
*/
NS_IMETHOD GetProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* *result) = 0;
/**
* Sets a property.
* @return NS_ERROR_FAILURE if a property is not already defined.
*/
NS_IMETHOD SetProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* value) = 0;
/**
* @return NS_OK if the property exists with the specified value
* @return NS_COMFALSE if the property does not exist, or doesn't have
* the specified value (values are compared with ==)
*/
NS_IMETHOD HasProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* value) = 0;
};
// Returns a default implementation of an nsIProperties object.
extern nsresult
NS_NewIProperties(nsIProperties* *result);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "nsID.h"
#include "nsIInputStream.h"
#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
#include "nsString.h"
// {1A180F60-93B2-11d2-9B8B-00805F8A16D9}
#define NS_IPERSISTENTPROPERTIES_IID \
{ 0x1a180f60, 0x93b2, 0x11d2, \
{ 0x9b, 0x8b, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x16, 0xd9 } }
// {2245E573-9464-11d2-9B8B-00805F8A16D9}
NS_DECLARE_ID(kPersistentPropertiesCID,
0x2245e573, 0x9464, 0x11d2, 0x9b, 0x8b, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x16, 0xd9);
#define NS_PERSISTENTPROPERTIES_PROGID "component://netscape/persistent-properties"
#define NS_PERSISTENTPROPERTIES_CLASSNAME "Persistent Properties"
class nsIPersistentProperties : public nsIProperties
{
public:
static const nsIID& GetIID() { static nsIID iid = NS_IPERSISTENTPROPERTIES_IID; return iid; }
NS_IMETHOD Load(nsIInputStream* aIn) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD Save(nsIOutputStream* aOut, const nsString& aHeader) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD Subclass(nsIPersistentProperties* aSubclass) = 0;
/**
* Enumerates the properties in the supplied enumerator.
* @return NS_ERROR_FAILURE if no properties to enumerate
*/
NS_IMETHOD EnumerateProperties(nsIBidirectionalEnumerator** aResult) = 0;
// XXX these 2 methods will be subsumed by the ones from
// nsIProperties once we figure this all out
NS_IMETHOD GetStringProperty(const nsString& aKey, nsString& aValue) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD SetStringProperty(const nsString& aKey, nsString& aNewValue,
nsString& aOldValue) = 0;
};
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// {C23C10B3-0E1A-11d3-A430-0060B0EB5963}
#define NS_IPROPERTYELEMENT_IID \
{ 0xc23c10b3, 0xe1a, 0x11d3, \
{ 0xa4, 0x30, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xeb, 0x59, 0x63 } }
// {579C0568-0E1B-11d3-A430-0060B0EB5963}
NS_DECLARE_ID(kPropertyElementCID,
0x579c0568, 0xe1b, 0x11d3, 0xa4, 0x30, 0x0, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xeb, 0x59, 0x63);
class nsIPropertyElement : public nsISupports
{
public:
static const nsIID& GetIID() { static nsIID iid = NS_IPROPERTYELEMENT_IID; return iid; }
NS_IMETHOD SetKey(nsString* aKey) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD SetValue(nsString* aValue) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD GetKey(nsString** aReturnKey) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD GetValue(nsString** aReturnValue) = 0;
};
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#endif // nsIProperties_h___

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsISimpleEnumerator_h__
#define nsISimpleEnumerator_h__
// This file is needed to pacify the xpidl-generated header files.
#include "nsIEnumerator.h"
#endif // nsISimpleEnumerator_h__

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsISizeOfHandler_h___
#define nsISizeOfHandler_h___
#include "nscore.h"
#include "nsISupports.h"
/* c028d1f0-fc9e-11d1-89e4-006008911b81 */
#define NS_ISIZEOF_HANDLER_IID \
{ 0xc028d1f0, 0xfc9e, 0x11d1, {0x89, 0xe4, 0x00, 0x60, 0x08, 0x91, 0x1b, 0x81}}
class nsIAtom;
class nsISizeOfHandler;
/**
* Function used by the Report method to report data gathered during
* a collection of data.
*/
typedef void (*nsISizeofReportFunc)(nsISizeOfHandler* aHandler,
nsIAtom* aKey,
PRUint32 aCount,
PRUint32 aTotalSize,
PRUint32 aMinSize,
PRUint32 aMaxSize,
void* aArg);
/**
* An API to managing a sizeof computation of an arbitrary graph.
* The handler is responsible for remembering which objects have been
* seen before (using RecordObject). Note that the handler doesn't
* hold references to nsISupport's objects; the assumption is that the
* objects being sized are stationary and will not be modified during
* the sizing computation and therefore do not need an extra reference
* count.
*
* Users of this API are responsible for the actual graph/tree walking.
*/
class nsISizeOfHandler : public nsISupports {
public:
NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_ISIZEOF_HANDLER_IID)
/**
* Initialize the handler for a new collection of data. This empties
* out the object prescence table and the keyed size table.
*/
NS_IMETHOD Init() = 0;
/**
* Record the sizing status of a given object. The first time
* aObject is recorded, aResult will be PR_FALSE. Subsequent times,
* aResult will be PR_TRUE.
*/
NS_IMETHOD RecordObject(void* aObject, PRBool* aResult) = 0;
/**
* Add size information to the running size data. The atom is used
* as a key to keep type specific running totals of size
* information. This increments the total count and the total size
* as well as updates the minimum, maximum and total size for aKey's
* type.
*/
NS_IMETHOD AddSize(nsIAtom* aKey, PRUint32 aSize) = 0;
/**
* Enumerate data collected for each type and invoke the
* reporting function with the data gathered.
*/
NS_IMETHOD Report(nsISizeofReportFunc aFunc, void* aArg) = 0;
/**
* Get the current totals - the number of total objects sized (not
* necessarily anything to do with RecordObject's tracking of
* objects) and the total number of bytes that those object use. The
* counters are not reset by this call (use Init to reset
* everything).
*/
NS_IMETHOD GetTotals(PRUint32* aTotalCountResult,
PRUint32* aTotalSizeResult) = 0;
};
extern NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewSizeOfHandler(nsISizeOfHandler** aInstancePtrResult);
#endif /* nsISizeofHandler_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsISupports.idl"
#include "nsICollection.idl"
native nsISupportsArrayEnumFunc(nsISupportsArrayEnumFunc);
%{C++
class nsIBidirectionalEnumerator;
#define NS_SUPPORTSARRAY_CID \
{ /* bda17d50-0d6b-11d3-9331-00104ba0fd40 */ \
0xbda17d50, \
0x0d6b, \
0x11d3, \
{0x93, 0x31, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \
}
#define NS_SUPPORTSARRAY_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-array"
#define NS_SUPPORTSARRAY_CLASSNAME "Supports Array"
// Enumerator callback function. Return PR_FALSE to stop
typedef PRBool (*nsISupportsArrayEnumFunc)(nsISupports* aElement, void *aData);
%}
[scriptable, uuid(791eafa0-b9e6-11d1-8031-006008159b5a)]
interface nsISupportsArray : nsICollection {
[notxpcom] boolean Equals([const] in nsISupportsArray other);
[notxpcom] nsISupports ElementAt(in unsigned long aIndex);
[notxpcom] long IndexOf([const] in nsISupports aPossibleElement);
[notxpcom] long IndexOfStartingAt([const] in nsISupports aPossibleElement,
in unsigned long aStartIndex);
[notxpcom] long LastIndexOf([const] in nsISupports aPossibleElement);
// xpcom-compatible versions
long GetIndexOf(in nsISupports aPossibleElement);
long GetIndexOfStartingAt(in nsISupports aPossibleElement,
in unsigned long aStartIndex);
long GetLastIndexOf(in nsISupports aPossibleElement);
[notxpcom] boolean InsertElementAt(in nsISupports aElement,
in unsigned long aIndex);
[notxpcom] boolean ReplaceElementAt(in nsISupports aElement,
in unsigned long aIndex);
[notxpcom] boolean RemoveElementAt(in unsigned long aIndex);
[notxpcom] boolean RemoveLastElement([const] in nsISupports aElement);
// xpcom-compatible versions
void DeleteLastElement(in nsISupports aElement);
void DeleteElementAt(in unsigned long aIndex);
[notxpcom] boolean AppendElements(in nsISupportsArray aElements);
void Compact();
[notxpcom, noscript]
boolean EnumerateForwards(in nsISupportsArrayEnumFunc aFunc,
in voidStar aData);
[notxpcom, noscript]
boolean EnumerateBackwards(in nsISupportsArrayEnumFunc aFunc,
in voidStar aData);
%{C++
private:
// NS_IMETHOD_(nsISupportsArray&) operator=(const nsISupportsArray& other) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD_(PRBool) operator==(const nsISupportsArray& other) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD_(nsISupports*) operator[](PRUint32 aIndex) = 0;
%}
};
%{C++
// Construct and return a default implementation of nsISupportsArray:
extern NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewISupportsArray(nsISupportsArray** aInstancePtrResult);
// Construct and return a default implementation of an enumerator for nsISupportsArrays:
extern NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewISupportsArrayEnumerator(nsISupportsArray* array,
nsIBidirectionalEnumerator* *aInstancePtrResult);
%}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/* nsISupports wrappers for single primitive pieces of data. */
#include "nsISupports.idl"
/**
* These first three are pointer types and do data copying
* using the nsIAllocator. Be careful!
*/
[scriptable, uuid(d18290a0-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsID : nsISupports
{
attribute nsIDPtr data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(d65ff270-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsString : nsISupports
{
attribute string data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(d79dc970-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsWString : nsISupports
{
attribute wstring data;
wstring toString();
};
/**
* The rest are truly primitive and are passed by value
*/
[scriptable, uuid(ddc3b490-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsPRBool : nsISupports
{
attribute PRBool data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(dec2e4e0-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsPRUint8 : nsISupports
{
attribute PRUint8 data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(dfacb090-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsPRUint16 : nsISupports
{
attribute PRUint16 data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(e01dc470-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsPRUint32 : nsISupports
{
attribute PRUint32 data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(e13567c0-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsPRUint64 : nsISupports
{
attribute PRUint64 data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(e2563630-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsPRTime : nsISupports
{
attribute PRTime data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(e2b05e40-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsChar : nsISupports
{
attribute char data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(e30d94b0-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsPRInt16 : nsISupports
{
attribute PRInt16 data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(e36c5250-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsPRInt32 : nsISupports
{
attribute PRInt32 data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(e3cb0ff0-4a1c-11d3-9890-006008962422)]
interface nsISupportsPRInt64 : nsISupports
{
attribute PRInt64 data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(abeaa390-4ac0-11d3-baea-00805f8a5dd7)]
interface nsISupportsFloat : nsISupports
{
attribute float data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(b32523a0-4ac0-11d3-baea-00805f8a5dd7)]
interface nsISupportsDouble : nsISupports
{
attribute double data;
string toString();
};
[scriptable, uuid(464484f0-568d-11d3-baf8-00805f8a5dd7)]
interface nsISupportsVoid : nsISupports
{
/*
* This would be: "[noscript] attribute voidStar data;" but for...
* http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=11454
*/
[noscript] void GetData([shared,retval] out voidStar aData);
[noscript] void SetData(in voidStar aData);
string toString();
};
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
%{C++
// {ACF8DC40-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_ID_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc40, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_ID_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-id"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_ID_CLASSNAME "Supports ID"
// {ACF8DC41-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc41, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-string"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_STRING_CLASSNAME "Supports String"
// {ACF8DC42-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_WSTRING_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc42, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_WSTRING_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-wstring"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_WSTRING_CLASSNAME "Supports WString"
// {ACF8DC43-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRBOOL_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc43, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRBOOL_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-PRBool"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRBOOL_CLASSNAME "Supports PRBool"
// {ACF8DC44-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT8_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc44, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT8_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-PRUint8"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT8_CLASSNAME "Supports PRUint8"
// {ACF8DC46-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT16_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc46, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT16_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-PRUint16"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT16_CLASSNAME "Supports PRUint16"
// {ACF8DC47-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT32_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc47, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT32_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-PRUint32"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT32_CLASSNAME "Supports PRUint32"
// {ACF8DC48-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT64_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc48, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT64_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-PRUint64"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRUINT64_CLASSNAME "Supports PRUint64"
// {ACF8DC49-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRTIME_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc49, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRTIME_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-PRTime"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRTIME_CLASSNAME "Supports PRTime"
// {ACF8DC4A-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_CHAR_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc4a, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_CHAR_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-char"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_CHAR_CLASSNAME "Supports Char"
// {ACF8DC4B-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRINT16_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc4b, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRINT16_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-PRInt16"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRINT16_CLASSNAME "Supports PRInt16"
// {ACF8DC4C-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRINT32_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc4c, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRINT32_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-PRInt32"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRINT32_CLASSNAME "Supports PRInt32"
// {ACF8DC4D-4A25-11d3-9890-006008962422}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRINT64_CID \
{ 0xacf8dc4d, 0x4a25, 0x11d3, \
{ 0x98, 0x90, 0x0, 0x60, 0x8, 0x96, 0x24, 0x22 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRINT64_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-PRInt64"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_PRINT64_CLASSNAME "Supports PRInt64"
// {CBF86870-4AC0-11d3-BAEA-00805F8A5DD7}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_FLOAT_CID \
{ 0xcbf86870, 0x4ac0, 0x11d3, \
{ 0xba, 0xea, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x5d, 0xd7 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_FLOAT_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-float"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_FLOAT_CLASSNAME "Supports float"
// {CBF86871-4AC0-11d3-BAEA-00805F8A5DD7}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_DOUBLE_CID \
{ 0xcbf86871, 0x4ac0, 0x11d3, \
{ 0xba, 0xea, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x5d, 0xd7 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_DOUBLE_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-double"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_DOUBLE_CLASSNAME "Supports double"
// {AF10F3E0-568D-11d3-BAF8-00805F8A5DD7}
#define NS_SUPPORTS_VOID_CID \
{ 0xaf10f3e0, 0x568d, 0x11d3, \
{ 0xba, 0xf8, 0x0, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x5d, 0xd7 } }
#define NS_SUPPORTS_VOID_PROGID "component://netscape/supports-void"
#define NS_SUPPORTS_VOID_CLASSNAME "Supports void"
%}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsIUnicharBuffer_h___
#define nsIUnicharBuffer_h___
#include "nscore.h"
#include "nsISupports.h"
class nsIUnicharInputStream;
#define NS_IUNICHARBUFFER_IID \
{ 0x14cf6970, 0x93b5, 0x11d1, \
{0x89, 0x5b, 0x00, 0x60, 0x08, 0x91, 0x1b, 0x81} }
/// Interface to a buffer that holds unicode characters
class nsIUnicharBuffer : public nsISupports {
public:
NS_DEFINE_STATIC_IID_ACCESSOR(NS_IUNICHARBUFFER_IID);
NS_IMETHOD Init(PRUint32 aBufferSize) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD_(PRInt32) GetLength() const = 0;
NS_IMETHOD_(PRInt32) GetBufferSize() const = 0;
NS_IMETHOD_(PRUnichar*) GetBuffer() const = 0;
NS_IMETHOD_(PRBool) Grow(PRInt32 aNewSize) = 0;
NS_IMETHOD_(PRInt32) Fill(nsresult* aErrorCode, nsIUnicharInputStream* aStream,
PRInt32 aKeep) = 0;
};
/// Factory method for nsIUnicharBuffer.
extern NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewUnicharBuffer(nsIUnicharBuffer** aInstancePtrResult,
nsISupports* aOuter,
PRUint32 aBufferSize = 0);
#define NS_UNICHARBUFFER_CID \
{ /* c81fd8f0-0d6b-11d3-9331-00104ba0fd40 */ \
0xc81fd8f0, \
0x0d6b, \
0x11d3, \
{0x93, 0x31, 0x00, 0x10, 0x4b, 0xa0, 0xfd, 0x40} \
}
#endif /* nsIUnicharBuffer_h___ */

340
mozilla/xpcom/ds/nsInt64.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsInt64_h__
#define nsInt64_h__
#include "prlong.h"
#include "nscore.h"
/**
* This class encapsulates full 64-bit integer functionality and
* provides simple arithmetic and conversion operations.
*/
// If you ever decide that you need to add a non-inline method to this
// class, be sure to change the class declaration to "class NS_BASE
// nsInt64".
class nsInt64
{
private:
PRInt64 mValue;
public:
/**
* Construct a new 64-bit integer.
*/
nsInt64(void) : mValue(LL_ZERO) {
}
/**
* Construct a new 64-bit integer from a 32-bit signed integer
*/
nsInt64(const PRInt32 aInt32) {
LL_I2L(mValue, aInt32);
}
/**
* Construct a new 64-bit integer from a 32-bit unsigned integer
*/
nsInt64(const PRUint32 aUint32) {
LL_UI2L(mValue, aUint32);
}
/**
* Construct a new 64-bit integer from a floating point value.
*/
nsInt64(const PRFloat64 aFloat64) {
LL_D2L(mValue, aFloat64);
}
/**
* Construct a new 64-bit integer from a native 64-bit integer
*/
nsInt64(const PRInt64 aInt64) : mValue(aInt64) {
}
/**
* Construct a new 64-bit integer from another 64-bit integer
*/
nsInt64(const nsInt64& aObject) : mValue(aObject.mValue) {
}
// ~nsInt64(void) -- XXX destructor unnecessary
/**
* Assign a 64-bit integer to another 64-bit integer
*/
const nsInt64& operator =(const nsInt64& aObject) {
mValue = aObject.mValue;
return *this;
}
/**
* Convert a 64-bit integer to a signed 32-bit value
*/
operator PRInt32(void) const {
PRInt32 result;
LL_L2I(result, mValue);
return result;
}
/**
* Convert a 64-bit integer to an unsigned 32-bit value
*/
operator PRUint32(void) const {
PRUint32 result;
LL_L2UI(result, mValue);
return result;
}
/**
* Convert a 64-bit integer to a floating point value
*/
operator PRFloat64(void) const {
PRFloat64 result;
LL_L2D(result, mValue);
return result;
}
/**
* Convert a 64-bit integer to a native 64-bit integer.
*/
operator PRInt64(void) const {
return mValue;
}
/**
* Perform unary negation on a 64-bit integer.
*/
const nsInt64 operator -(void) {
nsInt64 result;
LL_NEG(result.mValue, mValue);
return result;
}
// Arithmetic operators
friend const nsInt64 operator +(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend const nsInt64 operator -(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend const nsInt64 operator *(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend const nsInt64 operator /(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend const nsInt64 operator %(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
/**
* Increment a 64-bit integer by a 64-bit integer amount.
*/
nsInt64& operator +=(const nsInt64& aObject) {
LL_ADD(mValue, mValue, aObject.mValue);
return *this;
}
/**
* Decrement a 64-bit integer by a 64-bit integer amount.
*/
nsInt64& operator -=(const nsInt64& aObject) {
LL_SUB(mValue, mValue, aObject.mValue);
return *this;
}
/**
* Multiply a 64-bit integer by a 64-bit integer amount.
*/
nsInt64& operator *=(const nsInt64& aObject) {
LL_MUL(mValue, mValue, aObject.mValue);
return *this;
}
/**
* Divide a 64-bit integer by a 64-bit integer amount.
*/
nsInt64& operator /=(const nsInt64& aObject) {
LL_DIV(mValue, mValue, aObject.mValue);
return *this;
}
/**
* Compute the modulus of a 64-bit integer to a 64-bit value.
*/
nsInt64& operator %=(const nsInt64& aObject) {
LL_MOD(mValue, mValue, aObject.mValue);
return *this;
}
// Comparison operators
friend PRBool operator ==(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend PRBool operator !=(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend PRBool operator >(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend PRBool operator >=(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend PRBool operator <(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend PRBool operator <=(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
// Bitwise operators
friend const nsInt64 operator &(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend const nsInt64 operator |(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
friend const nsInt64 operator ^(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2);
/**
* Compute the bitwise NOT of a 64-bit integer
*/
const nsInt64 operator ~(void) {
nsInt64 result;
LL_NOT(result.mValue, mValue);
return result;
}
/**
* Compute the bitwise AND with another 64-bit integer
*/
nsInt64& operator &=(const nsInt64& aObject) {
LL_AND(mValue, mValue, aObject.mValue);
return *this;
}
/**
* Compute the bitwise OR with another 64-bit integer
*/
nsInt64& operator |=(const nsInt64& aObject) {
LL_OR(mValue, mValue, aObject.mValue);
return *this;
}
/**
* Compute the bitwise XOR with another 64-bit integer
*/
nsInt64& operator ^=(const nsInt64& aObject) {
LL_XOR(mValue, mValue, aObject.mValue);
return *this;
}
};
/**
* Add two 64-bit integers.
*/
inline const nsInt64
operator +(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return nsInt64(aObject1) += aObject2;
}
/**
* Subtract one 64-bit integer from another.
*/
inline const nsInt64
operator -(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return nsInt64(aObject1) -= aObject2;
}
/**
* Multiply two 64-bit integers
*/
inline const nsInt64
operator *(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return nsInt64(aObject1) *= aObject2;
}
/**
* Divide one 64-bit integer by another
*/
inline const nsInt64
operator /(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return nsInt64(aObject1) /= aObject2;
}
/**
* Compute the modulus of two 64-bit integers
*/
inline const nsInt64
operator %(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return nsInt64(aObject1) %= aObject2;
}
/**
* Determine if two 64-bit integers are equal
*/
inline PRBool
operator ==(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return LL_EQ(aObject1.mValue, aObject2.mValue);
}
/**
* Determine if two 64-bit integers are not equal
*/
inline PRBool
operator !=(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return LL_NE(aObject1.mValue, aObject2.mValue);
}
/**
* Determine if one 64-bit integer is strictly greater than another, using signed values
*/
inline PRBool
operator >(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return LL_CMP(aObject1.mValue, >, aObject2.mValue);
}
/**
* Determine if one 64-bit integer is greater than or equal to another, using signed values
*/
inline PRBool
operator >=(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return LL_CMP(aObject1.mValue, >=, aObject2.mValue);
}
/**
* Determine if one 64-bit integer is strictly less than another, using signed values
*/
inline PRBool
operator <(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return LL_CMP(aObject1.mValue, <, aObject2.mValue);
}
/**
* Determine if one 64-bit integers is less than or equal to another, using signed values
*/
inline PRBool
operator <=(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return LL_CMP(aObject1.mValue, <=, aObject2.mValue);
}
/**
* Perform a bitwise AND of two 64-bit integers
*/
inline const nsInt64
operator &(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return nsInt64(aObject1) &= aObject2;
}
/**
* Perform a bitwise OR of two 64-bit integers
*/
inline const nsInt64
operator |(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return nsInt64(aObject1) |= aObject2;
}
/**
* Perform a bitwise XOR of two 64-bit integers
*/
inline const nsInt64
operator ^(const nsInt64& aObject1, const nsInt64& aObject2) {
return nsInt64(aObject1) ^= aObject2;
}
#endif // nsInt64_h__

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#define NS_IMPL_IDS
#include "pratom.h"
#include "nsIFactory.h"
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsRepository.h"
#include "nsIObserver.h"
#include "nsObserver.h"
#include "nsString.h"
static NS_DEFINE_CID(kObserverCID, NS_OBSERVER_CID);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// nsObserver Implementation
NS_IMPL_AGGREGATED(nsObserver)
NS_COM nsresult NS_NewObserver(nsIObserver** anObserver, nsISupports* outer)
{
return nsObserver::Create(outer, NS_GET_IID(nsIObserver), (void**)anObserver);
}
NS_METHOD
nsObserver::Create(nsISupports* outer, const nsIID& aIID, void* *anObserver)
{
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(anObserver);
NS_ENSURE_PROPER_AGGREGATION(outer, aIID);
nsObserver* it = new nsObserver(outer);
if (it == NULL)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
nsresult rv = it->AggregatedQueryInterface(aIID, anObserver);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
delete it;
return rv;
}
return rv;
}
nsObserver::nsObserver(nsISupports* outer)
{
NS_INIT_AGGREGATED(outer);
}
nsObserver::~nsObserver(void)
{
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsObserver::AggregatedQueryInterface(const nsIID& aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
{
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aInstancePtr);
if (aIID.Equals(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsISupports>::GetIID()))
*aInstancePtr = GetInner();
else if(aIID.Equals(nsIObserver::GetIID()))
*aInstancePtr = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIObserver*, this);
else {
*aInstancePtr = nsnull;
return NS_NOINTERFACE;
}
NS_ADDREF((nsISupports*)*aInstancePtr);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsObserver::Observe( nsISupports *, const PRUnichar *, const PRUnichar * ) {
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
return rv;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsObserver_h___
#define nsObserver_h___
#include "nsIObserver.h"
#include "nsAgg.h"
// {DB242E03-E4D9-11d2-9DDE-000064657374}
#define NS_OBSERVER_CID \
{ 0xdb242e03, 0xe4d9, 0x11d2, { 0x9d, 0xde, 0x0, 0x0, 0x64, 0x65, 0x73, 0x74 } }
class nsObserver : public nsIObserver {
public:
NS_DEFINE_STATIC_CID_ACCESSOR( NS_OBSERVER_CID )
NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
nsObserver(nsISupports* outer);
virtual ~nsObserver(void);
static NS_METHOD
Create(nsISupports* outer, const nsIID& aIID, void* *aInstancePtr);
NS_DECL_AGGREGATED
private:
};
extern NS_COM nsresult NS_NewObserver(nsIObserver** anObserver, nsISupports* outer = NULL);
#endif /* nsObserver_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#define NS_IMPL_IDS
#include "pratom.h"
#include "nsIObserverList.h"
#include "nsObserverList.h"
#include "nsString.h"
#include "nsAutoLock.h"
#define NS_AUTOLOCK(__monitor) nsAutoLock __lock(__monitor)
static NS_DEFINE_CID(kObserverListCID, NS_OBSERVERLIST_CID);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// nsObserverList Implementation
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsObserverList, nsIObserverList)
NS_COM nsresult NS_NewObserverList(nsIObserverList** anObserverList)
{
if (anObserverList == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
nsObserverList* it = new nsObserverList();
if (it == 0) {
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
}
return it->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIObserverList), (void **) anObserverList);
}
nsObserverList::nsObserverList()
: mLock(nsnull),
mObserverList(NULL)
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
mLock = PR_NewLock();
}
nsObserverList::~nsObserverList(void)
{
PR_DestroyLock(mLock);
NS_IF_RELEASE(mObserverList);
}
nsresult nsObserverList::AddObserver(nsIObserver** anObserver)
{
nsresult rv;
PRBool inserted;
NS_AUTOLOCK(mLock);
if (anObserver == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
if(!mObserverList) {
rv = NS_NewISupportsArray(&mObserverList);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
}
if(*anObserver) {
inserted = mObserverList->AppendElement(*anObserver);
return inserted ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
nsresult nsObserverList::RemoveObserver(nsIObserver** anObserver)
{
PRBool removed;
NS_AUTOLOCK(mLock);
if (anObserver == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
if(!mObserverList) {
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
if(*anObserver) {
removed = mObserverList->RemoveElement(*anObserver);
return removed ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP nsObserverList::EnumerateObserverList(nsIEnumerator** anEnumerator)
{
NS_AUTOLOCK(mLock);
if (anEnumerator == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
if(!mObserverList) {
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
return mObserverList->Enumerate(anEnumerator);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsObserverList_h___
#define nsObserverList_h___
#include "nsIObserverList.h"
#include "nsIEnumerator.h"
#include "nsISupportsArray.h"
class nsObserverList : public nsIObserverList {
public:
NS_IMETHOD AddObserver(nsIObserver** anObserver);
NS_IMETHOD RemoveObserver(nsIObserver** anObserver);
NS_IMETHOD EnumerateObserverList(nsIEnumerator** anEnumerator);
nsObserverList();
virtual ~nsObserverList(void);
// This is ObserverList monitor object.
PRLock* mLock;
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
private:
nsISupportsArray *mObserverList;
};
#endif /* nsObserverList_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#define NS_IMPL_IDS
#include "prlock.h"
#include "nsIFactory.h"
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
#include "nsRepository.h"
#include "nsIObserverService.h"
#include "nsObserverService.h"
#include "nsIObserverList.h"
#include "nsObserverList.h"
#include "nsHashtable.h"
#include "nsString.h"
static NS_DEFINE_CID(kObserverServiceCID, NS_OBSERVERSERVICE_CID);
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
static nsObserverService* gObserverService = nsnull; // The one-and-only ObserverService
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// nsObserverService Implementation
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsObserverService, nsIObserverService)
NS_COM nsresult NS_NewObserverService(nsIObserverService** anObserverService)
{
return nsObserverService::GetObserverService(anObserverService);
}
nsObserverService::nsObserverService()
: mObserverTopicTable(NULL)
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
mObserverTopicTable = nsnull;
}
nsObserverService::~nsObserverService(void)
{
if(mObserverTopicTable)
delete mObserverTopicTable;
gObserverService = nsnull;
}
NS_METHOD
nsObserverService::Create(nsISupports* outer, const nsIID& aIID, void* *aInstancePtr)
{
nsresult rv;
nsObserverService* os = new nsObserverService();
if (os == NULL)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(os);
rv = os->QueryInterface(aIID, aInstancePtr);
NS_RELEASE(os);
return rv;
}
nsresult nsObserverService::GetObserverService(nsIObserverService** anObserverService)
{
if (! gObserverService) {
nsObserverService* it = new nsObserverService();
if (! it)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
gObserverService = it;
}
NS_ADDREF(gObserverService);
*anObserverService = gObserverService;
return NS_OK;
}
static PRBool
ReleaseObserverList(nsHashKey *aKey, void *aData, void* closure)
{
nsIObserverList* observerList = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIObserverList*, aData);
NS_RELEASE(observerList);
return PR_TRUE;
}
nsresult nsObserverService::GetObserverList(const nsString& aTopic, nsIObserverList** anObserverList)
{
if (anObserverList == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
if(mObserverTopicTable == NULL) {
mObserverTopicTable = new nsObjectHashtable(nsnull, nsnull, // should never be cloned
ReleaseObserverList, nsnull,
256, PR_TRUE);
if (mObserverTopicTable == NULL)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
}
nsStringKey key(aTopic);
nsIObserverList *topicObservers = nsnull;
if (mObserverTopicTable->Exists(&key)) {
topicObservers = (nsIObserverList *) mObserverTopicTable->Get(&key);
if (topicObservers != NULL) {
*anObserverList = topicObservers;
} else {
NS_NewObserverList(&topicObservers);
mObserverTopicTable->Put(&key, topicObservers);
}
} else {
NS_NewObserverList(&topicObservers);
*anObserverList = topicObservers;
mObserverTopicTable->Put(&key, topicObservers);
}
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult nsObserverService::AddObserver(nsIObserver* anObserver, const PRUnichar* aTopic)
{
nsIObserverList* anObserverList;
nsresult rv;
if (anObserver == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
if (aTopic == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
nsAutoString topic(aTopic);
rv = GetObserverList(topic, &anObserverList);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
if (anObserverList) {
return anObserverList->AddObserver(&anObserver);
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
nsresult nsObserverService::RemoveObserver(nsIObserver* anObserver, const PRUnichar* aTopic)
{
nsIObserverList* anObserverList;
nsresult rv;
if (anObserver == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
if (aTopic == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
nsAutoString topic(aTopic);
rv = GetObserverList(topic, &anObserverList);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
if (anObserverList) {
return anObserverList->RemoveObserver(&anObserver);
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
nsresult nsObserverService::EnumerateObserverList(const PRUnichar* aTopic, nsIEnumerator** anEnumerator)
{
nsIObserverList* anObserverList;
nsresult rv;
if (anEnumerator == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
if (aTopic == NULL)
{
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
nsAutoString topic(aTopic);
rv = GetObserverList(topic, &anObserverList);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
if (anObserverList) {
return anObserverList->EnumerateObserverList(anEnumerator);
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
// Enumerate observers of aTopic and call Observe on each.
nsresult nsObserverService::Notify( nsISupports *aSubject,
const PRUnichar *aTopic,
const PRUnichar *someData ) {
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
nsIEnumerator *observers;
// Get observer list enumerator.
rv = this->EnumerateObserverList( aTopic, &observers );
if ( NS_SUCCEEDED( rv ) ) {
// Go to start of observer list.
rv = observers->First();
// Continue until error or end of list.
while ( observers->IsDone() != NS_OK && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ) {
// Get current item (observer).
nsISupports *base;
rv = observers->CurrentItem( &base );
if ( NS_SUCCEEDED( rv ) ) {
// Convert item to nsIObserver.
nsIObserver *observer;
rv = base->QueryInterface( nsIObserver::GetIID(), (void**)&observer );
if ( NS_SUCCEEDED( rv ) && observer ) {
// Tell the observer what's up.
observer->Observe( aSubject, aTopic, someData );
// Release the observer.
observer->Release();
}
}
// Go on to next observer in list.
rv = observers->Next();
}
// Release the observer list.
observers->Release();
rv = NS_OK;
}
return rv;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsObserverService_h___
#define nsObserverService_h___
#include "nsIObserverService.h"
#include "nsIObserverList.h"
class nsObjectHashtable;
class nsString;
// {D07F5195-E3D1-11d2-8ACD-00105A1B8860}
#define NS_OBSERVERSERVICE_CID \
{ 0xd07f5195, 0xe3d1, 0x11d2, { 0x8a, 0xcd, 0x0, 0x10, 0x5a, 0x1b, 0x88, 0x60 } }
class nsObserverService : public nsIObserverService {
public:
NS_DEFINE_STATIC_CID_ACCESSOR( NS_OBSERVERSERVICE_CID )
static nsresult GetObserverService(nsIObserverService** anObserverService);
NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVERSERVICE
nsObserverService();
virtual ~nsObserverService(void);
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
static NS_METHOD
Create(nsISupports* outer, const nsIID& aIID, void* *aInstancePtr);
private:
NS_IMETHOD GetObserverList(const nsString& aTopic, nsIObserverList** anObserverList);
nsObjectHashtable* mObserverTopicTable;
};
#endif /* nsObserverService_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,914 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsPageMgr.h"
#include "prmem.h"
#if defined(XP_PC)
#include <windows.h>
#elif defined(XP_MAC)
#include <stdlib.h>
#elif defined(XP_BEOS)
#include <fcntl.h>
#elif defined(XP_UNIX)
#include <sys/mman.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <malloc.h>
#ifndef MAP_FAILED
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
#define MAP_FAILED ((void *) -1)
#else
#define MAP_FAILED ((char *) -1)
#endif
#endif
#if defined(VMS)
#if defined(DEBUG)
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#include <starlet.h>
#include <ssdef.h>
#include <vadef.h>
#include <va_rangedef.h>
#endif
#endif
/******************************************************************************/
#define NS_PAGEMGR_CLUSTERDESC_CLUMPSIZE 16
void
nsPageMgr::DeleteFreeClusterDesc(nsClusterDesc *desc)
{
desc->mNext = mUnusedClusterDescs;
mUnusedClusterDescs = desc;
}
nsPageMgr::nsClusterDesc*
nsPageMgr::NewFreeClusterDesc(void)
{
nsClusterDesc *desc = mUnusedClusterDescs;
if (desc)
mUnusedClusterDescs = desc->mNext;
else {
/* Allocate a clump of cluster records at once, and link all except
the first onto the list of mUnusedClusterDescs */
desc = (nsClusterDesc*)PR_Malloc(NS_PAGEMGR_CLUSTERDESC_CLUMPSIZE * sizeof(nsClusterDesc));
if (desc) {
nsClusterDesc* desc2 = desc + (NS_PAGEMGR_CLUSTERDESC_CLUMPSIZE - 1);
while (desc2 != desc) {
DeleteFreeClusterDesc(desc2--);
}
}
}
return desc;
}
/* Search the mFreeClusters looking for the first cluster of consecutive free
pages that is at least size bytes long. If there is one, remove these pages
from the free page list and return their address; if not, return nil. */
nsPage*
nsPageMgr::AllocClusterFromFreeList(PRUword nPages)
{
nsClusterDesc **p = &mFreeClusters;
nsClusterDesc *desc;
while ((desc = *p) != NULL) {
if (desc->mPageCount >= nPages) {
nsPage* addr = desc->mAddr;
if (desc->mPageCount == nPages) {
*p = desc->mNext;
DeleteFreeClusterDesc(desc);
}
else {
desc->mAddr += nPages;
desc->mPageCount -= nPages;
}
return addr;
}
p = &desc->mNext;
}
return NULL;
}
/* Add the segment to the nsClusterDesc list, coalescing it with any
clusters already in the list when possible. */
void
nsPageMgr::AddClusterToFreeList(nsPage* addr, PRWord nPages)
{
nsClusterDesc **p = &mFreeClusters;
nsClusterDesc *desc;
nsClusterDesc *newDesc;
while ((desc = *p) != NULL) {
if (desc->mAddr + desc->mPageCount == addr) {
/* Coalesce with the previous cluster. */
nsClusterDesc *next = desc->mNext;
desc->mPageCount += nPages;
if (next && next->mAddr == addr + nPages) {
/* We can coalesce with both the previous and the next cluster. */
desc->mPageCount += next->mPageCount;
desc->mNext = next->mNext;
DeleteFreeClusterDesc(next);
}
return;
}
if (desc->mAddr == addr + nPages) {
/* Coalesce with the next cluster. */
desc->mAddr -= nPages;
desc->mPageCount += nPages;
return;
}
if (desc->mAddr > addr) {
PR_ASSERT(desc->mAddr > addr + nPages);
break;
}
PR_ASSERT(desc->mAddr + desc->mPageCount < addr);
p = &desc->mNext;
}
newDesc = NewFreeClusterDesc();
/* In the unlikely event that this malloc fails, we drop the free cluster
on the floor. The only consequence is that the memory mapping table
becomes slightly larger. */
if (newDesc) {
newDesc->mNext = desc;
newDesc->mAddr = addr;
newDesc->mPageCount = nPages;
*p = newDesc;
}
}
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_VERIFYCLUSTERS
#ifndef XP_PC
#define OutputDebugString(x) puts(x)
#endif
void
nsPageMgr::VerifyClusters(PRWord nPagesDelta)
{
static PRUword expectedPagesUsed = 0;
nsPageCount calculatedPagesUsed;
nsPage* lastDescEnd = 0;
nsClusterDesc* desc;
char str[256];
expectedPagesUsed += nPagesDelta;
calculatedPagesUsed = mBoundary - mMemoryBase;
sprintf(str, "[Clusters: %p", mMemoryBase);
OutputDebugString(str);
for (desc = mFreeClusters; desc; desc = desc->mNext) {
PR_ASSERT(desc->mAddr > lastDescEnd);
calculatedPagesUsed -= desc->mPageCount;
lastDescEnd = desc->mAddr + desc->mPageCount;
sprintf(str, "..%p, %p", desc->mAddr-1, desc->mAddr + desc->mPageCount);
OutputDebugString(str);
}
sprintf(str, "..%p]\n", mBoundary);
OutputDebugString(str);
PR_ASSERT(lastDescEnd < mBoundary);
PR_ASSERT(calculatedPagesUsed == expectedPagesUsed);
}
#endif /* NS_PAGEMGR_VERIFYCLUSTERS */
/*******************************************************************************
* Machine-dependent stuff
******************************************************************************/
#if defined(XP_PC)
#define GC_VMBASE 0x40000000 /* XXX move */
#define GC_VMLIMIT 0x0FFFFFFF
#elif defined(XP_MAC)
#define NS_PAGEMGR_MAC_SEGMENT_SIZE
#define NS_PAGEMGR_MAC_SEGMENT_COUNT
#endif
PRStatus
nsPageMgr::InitPages(nsPageCount minPages, nsPageCount maxPages)
{
#if defined(XP_PC)
nsPage* addr = NULL;
nsPageCount size = maxPages;
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_DEBUG
/* first try to place the heap at a well-known address for debugging */
addr = (nsPage*)VirtualAlloc((void*)GC_VMBASE, size << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS,
MEM_RESERVE, PAGE_READWRITE);
#endif
while (addr == NULL) {
/* let the system place the heap */
addr = (nsPage*)VirtualAlloc(0, size << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS,
MEM_RESERVE, PAGE_READWRITE);
if (addr == NULL) {
size--;
if (size < minPages) {
return PR_FAILURE;
}
}
}
PR_ASSERT(NS_PAGEMGR_IS_ALIGNED(addr, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS));
mMemoryBase = addr;
mPageCount = size;
mBoundary = addr;
return PR_SUCCESS;
#elif defined(XP_MAC)
OSErr err;
void* seg;
void* segLimit;
Handle h;
PRUword segSize = (minPages + 1) * NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_SIZE;
nsPage* firstPage;
nsPage* lastPage;
nsSegmentDesc* mSegTable;
int mSegTableCount, otherCount;
h = TempNewHandle(segSize, &err);
if (err || h == NULL) goto fail;
MoveHHi(h);
TempHLock(h, &err);
if (err) goto fail;
seg = *h;
segLimit = (void*)((char*)seg + segSize);
firstPage = NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_ROUNDUP(seg);
lastPage = NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_ROUNDDN(((char*)seg + segSize));
/* Put the segment table in the otherwise wasted space at one
end of the segment. We'll put it at which ever end is bigger. */
mSegTable = (nsSegmentDesc*)seg;
mSegTableCount = ((char*)firstPage - (char*)seg) / sizeof(nsSegmentDesc);
otherCount = ((char*)segLimit - (char*)lastPage) / sizeof(nsSegmentDesc);
if (otherCount > mSegTableCount) {
mSegTable = (nsSegmentDesc*)lastPage;
mSegTableCount = otherCount;
}
else if (mSegTableCount == 0) {
mSegTable = (nsSegmentDesc*)firstPage;
firstPage++;
mSegTableCount = NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_SIZE / sizeof(nsSegmentDesc);
}
PR_ASSERT(mSegTableCount > 0);
mSegTable = mSegTable;
mSegTableCount = mSegTableCount;
mSegTable[0].mHandle = h;
mSegTable[0].mFirstPage = firstPage;
mSegTable[0].mLastPage = lastPage;
/* XXX hack for now -- just one segment */
mMemoryBase = firstPage;
mBoundary = firstPage;
mPageCount = lastPage - firstPage;
return PR_SUCCESS;
fail:
if (h) {
TempDisposeHandle(h, &err);
}
return PR_FAILURE;
#elif defined(XP_BEOS)
nsPage* addr = NULL;
nsPageCount size = maxPages;
#if (1L<<NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS) != B_PAGE_SIZE
#error can only work with 4096 byte pages
#endif
while(addr == NULL)
{
/* let the system place the heap */
if((mAid = create_area("MozillaHeap", (void **)&addr, B_ANY_ADDRESS,
size << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS, B_NO_LOCK,
B_READ_AREA | B_WRITE_AREA)) < 0)
{
addr = NULL;
size--;
if (size < minPages) {
return PR_FAILURE;
}
}
}
PR_ASSERT(NS_PAGEMGR_IS_ALIGNED(addr, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS));
mMemoryBase = addr;
mPageCount = size;
mBoundary = addr;
return PR_SUCCESS;
#elif defined(VMS)
nsPage* addr = NULL;
nsPageCount size = maxPages;
struct _va_range retadr, retadr2;
int status;
/*
** The default is 32767 pages. This is quite a lot (the pages are 4k).
** Let's at least make it configurable.
*/
char *tmp;
tmp = getenv("VMS_PAGE_MANAGER_SIZE");
if (tmp)
size=atoi(tmp);
#if defined(DEBUG)
printf("Requested page manager size is %d 4k pages\n",size);
#endif
/*
** $EXPREG will extend the virtual address region by the requested
** number of pages (or pagelets on Alpha). The process must have
** sufficient PGFLQUOTA for the operation, otherwise SS$_EXQUOTA will
** be returned. However, in the case of SS$_EXQUOTA, $EXPREG will have
** grown the region by the largest possible amount. In this case we will
** put back the maximum amount and repeat the $EXPREG requesting half of
** maximum (so as to leave some memory for others), just so long as its
** over our minimum threshold.
*/
status = sys$expreg(size << (NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS-VA$C_PAGELET_SHIFT_SIZE),
&retadr,0,0);
switch (status) {
case SS$_NORMAL:
break;
case SS$_EXQUOTA:
size = ( (int)retadr.va_range$ps_end_va -
(int)retadr.va_range$ps_start_va + 1
) >> NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS;
status=sys$deltva(&retadr,&retadr2,0);
size=size/2;
if (size < minPages) {
return PR_FAILURE;
}
status = sys$expreg(
size << (NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS-VA$C_PAGELET_SHIFT_SIZE),
&retadr,0,0);
if (status != SS$_NORMAL) {
status=sys$deltva(&retadr,&retadr2,0);
return PR_FAILURE;
}
size = ( (int)retadr.va_range$ps_end_va -
(int)retadr.va_range$ps_start_va + 1
) >> NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS;
break;
default:
return PR_FAILURE;
}
#if defined(DEBUG)
printf("Actual page manager size is %d 4k pages\n",size);
#endif
/* We got at least something */
addr = (nsPage *)retadr.va_range$ps_start_va;
PR_ASSERT(NS_PAGEMGR_IS_ALIGNED(addr, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS));
mMemoryBase = addr;
mPageCount = size;
mBoundary = addr;
return PR_SUCCESS;
#else
nsPage* addr = NULL;
nsPageCount size = maxPages;
mZero_fd = 0;
#ifdef HAVE_DEV_ZERO
mZero_fd = open("/dev/zero", O_RDWR);
while (addr == NULL) {
/* let the system place the heap */
addr = (nsPage*)mmap(0, size << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS,
PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
MAP_PRIVATE,
mZero_fd, 0);
if (addr == (nsPage*)MAP_FAILED) {
addr = NULL;
size--;
if (size < minPages) {
return PR_FAILURE;
}
}
}
#else
#ifdef HAVE_VALLOC
while (addr == NULL) {
addr = (nsPage*)valloc(size << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS);
if (NULL == addr) {
size--;
if (size < minPages) {
return PR_FAILURE;
}
}
}
memset(addr, '\0', size << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS);
#endif /* HAVE_VALLOC */
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_ZERO */
PR_ASSERT(NS_PAGEMGR_IS_ALIGNED(addr, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS));
mMemoryBase = addr;
mPageCount = size;
mBoundary = addr;
return PR_SUCCESS;
#endif
}
void
nsPageMgr::FinalizePages()
{
#if defined(XP_PC)
BOOL ok;
ok = VirtualFree((void*)mMemoryBase, 0, MEM_RELEASE);
PR_ASSERT(ok);
mMemoryBase = NULL;
mPageCount = 0;
nsAutoMonitor::DestroyMonitor(mMonitor);
mMonitor = NULL;
#elif defined(XP_MAC)
OSErr err;
PRUword i;
for (i = 0; i < mSegTableCount; i++) {
if (mSegTable[i].mHandle) {
TempDisposeHandle(mSegTable[i].mHandle, &err);
PR_ASSERT(err == 0);
}
}
#elif defined(XP_BEOS)
delete_area(mAid);
#elif defined(VMS)
struct _va_range retadr, retadr2;
retadr.va_range$ps_start_va = mMemoryBase;
retadr.va_range$ps_end_va = mMemoryBase +
(mPageCount << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS) - 1;
sys$deltva(&retadr,&retadr2,0);
#else
#ifdef HAVE_DEV_ZERO
munmap((caddr_t)mMemoryBase, mPageCount << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS);
close(mZero_fd);
#else /* HAVE_DEV_ZERO */
#ifdef HAVE_VALLOC
free(mMemoryBase);
#endif /* HAVE_VALLOC */
#endif /* HAVE_DEV_ZERO */
#endif
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Page Manager
******************************************************************************/
nsPageMgr::nsPageMgr()
: mUnusedClusterDescs(nsnull),
mFreeClusters(nsnull),
mInUseClusters(nsnull),
mMonitor(nsnull),
mMemoryBase(nsnull),
mBoundary(nsnull),
#ifdef XP_PC
mLastPageFreed(nsnull),
mLastPageFreedSize(0),
mLastPageTemp(nsnull),
mLastPageTempSize(0),
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_DEBUG
mLastPageAllocTries(0),
mLastPageAllocHits(0),
mLastPageFreeTries(0),
mLastPageFreeHits(0),
#endif
#endif
#if defined(XP_MAC)
mSegMap(nsnull),
mSegTable(nsnull),
mSegTableCount(0),
#endif
#if defined(XP_BEOS)
mAid(B_ERROR),
#endif
mPageCount(0)
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
}
nsresult
nsPageMgr::Init(nsPageCount minPages, nsPageCount maxPages)
{
PRStatus status;
mMonitor = nsAutoMonitor::NewMonitor("PageMgr");
if (mMonitor == NULL)
return PR_FAILURE;
status = InitPages(minPages, maxPages);
if (status != PR_SUCCESS)
return status;
/* make sure these got set */
PR_ASSERT(mMemoryBase);
PR_ASSERT(mBoundary);
mFreeClusters = NULL;
mInUseClusters = NULL;
return status == PR_SUCCESS ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
nsPageMgr::~nsPageMgr()
{
#if defined(XP_PC) && defined(NS_PAGEMGR_DEBUG)
if (stderr) {
fprintf(stderr, "Page Manager Cache: alloc hits: %u/%u %u%%, free hits: %u/%u %u%%\n",
mLastPageAllocHits, mLastPageAllocTries,
(mLastPageAllocHits * 100 / mLastPageAllocTries),
mLastPageFreeHits, mLastPageFreeTries,
(mLastPageFreeHits * 100 / mLastPageFreeTries));
}
#endif
FinalizePages();
nsClusterDesc* chain = mUnusedClusterDescs;
while (chain) {
nsClusterDesc* desc = chain;
chain = chain->mNext;
PR_Free(desc);
}
}
NS_METHOD
nsPageMgr::Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
{
if (aOuter)
return NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
nsPageMgr* pageMgr = new nsPageMgr();
if (pageMgr == nsnull)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(pageMgr);
nsresult rv = pageMgr->Init();
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
NS_RELEASE(pageMgr);
return rv;
}
rv = pageMgr->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
NS_RELEASE(pageMgr);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS2(nsPageMgr, nsIPageManager, nsIAllocator)
/******************************************************************************/
#ifdef XP_PC
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_HYSTERESIS
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_DEBUG
void*
nsPageMgr::NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_CLUSTER(void* addr, PRUword size)
{
mLastPageAllocTries++;
if (mLastPageFreed == (void*)(addr) && mLastPageFreedSize == (size)) {
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_TRACE
char buf[64];
PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "lalloc %p %u\n",
mLastPageFreed, mLastPageFreedSize);
OutputDebugString(buf);
#endif
DBG_MEMSET(mLastPageFreed, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_ALLOC_PATTERN, mLastPageFreedSize);
mLastPageTemp = mLastPageFreed;
mLastPageFreed = NULL;
mLastPageFreedSize = 0;
mLastPageAllocHits++;
return mLastPageTemp;
}
else {
/* If the cached pages intersect the current request, we lose.
Just free the cached request instead of trying to split it up. */
if (mLastPageFreed &&
nsOverlapping((char*)mLastPageFreed, ((char*)mLastPageFreed + mLastPageFreedSize),
(char*)(addr), ((char*)(addr) + (size)))
// ((char*)mLastPageFreed < ((char*)(addr) + (size))
// && ((char*)mLastPageFreed + mLastPageFreedSize) > (char*)(addr))
) {
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_TRACE
char buf[64];
PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "valloc %p %u (vfree %p %u last=%u:%u req=%u:%u)\n",
addr, size,
mLastPageFreed, mLastPageFreedSize,
(char*)mLastPageFreed, ((char*)mLastPageFreed + mLastPageFreedSize),
(char*)(addr), ((char*)(addr) + (size)));
OutputDebugString(buf);
#endif
VirtualFree(mLastPageFreed, mLastPageFreedSize, MEM_DECOMMIT);
mLastPageFreed = NULL;
mLastPageFreedSize = 0;
mLastPageFreeHits--; /* lost after all */
}
else {
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_TRACE
char buf[64];
PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "valloc %p %u (skipping %p %u)\n",
addr, size,
mLastPageFreed, mLastPageFreedSize);
OutputDebugString(buf);
#endif
}
return VirtualAlloc((void*)(addr), (size), MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE);
}
}
int
nsPageMgr::NS_PAGEMGR_DECOMMIT_CLUSTER(void* addr, PRUword size)
{
mLastPageFreeTries++;
PR_ASSERT(mLastPageFreed != (void*)(addr));
if (mLastPageFreed) {
/* If we've already got a cached page, just keep it. Heuristically,
this tends to give us a higher hit rate because of the order in
which pages are decommitted. */
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_TRACE
char buf[64];
PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "vfree %p %u (cached %p %u)\n",
addr, size, mLastPageFreed, mLastPageFreedSize);
OutputDebugString(buf);
#endif
return VirtualFree(addr, size, MEM_DECOMMIT);
}
mLastPageFreed = (void*)(addr);
mLastPageFreedSize = (size);
DBG_MEMSET(mLastPageFreed, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_FREE_PATTERN, mLastPageFreedSize);
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_TRACE
{
char buf[64];
PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "lfree %p %u\n",
mLastPageFreed, mLastPageFreedSize);
OutputDebugString(buf);
}
#endif
mLastPageFreeHits++;
return 1;
}
#else /* !NS_PAGEMGR_DEBUG */
#define NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_CLUSTER(addr, size) \
(PR_ASSERT((void*)(addr) != NULL), \
((mLastPageFreed == (void*)(addr) && mLastPageFreedSize == (size)) \
? (DBG_MEMSET(mLastPageFreed, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_ALLOC_PATTERN, mLastPageFreedSize), \
mLastPageTemp = mLastPageFreed, \
mLastPageFreed = NULL, \
mLastPageFreedSize = 0, \
mLastPageTemp) \
: (((mLastPageFreed && \
((char*)mLastPageFreed < ((char*)(addr) + (size)) \
&& ((char*)mLastPageFreed + mLastPageFreedSize) > (char*)(addr))) \
? (VirtualFree(mLastPageFreed, mLastPageFreedSize, MEM_DECOMMIT), \
mLastPageFreed = NULL, \
mLastPageFreedSize = 0) \
: ((void)0)), \
VirtualAlloc((void*)(addr), (size), MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE)))) \
#define NS_PAGEMGR_DECOMMIT_CLUSTER(addr, size) \
(PR_ASSERT(mLastPageFreed != (void*)(addr)), \
(mLastPageFreed \
? (VirtualFree(addr, size, MEM_DECOMMIT)) \
: (mLastPageFreed = (addr), \
mLastPageFreedSize = (size), \
DBG_MEMSET(mLastPageFreed, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_FREE_PATTERN, mLastPageFreedSize), \
1))) \
#endif /* !NS_PAGEMGR_DEBUG */
#else /* !NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_HYSTERESIS */
#define NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_CLUSTER(addr, size) \
VirtualAlloc((void*)(addr), (size), MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE)
#define NS_PAGEMGR_DECOMMIT_CLUSTER(addr, size) \
VirtualFree((void*)(addr), (size), MEM_DECOMMIT)
#endif /* !NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_HYSTERESIS */
#else /* !XP_PC */
#define NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_CLUSTER(addr, size) (addr)
#define NS_PAGEMGR_DECOMMIT_CLUSTER(addr, size) 1
#endif /* !XP_PC */
nsPage*
nsPageMgr::NewCluster(nsPageCount nPages)
{
nsAutoMonitor mon(mMonitor);
nsPage* addr;
PR_ASSERT(nPages > 0);
addr = AllocClusterFromFreeList(nPages);
if (!addr && mBoundary + nPages <= mMemoryBase + mPageCount) {
addr = mBoundary;
mBoundary += nPages;
}
if (addr) {
/* Extend the mapping */
nsPage* vaddr;
PRUword size = nPages << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS;
PR_ASSERT(NS_PAGEMGR_IS_ALIGNED(addr, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS));
vaddr = (nsPage*)NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_CLUSTER((void*)addr, size);
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_VERIFYCLUSTERS
VerifyClusters(nPages);
#endif
if (addr) {
PR_ASSERT(vaddr == addr);
}
else {
DestroyCluster(addr, nPages);
}
DBG_MEMSET(addr, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_ALLOC_PATTERN, size);
}
return (nsPage*)addr;
}
void
nsPageMgr::DestroyCluster(nsPage* basePage, nsPageCount nPages)
{
nsAutoMonitor mon(mMonitor);
int freeResult;
PRUword size = nPages << NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS;
PR_ASSERT(nPages > 0);
PR_ASSERT(NS_PAGEMGR_IS_ALIGNED(basePage, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS));
PR_ASSERT(mMemoryBase <= basePage);
PR_ASSERT(basePage + nPages <= mMemoryBase + mPageCount);
DBG_MEMSET(basePage, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_FREE_PATTERN, size);
freeResult = NS_PAGEMGR_DECOMMIT_CLUSTER((void*)basePage, size);
PR_ASSERT(freeResult);
if (basePage + nPages == mBoundary) {
nsClusterDesc **p;
nsClusterDesc *desc;
/* We deallocated the last set of clusters. Move the mBoundary lower. */
mBoundary = basePage;
/* The last free cluster might now be adjacent to the mBoundary; if so,
move the mBoundary before that cluster and delete that cluster
altogether. */
p = &mFreeClusters;
while ((desc = *p) != NULL) {
if (!desc->mNext && desc->mAddr + desc->mPageCount == mBoundary) {
*p = 0;
mBoundary = desc->mAddr;
DeleteFreeClusterDesc(desc);
}
else {
p = &desc->mNext;
}
}
}
else {
AddClusterToFreeList(basePage, nPages);
}
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_VERIFYCLUSTERS
VerifyClusters(-(PRWord)nPages);
#endif
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// nsIPageManager methods:
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPageMgr::AllocPages(PRUint32 pageCount, void* *result)
{
nsPage* page = NewCluster(NS_STATIC_CAST(nsPageCount, pageCount));
if (page == nsnull)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
*result = page;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPageMgr::DeallocPages(PRUint32 pageCount, void* pages)
{
DestroyCluster(NS_STATIC_CAST(nsPage*, pages),
NS_STATIC_CAST(nsPageCount, pageCount));
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// nsIAllocator methods:
//
// Note: nsIAllocator needs to keep track of the size of the blocks it allocates
// whereas, nsIPageManager doesn't. That means that there's a little extra
// overhead for users of this interface. It also means that things allocated
// with the nsIPageManager interface can't be freed with the nsIAllocator
// interface and vice versa.
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void*)
nsPageMgr::Alloc(PRUint32 size)
{
nsAutoMonitor mon(mMonitor);
nsresult rv;
void* page = nsnull;
PRUint32 pageCount = NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_COUNT(size);
rv = AllocPages(pageCount, &page);
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
return nsnull;
// Add this cluster to the mInUseClusters list:
nsClusterDesc* desc = NewFreeClusterDesc();
if (desc == nsnull) {
rv = DeallocPages(pageCount, page);
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "DeallocPages failed");
return nsnull;
}
desc->mAddr = (nsPage*)page;
desc->mPageCount = pageCount;
desc->mNext = mInUseClusters;
mInUseClusters = desc;
return page;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP_(void*)
nsPageMgr::Realloc(void* ptr, PRUint32 size)
{
// XXX This realloc implementation could be made smarter by trying to
// append to the current block, but I don't think we really care right now.
nsresult rv;
rv = Free(ptr);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return nsnull;
void* newPtr = Alloc(size);
return newPtr;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPageMgr::Free(void* ptr)
{
nsAutoMonitor mon(mMonitor);
PR_ASSERT(NS_PAGEMGR_IS_ALIGNED(ptr, NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS));
// Remove the cluster from the mInUseClusters list:
nsClusterDesc** list = &mInUseClusters;
nsClusterDesc* desc;
while ((desc = *list) != nsnull) {
if (desc->mAddr == ptr) {
// found -- unlink the desc and free it
*list = desc->mNext;
nsresult rv = DeallocPages(desc->mPageCount, ptr);
DeleteFreeClusterDesc(desc);
return rv;
}
list = &desc->mNext;
}
NS_ASSERTION(0, "memory not allocated with nsPageMgr::Alloc");
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPageMgr::HeapMinimize(void)
{
// can't compact this heap
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsPageMgr_h__
#define nsPageMgr_h__
#include "nsIPageManager.h"
#include "nsIAllocator.h"
#include "nscore.h"
#include "nsAutoLock.h"
#include "prlog.h"
#ifdef XP_MAC
#include <Types.h>
#include <Memory.h>
#endif
#if defined(XP_BEOS)
#include <OS.h>
#endif
/*******************************************************************************
* Configuration/Debugging parameters:
******************************************************************************/
#ifdef NS_DEBUG
//#define NS_PAGEMGR_DEBUG
#endif
#define NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_HYSTERESIS /* undef if you want to compare */
//#define NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_TRACE
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_DEBUG
#define NS_PAGEMGR_VERIFYCLUSTERS
#define NS_PAGEMGR_DBG_MEMSET
#endif
#define NS_PAGEMGR_MIN_PAGES 32 // XXX bogus -- this should be a runtime parameter
#define NS_PAGEMGR_MAX_PAGES 2560 // 10 meg XXX bogus -- this should be a runtime parameter
/******************************************************************************/
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_DBG_MEMSET
#include <string.h> /* for memset */
#include <stdio.h>
#define DBG_MEMSET(dest, pattern, size) memset(dest, pattern, size)
#define NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_ALLOC_PATTERN 0xCB
#define NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_FREE_PATTERN 0xCD
#else
#define DBG_MEMSET(dest, pattern, size) ((void)0)
#endif
#define NS_PAGEMGR_ALIGN(p, nBits) ((PRWord)(p) & ~((1 << nBits) - 1))
#define NS_PAGEMGR_IS_ALIGNED(p, nBits) ((PRWord)(p) == NS_PAGEMGR_ALIGN(p, nBits))
/*******************************************************************************
* Test for overlapping (one-dimensional) regions
******************************************************************************/
inline PRBool nsOverlapping(char* min1, char* max1, char* min2, char* max2)
{
PR_ASSERT(min1 < max1);
PR_ASSERT(min2 < max2);
return (min1 < max2 && max1 > min2);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Types
******************************************************************************/
typedef PRUint8 nsPage[NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_SIZE];
typedef PRUword nsPageCount; /* int big enough to count pages */
/*******************************************************************************
* Macros
******************************************************************************/
#define NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_ROUNDDN(addr) ((nsPage*)NS_PAGEMGR_ALIGN((PRUword)(addr), NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_BITS))
#define NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_ROUNDUP(addr) NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_ROUNDDN((PRUword)(addr) + NS_PAGEMGR_PAGE_SIZE)
/*******************************************************************************
* Page Manager
******************************************************************************/
class nsPageMgr : public nsIPageManager, public nsIAllocator {
public:
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
static NS_METHOD
Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
// nsIPageManager methods:
NS_IMETHOD AllocPages(PRUint32 pageCount, void* *result);
NS_IMETHOD DeallocPages(PRUint32 pageCount, void* pages);
// nsIAllocator methods:
NS_IMETHOD_(void*) Alloc(PRUint32 size);
NS_IMETHOD_(void*) Realloc(void* ptr, PRUint32 size);
NS_IMETHOD Free(void* ptr);
NS_IMETHOD HeapMinimize(void);
// nsPageMgr methods:
nsPageMgr();
virtual ~nsPageMgr();
nsresult Init(nsPageCount minPages = NS_PAGEMGR_MIN_PAGES,
nsPageCount maxPages = NS_PAGEMGR_MAX_PAGES);
struct nsClusterDesc {
nsClusterDesc* mNext; /* Link to next cluster of free pages */
nsPage* mAddr; /* First page in cluster of free pages */
nsPageCount mPageCount; /* Total size of cluster of free pages in bytes */
};
void DeleteFreeClusterDesc(nsClusterDesc *desc);
nsClusterDesc* NewFreeClusterDesc(void);
nsPage* AllocClusterFromFreeList(PRUword nPages);
void AddClusterToFreeList(nsPage* addr, PRWord nPages);
#ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_VERIFYCLUSTERS
void VerifyClusters(PRWord nPagesDelta);
#endif
#if defined(XP_PC) && defined(NS_PAGEMGR_DEBUG)
void* NS_PAGEMGR_COMMIT_CLUSTER(void* addr, PRUword size);
int NS_PAGEMGR_DECOMMIT_CLUSTER(void* addr, PRUword size);
#endif
// Managing Pages:
PRStatus InitPages(nsPageCount minPages, nsPageCount maxPages);
void FinalizePages();
nsPage* NewCluster(nsPageCount nPages);
void DestroyCluster(nsPage* basePage, nsPageCount nPages);
protected:
nsClusterDesc* mUnusedClusterDescs;
nsClusterDesc* mFreeClusters;
nsClusterDesc* mInUseClusters; // used by nsIAllocator methods
PRMonitor* mMonitor;
nsPage* mMemoryBase;
nsPage* mBoundary;
nsPageCount mPageCount;
#ifdef XP_PC
/* one-page hysteresis */
void* mLastPageFreed;
PRUword mLastPageFreedSize;
void* mLastPageTemp;
PRUword mLastPageTempSize;
# ifdef NS_PAGEMGR_DEBUG
PRUword mLastPageAllocTries;
PRUword mLastPageAllocHits;
PRUword mLastPageFreeTries;
PRUword mLastPageFreeHits;
# endif
#endif
#if defined(XP_MAC)
struct nsSegmentDesc {
Handle mHandle;
nsPage* mFirstPage;
nsPage* mLastPage;
};
PRUint8* mSegMap;
nsSegmentDesc* mSegTable;
PRWord mSegTableCount;
#endif
#if defined(XP_BEOS)
area_id mAid;
#endif
#if (! defined(VMS)) && (! defined(XP_BEOS)) && (! defined(XP_MAC)) && (! defined(XP_PC))
int mZero_fd;
#endif
};
/******************************************************************************/
#endif /* nsPageMgr_h__ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#define NS_IMPL_IDS
#include "nsProperties.h"
#include <iostream.h>
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
nsProperties::nsProperties(nsISupports* outer)
{
NS_INIT_AGGREGATED(outer);
}
NS_METHOD
nsProperties::Create(nsISupports *outer, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
{
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
NS_ENSURE_PROPER_AGGREGATION(outer, aIID);
nsProperties* props = new nsProperties(outer);
if (props == NULL)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
nsresult rv = props->AggregatedQueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
delete props;
return rv;
}
PRBool
nsProperties::ReleaseValues(nsHashKey* key, void* data, void* closure)
{
nsISupports* value = (nsISupports*)data;
NS_IF_RELEASE(value);
return PR_TRUE;
}
nsProperties::~nsProperties()
{
Enumerate(ReleaseValues);
}
NS_IMPL_AGGREGATED(nsProperties);
NS_METHOD
nsProperties::AggregatedQueryInterface(const nsIID& aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
{
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aInstancePtr);
if (aIID.Equals(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsISupports>::GetIID()))
*aInstancePtr = GetInner();
else if (aIID.Equals(nsIProperties::GetIID()))
*aInstancePtr = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIProperties*, this);
else {
*aInstancePtr = nsnull;
return NS_NOINTERFACE;
}
NS_ADDREF((nsISupports*)*aInstancePtr);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsProperties::DefineProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* initialValue)
{
nsStringKey key(prop);
if (Exists(&key))
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
nsISupports* prevValue = (nsISupports*)Put(&key, initialValue);
NS_ASSERTION(prevValue == NULL, "hashtable error");
NS_IF_ADDREF(initialValue);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsProperties::UndefineProperty(const char* prop)
{
nsStringKey key(prop);
if (!Exists(&key))
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
nsISupports* prevValue = (nsISupports*)Remove(&key);
NS_IF_RELEASE(prevValue);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsProperties::GetProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* *result)
{
nsStringKey key(prop);
if (!Exists(&key))
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
nsISupports* value = (nsISupports*)Get(&key);
NS_IF_ADDREF(value);
*result = value;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsProperties::SetProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* value)
{
nsStringKey key(prop);
if (!Exists(&key))
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
nsISupports* prevValue = (nsISupports*)Put(&key, value);
NS_IF_RELEASE(prevValue);
NS_IF_ADDREF(value);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsProperties::HasProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* expectedValue)
{
nsISupports* value;
nsresult rv = GetProperty(prop, &value);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return NS_COMFALSE;
rv = (value == expectedValue) ? NS_OK : NS_COMFALSE;
NS_IF_RELEASE(value);
return rv;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
nsresult
NS_NewIProperties(nsIProperties* *result)
{
return nsProperties::Create(NULL, nsIProperties::GetIID(), (void**)result);
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Persistent Properties (should go in a separate file)
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#include "nsID.h"
#include "nsCRT.h"
#include "nsIInputStream.h"
#include "nsIProperties.h"
#include "nsIUnicharInputStream.h"
#include "nsProperties.h"
#include "pratom.h"
static PLHashNumber
HashKey(const PRUnichar *aString)
{
return (PLHashNumber) nsCRT::HashValue(aString);
}
static PRIntn
CompareKeys(const PRUnichar *aStr1, const PRUnichar *aStr2)
{
return nsCRT::strcmp(aStr1, aStr2) == 0;
}
nsPersistentProperties::nsPersistentProperties()
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
mIn = nsnull;
mSubclass = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIPersistentProperties*, this);
mTable = PL_NewHashTable(8, (PLHashFunction) HashKey,
(PLHashComparator) CompareKeys,
(PLHashComparator) nsnull, nsnull, nsnull);
}
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PRIntn)
FreeHashEntries(PLHashEntry* he, PRIntn i, void* arg)
{
nsCRT::free((PRUnichar*)he->key);
nsCRT::free((PRUnichar*)he->value);
return HT_ENUMERATE_REMOVE;
}
nsPersistentProperties::~nsPersistentProperties()
{
if (mTable) {
// Free the PRUnicode* pointers contained in the hash table entries
PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(mTable, FreeHashEntries, 0);
PL_HashTableDestroy(mTable);
mTable = nsnull;
}
}
NS_METHOD
nsPersistentProperties::Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
{
if (aOuter)
return NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
nsPersistentProperties* props = new nsPersistentProperties();
if (props == nsnull)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(props);
nsresult rv = props->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
NS_RELEASE(props);
return rv;
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS2(nsPersistentProperties, nsIPersistentProperties, nsIProperties)
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::Load(nsIInputStream *aIn)
{
PRInt32 c;
nsresult ret;
nsAutoString uesc("x-u-escaped");
ret = NS_NewConverterStream(&mIn, nsnull, aIn, 0, &uesc);
if (ret != NS_OK) {
#ifdef NS_DEBUG
cout << "NS_NewConverterStream failed" << endl;
#endif
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
c = Read();
while (1) {
c = SkipWhiteSpace(c);
if (c < 0) {
break;
}
else if ((c == '#') || (c == '!')) {
c = SkipLine(c);
continue;
}
else {
nsAutoString key("");
while ((c >= 0) && (c != '=') && (c != ':')) {
key.Append((PRUnichar) c);
c = Read();
}
if (c < 0) {
break;
}
char *trimThese = " \t";
key.Trim(trimThese, PR_FALSE, PR_TRUE);
c = Read();
nsAutoString value("");
while ((c >= 0) && (c != '\r') && (c != '\n')) {
if (c == '\\') {
c = Read();
if ((c == '\r') || (c == '\n')) {
c = SkipWhiteSpace(c);
}
else {
value.Append('\\');
}
}
value.Append((PRUnichar) c);
c = Read();
}
value.Trim(trimThese, PR_TRUE, PR_TRUE);
nsAutoString oldValue("");
mSubclass->SetStringProperty(key, value, oldValue);
}
}
mIn->Close();
NS_RELEASE(mIn);
NS_ASSERTION(!mIn, "unexpected remaining reference");
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::SetStringProperty(const nsString& aKey, nsString& aNewValue,
nsString& aOldValue)
{
// XXX The ToNewCString() calls allocate memory using "new" so this code
// causes a memory leak...
#if 0
cout << "will add " << aKey.ToNewCString() << "=" << aNewValue.ToNewCString() << endl;
#endif
if (!mTable) {
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
const PRUnichar *key = aKey.GetUnicode(); // returns internal pointer (not a copy)
PRUint32 len;
PRUint32 hashValue = nsCRT::HashValue(key, &len);
PLHashEntry **hep = PL_HashTableRawLookup(mTable, hashValue, key);
PLHashEntry *he = *hep;
if (he) {
// XXX should we copy the old value to aOldValue, and then remove it?
#ifdef NS_DEBUG
char buf[128];
aKey.ToCString(buf, sizeof(buf));
printf("warning: property %s already exists\n", buf);
#endif
return NS_OK;
}
PL_HashTableRawAdd(mTable, hep, hashValue, aKey.ToNewUnicode(),
aNewValue.ToNewUnicode());
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::Save(nsIOutputStream* aOut, const nsString& aHeader)
{
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::Subclass(nsIPersistentProperties* aSubclass)
{
if (aSubclass) {
mSubclass = aSubclass;
}
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::GetStringProperty(const nsString& aKey, nsString& aValue)
{
if (!mTable)
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
const PRUnichar *key = aKey.GetUnicode();
if (!mTable) {
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
PRUint32 len;
PRUint32 hashValue = nsCRT::HashValue(key, &len);
PLHashEntry **hep = PL_HashTableRawLookup(mTable, hashValue, key);
PLHashEntry *he = *hep;
if (he) {
aValue = (const PRUnichar*)he->value;
return NS_OK;
}
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
}
PR_STATIC_CALLBACK(PRIntn)
AddElemToArray(PLHashEntry* he, PRIntn i, void* arg)
{
nsISupportsArray *propArray = (nsISupportsArray *) arg;
nsString* keyStr = new nsString((PRUnichar*) he->key);
nsString* valueStr = new nsString((PRUnichar*) he->value);
nsPropertyElement *element = new nsPropertyElement();
if (!element)
return HT_ENUMERATE_STOP;
NS_ADDREF(element);
element->SetKey(keyStr);
element->SetValue(valueStr);
propArray->InsertElementAt(element, i);
return HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::EnumerateProperties(nsIBidirectionalEnumerator** aResult)
{
if (!mTable)
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
nsISupportsArray* propArray;
nsresult rv = NS_NewISupportsArray(&propArray);
if (rv != NS_OK)
return rv;
// Step through hash entries populating a transient array
PRIntn n = PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(mTable, AddElemToArray, (void *)propArray);
if ( n < (PRIntn) mTable->nentries )
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
// Convert array into enumerator
rv = NS_NewISupportsArrayEnumerator(propArray, aResult);
if (rv != NS_OK)
return rv;
return NS_OK;
}
PRInt32
nsPersistentProperties::Read()
{
PRUnichar c;
PRUint32 nRead;
nsresult ret;
ret = mIn->Read(&c, 0, 1, &nRead);
if (ret == NS_OK && nRead == 1) {
return c;
}
return -1;
}
#define IS_WHITE_SPACE(c) \
(((c) == ' ') || ((c) == '\t') || ((c) == '\r') || ((c) == '\n'))
PRInt32
nsPersistentProperties::SkipWhiteSpace(PRInt32 c)
{
while ((c >= 0) && IS_WHITE_SPACE(c)) {
c = Read();
}
return c;
}
PRInt32
nsPersistentProperties::SkipLine(PRInt32 c)
{
while ((c >= 0) && (c != '\r') && (c != '\n')) {
c = Read();
}
if (c == '\r') {
c = Read();
}
if (c == '\n') {
c = Read();
}
return c;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::DefineProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* initialValue)
{
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::UndefineProperty(const char* prop)
{
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::GetProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* *result)
{
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::SetProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* value)
{
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPersistentProperties::HasProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* value)
{
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// PropertyElement
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
nsPropertyElement::nsPropertyElement()
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
mKey = nsnull;
mValue = nsnull;
}
nsPropertyElement::~nsPropertyElement()
{
if (mKey)
delete mKey;
if (mValue)
delete mValue;
}
NS_METHOD
nsPropertyElement::Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult)
{
if (aOuter)
return NS_ERROR_NO_AGGREGATION;
nsPropertyElement* propElem = new nsPropertyElement();
if (propElem == nsnull)
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
NS_ADDREF(propElem);
nsresult rv = propElem->QueryInterface(aIID, aResult);
NS_RELEASE(propElem);
return rv;
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsPropertyElement, nsIPropertyElement)
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPropertyElement::GetKey(nsString** aReturnKey)
{
if (aReturnKey)
{
*aReturnKey = mKey;
return NS_OK;
}
return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPropertyElement::GetValue(nsString** aReturnValue)
{
if (aReturnValue)
{
*aReturnValue = mValue;
return NS_OK;
}
return NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPropertyElement::SetKey(nsString* aKey)
{
mKey = aKey;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsPropertyElement::SetValue(nsString* aValue)
{
mValue = aValue;
return NS_OK;
}
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef nsProperties_h___
#define nsProperties_h___
#include "nsIProperties.h"
#include "nsHashtable.h"
#include "nsAgg.h"
class nsIUnicharInputStream;
class nsProperties : public nsIProperties, public nsHashtable {
public:
NS_DECL_AGGREGATED
// nsIProperties methods:
NS_IMETHOD DefineProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* initialValue);
NS_IMETHOD UndefineProperty(const char* prop);
NS_IMETHOD GetProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* *result);
NS_IMETHOD SetProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* value);
NS_IMETHOD HasProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* value);
// nsProperties methods:
nsProperties(nsISupports* outer);
virtual ~nsProperties();
static NS_METHOD
Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
static PRBool ReleaseValues(nsHashKey* key, void* data, void* closure);
};
class nsPersistentProperties : public nsIPersistentProperties
{
public:
nsPersistentProperties();
virtual ~nsPersistentProperties();
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
static NS_METHOD
Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
// nsIProperties methods:
NS_IMETHOD DefineProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* initialValue);
NS_IMETHOD UndefineProperty(const char* prop);
NS_IMETHOD GetProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* *result);
NS_IMETHOD SetProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* value);
NS_IMETHOD HasProperty(const char* prop, nsISupports* value);
// nsIPersistentProperties methods:
NS_IMETHOD Load(nsIInputStream* aIn);
NS_IMETHOD Save(nsIOutputStream* aOut, const nsString& aHeader);
NS_IMETHOD Subclass(nsIPersistentProperties* aSubclass);
NS_IMETHOD EnumerateProperties(nsIBidirectionalEnumerator* *aResult);
// XXX these 2 methods will be subsumed by the ones from
// nsIProperties once we figure this all out
NS_IMETHOD GetStringProperty(const nsString& aKey, nsString& aValue);
NS_IMETHOD SetStringProperty(const nsString& aKey, nsString& aNewValue,
nsString& aOldValue);
// nsPersistentProperties methods:
PRInt32 Read();
PRInt32 SkipLine(PRInt32 c);
PRInt32 SkipWhiteSpace(PRInt32 c);
nsIUnicharInputStream* mIn;
nsIPersistentProperties* mSubclass;
struct PLHashTable* mTable;
};
class nsPropertyElement : public nsIPropertyElement
{
public:
nsPropertyElement();
virtual ~nsPropertyElement();
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
static NS_METHOD
Create(nsISupports *aOuter, REFNSIID aIID, void **aResult);
// nsIPropertyElement methods:
NS_IMETHOD GetKey(nsString** aReturnKey);
NS_IMETHOD GetValue(nsString** aReturnValue);
NS_IMETHOD SetKey(nsString* aKey);
NS_IMETHOD SetValue(nsString* aValue);
protected:
nsString* mKey;
nsString* mValue;
};
#endif /* nsProperties_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
/* We need this because Solaris' version of qsort is broken and
* causes array bounds reads.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "prtypes.h"
#include "nsQuickSort.h"
NS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
#if !defined(DEBUG) && (defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__gcc))
# ifndef INLINE
# define INLINE inline
# endif
#else
# define INLINE
#endif
typedef int cmp_t(const void *, const void *, void *);
static INLINE char *med3(char *, char *, char *, cmp_t *, void *);
static INLINE void swapfunc(char *, char *, int, int);
/*
* Qsort routine from Bentley & McIlroy's "Engineering a Sort Function".
*/
#define swapcode(TYPE, parmi, parmj, n) { \
long i = (n) / sizeof (TYPE); \
register TYPE *pi = (TYPE *) (parmi); \
register TYPE *pj = (TYPE *) (parmj); \
do { \
register TYPE t = *pi; \
*pi++ = *pj; \
*pj++ = t; \
} while (--i > 0); \
}
#define SWAPINIT(a, es) swaptype = ((char *)a - (char *)0) % sizeof(long) || \
es % sizeof(long) ? 2 : es == sizeof(long)? 0 : 1;
static INLINE void
swapfunc(char *a, char *b, int n, int swaptype)
{
if(swaptype <= 1)
swapcode(long, a, b, n)
else
swapcode(char, a, b, n)
}
#define swap(a, b) \
if (swaptype == 0) { \
long t = *(long *)(a); \
*(long *)(a) = *(long *)(b); \
*(long *)(b) = t; \
} else \
swapfunc((char *)a, (char*)b, (int)es, swaptype)
#define vecswap(a, b, n) if ((n) > 0) swapfunc((char *)a, (char *)b, (int)n, swaptype)
static INLINE char *
med3(char *a, char *b, char *c, cmp_t* cmp, void *data)
{
return cmp(a, b, data) < 0 ?
(cmp(b, c, data) < 0 ? b : (cmp(a, c, data) < 0 ? c : a ))
:(cmp(b, c, data) > 0 ? b : (cmp(a, c, data) < 0 ? a : c ));
}
void NS_QuickSort (
void *a,
unsigned int n,
unsigned int es,
cmp_t *cmp,
void *data
)
{
char *pa, *pb, *pc, *pd, *pl, *pm, *pn;
int d, r, swaptype, swap_cnt;
loop: SWAPINIT(a, es);
swap_cnt = 0;
if (n < 7) {
for (pm = (char *)a + es; pm < (char *)a + n * es; pm += es)
for (pl = pm; pl > (char *)a && cmp(pl - es, pl, data) > 0;
pl -= es)
swap(pl, pl - es);
return;
}
pm = (char *)a + (n / 2) * es;
if (n > 7) {
pl = (char *)a;
pn = (char *)a + (n - 1) * es;
if (n > 40) {
d = (n / 8) * es;
pl = med3(pl, pl + d, pl + 2 * d, cmp, data);
pm = med3(pm - d, pm, pm + d, cmp, data);
pn = med3(pn - 2 * d, pn - d, pn, cmp, data);
}
pm = med3(pl, pm, pn, cmp, data);
}
swap(a, pm);
pa = pb = (char *)a + es;
pc = pd = (char *)a + (n - 1) * es;
for (;;) {
while (pb <= pc && (r = cmp(pb, a, data)) <= 0) {
if (r == 0) {
swap_cnt = 1;
swap(pa, pb);
pa += es;
}
pb += es;
}
while (pb <= pc && (r = cmp(pc, a, data)) >= 0) {
if (r == 0) {
swap_cnt = 1;
swap(pc, pd);
pd -= es;
}
pc -= es;
}
if (pb > pc)
break;
swap(pb, pc);
swap_cnt = 1;
pb += es;
pc -= es;
}
if (swap_cnt == 0) { /* Switch to insertion sort */
for (pm = (char *)a + es; pm < (char *)a + n * es; pm += es)
for (pl = pm; pl > (char *)a && cmp(pl - es, pl, data) > 0;
pl -= es)
swap(pl, pl - es);
return;
}
pn = (char *)a + n * es;
r = PR_MIN(pa - (char *)a, pb - pa);
vecswap(a, pb - r, r);
r = PR_MIN(pd - pc, (int)(pn - pd - es));
vecswap(pb, pn - r, r);
if ((r = pb - pa) > (int)es)
NS_QuickSort(a, r / es, es, cmp, data);
if ((r = pd - pc) > (int)es) {
/* Iterate rather than recurse to save stack space */
a = pn - r;
n = r / es;
goto loop;
}
/* NS_QuickSort(pn - r, r / es, es, cmp, data);*/
}
NS_END_EXTERN_C

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/* We need this because Solaris' version of qsort is broken and
* causes array bounds reads.
*/
#ifndef nsQuickSort_h___
#define nsQuickSort_h___
#include "nscore.h"
#include "prtypes.h"
/* Had to pull the following define out of xp_core.h
* to avoid including xp_core.h.
* That brought in too many header file dependencies.
*/
NS_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
PR_EXTERN(void) NS_QuickSort(void *, unsigned int, unsigned int,
int (*)(const void *, const void *, void *),
void *);
NS_END_EXTERN_C
#endif /* nsQuickSort_h___ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "nsISizeOfHandler.h"
#include "nsIAtom.h"
#include "plhash.h"
class nsSizeOfHandler : public nsISizeOfHandler {
public:
nsSizeOfHandler();
virtual ~nsSizeOfHandler();
// nsISupports
NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
// nsISizeOfHandler
NS_IMETHOD Init();
NS_IMETHOD RecordObject(void* aObject, PRBool* aResult);
NS_IMETHOD AddSize(nsIAtom* aKey, PRUint32 aSize);
NS_IMETHOD Report(nsISizeofReportFunc aFunc, void* aArg);
NS_IMETHOD GetTotals(PRUint32* aCountResult, PRUint32* aTotalSizeResult);
protected:
PRUint32 mTotalSize;
PRUint32 mTotalCount;
PLHashTable* mSizeTable;
PLHashTable* mObjectTable;
static PRIntn RemoveObjectEntry(PLHashEntry* he, PRIntn i, void* arg);
static PRIntn RemoveSizeEntry(PLHashEntry* he, PRIntn i, void* arg);
static PRIntn ReportEntry(PLHashEntry* he, PRIntn i, void* arg);
};
class SizeOfDataStats {
public:
SizeOfDataStats(nsIAtom* aType, PRUint32 aSize);
~SizeOfDataStats();
void Update(PRUint32 aSize);
nsIAtom* mType; // type
PRUint32 mCount; // # of objects of this type
PRUint32 mTotalSize; // total size of all objects of this type
PRUint32 mMinSize; // smallest size for this type
PRUint32 mMaxSize; // largest size for this type
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(SizeOfDataStats);
SizeOfDataStats::SizeOfDataStats(nsIAtom* aType, PRUint32 aSize)
: mType(aType),
mCount(1),
mTotalSize(aSize),
mMinSize(aSize),
mMaxSize(aSize)
{
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(SizeOfDataStats);
NS_IF_ADDREF(mType);
}
SizeOfDataStats::~SizeOfDataStats()
{
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(SizeOfDataStats);
NS_IF_RELEASE(mType);
}
void
SizeOfDataStats::Update(PRUint32 aSize)
{
mCount++;
if (aSize < mMinSize) mMinSize = aSize;
if (aSize > mMaxSize) mMaxSize = aSize;
mTotalSize += aSize;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
#define POINTER_HASH_KEY(_atom) ((PLHashNumber) _atom)
static PLHashNumber
PointerHashKey(nsIAtom* key)
{
return POINTER_HASH_KEY(key);
}
static PRIntn
PointerCompareKeys(void* key1, void* key2)
{
return key1 == key2;
}
nsSizeOfHandler::nsSizeOfHandler()
: mTotalSize(0),
mTotalCount(0)
{
NS_INIT_REFCNT();
mTotalSize = 0;
mSizeTable = PL_NewHashTable(32, (PLHashFunction) PointerHashKey,
(PLHashComparator) PointerCompareKeys,
(PLHashComparator) nsnull,
nsnull, nsnull);
mObjectTable = PL_NewHashTable(32, (PLHashFunction) PointerHashKey,
(PLHashComparator) PointerCompareKeys,
(PLHashComparator) nsnull,
nsnull, nsnull);
}
PRIntn
nsSizeOfHandler::RemoveObjectEntry(PLHashEntry* he, PRIntn i, void* arg)
{
// Remove and free this entry and continue enumerating
return HT_ENUMERATE_REMOVE | HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
}
PRIntn
nsSizeOfHandler::RemoveSizeEntry(PLHashEntry* he, PRIntn i, void* arg)
{
if (he->value) {
SizeOfDataStats* stats = (SizeOfDataStats*) he->value;
he->value = nsnull;
delete stats;
}
// Remove and free this entry and continue enumerating
return HT_ENUMERATE_REMOVE | HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
}
nsSizeOfHandler::~nsSizeOfHandler()
{
if (nsnull != mObjectTable) {
PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(mObjectTable, RemoveObjectEntry, 0);
PL_HashTableDestroy(mObjectTable);
}
if (nsnull != mSizeTable) {
PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(mSizeTable, RemoveSizeEntry, 0);
PL_HashTableDestroy(mSizeTable);
}
}
NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsSizeOfHandler, nsISizeOfHandler)
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsSizeOfHandler::Init()
{
if (mObjectTable) {
PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(mObjectTable, RemoveObjectEntry, 0);
}
if (mSizeTable) {
PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(mSizeTable, RemoveSizeEntry, 0);
}
mTotalCount = 0;
mTotalSize = 0;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsSizeOfHandler::RecordObject(void* aAddr, PRBool* aResult)
{
if (!aResult) {
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
PRBool result = PR_TRUE;
if (mObjectTable && aAddr) {
PLHashNumber hashCode = POINTER_HASH_KEY(aAddr);
PLHashEntry** hep = PL_HashTableRawLookup(mObjectTable, hashCode, aAddr);
PLHashEntry* he = *hep;
if (!he) {
// We've never seen it before. Add it to the table
(void) PL_HashTableRawAdd(mObjectTable, hep, hashCode, aAddr, aAddr);
result = PR_FALSE;
}
}
*aResult = result;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsSizeOfHandler::AddSize(nsIAtom* aType, PRUint32 aSize)
{
PLHashNumber hashCode = POINTER_HASH_KEY(aType);
PLHashEntry** hep = PL_HashTableRawLookup(mSizeTable, hashCode, aType);
PLHashEntry* he = *hep;
if (he) {
// Stats already exist
SizeOfDataStats* stats = (SizeOfDataStats*) he->value;
stats->Update(aSize);
}
else {
// Make new stats for the new frame type
SizeOfDataStats* newStats = new SizeOfDataStats(aType, aSize);
PL_HashTableRawAdd(mSizeTable, hep, hashCode, aType, newStats);
}
mTotalCount++;
mTotalSize += aSize;
return NS_OK;
}
struct ReportArgs {
nsISizeOfHandler* mHandler;
nsISizeofReportFunc mFunc;
void* mArg;
};
PRIntn
nsSizeOfHandler::ReportEntry(PLHashEntry* he, PRIntn i, void* arg)
{
ReportArgs* ra = (ReportArgs*) arg;
if (he && ra && ra->mFunc) {
SizeOfDataStats* stats = (SizeOfDataStats*) he->value;
if (stats) {
(*ra->mFunc)(ra->mHandler, stats->mType, stats->mCount,
stats->mTotalSize, stats->mMinSize, stats->mMaxSize,
ra->mArg);
}
}
return HT_ENUMERATE_NEXT;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsSizeOfHandler::Report(nsISizeofReportFunc aFunc, void* aArg)
{
ReportArgs ra;
ra.mHandler = this;
ra.mFunc = aFunc;
ra.mArg = aArg;
PL_HashTableEnumerateEntries(mSizeTable, ReportEntry, (void*) &ra);
return NS_OK;
}
NS_IMETHODIMP
nsSizeOfHandler::GetTotals(PRUint32* aTotalCountResult,
PRUint32* aTotalSizeResult)
{
if (!aTotalCountResult || !aTotalSizeResult) {
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
*aTotalCountResult = mTotalCount;
*aTotalSizeResult = mTotalSize;
return NS_OK;
}
NS_COM nsresult
NS_NewSizeOfHandler(nsISizeOfHandler** aInstancePtrResult)
{
if (!aInstancePtrResult) {
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
}
nsISizeOfHandler *it = new nsSizeOfHandler();
if (it == nsnull) {
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
}
return it->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsISizeOfHandler), (void **) aInstancePtrResult);
}

717
mozilla/xpcom/ds/nsStr.cpp Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/******************************************************************************************
MODULE NOTES:
This file contains the nsStr data structure.
This general purpose buffer management class is used as the basis for our strings.
It's benefits include:
1. An efficient set of library style functions for manipulating nsStrs
2. Support for 1 and 2 byte character strings (which can easily be increased to n)
3. Unicode awareness and interoperability.
*******************************************************************************************/
#include "nsStr.h"
#include "bufferRoutines.h"
#include "stdio.h" //only used for printf
#include "nsCRT.h"
#include "nsDeque.h"
//static const char* kCallFindChar = "For better performance, call FindChar() for targets whose length==1.";
//static const char* kCallRFindChar = "For better performance, call RFindChar() for targets whose length==1.";
static const PRUnichar gCommonEmptyBuffer[1] = {0};
/**
* This method initializes all the members of the nsStr structure
*
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::Initialize(nsStr& aDest,eCharSize aCharSize) {
aDest.mStr=(char*)gCommonEmptyBuffer;
aDest.mLength=0;
aDest.mCapacity=0;
aDest.mCharSize=aCharSize;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=0;
}
/**
* This method initializes all the members of the nsStr structure
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::Initialize(nsStr& aDest,char* aCString,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRUint32 aLength,eCharSize aCharSize,PRBool aOwnsBuffer){
aDest.mStr=(aCString) ? aCString : (char*)gCommonEmptyBuffer;
aDest.mLength=aLength;
aDest.mCapacity=aCapacity;
aDest.mCharSize=aCharSize;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=aOwnsBuffer;
}
/**
* This member destroys the memory buffer owned by an nsStr object (if it actually owns it)
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::Destroy(nsStr& aDest) {
if((aDest.mStr) && (aDest.mStr!=(char*)gCommonEmptyBuffer)) {
Free(aDest);
}
}
/**
* This method gets called when the internal buffer needs
* to grow to a given size. The original contents are not preserved.
* @update gess 3/30/98
* @param aNewLength -- new capacity of string in charSize units
* @return void
*/
PRBool nsStr::EnsureCapacity(nsStr& aString,PRUint32 aNewLength) {
PRBool result=PR_TRUE;
if(aNewLength>aString.mCapacity) {
result=Realloc(aString,aNewLength);
if(aString.mStr)
AddNullTerminator(aString);
}
return result;
}
/**
* This method gets called when the internal buffer needs
* to grow to a given size. The original contents ARE preserved.
* @update gess 3/30/98
* @param aNewLength -- new capacity of string in charSize units
* @return void
*/
PRBool nsStr::GrowCapacity(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aNewLength) {
PRBool result=PR_TRUE;
if(aNewLength>aDest.mCapacity) {
nsStr theTempStr;
nsStr::Initialize(theTempStr,aDest.mCharSize);
result=EnsureCapacity(theTempStr,aNewLength);
if(result) {
if(aDest.mLength) {
Append(theTempStr,aDest,0,aDest.mLength);
}
Free(aDest);
aDest.mStr = theTempStr.mStr;
theTempStr.mStr=0; //make sure to null this out so that you don't lose the buffer you just stole...
aDest.mLength=theTempStr.mLength;
aDest.mCapacity=theTempStr.mCapacity;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=theTempStr.mOwnsBuffer;
}
}
return result;
}
/**
* Replaces the contents of aDest with aSource, up to aCount of chars.
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param aDest is the nsStr that gets changed.
* @param aSource is where chars are copied from
* @param aCount is the number of chars copied from aSource
*/
void nsStr::Assign(nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount){
if(&aDest!=&aSource){
Truncate(aDest,0);
Append(aDest,aSource,anOffset,aCount);
}
}
/**
* This method appends the given nsStr to this one. Note that we have to
* pay attention to the underlying char-size of both structs.
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be manipulated
* @param aSource is where char are copied from
* @aCount is the number of bytes to be copied
*/
void nsStr::Append(nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount){
if(anOffset<aSource.mLength){
PRUint32 theRealLen=(aCount<0) ? aSource.mLength : MinInt(aCount,aSource.mLength);
PRUint32 theLength=(anOffset+theRealLen<aSource.mLength) ? theRealLen : (aSource.mLength-anOffset);
if(0<theLength){
PRBool isBigEnough=PR_TRUE;
if(aDest.mLength+theLength > aDest.mCapacity) {
isBigEnough=GrowCapacity(aDest,aDest.mLength+theLength);
}
if(isBigEnough) {
//now append new chars, starting at offset
(*gCopyChars[aSource.mCharSize][aDest.mCharSize])(aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aSource.mStr,anOffset,theLength);
aDest.mLength+=theLength;
AddNullTerminator(aDest);
}
}
}
}
/**
* This method inserts up to "aCount" chars from a source nsStr into a dest nsStr.
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param aDest is the nsStr that gets changed
* @param aDestOffset is where in aDest the insertion is to occur
* @param aSource is where chars are copied from
* @param aSrcOffset is where in aSource chars are copied from
* @param aCount is the number of chars from aSource to be inserted into aDest
*/
void nsStr::Insert( nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 aSrcOffset,PRInt32 aCount){
//there are a few cases for insert:
// 1. You're inserting chars into an empty string (assign)
// 2. You're inserting onto the end of a string (append)
// 3. You're inserting onto the 1..n-1 pos of a string (the hard case).
if(0<aSource.mLength){
if(aDest.mLength){
if(aDestOffset<aDest.mLength){
PRInt32 theRealLen=(aCount<0) ? aSource.mLength : MinInt(aCount,aSource.mLength);
PRInt32 theLength=(aSrcOffset+theRealLen<aSource.mLength) ? theRealLen : (aSource.mLength-aSrcOffset);
if(aSrcOffset<aSource.mLength) {
//here's the only new case we have to handle.
//chars are really being inserted into our buffer...
if(aDest.mLength+theLength > aDest.mCapacity) {
nsStr theTempStr;
nsStr::Initialize(theTempStr,aDest.mCharSize);
PRBool isBigEnough=EnsureCapacity(theTempStr,aDest.mLength+theLength); //grow the temp buffer to the right size
if(isBigEnough) {
if(aDestOffset) {
Append(theTempStr,aDest,0,aDestOffset); //first copy leftmost data...
}
Append(theTempStr,aSource,0,aSource.mLength); //next copy inserted (new) data
PRUint32 theRemains=aDest.mLength-aDestOffset;
if(theRemains) {
Append(theTempStr,aDest,aDestOffset,theRemains); //next copy rightmost data
}
Free(aDest);
aDest.mStr = theTempStr.mStr;
theTempStr.mStr=0; //make sure to null this out so that you don't lose the buffer you just stole...
aDest.mCapacity=theTempStr.mCapacity;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=theTempStr.mOwnsBuffer;
}
}
else {
//shift the chars right by theDelta...
(*gShiftChars[aDest.mCharSize][KSHIFTRIGHT])(aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aDestOffset,theLength);
//now insert new chars, starting at offset
(*gCopyChars[aSource.mCharSize][aDest.mCharSize])(aDest.mStr,aDestOffset,aSource.mStr,aSrcOffset,theLength);
}
//finally, make sure to update the string length...
aDest.mLength+=theLength;
AddNullTerminator(aDest);
}//if
//else nothing to do!
}
else Append(aDest,aSource,0,aCount);
}
else Append(aDest,aSource,0,aCount);
}
}
/**
* This method deletes up to aCount chars from aDest
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be manipulated
* @param aDestOffset is where in aDest deletion is to occur
* @param aCount is the number of chars to be deleted in aDest
*/
void nsStr::Delete(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset,PRUint32 aCount){
if(aDestOffset<aDest.mLength){
PRUint32 theDelta=aDest.mLength-aDestOffset;
PRUint32 theLength=(theDelta<aCount) ? theDelta : aCount;
if(aDestOffset+theLength<aDest.mLength) {
//if you're here, it means we're cutting chars out of the middle of the string...
//so shift the chars left by theLength...
(*gShiftChars[aDest.mCharSize][KSHIFTLEFT])(aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aDestOffset,theLength);
aDest.mLength-=theLength;
AddNullTerminator(aDest);
}
else Truncate(aDest,aDestOffset);
}//if
}
/**
* This method truncates the given nsStr at given offset
* @update gess10/30/98
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be truncated
* @param aDestOffset is where in aDest truncation is to occur
*/
void nsStr::Truncate(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset){
if(aDestOffset<aDest.mLength){
aDest.mLength=aDestOffset;
AddNullTerminator(aDest);
}
}
/**
* This method forces the given string to upper or lowercase
* @update gess1/7/99
* @param aDest is the string you're going to change
* @param aToUpper: if TRUE, then we go uppercase, otherwise we go lowercase
* @return
*/
void nsStr::ChangeCase(nsStr& aDest,PRBool aToUpper) {
// somehow UnicharUtil return failed, fallback to the old ascii only code
gCaseConverters[aDest.mCharSize](aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aToUpper);
}
/**
*
* @update gess1/7/99
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::Trim(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading,PRBool aEliminateTrailing){
if((aDest.mLength>0) && aSet){
PRInt32 theIndex=-1;
PRInt32 theMax=aDest.mLength;
PRInt32 theSetLen=nsCRT::strlen(aSet);
if(aEliminateLeading) {
while(++theIndex<=theMax) {
PRUnichar theChar=GetCharAt(aDest,theIndex);
PRInt32 thePos=gFindChars[eOneByte](aSet,theSetLen,0,theChar,PR_FALSE);
if(kNotFound==thePos)
break;
}
if(0<theIndex) {
if(theIndex<theMax) {
Delete(aDest,0,theIndex);
}
else Truncate(aDest,0);
}
}
if(aEliminateTrailing) {
theIndex=aDest.mLength;
PRInt32 theNewLen=theIndex;
while(--theIndex>0) {
PRUnichar theChar=GetCharAt(aDest,theIndex); //read at end now...
PRInt32 thePos=gFindChars[eOneByte](aSet,theSetLen,0,theChar,PR_FALSE);
if(kNotFound<thePos)
theNewLen=theIndex;
else break;
}
if(theNewLen<theMax) {
Truncate(aDest,theNewLen);
}
}
}
}
/**
*
* @update gess1/7/99
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::CompressSet(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading,PRBool aEliminateTrailing){
Trim(aDest,aSet,aEliminateLeading,aEliminateTrailing);
PRUint32 aNewLen=gCompressChars[aDest.mCharSize](aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aSet);
aDest.mLength=aNewLen;
}
/**
*
* @update gess1/7/99
* @param
* @return
*/
void nsStr::StripChars(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet){
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (aSet)) {
PRUint32 aNewLen=gStripChars[aDest.mCharSize](aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,aSet);
aDest.mLength=aNewLen;
}
}
/**************************************************************
Searching methods...
**************************************************************/
/**
* This searches aDest for a given substring
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param aTarget is the substring you're trying to find.
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::FindSubstr(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aTarget, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
// NS_PRECONDITION(aTarget.mLength!=1,kCallFindChar);
PRInt32 result=kNotFound;
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (anOffset<(PRInt32)aDest.mLength)) {
PRInt32 theMax=aDest.mLength-aTarget.mLength;
PRInt32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? anOffset : 0;
if((aDest.mLength>=aTarget.mLength) && (aTarget.mLength>0) && (index>=0)){
PRInt32 theTargetMax=aTarget.mLength;
while(index<=theMax) {
PRInt32 theSubIndex=-1;
PRBool matches=PR_TRUE;
while((++theSubIndex<theTargetMax) && (matches)){
PRUnichar theChar=(aIgnoreCase) ? nsCRT::ToLower(GetCharAt(aDest,index+theSubIndex)) : GetCharAt(aDest,index+theSubIndex);
PRUnichar theTargetChar=(aIgnoreCase) ? nsCRT::ToLower(GetCharAt(aTarget,theSubIndex)) : GetCharAt(aTarget,theSubIndex);
matches=PRBool(theChar==theTargetChar);
}
if(matches) {
result=index;
break;
}
index++;
} //while
}//if
}//if
return result;
}
/**
* This searches aDest for a given character
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param char is the character you're trying to find.
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::FindChar(const nsStr& aDest,PRUnichar aChar, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
PRInt32 result=kNotFound;
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (anOffset<(PRInt32)aDest.mLength)) {
PRUint32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? (PRUint32)anOffset : 0;
result=gFindChars[aDest.mCharSize](aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,index,aChar,aIgnoreCase);
}
return result;
}
/**
* This searches aDest for a character found in aSet.
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param aSet contains a list of chars to be searched for
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::FindCharInSet(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSet,PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
//NS_PRECONDITION(aSet.mLength!=1,kCallFindChar);
PRInt32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? anOffset-1 : -1;
PRInt32 thePos;
//Note that the search is inverted here. We're scanning aDest, one char at a time
//but doing the search against the given set. That's why we use 0 as the offset below.
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (0<aSet.mLength)){
while(++index<(PRInt32)aDest.mLength) {
PRUnichar theChar=GetCharAt(aDest,index);
thePos=gFindChars[aSet.mCharSize](aSet.mStr,aSet.mLength,0,theChar,aIgnoreCase);
if(kNotFound!=thePos)
return index;
} //while
}
return kNotFound;
}
/**************************************************************
Reverse Searching methods...
**************************************************************/
/**
* This searches aDest (in reverse) for a given substring
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param aTarget is the substring you're trying to find.
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search (counting from left)
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::RFindSubstr(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aTarget, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
//NS_PRECONDITION(aTarget.mLength!=1,kCallRFindChar);
PRInt32 result=kNotFound;
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (anOffset<(PRInt32)aDest.mLength)) {
PRInt32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? anOffset : aDest.mLength-1;
if((aDest.mLength>=aTarget.mLength) && (aTarget.mLength>0) && (index>=0)){
nsStr theCopy;
nsStr::Initialize(theCopy,eOneByte);
nsStr::Assign(theCopy,aTarget,0,aTarget.mLength);
if(aIgnoreCase){
nsStr::ChangeCase(theCopy,PR_FALSE); //force to lowercase
}
PRInt32 theTargetMax=theCopy.mLength;
while(index>=0) {
PRInt32 theSubIndex=-1;
PRBool matches=PR_FALSE;
if(index+theCopy.mLength<=aDest.mLength) {
matches=PR_TRUE;
while((++theSubIndex<theTargetMax) && (matches)){
PRUnichar theDestChar=(aIgnoreCase) ? nsCRT::ToLower(GetCharAt(aDest,index+theSubIndex)) : GetCharAt(aDest,index+theSubIndex);
PRUnichar theTargetChar=GetCharAt(theCopy,theSubIndex);
matches=PRBool(theDestChar==theTargetChar);
} //while
} //if
if(matches) {
result=index;
break;
}
index--;
} //while
nsStr::Destroy(theCopy);
}//if
}//if
return result;
}
/**
* This searches aDest (in reverse) for a given character
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param char is the character you're trying to find.
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::RFindChar(const nsStr& aDest,PRUnichar aChar, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
PRInt32 result=kNotFound;
if((0<aDest.mLength) && (anOffset<(PRInt32)aDest.mLength)) {
PRUint32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? anOffset : aDest.mLength-1;
result=gRFindChars[aDest.mCharSize](aDest.mStr,aDest.mLength,index,aChar,aIgnoreCase);
}
return result;
}
/**
* This searches aDest (in reverese) for a character found in aSet.
*
* @update gess 3/25/98
* @param aDest string to search
* @param aSet contains a list of chars to be searched for
* @param aIgnorecase indicates case sensitivity of search
* @param anOffset tells us where to start the search
* @return index in aDest where member of aSet occurs, or -1 if not found
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::RFindCharInSet(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSet,PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset) {
//NS_PRECONDITION(aSet.mLength!=1,kCallRFindChar);
PRInt32 index=(0<=anOffset) ? anOffset : aDest.mLength;
PRInt32 thePos;
//note that the search is inverted here. We're scanning aDest, one char at a time
//but doing the search against the given set. That's why we use 0 as the offset below.
if(0<aDest.mLength) {
while(--index>=0) {
PRUnichar theChar=GetCharAt(aDest,index);
thePos=gFindChars[aSet.mCharSize](aSet.mStr,aSet.mLength,0,theChar,aIgnoreCase);
if(kNotFound!=thePos)
return index;
} //while
}
return kNotFound;
}
/**
* Compare source and dest strings, up to an (optional max) number of chars
* @param aDest is the first str to compare
* @param aSource is the second str to compare
* @param aCount -- if (-1), then we use length of longer string; if (0<aCount) then it gives the max # of chars to compare
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to search with case sensitivity
* @return aDest<aSource=-1;aDest==aSource==0;aDest>aSource=1
*/
PRInt32 nsStr::Compare(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRInt32 aCount,PRBool aIgnoreCase) {
PRInt32 result=0;
if(aCount) {
PRInt32 minlen=(aSource.mLength<aDest.mLength) ? aSource.mLength : aDest.mLength;
if(0==minlen) {
if ((aDest.mLength == 0) && (aSource.mLength == 0))
return 0;
if (aDest.mLength == 0)
return -1;
return 1;
}
PRInt32 maxlen=(aSource.mLength<aDest.mLength) ? aDest.mLength : aSource.mLength;
aCount = (aCount<0) ? maxlen : MinInt(aCount,maxlen);
result=(*gCompare[aDest.mCharSize][aSource.mCharSize])(aDest.mStr,aSource.mStr,aCount,aIgnoreCase);
}
return result;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRBool nsStr::Alloc(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aCount) {
static int mAllocCount=0;
mAllocCount++;
//we're given the acount value in charunits; now scale up to next multiple.
PRUint32 theNewCapacity=kDefaultStringSize;
while(theNewCapacity<aCount){
theNewCapacity<<=1;
}
aDest.mCapacity=theNewCapacity++;
PRUint32 theSize=(theNewCapacity<<aDest.mCharSize);
aDest.mStr = (char*)nsAllocator::Alloc(theSize);
PRBool result=PR_FALSE;
if(aDest.mStr) {
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=1;
result=PR_TRUE;
}
return result;
}
PRBool nsStr::Free(nsStr& aDest){
if(aDest.mStr){
if(aDest.mOwnsBuffer){
nsAllocator::Free(aDest.mStr);
}
aDest.mStr=0;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=0;
return PR_TRUE;
}
return PR_FALSE;
}
PRBool nsStr::Realloc(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aCount){
nsStr temp;
memcpy(&temp,&aDest,sizeof(aDest));
PRBool result=Alloc(temp,aCount);
if(result) {
Free(aDest);
aDest.mStr=temp.mStr;
aDest.mCapacity=temp.mCapacity;
aDest.mOwnsBuffer=temp.mOwnsBuffer;
}
return result;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CBufDescriptor::CBufDescriptor(char* aString,PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength) {
mBuffer=aString;
mCharSize=eOneByte;
mStackBased=aStackBased;
mIsConst=PR_FALSE;
mLength=mCapacity=0;
if(aString && aCapacity>1) {
mCapacity=aCapacity-1;
mLength=(-1==aLength) ? strlen(aString) : aLength;
if(mLength>PRInt32(mCapacity))
mLength=mCapacity;
}
}
CBufDescriptor::CBufDescriptor(const char* aString,PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength) {
mBuffer=(char*)aString;
mCharSize=eOneByte;
mStackBased=aStackBased;
mIsConst=PR_TRUE;
mLength=mCapacity=0;
if(aString && aCapacity>1) {
mCapacity=aCapacity-1;
mLength=(-1==aLength) ? strlen(aString) : aLength;
if(mLength>PRInt32(mCapacity))
mLength=mCapacity;
}
}
CBufDescriptor::CBufDescriptor(PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength) {
mBuffer=(char*)aString;
mCharSize=eTwoByte;
mStackBased=aStackBased;
mLength=mCapacity=0;
mIsConst=PR_FALSE;
if(aString && aCapacity>1) {
mCapacity=aCapacity-1;
mLength=(-1==aLength) ? nsCRT::strlen(aString) : aLength;
if(mLength>PRInt32(mCapacity))
mLength=mCapacity;
}
}
CBufDescriptor::CBufDescriptor(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength) {
mBuffer=(char*)aString;
mCharSize=eTwoByte;
mStackBased=aStackBased;
mLength=mCapacity=0;
mIsConst=PR_TRUE;
if(aString && aCapacity>1) {
mCapacity=aCapacity-1;
mLength=(-1==aLength) ? nsCRT::strlen(aString) : aLength;
if(mLength>PRInt32(mCapacity))
mLength=mCapacity;
}
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

450
mozilla/xpcom/ds/nsStr.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/***********************************************************************
MODULE NOTES:
1. There are two philosophies to building string classes:
A. Hide the underlying buffer & offer API's allow indirect iteration
B. Reveal underlying buffer, risk corruption, but gain performance
We chose the option B for performance reasons.
2 Our internal buffer always holds capacity+1 bytes.
The nsStr struct is a simple structure (no methods) that contains
the necessary info to be described as a string. This simple struct
is manipulated by the static methods provided in this class.
(Which effectively makes this a library that works on structs).
There are also object-based versions called nsString and nsAutoString
which use nsStr but makes it look at feel like an object.
***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************
ASSUMPTIONS:
1. nsStrings and nsAutoString are always null terminated.
2. If you try to set a null char (via SetChar()) a new length is set
3. nsCStrings can be upsampled into nsString without data loss
4. Char searching is faster than string searching. Use char interfaces
if your needs will allow it.
5. It's easy to use the stack for nsAutostring buffer storage (fast too!).
See the CBufDescriptor class in this file.
6. It's ONLY ok to provide non-null-terminated buffers to Append() and Insert()
provided you specify a 0<n value for the optional count argument.
7. Downsampling from nsString to nsCString is lossy -- avoid it if possible!
8. Calls to ToNewCString() and ToNewUnicode() should be matched with calls to Recycle().
***********************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************************
AND NOW FOR SOME GENERAL DOCUMENTATION ON STRING USAGE...
The fundamental datatype in the string library is nsStr. It's a structure that
provides the buffer storage and meta-info. It also provides a C-style library
of functions for direct manipulation (for those of you who prefer K&R to Bjarne).
Here's a diagram of the class hierarchy:
nsStr
|___nsString
| |
| ------nsAutoString
|
|___nsCString
|
------nsCAutoString
Why so many string classes? The 4 variants give you the control you need to
determine the best class for your purpose. There are 2 dimensions to this
flexibility: 1) stack vs. heap; and 2) 1-byte chars vs. 2-byte chars.
Note: While nsAutoString and nsCAutoString begin life using stack-based storage,
they may not stay that way. Like all nsString classes, autostrings will
automatically grow to contain the data you provide. When autostrings
grow beyond their intrinsic buffer, they switch to heap based allocations.
(We avoid alloca to avoid considerable platform difficulties; see the
GNU documentation for more details).
I should also briefly mention that all the string classes use a "memory agent"
object to perform memory operations. This class proxies the standard nsAllocator
for actual memory calls, but knows the structure of nsStr making heap operations
more localized.
CHOOSING A STRING CLASS:
In order to choose a string class for you purpose, use this handy table:
heap-based stack-based
-----------------------------------
ascii data | nsCString nsCAutoString |
|----------------------------------
unicode data | nsString nsAutoString |
-----------------------------------
Note: The i18n folks will stenuously object if we get too carried away with the
use of nsCString's that pass interface boundaries. Try to limit your
use of these to external interfaces that demand them, or for your own
private purposes in cases where they'll never be seen by humans.
PERFORMANCE CONSIDERATIONS:
Here are a few tricks to know in order to get better string performance:
1) Try to limit conversions between ascii and unicode; By sticking with nsString
wherever possible your code will be i18n-compliant.
2) Preallocating your string buffer cuts down trips to the allocator. So if you
have need for an arbitrarily large buffer, pre-size it like this:
{
nsString mBuffer;
mBuffer.SetCapacity(aReasonableSize);
}
3) Allocating nsAutoString or nsCAutoString on the heap is memory inefficient
(after all, the whole point is to avoid a heap allocation of the buffer).
4) Consider using an autoString to write into your arbitrarily-sized stack buffers, rather
than it's own buffers.
For example, let's say you're going to call printf() to emit pretty-printed debug output
of your object. You know from experience that the pretty-printed version of your object
exceeds the capacity of an autostring. Ignoring memory considerations, you could simply
use nsCString, appending the stringized version of each of your class's data members.
This will probably result in calls to the heap manager.
But there's a way to do this without necessarily having to call the heap manager.
All you do is declare a stack based buffer and instruct nsCString to use that instead
of it's own internal buffer by using the CBufDescriptor class:
{
char theBuffer[256];
CBufDescritor theBufDecriptor( theBuffer, PR_TRUE, sizeof(theBuffer), 0);
nsCAutoString s3( theBufDescriptor );
s3="HELLO, my name is inigo montoya, you killed my father, prepare to die!.";
}
The assignment statment to s3 will cause the given string to be written to your
stack-based buffer via the normal nsString/nsCString interfaces. Cool, huh?
Note however that just like any other nsStringXXX use, if you write more data
than will fit in the buffer, a visit to the heap manager will be in order.
**********************************************************************************/
#ifndef _nsStr
#define _nsStr
#include "nscore.h"
#include "nsIAllocator.h"
#include <string.h>
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum eCharSize {eOneByte=0,eTwoByte=1};
#define kDefaultCharSize eTwoByte
#define kRadix10 (10)
#define kRadix16 (16)
#define kAutoDetect (100)
#define kRadixUnknown (kAutoDetect+1)
const PRInt32 kDefaultStringSize = 64;
const PRInt32 kNotFound = -1;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
class NS_COM CBufDescriptor {
public:
CBufDescriptor(char* aString, PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
CBufDescriptor(const char* aString, PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
CBufDescriptor(PRUnichar* aString, PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
CBufDescriptor(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aStackBased,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
char* mBuffer;
eCharSize mCharSize;
PRUint32 mCapacity;
PRInt32 mLength;
PRBool mStackBased;
PRBool mIsConst;
};
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct NS_COM nsStr {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
nsStr() {
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsStr);
}
~nsStr() {
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsStr);
}
/**
* This method initializes an nsStr for use
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the nsStr to be initialized
* @param aCharSize tells us the requested char size (1 or 2 bytes)
*/
static void Initialize(nsStr& aDest,eCharSize aCharSize);
/**
* This method initializes an nsStr for use
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the nsStr to be initialized
* @param aCharSize tells us the requested char size (1 or 2 bytes)
*/
static void Initialize(nsStr& aDest,char* aCString,PRUint32 aCapacity,PRUint32 aLength,eCharSize aCharSize,PRBool aOwnsBuffer);
/**
* This method destroys the given nsStr, and *MAY*
* deallocate it's memory depending on the setting
* of the internal mOwnsBUffer flag.
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the nsStr to be manipulated
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used to the nsStr
*/
static void Destroy(nsStr& aDest);
/**
* These methods are where memory allocation/reallocation occur.
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aString is the nsStr to be manipulated
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used on the nsStr
* @return
*/
static PRBool EnsureCapacity(nsStr& aString,PRUint32 aNewLength);
static PRBool GrowCapacity(nsStr& aString,PRUint32 aNewLength);
/**
* These methods are used to append content to the given nsStr
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be appended to
* @param aSource is the buffer to be copied from
* @param anOffset tells us where in source to start copying
* @param aCount tells us the (max) # of chars to copy
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used for alloc/free operations
*/
static void Append(nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount);
/**
* These methods are used to assign contents of a source string to dest string
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be appended to
* @param aSource is the buffer to be copied from
* @param anOffset tells us where in source to start copying
* @param aCount tells us the (max) # of chars to copy
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used for alloc/free operations
*/
static void Assign(nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount);
/**
* These methods are used to insert content from source string to the dest nsStr
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be appended to
* @param aDestOffset tells us where in dest to start insertion
* @param aSource is the buffer to be copied from
* @param aSrcOffset tells us where in source to start copying
* @param aCount tells us the (max) # of chars to insert
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used for alloc/free operations
*/
static void Insert( nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset,const nsStr& aSource,PRUint32 aSrcOffset,PRInt32 aCount);
/**
* This method deletes chars from the given str.
* The given allocator may choose to resize the str as well.
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be deleted from
* @param aDestOffset tells us where in dest to start deleting
* @param aCount tells us the (max) # of chars to delete
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used for alloc/free operations
*/
static void Delete(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset,PRUint32 aCount);
/**
* This method is used to truncate the given string.
* The given allocator may choose to resize the str as well (but it's not likely).
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be appended to
* @param aDestOffset tells us where in dest to start insertion
* @param aSource is the buffer to be copied from
* @param aSrcOffset tells us where in source to start copying
* @param anAgent is the allocator to be used for alloc/free operations
*/
static void Truncate(nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 aDestOffset);
/**
* This method is used to perform a case conversion on the given string
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be case shifted
* @param toUpper tells us to go upper vs. lower
*/
static void ChangeCase(nsStr& aDest,PRBool aToUpper);
/**
* This method trims chars (given in aSet) from the edges of given buffer
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the buffer to be manipulated
* @param aSet tells us which chars to remove from given buffer
* @param aEliminateLeading tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @param aEliminateTrailing tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
*/
static void Trim(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading,PRBool aEliminateTrailing);
/**
* This method compresses duplicate runs of a given char from the given buffer
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the buffer to be manipulated
* @param aSet tells us which chars to compress from given buffer
* @param aChar is the replacement char
* @param aEliminateLeading tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @param aEliminateTrailing tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
*/
static void CompressSet(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading,PRBool aEliminateTrailing);
/**
* This method removes all occurances of chars in given set from aDest
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the buffer to be manipulated
* @param aSet tells us which chars to compress from given buffer
* @param aChar is the replacement char
* @param aEliminateLeading tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
* @param aEliminateTrailing tells us whether to strip chars from the start of the buffer
*/
static void StripChars(nsStr& aDest,const char* aSet);
/**
* This method compares the data bewteen two nsStr's
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aStr1 is the first buffer to be compared
* @param aStr2 is the 2nd buffer to be compared
* @param aCount is the number of chars to compare
* @param aIgnorecase tells us whether to use a case-sensitive comparison
* @return -1,0,1 depending on <,==,>
*/
static PRInt32 Compare(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource,PRInt32 aCount,PRBool aIgnoreCase);
/**
* These methods scan the given string for 1 or more chars in a given direction
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be searched to
* @param aSource (or aChar) is the substr we're looking to find
* @param aIgnoreCase tells us whether to search in a case-sensitive manner
* @param anOffset tells us where in the dest string to start searching
* @return the index of the source (substr) in dest, or -1 (kNotFound) if not found.
*/
static PRInt32 FindSubstr(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
static PRInt32 FindChar(const nsStr& aDest,PRUnichar aChar, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
static PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSet,PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
static PRInt32 RFindSubstr(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSource, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
static PRInt32 RFindChar(const nsStr& aDest,PRUnichar aChar, PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
static PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const nsStr& aDest,const nsStr& aSet,PRBool aIgnoreCase,PRInt32 anOffset);
PRUint32 mLength;
PRUint32 mCapacity;
eCharSize mCharSize;
PRBool mOwnsBuffer;
union {
char* mStr;
PRUnichar* mUStr;
};
private:
static PRBool Alloc(nsStr& aString,PRUint32 aCount);
static PRBool Realloc(nsStr& aString,PRUint32 aCount);
static PRBool Free(nsStr& aString);
};
/**************************************************************
A couple of tiny helper methods used in the string classes.
**************************************************************/
inline PRInt32 MinInt(PRInt32 anInt1,PRInt32 anInt2){
return (anInt1<anInt2) ? anInt1 : anInt2;
}
inline PRInt32 MaxInt(PRInt32 anInt1,PRInt32 anInt2){
return (anInt1<anInt2) ? anInt2 : anInt1;
}
inline void AddNullTerminator(nsStr& aDest) {
if(eTwoByte==aDest.mCharSize)
aDest.mUStr[aDest.mLength]=0;
else aDest.mStr[aDest.mLength]=0;
}
/**
* Return the given buffer to the heap manager. Calls allocator::Free()
* @return string length
*/
inline void Recycle( char* aBuffer) { nsAllocator::Free(aBuffer); }
inline void Recycle( PRUnichar* aBuffer) { nsAllocator::Free(aBuffer); }
/**
* This method is used to access a given char in the given string
*
* @update gess 01/04/99
* @param aDest is the nsStr to be appended to
* @param anIndex tells us where in dest to get the char from
* @return the given char, or 0 if anIndex is out of range
*/
inline PRUnichar GetCharAt(const nsStr& aDest,PRUint32 anIndex){
if(anIndex<aDest.mLength) {
return (eTwoByte==aDest.mCharSize) ? aDest.mUStr[anIndex] : aDest.mStr[anIndex];
}//if
return 0;
}
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

747
mozilla/xpcom/ds/nsString.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,747 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
/***********************************************************************
MODULE NOTES:
See nsStr.h for a more general description of string classes.
This version of the nsString class offers many improvements over the
original version:
1. Wide and narrow chars
2. Allocators
3. Much smarter autostrings
4. Subsumable strings
***********************************************************************/
#ifndef _nsCString_
#define _nsCString_
#include "nsString2.h"
#include "prtypes.h"
#include "nscore.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include "nsStr.h"
#include "nsIAtom.h"
class NS_COM nsSubsumeCStr;
class NS_COM nsCString : public nsStr {
public:
/**
* Default constructor.
*/
nsCString();
/**
* This constructor accepts an isolatin string
* @param aCString is a ptr to a 1-byte cstr
*/
nsCString(const char* aCString,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
/**
* This constructor accepts a unichar string
* @param aCString is a ptr to a 2-byte cstr
*/
nsCString(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
/**
* This is a copy constructor that accepts an nsStr
* @param reference to another nsCString
*/
nsCString(const nsStr&);
/**
* This is our copy constructor
* @param reference to another nsCString
*/
nsCString(const nsCString& aString);
/**
* This constructor takes a subsumestr
* @param reference to subsumestr
*/
nsCString(nsSubsumeCStr& aSubsumeStr);
/**
* Destructor
*
*/
virtual ~nsCString();
/**
* Retrieve the length of this string
* @return string length
*/
inline PRInt32 Length() const { return (PRInt32)mLength; }
/**
* Retrieve the size of this string
* @return string length
*/
virtual void SizeOf(nsISizeOfHandler* aHandler, PRUint32* aResult) const;
/**
* Call this method if you want to force a different string capacity
* @update gess7/30/98
* @param aLength -- contains new length for mStr
* @return
*/
void SetLength(PRUint32 aLength) {
Truncate(aLength);
}
/**
* Sets the new length of the string.
* @param aLength is new string length.
* @return nada
*/
void SetCapacity(PRUint32 aLength);
/**
* This method truncates this string to given length.
*
* @param anIndex -- new length of string
* @return nada
*/
void Truncate(PRInt32 anIndex=0);
/**
* Determine whether or not the characters in this
* string are in sorted order.
*
* @return TRUE if ordered.
*/
PRBool IsOrdered(void) const;
/**
* Determine whether or not this string has a length of 0
*
* @return TRUE if empty.
*/
PRBool IsEmpty(void) const {
return PRBool(0==mLength);
}
/**********************************************************************
Accessor methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Retrieve const ptr to internal buffer; DO NOT TRY TO FREE IT!
*/
const char* GetBuffer(void) const;
/**
* Get nth character.
*/
PRUnichar operator[](PRUint32 anIndex) const;
PRUnichar CharAt(PRUint32 anIndex) const;
PRUnichar First(void) const;
PRUnichar Last(void) const;
PRBool SetCharAt(PRUnichar aChar,PRUint32 anIndex);
/**********************************************************************
String creation methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Create a new string by appending given string to this
* @param aString -- 2nd string to be appended
* @return new string
*/
nsSubsumeCStr operator+(const nsCString& aString);
/**
* create a new string by adding this to the given char*.
* @param aCString is a ptr to cstring to be added to this
* @return newly created string
*/
nsSubsumeCStr operator+(const char* aCString);
/**
* create a new string by adding this to the given char.
* @param aChar is a char to be added to this
* @return newly created string
*/
nsSubsumeCStr operator+(PRUnichar aChar);
nsSubsumeCStr operator+(char aChar);
/**********************************************************************
Lexomorphic transforms...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Converts chars in this to lowercase
* @update gess 7/27/98
*/
void ToLowerCase();
/**
* Converts chars in this to lowercase, and
* stores them in aOut
* @update gess 7/27/98
* @param aOut is a string to contain result
*/
void ToLowerCase(nsCString& aString) const;
/**
* Converts chars in this to uppercase
* @update gess 7/27/98
*/
void ToUpperCase();
/**
* Converts chars in this to lowercase, and
* stores them in a given output string
* @update gess 7/27/98
* @param aOut is a string to contain result
*/
void ToUpperCase(nsCString& aString) const;
/**
* This method is used to remove all occurances of the
* characters found in aSet from this string.
*
* @param aSet -- characters to be cut from this
* @return *this
*/
nsCString& StripChars(const char* aSet);
nsCString& StripChar(char aChar);
/**
* This method strips whitespace throughout the string
*
* @return this
*/
nsCString& StripWhitespace();
/**
* swaps occurence of 1 string for another
*
* @return this
*/
nsCString& ReplaceChar(PRUnichar aOldChar,PRUnichar aNewChar);
nsCString& ReplaceChar(const char* aSet,PRUnichar aNewChar);
PRInt32 CountChar(PRUnichar aChar);
/**
* This method trims characters found in aTrimSet from
* either end of the underlying string.
*
* @param aTrimSet -- contains chars to be trimmed from
* both ends
* @return this
*/
nsCString& Trim(const char* aSet,PRBool aEliminateLeading=PR_TRUE,PRBool aEliminateTrailing=PR_TRUE);
/**
* This method strips whitespace from string.
* You can control whether whitespace is yanked from
* start and end of string as well.
*
* @param aEliminateLeading controls stripping of leading ws
* @param aEliminateTrailing controls stripping of trailing ws
* @return this
*/
nsCString& CompressSet(const char* aSet, PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aEliminateLeading=PR_TRUE,PRBool aEliminateTrailing=PR_TRUE);
/**
* This method strips whitespace from string.
* You can control whether whitespace is yanked from
* start and end of string as well.
*
* @param aEliminateLeading controls stripping of leading ws
* @param aEliminateTrailing controls stripping of trailing ws
* @return this
*/
nsCString& CompressWhitespace( PRBool aEliminateLeading=PR_TRUE,PRBool aEliminateTrailing=PR_TRUE);
/**********************************************************************
string conversion methods...
*********************************************************************/
operator char*() {return mStr;}
operator const char*() const {return (const char*)mStr;}
/**
* This method constructs a new nsCString that is a clone
* of this string.
*
*/
nsCString* ToNewString() const;
/**
* Creates an ISOLatin1 clone of this string
* Note that calls to this method should be matched with calls to Recycle().
* @return ptr to new isolatin1 string
*/
char* ToNewCString() const;
/**
* Creates a unicode clone of this string
* Note that calls to this method should be matched with calls to Recycle().
* @return ptr to new unicode string
*/
PRUnichar* ToNewUnicode() const;
/**
* Copies data from internal buffer onto given char* buffer
* NOTE: This only copies as many chars as will fit in given buffer (clips)
* @param aBuf is the buffer where data is stored
* @param aBuflength is the max # of chars to move to buffer
* @return ptr to given buffer
*/
char* ToCString(char* aBuf,PRUint32 aBufLength,PRUint32 anOffset=0) const;
/**
* Perform string to float conversion.
* @param aErrorCode will contain error if one occurs
* @return float rep of string value
*/
float ToFloat(PRInt32* aErrorCode) const;
/**
* Try to derive the radix from the value contained in this string
* @return kRadix10, kRadix16 or kAutoDetect (meaning unknown)
*/
PRUint32 DetermineRadix(void);
/**
* Perform string to int conversion.
* @param aErrorCode will contain error if one occurs
* @return int rep of string value
*/
PRInt32 ToInteger(PRInt32* aErrorCode,PRUint32 aRadix=kRadix10) const;
/**********************************************************************
String manipulation methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Functionally equivalent to assign or operator=
*
*/
nsCString& SetString(const char* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1) {return Assign(aString,aLength);}
nsCString& SetString(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1) {return Assign(aString,aLength);}
/**
* assign given string to this string
* @param aStr: buffer to be assigned to this
* @param alength is the length of the given str (or -1)
if you want me to determine its length
* @return this
*/
nsCString& Assign(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsCString& Assign(const char* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsCString& Assign(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsCString& Assign(PRUnichar aChar);
nsCString& Assign(char aChar);
/**
* here come a bunch of assignment operators...
* @param aString: string to be added to this
* @return this
*/
nsCString& operator=(const nsCString& aString) {return Assign(aString);}
nsCString& operator=(const nsStr& aString) {return Assign(aString);}
nsCString& operator=(PRUnichar aChar) {return Assign(aChar);}
nsCString& operator=(char aChar) {return Assign(aChar);}
nsCString& operator=(const char* aCString) {return Assign(aCString);}
nsCString& operator=(const PRUnichar* aString) {return Assign(aString);}
#ifdef AIX
nsCString& operator=(const nsSubsumeCStr& aSubsumeString); // AIX requires a const here
#else
nsCString& operator=(nsSubsumeCStr& aSubsumeString);
#endif
/**
* Here's a bunch of methods that append varying types...
* @param various...
* @return this
*/
nsCString& operator+=(const nsCString& aString){return Append(aString,aString.mLength);}
nsCString& operator+=(const char* aCString) {return Append(aCString);}
nsCString& operator+=(PRUnichar aChar){return Append(aChar);}
nsCString& operator+=(char aChar){return Append(aChar);}
/*
* Appends n characters from given string to this,
* This version computes the length of your given string
*
* @param aString is the source to be appended to this
* @return number of chars copied
*/
nsCString& Append(const nsCString& aString) {return Append(aString,aString.mLength);}
/*
* Appends n characters from given string to this,
*
* @param aString is the source to be appended to this
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy; -1 tells us to compute the strlen for you
* @return number of chars copied
*/
nsCString& Append(const nsCString& aString,PRInt32 aCount);
nsCString& Append(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsCString& Append(const char* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
nsCString& Append(PRUnichar aChar);
nsCString& Append(char aChar);
nsCString& Append(PRInt32 aInteger,PRInt32 aRadix=10); //radix=8,10 or 16
nsCString& Append(float aFloat);
/*
* Copies n characters from this string to given string,
* starting at the leftmost offset.
*
*
* @param aCopy -- Receiving string
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy
* @return number of chars copied
*/
PRUint32 Left(nsCString& aCopy,PRInt32 aCount) const;
/*
* Copies n characters from this string to given string,
* starting at the given offset.
*
*
* @param aCopy -- Receiving string
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy
* @param anOffset -- position where copying begins
* @return number of chars copied
*/
PRUint32 Mid(nsCString& aCopy,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount) const;
/*
* Copies n characters from this string to given string,
* starting at rightmost char.
*
*
* @param aCopy -- Receiving string
* @param aCount -- number of chars to copy
* @return number of chars copied
*/
PRUint32 Right(nsCString& aCopy,PRInt32 aCount) const;
/*
* This method inserts n chars from given string into this
* string at str[anOffset].
*
* @param aCopy -- String to be inserted into this
* @param anOffset -- insertion position within this str
* @param aCount -- number of chars to be copied from aCopy
* @return number of chars inserted into this.
*/
nsCString& Insert(const nsCString& aCopy,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
/**
* Insert a given string into this string at
* a specified offset.
*
* @param aString* to be inserted into this string
* @param anOffset is insert pos in str
* @return the number of chars inserted into this string
*/
nsCString& Insert(const char* aChar,PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount=-1);
/**
* Insert a single char into this string at
* a specified offset.
*
* @param character to be inserted into this string
* @param anOffset is insert pos in str
* @return the number of chars inserted into this string
*/
nsCString& Insert(PRUnichar aChar,PRUint32 anOffset);
nsCString& Insert(char aChar,PRUint32 anOffset);
/*
* This method is used to cut characters in this string
* starting at anOffset, continuing for aCount chars.
*
* @param anOffset -- start pos for cut operation
* @param aCount -- number of chars to be cut
* @return *this
*/
nsCString& Cut(PRUint32 anOffset,PRInt32 aCount);
/**********************************************************************
Searching methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Search for given character within this string.
* This method does so by using a binary search,
* so your string HAD BETTER BE ORDERED!
*
* @param aChar is the unicode char to be found
* @return offset in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 BinarySearch(PRUnichar aChar) const;
/**
* Search for given substring within this string
*
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param aIgnoreCase selects case sensitivity
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching
* @return offset in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 Find(const nsStr& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 Find(const char* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 Find(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* Search for given char within this string
*
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching
* @param aIgnoreCase selects case sensitivity
* @return find pos in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 FindChar(PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* This method searches this string for the first character
* found in the given charset
* @param aString contains set of chars to be found
* @param anOffset tells us where to start searching in this
* @return -1 if not found, else the offset in this
*/
PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const char* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 FindCharInSet(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* This methods scans the string backwards, looking for the given string
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param aIgnoreCase tells us whether or not to do caseless compare
* @return offset in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 RFind(const char* aCString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFind(const nsStr& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFind(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* Search for given char within this string
*
* @param aString is substring to be sought in this
* @param anOffset tells us where in this strig to start searching
* @param aIgnoreCase selects case sensitivity
* @return find pos in string, or -1 (kNotFound)
*/
PRInt32 RFindChar(PRUnichar aChar,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**
* This method searches this string for the last character
* found in the given string
* @param aString contains set of chars to be found
* @param anOffset tells us where to start searching in this
* @return -1 if not found, else the offset in this
*/
PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const char* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
PRInt32 RFindCharInSet(const nsStr& aString,PRInt32 anOffset=-1) const;
/**********************************************************************
Comparison methods...
*********************************************************************/
/**
* Compares a given string type to this string.
* @update gess 7/27/98
* @param S is the string to be compared
* @param aIgnoreCase tells us how to treat case
* @param aCount tells us how many chars to compare
* @return -1,0,1
*/
virtual PRInt32 Compare(const nsStr &aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
virtual PRInt32 Compare(const char* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
virtual PRInt32 Compare(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
/**
* These methods compare a given string type to this one
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator==(const nsStr &aString) const;
PRBool operator==(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator==(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods perform a !compare of a given string type to this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE
*/
PRBool operator!=(const nsStr &aString) const;
PRBool operator!=(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator!=(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is < than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator<(const nsStr &aString) const;
PRBool operator<(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator<(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is > than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator>(const nsStr &S) const;
PRBool operator>(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator>(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is <= than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator<=(const nsStr &S) const;
PRBool operator<=(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator<=(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* These methods test if a given string is >= than this
* @param aString is the string to be compared to this
* @return TRUE or FALSE
*/
PRBool operator>=(const nsStr &S) const;
PRBool operator>=(const char* aString) const;
PRBool operator>=(const PRUnichar* aString) const;
/**
* Compare this to given string; note that we compare full strings here.
* The optional length argument just lets us know how long the given string is.
* If you provide a length, it is compared to length of this string as an
* optimization.
*
* @param aString -- the string to compare to this
* @param aCount -- number of chars in given string you want to compare
* @return TRUE if equal
*/
PRBool Equals(const nsString &aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool Equals(const nsStr& aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool Equals(const char* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool Equals(const PRUnichar* aString,PRBool aIgnoreCase=PR_FALSE,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool EqualsIgnoreCase(const nsStr& aString) const;
PRBool EqualsIgnoreCase(const char* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
PRBool EqualsIgnoreCase(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aCount=-1) const;
static void Recycle(nsCString* aString);
static nsCString* CreateString(void);
};
extern NS_COM int fputs(const nsCString& aString, FILE* out);
//ostream& operator<<(ostream& aStream,const nsCString& aString);
//virtual void DebugDump(ostream& aStream) const;
/**************************************************************
Here comes the AutoString class which uses internal memory
(typically found on the stack) for its default buffer.
If the buffer needs to grow, it gets reallocated on the heap.
**************************************************************/
class NS_COM nsCAutoString : public nsCString {
public:
nsCAutoString();
nsCAutoString(const char* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
nsCAutoString(const CBufDescriptor& aBuffer);
nsCAutoString(const PRUnichar* aString,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
nsCAutoString(const nsStr& aString);
nsCAutoString(const nsCAutoString& aString);
#ifdef AIX
nsCAutoString(const nsSubsumeCStr& aSubsumeStr); // AIX requires a const
#else
nsCAutoString(nsSubsumeCStr& aSubsumeStr);
#endif // AIX
nsCAutoString(PRUnichar aChar);
virtual ~nsCAutoString();
nsCAutoString& operator=(const nsCString& aString) {nsCString::Assign(aString); return *this;}
nsCAutoString& operator=(const char* aCString) {nsCString::Assign(aCString); return *this;}
nsCAutoString& operator=(PRUnichar aChar) {nsCString::Assign(aChar); return *this;}
nsCAutoString& operator=(char aChar) {nsCString::Assign(aChar); return *this;}
/**
* Retrieve the size of this string
* @return string length
*/
virtual void SizeOf(nsISizeOfHandler* aHandler, PRUint32* aResult) const;
char mBuffer[kDefaultStringSize];
};
/***************************************************************
The subsumestr class is very unusual.
It differs from a normal string in that it doesn't use normal
copy semantics when another string is assign to this.
Instead, it "steals" the contents of the source string.
This is very handy for returning nsString classes as part of
an operator+(...) for example, in that it cuts down the number
of copy operations that must occur.
You should probably not use this class unless you really know
what you're doing.
***************************************************************/
class NS_COM nsSubsumeCStr : public nsCString {
public:
nsSubsumeCStr(nsStr& aString);
nsSubsumeCStr(PRUnichar* aString,PRBool assumeOwnership,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
nsSubsumeCStr(char* aString,PRBool assumeOwnership,PRInt32 aLength=-1);
};
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More